Delaware
2080
41-2103550
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
John E. Schmeltzer, III, Esq.
Andrew P. Beame, Esq. Patterson Belknap Webb & Tyler LLP 1133 Avenue of the Americas New York, NY 10036 Telephone: (212) 336-2000 Facsimile: (212) 336-2222 |
Elise M. Adams, Esq.
Christin R. Cerullo, Esq. Blank Rome LLP 405 Lexington Avenue New York, NY 10174 Telephone: (212) 885-5000 Facsimile: (212) 885-5001 |
Proposed Maximum Aggregate
Amount of
Title of Each Class of Securities to Be Registered
Offering Price(1)(2)
Registration Fee
$31,625,000
$3,722.26
(1)
Includes shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
underwriters over-allotment option.
(2)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration
fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended.
Table of Contents
The information in this preliminary
prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities
may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This
preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek
an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the
offer or sale is not permitted.
Per Share
Total
$
$
$
$
$
$
(1)
Does not include a non-accountable expense allowance payable to
the underwriters in the amount of $125,000.
ThinkEquity Partners LLC
Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.
Table of Contents
| Boru vodka , our leading brand, was the first, and continues to be the largest selling, premium vodka produced in Ireland. Boru vodka is an ultra-pure, quadruple distilled and specially filtered premium vodka with three flavor extensions (citrus, orange and crazzberry). | |
| Goslings rums , a family of premium rums with a 150-year history, for which we are, through our export venture, the exclusive marketer outside of Bermuda, including the award-winning Goslings Black Seal rum; and Sea Wynde , a premium rum developed and introduced by us in 2001. | |
|
Knappogue Castle Whiskey
, a vintage-dated premium
single-malt Irish whiskey;
Knappogue Castle 1951 , one of the oldest and rarest commercially available Irish whiskeys; and the Clontarf Irish whiskeys , a family of premium Irish whiskeys, available in single malt, reserve and classic pure grain versions. |
| Bradys Irish cream , a premium Irish cream liqueur; Celtic Crossing , a premium Irish liqueur; and, pursuant to an exclusive U.S. marketing arrangement, Pallini Limoncello , a premium Italian liqueur. |
| our portfolio of high quality, premium branded spirits with significant potential in the higher growth categories of the distilled spirits industry; | |
| our extensive and already established U.S. distribution network within all 50 states and our growing distribution network in Europe and elsewhere; | |
| our substantial sales and marketing infrastructure, including an experienced sales force of 28 people and focused advertising, marketing and promotional programs; | |
| our highly qualified and experienced management team with successful track records in brand development, the distilled spirits industry and mergers and acquisitions; | |
| our flexible and efficient supply chain, which enables us to operate without owning or investing in distilleries, bottling plants or other similar facilities; and | |
| our ability to forge strategic relationships with owners of both emerging and established spirits brands seeking opportunities to expand beyond their home markets. |
| increasing market penetration of our existing spirits brands . We intend to utilize our existing distribution relationships and sales expertise to achieve growth and gain additional market share within retail stores, bars and restaurants, both domestically and internationally; add experienced salespeople in selected markets; increase sales to national chain accounts; and expand our international distribution relationships; | |
| building brand awareness through innovative marketing, advertising and promotional activities . We intend to continue developing compelling campaigns to establish and reinforce the image of our brands through the coordinated efforts of our experienced internal marketing personnel and leading third-party design and advertising firms; and | |
| selectively adding new premium brands to our spirits portfolio . We intend to continue developing new brands and pursuing strategic relationships, joint ventures and acquisitions to selectively expand our portfolio of premium spirits brands, particularly by capitalizing on and expanding our already demonstrated partnering capabilities. |
-2-
-3-
-4-
-5-
-6-
-7-
-8-
-9-
-10-
-11-
-12-
-13-
-14-
-15-
-16-
-17-
-18-
-19-
-20-
-21-
-22-
-23-
-24-
-25-
-26-
-27-
-28-
-29-
-30-
-31-
-32-
-33-
-34-
-35-
-36-
-37-
-38-
-39-
-40-
-41-
-42-
-43-
-44-
-45-
-46-
-47-
-48-
-49-
-50-
-51-
-52-
-53-
-54-
-55-
-56-
-57-
-58-
-59-
-60-
-61-
-62-
-63-
-64-
-65-
-66-
-67-
-68-
-69-
-70-
-71-
-72-
-73-
-74-
-75-
-76-
-77-
-78-
-79-
-80-
-81-
-82-
-83-
-84-
-85-
-86-
-87-
-88-
-89-
-90-
-91-
-92-
-93-
-94-
-95-
-96-
-97-
F-1
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
F-8
F-9
F-10
F-11
F-12
F-13
F-14
F-15
F-16
F-17
F-18
F-19
F-20
F-21
F-22
F-23
F-24
F-25
F-26
F-27
F-28
F-29
F-30
F-31
F-32
F-33
F-34
F-35
F-36
F-37
F-38
F-39
F-40
F-41
F-42
F-43
F-44
F-45
F-46
F-47
F-48
F-49
F-50
F-51
F-52
F-53
F-54
F-55
F-56
F-57
F-58
F-59
F-60
F-61
F-62
F-63
F-64
F-65
F-66
F-67
F-68
F-69
F-70
F-71
F-72
F-73
F-74
F-75
F-76
F-77
F-78
F-79
F-80
F-81
F-82
F-83
Common stock offered
2,500,000 shares
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering
10,950,493 shares
Use of proceeds
We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be
approximately
$ million,
assuming an initial offering price of
$ per
share of common stock, the midpoint of the range set forth on
the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses. We intend to use the proceeds from this offering for
working capital and general corporate purposes and to:
increase our sales and marketing
activities;
fulfill our capital commitments to our
Gosling-Castle Partners Inc. strategic export venture;
hire additional employees; and
repay a portion of our indebtedness.
Although we have no present commitments or agreements to do so,
we may also use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering
to invest in or acquire additional brands through mergers, stock
or asset purchases, joint ventures, long-term exclusive
distribution arrangements and/or other strategic relationships.
See Use of Proceeds.
Proposed American Stock Exchange symbol
ROX
Risk factors
See Risk Factors immediately following this
prospectus summary to read about factors you should consider
before buying shares of our common stock.
the conversion of all of our Series A convertible preferred
stock into 535,715 shares of our common stock;
the conversion of all of our Series B convertible preferred
stock into 200,000 shares of our common stock;
the conversion of all of our Series C convertible preferred
stock into 3,353,750 shares of our common stock;
our issuance of 133,857 shares of common stock in payment of all
of the dividends accrued on our preferred stock through the
estimated closing of this offering, including 112,244 shares
issued in payment of the $752,707 in accrued dividends
outstanding as of June 30, 2005;
the conversion of all
1,374,750
($1,658,773) principal amount of our 5% euro denominated
convertible subordinated notes into 263,362 shares of our
common stock; and
Table of Contents
the conversion of $6.0 million of the $15.0 million
principal amount of our 6% convertible notes into
857,143 shares of our common stock.
2,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon
the exercise of stock options granted or that may be granted
under our stock incentive plan, including 878,500 shares of
common stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of
currently outstanding stock options, with a weighted average
exercise price of $6.83 per share;
10,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon
the exercise of stock options granted outside of our stock
incentive plan, with an exercise price of $6.00 per share;
598,618 shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon
the exercise of outstanding warrants, with a weighted average
exercise price of $7.67 per share; and
1,125,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon
the conversion of $9.0 million principal amount of our
6% convertible notes, with a conversion price of $8.00 per
share.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Three months ended
Year ended March 31,
June 30,
2003
2004
2005
2004
2005
(unaudited)
Consolidated statement of operations data
(in thousands,
except per share data):
$
2,419
$
4,827
$
12,618
$
2,163
$
4,498
1,427
3,285
8,745
1,482
2,647
992
1,542
3,873
681
1,851
3,348
5,398
11,569
2,978
3,225
818
1,960
3,637
795
1,138
73
173
167
26
182
11
166
(199
)
23
322
(3,258
)
(6,155
)
(11,301
)
(3,142
)
(3,016
)
(182
)
(304
)
(998
)
(466
)
(259
)
37
35
5
2
129
$
(3,440
)
$
(6,424
)
$
(12,294
)
$
(3,605
)
$
(3,109
)
15
558
526
86
71
$
(3,455
)
$
(6,982
)
$
(12,820
)
$
(3,691
)
$
(3,180
)
$
(1.88
)
$
(3.12
)
$
(4.13
)
$
(1.19
)
$
(1.02
)
1,841
2,237
3,107
3,107
3,107
$
(1.65
)
$
(0.47
)
$
(0.41
)
7,781
7,781
7,781
21,708
64,013
170,060
32,377
60,628
$
111.43
$
75.41
$
74.20
$
66.81
$
74.19
$
45.70
$
24.09
$
22.77
$
21.03
$
30.53
$
154.23
$
84.33
$
68.03
$
91.98
$
53.19
(1)
Assumes the conversion as of April 1, 2004 of: all shares
of preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2005,
including 535,715 shares of Series A convertible
preferred stock, 200,000 shares of Series B
convertible preferred stock and 2,991,250 shares of
Series C convertible preferred stock, into an aggregate of
3,726,965 shares of common stock; the accrued and unpaid
preferred stock dividends of $752,707 outstanding as of
June 30, 2005 into 112,244 shares of common stock;
the $1.7 million principal amount of our 5% euro
denominated convertible notes outstanding as of June 30,
2005 into 263,362 shares of common stock; and
$4.0 million of the $10.0 million principal amount of
our 6% convertible notes that was outstanding as of
June 30, 2005 into 571,429 shares of common stock; for
an aggregate of 4,674,000 shares of common stock.
Table of Contents
As of June 30, 2005
Pro forma
Actual
Pro forma
as adjusted
(unaudited)
$
5,031
$
12,547
$
8,020
15,535
43,955
51,470
20,133
17,474
29,912
27,253
(15,084
)
21,016
our issuances in August 2005 of an additional
362,500 shares of our Series C convertible preferred
stock and an additional $5.0 million principal amount of
our 6% convertible notes, for aggregate net proceeds to us
of approximately $7.5 million;
our accrual of additional preferred stock dividends on our
convertible preferred stock from July 1, 2005 through the
estimated closing date of this offering in the aggregate amount
of $145,246; and
our issuance of an additional 5,343,827 shares of our
common stock upon (a) the conversion of all of our preferred
stock, including the additional shares of Series C
convertible preferred stock issued in August 2005, into
4,089,465 shares, (b) our payment of all of the
preferred stock dividends accrued on our convertible preferred
stock as of the estimated closing date of this offering,
including those accrued since June 30, 2005, with
133,857 shares of our common stock, and (c) the
conversion of $7.7 million of our indebtedness into
1,120,505 shares of our common stock, including
$2.0 million of the additional notes issued in August 2005
for 285,714 shares; all of which issuances will occur upon
the consummation of this offering.
our sale of the 2,500,000 shares of common stock in this
offering at an assumed initial public offering price of
$ per
share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of
this prospectus; and
our receipt of the estimated net proceeds therefrom, after
deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and other
expenses of this offering and giving effect to our repayment
from such proceeds of $629,418 of our outstanding indebtedness
as of June 30, 2005.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
difficulties in assimilating acquired operations or products;
unanticipated costs that could materially adversely affect our
results of operations;
negative effects on reported results of operations from
acquisition related charges and amortization of acquired
intangibles;
diversion of managements attention from other business
concerns;
adverse effects on existing business relationships with
suppliers, distributors and retail customers;
risks of entering new markets or markets in which we have
limited prior experience; and
the potential inability to retain and motivate key employees of
acquired businesses.
seasonal purchasing patterns of distributors, retailers and
consumers;
our and our suppliers ability to handle increased orders;
delays in shipments of product from international suppliers;
Table of Contents
our ability to procure adequate shipping containers and ships to
transport our products;
our commencement or completion of a major marketing campaign;
delays in obtaining raw materials such as bottles and packaging
materials;
changes in the U.S. or international economies;
fluctuations in discretionary consumer spending;
changes in consumer preferences;
increases or decreases in U.S. or other federal excise
taxes, or the aggregate effect of such tax changes in a number
of U.S. states;
changes in interest rates and terms of borrowing;
significant fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar
against other foreign currencies, which would affect the cost of
product purchases and our cost of raw materials;
fluctuations in commodity prices;
new or revised regulatory requirements and accounting
pronouncements;
delays in the launch of new products, including the timing of
government approvals;
alcohol advertising restrictions, limitations on hours or places
of sale or other measures adopted to restrict beverage sales
(whether in the United States or abroad); and
the loss or addition of a brand.
the need to develop new distributor relationships;
fluctuations in currency exchange rates and currency
devaluations;
differences and unexpected changes in the regulatory environment;
varying tax regimes;
exposure to different legal standards and enforcement mechanisms
and associated compliance costs;
tariffs, duties, import/export controls and other trade barriers;
longer accounts receivable payment cycles and difficulties in
collecting accounts receivable;
limited legal protection and enforcement of intellectual
property rights;
difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;
potentially higher incidences of fraud; and
political instability and the possibility of wars and terrorist
acts.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
make it more difficult for us to satisfy our other obligations;
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of any cash flow we
may generate to payments on our debt obligations, which would
reduce the availability of our cash flow to fund working
capital, capital expenditures and other corporate requirements;
impede us from obtaining additional financing in the future for
working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and general
corporate purposes; and
make us more vulnerable in the event of a downturn in our
business prospects and limit our flexibility to plan for, or
react to, changes in our industry.
Table of Contents
variations in our actual or anticipated operating results;
our introduction of new brands or brand extensions and our
ability to maintain existing brands;
performance of our suppliers and distributors of our brands;
increases in the amount and timing of operating costs and
capital expenditures relating to expansion of operations;
recruitment or departure of key operating personnel;
changes in the estimates of our operating performance;
changes in recommendations by securities analysts of our common
stock;
announcements of regulatory investigations of our operations or
those of our suppliers;
competition;
changes in accounting principles; and
changes in federal, state or foreign regulations and taxes that
may affect our industry.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
events, or our future financial performance. We have attempted
to identify forward-looking statements by terminology including
anticipates, believes, can,
continue, could, estimates,
expects, intends, may,
plans, potential, predicts,
should, or will or the negative of these
terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only
predictions and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties,
and other factors, including those discussed under Risk
Factors. The following factors, among others, could cause
our actual results and performance to differ materially from the
results and performance projected in, or implied by, the
forward-looking statements:
our history of losses and expectation of further losses;
the effect of poor operating results on our company;
the effect of growth on our infrastructure, resources, and
existing sales;
our ability to expand our operations in both new and existing
markets and our ability to develop or acquire new brands;
the impact of supply shortages and alcohol and packaging costs
in general;
our ability to raise capital;
our ability to fully utilize and retain new executives;
negative publicity surrounding our products or the consumption
of beverage alcohol products in general;
our ability to acquire and/or maintain brand recognition and
acceptance;
trends in consumer tastes;
our ability to protect trademarks and other proprietary
information;
the impact of litigation;
the impact of federal, state, local or foreign government
regulations;
the effect of competition in our industry; and
economic and political conditions generally.
Table of Contents
sales and marketing activities;
capital commitments to our Gosling-Castle Partners Inc.
strategic export venture (of the remaining $3.9 million of
funding that we owe to Gosling-Castle Partners by April 2007, we
will fund approximately $1.1 million in October 2005, an
additional $1.0 million in each of April 2006 and October
2006 and $750,000 in April 2007), see Business
Strategic brand-partner relationships;
hiring of additional employees;
repayment of
521,646
($629,418) of the principal amount of indebtedness owed by us to
former stockholders of our Irish subsidiaries; and
working capital needs.
approximately $4.6 million of the net proceeds of this
offering to repay the senior notes of Castle Brands (USA) Corp.,
our wholly owned subsidiary, which are held by 27 holders,
including approximately $2.6 million held by six of our
officers, directors and principal stockholders. This
indebtedness bears interest at a rate of 9% per annum and
is due May 31, 2009; and
up to approximately $2.0 million of the net proceeds of
this offering to repay the notes and other obligations held by
Ulster Bank Ireland Limited and Ulster Bank Ltd. under various
facilities extended to our Irish subsidiaries. This indebtedness
consists of several facilities which bear interest at various
rates ranging from 4.8% to 7.8% per annum. Each facility is
payable on demand by the bank.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
on an actual, historical basis, without any adjustments to
reflect subsequent or anticipated events;
on a pro forma basis, with adjustments to reflect
the following subsequent events:
our issuances in August 2005 of an additional
362,500 shares of our Series C convertible preferred
stock and an additional $5.0 million principal amount of
our 6% convertible notes, for aggregate net proceeds to us
of approximately $7.5 million;
our accrual of additional preferred stock dividends on our
convertible preferred stock from July 1, 2005 through the
estimated closing date of this offering in the aggregate amount
of $145,246; and
our issuance of an additional 5,343,827 shares of our
common stock upon a the conversion of all of our preferred
stock, including the additional shares of Series C
convertible preferred stock issued in August 2005, into
4,089,465 shares of common stock, (b) our payment of
all of the dividends accrued on our convertible preferred stock
as of the estimated closing date of this offering, including
those accrued since June 30, 2005, with 133,857 shares
of common stock, and (c) the conversion of
$7.7 million of our indebtedness, including all of our 5%
euro denominated convertible notes and $6.0 million
principal amount, including $2.0 million of the additional
notes issued in August 2005 for 285,714 shares, of our
6% convertible notes, into an aggregate of
1,120,505 shares of common stock, all of which issuances
will occur upon the consummation of this offering; and
on a pro forma as adjusted basis, reflecting the
foregoing pro forma adjustments as well as the following
additional events:
our adoption of an amendment to our certificate of incorporation
that authorizes 45,000,000 shares of common stock and 5,000,000
shares of preferred stock upon the consummation of this offering;
the sale of the 2,500,000 shares of common stock offered by
us in this offering at an assumed public offering price of
$ per
share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of
this prospectus; and
our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from such sale, after
deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions
and other expenses of this offering and giving effect to our
repayment from such proceeds of $629,418 of our outstanding
indebtedness as of June 30, 2005.
Table of Contents
As of June 30, 2005
Pro forma
Actual
Pro forma
as adjusted
(in thousands, except number of shares)
$
5,031
$
12,547
$
$
114
$
114
$
565
565
147
147
4,571
4,571
1,397
1,397
10,000
9,000
1,210
1,210
1,659
455
455
15
15
$
20,133
$
17,474
$
3,541
1,086
21,299
$
25,926
$
$
$
753
$
$
31
85
17,965
54,011
(33,180
)
(33,180
)
100
100
$
(15,084
)
$
21,016
$
$
31,728
$
38,490
$
(1)
Does not give effect to an aggregate of $50,000 in imputed
interest ascribed to these non-interest bearing notes.
(2)
Amounts shown are net of transaction costs, including the value
attributed to placement agent warrants.
Table of Contents
our issuances in August 2005 of an additional $5.0 million
principal amount of our 6% convertible notes and an
additional 362,500 shares of our Series C convertible
preferred stock, and our receipt of approximately
$7.5 million in aggregate net proceeds therefrom;
accrual of additional dividends on our preferred stock from July
1, 2005 through the estimated closing date of this offering in
the amount of $145,246; and
the conversion in connection with this offering of all of our
preferred stock, $897,953 of preferred stock dividends accrued
through the estimated closing of this offering and
$7.7 million principal amount of our indebtedness, into an
aggregate of 5,343,827 shares of our common stock.
$
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30,
2005
$
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to
this offering
$
Table of Contents
Shares purchased
Total consideration
Average
price per
Amount
Percent
Amount
Percent
share
8,450,493
77.2%
$
58,204,126
%
$
6.89
2,500,000
22.8
$
10,950,493
100.0%
$
100.0%
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Three months ended
Year ended March 31,
June 30,
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2004
2005
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
Consolidated statement
of operations data
(in thousands, except per share data):
$
799
$
1,731
$
2,419
$
4,827
$
12,618
$
2,163
$
4,498
393
1,074
1,427
3,285
8,745
1,482
2,647
406
657
992
1,542
3,873
681
1,851
1,399
2,497
3,348
5,398
11,569
2,978
3,225
657
1,013
818
1,960
3,637
795
1,138
20
59
73
173
167
26
182
(11
)
3
11
166
(199
)
23
322
(1,659
)
(2,915
)
(3,258
)
(6,155
)
(11,301
)
(3,142
)
(3,016
)
(118
)
(92
)
(182
)
(304
)
(998
)
(466
)
(259
)
37
35
5
2
129
$
(1,777
)
$
(3,007
)
$
(3,440
)
$
(6,424
)
$
(12,294
)
$
(3,605
)
$
(3,109
)
15
558
526
86
71
$
(1,777
)
$
(3,007
)
$
(3,455
)
$
(6,982
)
$
(12,820
)
$
(3,691
)
$
(3,180
)
$
(2.60
)
$
(2.05
)
$
(1.88
)
$
(3.12
)
$
(4.13
)
$
(1.19
)
$
(1.02
)
683
1,469
1,841
2,237
3,107
3,107
3,107
$(1.65
)
$
(0.47
)
$
(0.41
)
7,781
7,781
7,781
3,844
9,053
21,708
64,013
170,060
32,377
60,628
$207.86
$
191.21
$
111.43
$
75.41
$
74.20
$
66.81
$
74.19
$105.62
$
72.57
$
45.70
$
24.09
$
22.77
$
21.03
$
30.53
$363.94
$
275.82
$
154.23
$
84.33
$
68.03
$
91.98
$
53.19
(1)
Assumes the conversion as of April 1, 2004 of: all shares
of preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2005,
including 535,715 shares of Series A convertible
preferred stock, 200,000 shares of Series B
convertible preferred stock and 2,991,250 shares of
Series C convertible preferred stock, into an aggregate of
3,726,965 shares of common stock; the accrued and unpaid
preferred stock dividends of $752,707 outstanding as of
June 30, 2005 into 112,244 shares of common stock; the
$1.7 million principal amount of our 5% euro
denominated convertible notes outstanding as of June 30,
2005 into 263,362 shares of common stock; and $4.0 million
of the $10.0 million principal amount of our 6% convertible
notes that was outstanding as of June 30, 2005 into 571,429
shares of common stock; for an aggregate of
4,674,000 shares of common stock.
Table of Contents
As of June 30, 2005
As of March 31,
As of
June 30,
Pro forma
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2004
Actual
Pro forma
as adjusted
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
$
71
$
170
$
236
$
3,461
$
5,676
$
3,482
$
5,031
$
12,547
$
(804
)
281
44
4,787
5,988
4,412
8,020
15,535
2,045
3,822
4,528
27,759
43,255
29,035
43,955
51,470
2,150
1,666
2,158
3,898
16,362
7,077
20,133
17,474
2,588
2,835
3,674
8,259
26,173
13,143
29,912
27,253
(543
)
988
(1,445
)
169
(12,207
)
(3,943
)
(15,084
)
21,016
our issuances in August 2005 of 362,500 shares of our
Series C convertible preferred stock and $5.0 million
principal amount of our 6% convertible notes, for aggregate
net proceeds to us of approximately $7.5 million;
our accrual of additional preferred stock dividends on our
convertible preferred stock from July 1, 2005 through the
estimated closing date of this offering in the aggregate amount
of $145,246; and
our issuance of an additional 5,343,827 shares of our common
stock upon the (a) conversion of all of our preferred
stock, including the additional shares of Series C
convertible preferred stock issued in August 2005, into
4,089,465 shares of common stock, (b) the payment of all of
the preferred stock dividends accrued on our convertible
preferred stock as of the estimated closing date of this
offering, including those accrued since June 30, 2005, with
133,857 shares of our common stock, and (c) the conversion
of $7.7 million of our indebtedness into 1,120,505 shares
of our common stock; including $2.0 million of the
additional notes issued in August 2005 for 285,714 shares; all
of which issuances will occur upon the consummation of this
offering.
our sale of the 2,500,000 shares of common stock in this
offering at an assumed initial public offering price of
$ per
share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of
this prospectus; and
our receipt of the estimated net proceeds therefrom, after
deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and other
expenses of this offering and giving effect to our repayment
from such proceeds of $629,418 of our outstanding indebtedness
as of June 30, 2005.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Three months ended
Year ended March 31,
June 30,
Case sales
2003
2004
2005
2004
2005
18,482
29,116
74,190
10,181
32,684
3,226
34,897
95,870
22,196
27,944
21,708
64,013
170,060
32,377
60,628
85.1%
45.5%
43.6%
31.4%
53.9%
14.9
54.5
56.4
68.6
46.1
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
As of March 31,
As of June 30,
2004
2005
2004
2005
(in thousands, except per share data)
$
(6,982
)
$
(12,820
)
$
(3,691
)
$
(3,180
)
(370
)
$
(6,982
)
$
(13,190
)
$
(3,691
)
$
(3,180
)
$
(3.12
)
$
(4.13
)
$
(1.19
)
$
(1.02
)
$
(3.12
)
$
(4.25
)
$
(1.19
)
$
(1.02
)
Table of Contents
Three months
Year ended March 31,
ended June 30,
2003
2004
2005
2004
2005
(unaudited)
100.0
%
100.0
%
100.0
%
100.0
%
100.0
%
59.0
68.1
69.3
68.5
58.8
41.0
31.9
30.7
31.5
41.2
138.4
111.8
91.7
137.7
71.7
33.8
40.6
28.8
36.8
25.3
3.0
3.6
1.3
0.9
4.1
0.5
3.4
(1.6
)
1.1
7.2
(134.7
)
(127.5
)
(89.5
)
(145.0
)
(67.1
)
(7.5
)
(6.3
)
(7.9
)
(21.5
)
(5.8
)
0.8
0.0
0.7
0.0
0.1
2.8
(142.2
)
(133.1
)
(97.4
)
(166.4
)
(69.3
)
0.6
11.6
4.2
4.0
1.6
(142.8
)%
(144.7
)%
(101.6
)%
(170.4
)%
(70.9
)%
Three months ended
June 30, 2005 compared with three months ended
June 30, 2004
Table of Contents
Fiscal year ended
March 31, 2005 compared with fiscal year ended
March 31, 2004
Table of Contents
Quarter ended
June 30,
September 30,
December 31,
March 31,
June 30,
September 30,
December 31,
March 31,
2002
2002
2002
2003
2003
2003
2003
2004
(in thousands, except per share data):
$
484
$
485
$
724
$
726
$
604
$
542
$
2,132
$
1,549
270
272
434
452
396
364
1,446
1,081
214
213
290
274
208
178
686
468
673
735
972
968
755
809
1,729
2,105
149
130
234
305
348
406
536
670
11
11
24
26
38
43
51
41
(2
)
(1
)
8
6
15
(4
)
372
(218
)
(617
)
(662
)
(948
)
(1,031
)
(948
)
(1,076
)
(2,002
)
(2,130
)
(30
)
(40
)
(56
)
(56
)
(57
)
(57
)
(97
)
(93
)
5
31
(647
)
(702
)
(1,004
)
(1,087
)
(1,005
)
(1,133
)
(2,094
)
(2,192
)
15
45
87
87
339
$
(647
)
$
(702
)
$
(1,004
)
$
(1,102
)
$
(1,050
)
$
(1,220
)
$
(2,181
)
$
(2,531
)
$
(0.38
)
$
(0.38
)
$
(0.50
)
$
(0.61
)
$
(0.58
)
$
(0.68
)
$
(0.97
)
$
(0.81
)
$
(0.38
)
$
(0.38
)
$
(0.50
)
$
(0.61
)
$
(0.58
)
$
(0.68
)
$
(0.97
)
$
(0.81
)
1,710
1,852
2,000
1,800
1,800
1,800
2,240
3,107
1,710
1,852
2,000
1,800
1,800
1,800
2,240
3,107
Table of Contents
Quarter ended
June 30,
September 30,
December 31,
March 31,
June 30,
2004
2004
2004
2005
2005
(in thousands, except per share data):
$
2,163
$
2,997
$
4,496
$
2,962
$
4,498
1,483
1,996
3,087
2,178
2,647
680
1,001
1,409
784
1,851
2,978
2,974
3,480
2,137
3,225
795
977
965
900
1,138
26
24
29
88
182
8
104
(149
)
(161
)
322
(3,127
)
(3,078
)
(2,916
)
(2,180
)
(3,016
)
(466
)
(175
)
(196
)
(161
)
(259
)
37
2
3
129
(3,591
)
(3,253
)
(3,112
)
(2,338
)
(3,109
)
86
87
177
176
71
$
(3,677
)
$
(3,340
)
$
(3,289
)
$
(2,514
)
$
(3,180
)
$
(1.18
)
$
(1.07
)
$
(1.06
)
$
(0.81
)
$
(1.02
)
$
(1.18
)
$
(1.07
)
$
(1.06
)
$
(0.81
)
$
(1.02
)
3,107
3,107
3,107
3,107
3,107
3,107
3,107
3,107
3,107
3,107
Table of Contents
Three months
ended
Year ended March 31,
June 30,
2003
2004
2005
2004
2005
$
(3,833
)
$
(5,373
)
$
(13,198
)
$
(2,474
)
$
(4,524
)
(21
)
(6,723
)
(598
)
(457
)
(82
)
3,920
15,313
16,009
2,952
3,973
$
66
$
3,217
$
2,213
$
21
$
(633
)
Table of Contents
Obligations
and commitments
Credit
facilities
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
$1,025,000 was due April 1,
2005 and was paid;
$1,125,000 is due October 1,
2005;
$1,000,000 is due April 1,
2006;
$1,000,000 is due October 1,
2006; and
$750,000 is due April 1, 2007.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
For the years ending
March 31,
Amount
(in thousands)
$
3,032
1,225
30
341
9,662
$
14,290
3,032
$
11,258
Payments due by year
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
Thereafter
Total
(in thousands)
$
3,032
$
1,225
$
30
$
341
$
9,662
$
$
14,290
Stockholder notes payable
172
172
344
293
303
303
143
5
1,047
$
3,497
$
1,700
$
333
$
484
$
9,667
$
$
15,681
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Predecessor
operations
obtained a federal license to import and wholesale liquor in the
United States from the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau,
a division of the U.S. Department of the Treasury;
engaged MHW Ltd. to act as importer of record for it in the
United States;
created our premium Knappogue Castle single malt Irish whiskey
to complement Knappogue Castle 1951 and entered into various
agreements with respect to its production;
established bottling arrangements with Terra Limited, which
continues to act as one of our primary bottlers today;
hired our first sales manager;
acquired the last known existing stock of British Royal Navy
Imperial Rum, one of the rarest and most historically
significant commercially available rums today, upon which the
flavor profile of our Sea Wynde rum was subsequently patterned;
and
raised $2.0 million of private equity financing, including
$1.8 million of the approximately $7.2 million that
has been invested in our company by Mr. Andrews and his
affiliates as of the date of this prospectus.
Table of Contents
Our formation and the
acquisition of the Roaring Water Bay entities
Recent
developments
in August 2004, we entered into an exclusive marketing agreement
with I.L.A.R. S.p.A., a family owned Italian spirits company
founded in 1875, pursuant to which we obtained the long-term
exclusive U.S. distribution rights (excluding duty free
sales) with respect to its Pallini Limoncello, a premium Italian
liqueur, and related brand extensions;
in January 2005, we became the exclusive U.S. distributor
for Goslings rums, including Goslings Black Seal
dark rum and related brands, all of which are produced by the
Gosling family in Bermuda, where Goslings rums have been
under continuous production for over 150 years. In February
2005, we expanded this relationship by acquiring a 60%
controlling interest in Gosling-Castle Partners Inc., a global
export venture owned by us and the Gosling family; and
effective April 1, 2005, Gosling-Castle Partners secured
the exclusive long-term export and distribution rights for the
Goslings rum products for all countries other than
Bermuda, including an assignment of the Goslings rights
under our January 2005 distribution agreement with them. See
Strategic brand-partner relationships.
Table of Contents
Goslings Black Seal
Goslings Black Seal is a premium dark rum, which is best
known as an ingredient in the Goslings trademarked
cocktail Dark n Stormy known as the
national drink of Bermuda. To foster the promotion
of the Dark n Stormy, we also distribute its recommended
mixture counterpart, Barritts Ginger Beer, a well known
non-alcoholic ginger beer from Bermuda. Goslings Black
Seal was awarded a Platinum Medal (the highest offered) in the
World Spirits Competition, conducted by the Beverage Tasting
Institute in 2000. In that competition, as part of a blind taste
test conducted with respect to a selection of world class rums,
Goslings Black Seal was rated 96 out of a
possible 100 and a Best Buy;
Goslings Gold Bermuda Rum
Goslings Gold Bermuda Rum, lighter in color than
Goslings Black Seal, was introduced in 2004. It is often
combined with Goslings Black Seal and fruit juices in the
Rum Swizzle cocktail, a popular drink in Bermuda; and
Goslings Old Rum
Goslings
Old Rum is a premium family reserve rum that is
produced in limited quantities. Goslings Old Rum was
created based on the Goslings Black Seal formula and then
further aged in oak barrels.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
increasing consumer preference for liquor and cocktails across
various age groups and demographics, as compared to wine and
beer;
increasing consumption of imported premium spirits; viewed as
affordable luxury products, consumers appear willing to trade up
and pay more for high-end quality spirits; and
increasing consumer identification with a particular liquor
brand to convey status and self image; consumers are more likely
to have a preference for establishing a unique brand or drink to
call their own and to be aspirational in their drinking behavior.
Number of
Number of
Projected
case sales
5-year
case sales
5-year
Spirits category (each includes both the
for 2004
growth
for 2010
growth
domestic and imported segments)
(estimated)
1999-2004
(projected)
2005-2010
44.8
28.0%
55.0
18.3%
19.8
33.8%
22.6
10.8%
20.3
21.6%
24.5
15.6%
42.0
(1.9%)
42.3
0.7%
34.8
8.1%
39.5
10.3%
161.7
14.3%
183.9
10.8%
Table of Contents
Number of
Number of
Projected
case sales
5-year
case sales
5-year
for 2004
growth
for 2010
growth
Imported spirits segment
(estimated)
1999-2004
(projected)
2005-2010
12.5
81.2%
17.5
29.6%
2.3
64.3%
2.6
8.3%
10.5
38.2%
14.0
23.9%
0.5
66.7%
0.6
20.0%
25.8
59.3%
34.7
25.3%
22.8
(5.5%)
22.5
(5.3%)
16.0
15.1%
19.3
16.3%
64.6
20.5%
76.5
14.2%
our diverse portfolio of high quality, premium branded
spirits in growing categories of the spirits industry.
This portfolio, with brands in four growing spirits categories,
appeals to broad consumer tastes and enables us to penetrate
various retail outlets and capitalize on varying regional
preferences;
Table of Contents
our extensive and established U.S. distribution
network and growing international distribution network in Europe
and elsewhere.
We currently have distribution
relationships with third-party distributors or brokers in all
50 states in the United States and in six other primary
international markets. We believe that establishing domestic and
international distribution such as ours is a significant barrier
to entry for smaller spirits producers and that our distribution
network is similar to that of our significantly larger
competitors. We anticipate that our distribution network will
also be a differentiating factor in enabling us to continue to
partner with emerging brands seeking greater market penetration;
our significant sales and marketing expertise and
experience.
We have dedicated a significant amount of
resources to establish and develop a sales and marketing
infrastructure both domestically and internationally. We believe
this infrastructure provides us the capacity to accommodate our
anticipated future growth. We currently have a total sales force
of 28 people, including six regional U.S. sales managers
and two international sales managers, with an average of over
15 years of industry experience with premium spirits brands;
our highly qualified and experienced management team with
successful track records relating to brand development, the
spirits industry, mergers and acquisitions and public
companies.
Mark Andrews, our chairman, president and
chief executive officer, founded our predecessor company in
1998. Prior thereto, he served as founder, chairman and chief
executive officer of American Exploration Company, a publicly
traded oil and gas company, from 1980 until its sale to Louis
Dreyfus Natural Gas Corp. in 1997. During his 17-year tenure
there, American Exploration completed over 50 acquisitions.
Keith Bellinger, our executive vice president, chief operating
officer and secretary, was formerly chief financial officer of
the spirits division of Allied Domecq USA and served as
president of the Northern Business Unit of Allied Domecq USA. T.
Kelley Spillane, our senior vice president
U.S. sales, had significant roles while at Carillon Imports
in helping that company grow its Absolut Vodka and Bombay
Sapphire Gin brands;
our flexible and efficient supply chain.
We
currently coordinate the production and delivery of all of our
spirits through long-term arrangements with third-party
distillers, producers and transportation companies. These
arrangements enable us to operate without the need to own or
invest in distilleries, bottling plants, storage or
transportation equipment, allowing us to focus a majority of our
resources on sales and marketing activities; and
our recent track record in establishing strategic
partnerships.
We have experienced recent successes
establishing strategic partnerships with the owners of spirits
brands seeking to increase sales beyond their home markets,
providing the opportunity for the brands to achieve global
growth. We believe this track record will allow us to attract
additional brands to our portfolio.
increasing market penetration of our existing spirits
brands.
We intend to utilize our existing distribution
relationships, sales expertise and targeted marketing activities
to achieve growth and gain additional market share for our
brands within
Table of Contents
retail stores, bars and
restaurants, and thereby with end consumers, both here and
internationally; add experienced salespeople in selected
markets; increase sales to national chain accounts; and expand
our international distribution relationships;
building brand awareness
through innovative marketing, advertising and promotional
activities.
We
place a significant emphasis on our bottle design, labeling and
packaging, as well as on our advertising and promotional
activities, to establish and reinforce the image of our brands
and have invested significant capital over the last several
years in developing our brands. We intend to continue developing
compelling campaigns for our spirits brands through the
coordinated efforts of our experienced internal marketing
personnel and leading third-party design and advertising firms,
principally using billboards, print advertisements and in-store
promotional materials, to increase consumer brand awareness. For
example, we intend to position Boru vodka as the leading and one
of the few premium vodkas produced in Ireland and expand the
market awareness of Goslings rum in global markets beyond
its current loyal customer following in Bermuda and the eastern
United States; and
selectively adding new
premium brands to our spirits
portfolio.
We
intend to continue developing new brands and pursuing strategic
relationships, joint ventures and acquisitions to selectively
expand our portfolio of premium spirits brands, particularly by
capitalizing on and expanding our already demonstrated
partnering capabilities. The spirits industry is characterized
by a relatively small number of very large companies, as a
result of continuing industry consolidation, and a sizable
number of smaller brands, many of which are family owned. We
believe that by partnering with these smaller and family-owned
companies, we provide them with the potential opportunity to
achieve global growth and the other benefits of a larger
organization while, in many cases, maintaining their local
identities and traditional distillation and production
businesses. In addition, we will seek to opportunistically
acquire brands divested by our larger competitors that have
market presence and significant growth potential.
Table of Contents
Boru vodka
Goslings
rums
Knappogue Castle and
Clontarf Irish Whiskeys
Table of Contents
Pallini
Limoncello
Bradys Irish
cream
Celtic Crossing
liqueur
Sea Wynde rum
Table of Contents
U.S. distribution
Table of Contents
International
distribution
Table of Contents
New England
William Walsh (joined us in 1999)
was previously with Southern Wine & Spirits, the
largest wholesaler in the United States.
East Coast
Robert Battipaglia (joined us in
2003) was previously the East Coast Regional Manager for the
Advantage Brands division of Allied Domecq.
Southeast
Louis Suffredini (joined us in
2004) was previously a Regional Sales Manager in the Southeast
with Allied Domecq.
Midwest
David Wyatt (joined us in 2004) was
previously in charge of Control State sales for Pearl Vodka and
prior to that was Central Region Manager for Allied Domecq.
Southwest
Janell Eilers (joined us in 2004)
was previously Texas State Sales Manager for the wine division
of Diageo.
West Coast
Bruce Smith (joined us in 2002)
was previously with Southern Wine & Spirits,
specializing in chain sales.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Gaelic Heritage Corporation
Limited/Celtic Crossing
I.L.A.R. S.p.A./Pallini
Limoncello
Table of Contents
Gosling-Castle Partners
Inc./Goslings rums
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Name
Age
Position
55
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
47
Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Secretary
43
Senior Vice President U.S. Sales
52
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
48
Director(1)(2)
49
Director(2)(3)
68
Director
42
Director(3)
65
Director(1)
63
Director(2)(3)
61
Director(1)
(1)
Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee
(2)
Member of the compensation committee
(3)
Member of the audit committee
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
selecting the slate of nominees of directors to be proposed for
election by the stockholders and recommending to the board of
directors individuals to be considered by the board of directors
to fill vacancies;
developing and implementing policies regarding corporate
governance matters and recommending any desirable changes to
such policies to the board of directors;
establishing criteria for selecting new directors; and
reviewing and assessing annually the performance of the
nominating and corporate governance committee and the adequacy
of the nominating and corporate governance committee charter.
appointing, overseeing and compensating the work of the
registered independent public accounting firm;
reviewing our quarterly financial statements and earnings
releases;
pre-approving all auditing services and permissible non-audit
services provided by our registered independent public
accounting firm;
engaging in a dialogue with the registered independent public
accounting firm regarding relationships which may impact the
independence of the registered independent public accounting
firm and being responsible for oversight of the independence of
the registered independent public accounting firm;
reviewing and approving the audit committee report to be filed
with the SEC;
reviewing with the outside auditor the adequacy and
effectiveness of the internal controls over our financial
reporting;
establishing procedures for the submission of complaints,
including the submission by our employees of anonymous concerns
regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;
reviewing with our chief executive officer and chief financial
officer any significant deficiencies in the design or operation
of our internal controls and any fraud, whether or not material,
that involves our management or other employees who have a
significant role in our internal controls; and
reviewing and assessing annually the adequacy of the audit
committee charter.
Table of Contents
reviewing and determining annually the compensation of our chief
executive officer and other executive officers;
preparing an annual report on executive compensation for
inclusion in our annual proxy statement for each annual meeting
of stockholders in accordance with applicable SEC rules and
regulations;
approving the form of employment contracts, severance
arrangements, change in control provisions and other
compensatory arrangements with executive officers;
approving compensation programs and grants involving the use of
our common stock and other equity securities; and
reviewing and assessing annually, the compensation
committees performance and the adequacy of the
compensation committee charter.
Table of Contents
Long-term
compensation
Annual compensation
Awards
Number of
securities
Other annual
underlying
All other
Name and principal position
Salary
Bonus
compensation
options
compensation
$
169,998
$
50,000
50,000
$
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and
Secretary
$
150,000
$
30,000
5,000
$
1,415
(2)
Senior Vice President, U.S. Sales
$
152,875
$
27,788
(4)
Executive Vice President, International Sales
$
147,177
$
22,500
10,000
$
2,369
(5)
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(1)
Mr. Bellinger became our chief operating officer on
May 2, 2005. His initial annual base salary is $270,000 and
he is eligible to receive an annual incentive performance bonus
of up to 100% of his annual base salary. Mr. Bellinger
currently holds options to purchase a total of
150,000 shares of our common stock.
(2)
Represents the amounts of life insurance premiums paid by us for
the benefit of Mr. Spillane.
(3)
As of the date of this prospectus, Mr. Phelan is no longer
one of our executive officers, and he is engaged as a consultant
to our company through March 31, 2007.
(4)
Represents $15,288 contributed by us to our pension plan on
behalf of Mr. Phelan and patent royalty payments to
Mr. Phelan in the amount of $12,500.
(5)
Represents the amounts of life insurance premiums paid by us for
the benefit of Mr. MacFarlane.
Table of Contents
Potential realizable value
Individual grants
at assumed annual rates
of stock price
Percent of total
appreciation for option
Number of securities
options granted to
Exercise
(1)
underlying options
employees in fiscal
price per
Expiration
Name
granted
year
share (2)
Date
5%
10%
50,000
13.61%
$
8.00
1/27/15
5,000
1.36%
$
8.00
1/27/15
10,000
2.72%
$
8.00
1/27/15
(1)
Potential gains are net of the exercise price, but before taxes
associated with the exercise. Amounts represent hypothetical
gains that could be achieved for the respective options if
exercised at the end of the option term. The potential
realizable value assumes that the stock price appreciates from
the midpoint of the proposed range of the initial public
offering price of
$ per
share. The assumed 5% and 10% rates of stock price appreciation
are provided in accordance with the rules of the SEC and do not
represent our estimate or projection of the future price of our
common stock. Actual gains, if any, on stock option exercises
will depend upon the future market prices of our common stock.
(2)
The exercise prices of all stock options granted were at prices
believed by our board of directors to be equal to the fair
market value of our common stock on the date of grant.
(3)
Mr. Bellinger became our chief operating officer on
May 2, 2005. On that date, Mr. Bellinger received
options to purchase a total of 150,000 shares of our common
stock at an exercise price per share of $8.00. The option vests
at the rate of 25% per year commencing in May 2006 and
expires on May 2, 2015.
Number of shares
Value of unexercised
underlying unexercised
in-the-money options
options at fiscal year-end
at fiscal year-end
Shares
acquired on
Name
exercise
Value realized
Exercisable
Unexercisable
Exercisable
Unexercisable
10,000
90,000
15,000
50,000
8,000
32,000
12,500
47,500
(1)
Mr. Bellinger became our chief operating officer on
May 2, 2005. On that date, Mr. Bellinger received
options to purchase a total of 150,000 shares of our common
stock at an exercise price per share of $8.00, which vest at the
rate of 25% per year, commencing May 2006. As of the date
hereof, Mr. Bellinger has not exercised any of his options.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Awards
Administration
Share reserve
Table of Contents
Term of the
plan
Stock options
Restricted
stock
Deferred stock
Table of Contents
Stock appreciation
rights
Transferability of options
and stock purchase rights
Change in
control
all outstanding stock options and SARs will become immediately
vested and fully exercisable; and
all restrictions and deferral periods applicable to restricted
stock awards and deferred stock awards shall lapse and will be
fully vested.
the reorganization, merger, consolidation of our company through
which our stock is exchanged or converted into cash or property
or securities not issued by us;
the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our
property or assets or of more than 35% of our voting stock to
any person or group, unless such person or group had a 10%
beneficial ownership of the stock when this plan was established
(with certain limited exceptions); or
during any period of two consecutive years, a change in the
composition of the majority of the board which is not supported
by a
2
/
3
majority of the incumbent directors.
Tax
withholding
Amendment and
termination
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Mr. Andrews, our chairman, president and chief executive
officer and one of our principal stockholders, and his wife,
Elizabeth Q. Andrews, purchased $250,000 of our senior notes and
were issued a warrant to purchase 6,250 shares of our
common stock. In addition, their children, Mark Andrews IV
and Elizabeth Andrews, each purchased $125,000 of our senior
notes and each were issued a warrant to
purchase 3,125 shares of our common stock;
CNF Investments LLC, one of our principal stockholders,
purchased $500,000 of our senior notes and was issued a warrant
to purchase 12,500 shares of our common stock. Robert
Flanagan, one of our directors, is the manager of CNF
Investments LLC. In addition, the Flanagan Family Limited
Partnership purchased $100,000 of our senior notes and was
issued a warrant to purchase 2,500 shares of our
common stock. Mr. Flanagan is the general partner of the
Flanagan Family Limited Partnership;
Dr. Frost, one of our directors, is the trustee of the
Frost Nevada Investment Trust, which purchased $1.0 million
of our senior notes and was issued a warrant to
purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock;
Lafferty Limited, one of our principal stockholders, purchased
$500,000 of our senior notes and was issued a warrant to
purchase 12,500 shares of our common stock; and
Table of Contents
Matthew MacFarlane, our senior vice president and chief
financial officer, purchased $10,000 of our senior notes and was
issued a warrant to purchase 250 shares of our common
stock.
Table of Contents
each of our directors;
each of our named executive officers (see Management
Executive compensation);
each person known by us to beneficially own 5% of our common
stock; and
all of our directors and executive officers as a group.
the issuance of 4,089,465 shares of common stock upon the
conversion of convertible preferred stock;
the issuance of 1,120,505 shares of common stock upon conversion
of the convertible notes; and
the issuance of 136,208 shares of common stock in payment of
accrued dividends on our preferred stock through the estimated
closing date of this offering.
Shares of
Percentage beneficially owned
common stock
Name and address of
beneficially
Before
After
beneficial owner
owned
offering
offering
1,214,012
14.3%
11.1%
1,183,699
14.0%
10.8%
200 Park Avenue, Suite 3300
New York, NY 10166
1,321,429
15.6%
12.1%
623 Fifth Avenue, 27th Floor
New York, NY 10022
660,714
7.8%
6.0%
Table of Contents
Shares of
Percentage beneficially owned
common stock
Name and address of
beneficially
Before
After
beneficial owner
owned
offering
offering
c/o Mr. Warren Roiter
Roiter Zucker
5-7 Broadhurst Gardens
Swiss Cottage
London NW6 3RZ, England
678,334
8.0%
6.2%
c/o Clark Enterprises, Inc.
7500 Old Georgetown Road
15th Floor
Bethesda, MD 20814
631,639
7.5%
5.8%
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 10111
500,000
5.9%
4.6%
Ballineen Co. Cork, Ireland
541,975
6.4%
5.0%
14,062
*
*
15,250
*
*
325,885
3.9%
3.0%
12,000
*
*
19,199
*
*
648,139
7.6%
5.9%
*
520,603
6.1%
4.7%
12,000
*
*
45,397
*
*
125,000
1.5%
1.1%
2,594,489
30.2%
23.4%
*
Less than one percent
(1)
Includes 1,183,699 shares held by Knappogue Corp. Knappogue
Corp is controlled by Mr. Andrews and his family.
Mr. Andrews disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares,
except to the extent of his pecuniary interest. Also includes
10,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
options exercisable within 60 days as of September 27,
2005; 12,500 shares held jointly by Mr. Andrews
with his wife and 6,250 shares issuable upon exercise of
warrants held jointly by Mr. Andrews with his wife that are
exercisable within 60 days as of September 27, 2005.
Does not include 90,000 shares of common stock underlying
options that are not exercisable within 60 days as of
September 27, 2005.
(2)
Includes 750,000 shares of common stock issuable upon
conversion of $6.0 million principal amount of our
6% convertible notes that are convertible within
60 days of September 27, 2005.
(3)
Includes 375,000 shares of common stock issuable upon
conversion of $3.0 million principal amount of our
6% convertible notes that are convertible within
60 days of September 27, 2005.
Table of Contents
(4)
Includes 12,500 shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise of warrants exercisable within 60 days as of
September 27, 2005.
(5)
Includes 12,500 shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise of warrants exercisable within 60 days as of
September 27, 2005.
(6)
Does not include 150,000 shares of common stock underlying
options that are not exercisable within 60 days of
September 27, 2005.
(7)
Includes 2,500 shares of common stock held jointly by
Mr. MacFarlane and his wife. Also includes
12,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
options exercisable with 60 days of September 27, 2005
and 250 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
warrants exercisable within 60 days as of
September 27, 2005. Does not include 47,500 shares of
common stock underlying options that are not exercisable within
60 days as of September 27, 2005.
(8)
Includes 4,800 shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise of options exercisable within 60 days as of
September 27, 2005. Does not include 19,200 shares of
common stock, underlying options that are not exercisable within
60 days as of September 27, 2005.
(9)
Includes 15,000 shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise of options exercisable within 60 days as of
September 27, 2005. Does not include 63,000 shares of
common stock underlying options that are not exercisable within
60 days as of September 27, 2005.
(10)
Includes 7,199 shares held by BPW LLC, an entity of which
Mr. Beaudette is a principal stockholder.
Mr. Beaudette disclaims beneficial ownership of these
shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest. Also
includes 12,000 shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise of options exercisable within 60 days as of
September 27, 2005.
(11)
Includes 14,000 shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise of options exercisable within 60 days as of
September 27, 2005. Also includes 2,500 shares of
common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants exercisable
within 60 days as of September 27, 2005 that are held
by the Flanagan Family Limited Partnership, an entity of which
Mr. Flanagan is the general partner. Mr. Flanagan
disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the
extent of his pecuniary interest. Also includes
619,139 shares held by CNF Investments LLC and
12,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
warrants held by CNF Investments LLC that are exercisable within
60 days as of September 27, 2005. Mr. Flanagan is
a manager of CNF Investments LLC. Mr. Flanagan disclaims
beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his
pecuniary interest.
(12)
Includes 25,000 shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise of warrants exercisable within 60 days as of
September 27, 2005 that are held by the Frost Nevada
Investment Trust, an entity of which Dr. Frost is the
trustee. Dr. Frost disclaims beneficial ownership of these
shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest.
(13)
Includes 12,000 shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of
September 27, 2005.
(14)
Includes 12,000 shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of
September 27, 2005.
(15)
Includes 89,300 shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise of options, and 46,500 shares of common stock
issuable upon exercise of warrants, exercisable within
60 days of September 27, 2005. Does not include
369,700 shares of common stock underlying options that are
not exercisable within 60 days of September 27, 2005.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
a stockholder who owns 15% or more of our outstanding voting
stock (otherwise known as an interested stockholder);
an affiliate of an interested stockholder; or
an associate of an interested stockholder;
our board of directors approves the transaction that made the
stockholder an interested stockholder, prior to the date of that
transaction;
after the completion of the transaction that resulted in the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, that stockholder
owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time
the transaction commenced, excluding shares owned by our
officers and directors; or
on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business
combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized
at a meeting of our stockholders by an affirmative vote of at
least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock not owned by
the interested stockholder.
Table of Contents
beginning on the effective date of the registration statement of
which this prospectus forms a part, the shares sold in this
offering will be immediately available for sale in the public
market; and
beginning 180 days after the effective date of the
registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part,
approximately shares
will be eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144(k), none of
which are held by affiliates, and
approximately additional
shares held by affiliates will be eligible for sale subject to
volume, manner of sale, and other limitations under
Rule 144.
Table of Contents
1% of the number of shares of common stock then
outstanding; or
the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the
four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on
Form 144 with respect to such sale.
Table of Contents
Underwriters
Number of Shares
2,500,000
Table of Contents
Total, with no
Total, with full
over-allotment
over-allotment
$
$
Table of Contents
the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise
available to the underwriters;
our history and the history of the industry in which we compete;
our past and present financial performance and an assessment of
our management;
estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects;
the general condition of the securities market at the time of
this offering;
the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded
common stock of generally comparable companies; and
other factors deemed relevant by us and the representative.
over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares of
our common stock in excess of the number of shares the
underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a
syndicate short position. The short position may be either a
covered short position or a naked short
position. In a covered short position, the number of shares
over-allotted by an underwriter is not greater than the number
of shares that it may purchase in the over-allotment option. In
a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater
than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. An
underwriter may close out any short position by either
exercising its over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or
purchasing shares of our common stock in the open market;
syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of shares in
the open market after the distribution has been completed in
order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the
source of shares needed to close out such short position, the
representative of the underwriters will consider, among other
things, the price of the shares available for purchase in the
open market as compared to the price at which it may purchase
the shares through the over-allotment option. If the
underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the
over-allotment option, a naked short
Table of Contents
position, the position can only be
closed out by buying such shares in the open market. A naked
short position is more likely to be created if the
representative is concerned that there could be downward
pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after
pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in
the offering;
stabilizing transactions consist
of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the
underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the
offering, which stabilizing bids may not exceed a specific
maximum; and
penalty bids permit the
representative to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate
member when the shares originally sold by the syndicate member
are purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction
to cover syndicate short positions.
Table of Contents
Page
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
F-45
F-49
F-50
F-51
F-52
F-70
F-73
F-74
F-75
F-80
F-81
F-83
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Three Months Ended
Years Ended March 31,
June 30,
2003
2004
2005
2004
2005
(Unaudited)
$
2,419,062
$
4,826,919
$
12,617,863
$
2,163,014
$
4,498,473
1,427,486
3,285,467
8,744,859
1,482,492
2,647,272
991,576
1,541,452
3,873,004
680,522
1,851,201
3,348,279
5,397,919
11,568,997
2,977,621
3,225,382
817,837
1,960,374
3,636,626
795,373
1,137,477
72,621
173,414
167,086
26,310
182,385
11,065
165,545
(198,755
)
22,999
322,426
(3,258,226
)
(6,155,800
)
(11,300,950
)
(3,141,781
)
(3,016,469
)
(182,494
)
(303,516
)
(998,096
)
(465,740
)
(258,930
)
37,037
35,339
4,721
2,065
129,159
$
(3,440,720
)
$
(6,423,977
)
$
(12,294,325
)
$
(3,605,456
)
$
(3,109,203
)
14,960
557,929
525,605
86,388
71,428
$
(3,455,680
)
$
(6,981,906
)
$
(12,819,930
)
$
(3,691,844
)
$
(3,180,631
)
$
(1.88
)
$
(3.12
)
$
(4.13
)
$
(1.19
)
$
(1.02
)
$
(1.88
)
$
(3.12
)
$
(4.13
)
$
(1.19
)
$
(1.02
)
1,840,602
2,236,739
3,106,666
3,106,666
3,106,666
1,840,602
2,236,739
3,106,666
3,106,666
3,106,666
Table of Contents
Membership
Accumulated
Total
Interests
Common Stock
Additional
Other
Stockholders
Paid in
Accumulated
Comprehensive
Equity
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Capital
Deficiency
Income/(Loss)
(Deficiency)
325,000
$
8,900,000
$
(7,912,264
)
$
987,736
(3,440,720
)
(3,440,720
)
75,000
2,109,040
2,109,040
shares to Series B preferred
shares
(40,000
)
(1,086,339
)
(1,086,339
)
$
(14,960
)
(14,960
)
360,000
9,922,701
(14,960
)
(11,352,984
)
(1,445,243
)
(6,423,977
)
(6,423,977
)
translation adjustment
$
(41,946
)
(41,946
)
(6,465,923
)
connection with asset based loan
282,295
282,295
interests for common shares and
1-for-5 stock split
(360,000
)
(9,922,701
)
1,800,000
$
18,000
9,904,701
in connection with
business acquisition
9,500
9,500
with business acquisition
1,306,666
13,067
7,826,933
7,840,000
connection with redeemable
preferred stock
253,070
253,070
(304,859
)
(304,859
)
3,106,666
31,067
17,956,680
(17,776,961
)
(41,946
)
168,840
(12,294,325
)
(12,294,325
)
(152,627
)
(152,627
)
(12,446,952
)
senior notes
129,195
129,195
with acquisition of intangible assets
126,152
126,152
connection with redeemable
preferred stock
164,144
164,144
(2,065
)
(2,065
)
(361,461
)
(361,461
)
3,106,666
31,067
18,012,645
(30,071,286
)
(194,573
)
(12,222,147
)
(3,109,203
)
(3,109,203
)
294,596
294,596
(2,814,607
)
23,867
23,867
(71,428
)
(71,428
)
$
3,106,666
$
31,067
$
17,965,084
$
(33,180,489
)
$
100,023
$
15,084,315
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
NOTE 1 -
ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES
A.
Description of Business and Business
Combination
Castle Brands Inc. (CBI
or the Company) is the successor to Great Spirits
Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
(GSC). The Company was formed in February 1998. In
May 2003, Great Spirits Ireland, a wholly owned subsidiary of
the Company began operations in Ireland to market the
Companys products internationally. In July 2003, Castle
Brands Inc. and Castle Brands (USA) Corp.
(CB-USA) were formed under the laws of Delaware in
contemplation of a pending acquisition. On December 1,
2003, CBI acquired The Roaring Water Bay Spirits Group Limited.
and The Roaring Water Bay Spirits Marketing and Sales Company
Limited. The acquisition has been accounted for under purchase
accounting. Simultaneously, Great Spirits Company, LLC was
merged into CB-USA, and the Company issued stock to GSCs
shareholders in exchange for their shares of GSC. Subsequent to
the acquisition, The Roaring Water Bay Spirits Group Limited
(RWB) was renamed Castle Brands Spirits Group
Limited (CB Group) and The Roaring Water Bay Spirits
Marketing and Sales Company Limited was renamed Castle Brands
Spirits Marketing and Sales Company Limited (CB-UK).
The Company has experienced recurring operating losses and
negative cash flows from operations and has a stockholders
equity (deficiency) of $12,222,147 as of March 31, 2005 and
$15,099,275 as of June 30, 2005. In June of 2005, the
Company raised $5 million from the sale of the second
tranche of its convertible notes. In August 2005, the Company
raised $2.9 million from the sale of Series C
preferred stock and a further $5 million from a sale of
convertible notes to a second investor. The Company believes
that it will be able to fund its operational cash requirements
through a combination of sales of convertible notes and cash on
hand through June 30, 2006.
B.
Principles of Consolidation
-
The
March 31, 2004 and 2005 consolidated financial statements
include the accounts of CBI, its wholly-owned subsidiaries,
CB-USA and its wholly-owned foreign subsidiaries, CB Group and
CB-UK, and its majority owned Gosling-Castle Partners, Inc.
hereafter collectively referred to as the Company.
The accounts of the subsidiaries have been included as of the
date of acquisition. All significant intercompany transactions
and balances have been eliminated.
C.
Unaudited Interim Information
- The consolidated
financial statements for the three months ended June 30,
2004 and 2005 are unaudited. The unaudited financial statements
have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial
statements and, in the opinion of management, include all
adjustments necessary for fair presentation, consisting of
normal recurring adjustments. The results for the three months
ended June 30, 2005 are not necessarily indicative of the
results to be expected for the year ending March 31, 2006,
or for any other interim period.
D.
Pro Forma Balance Sheet (unaudited)
The
Companys Board of Directors has authorized the filing of a
registration statement with the Securities and Exchange
Commission to register shares of its common stock in an initial
public offering. If the initial public offering closed as
presently anticipated in December 2005, all of the redeemable
convertible preferred stock along with the related accrued
dividends then outstanding would have converted into
Table of Contents
NOTE 1 -
ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES (CONTD)
4,201,709 shares of common stock and the entire principal
amount of the 5% Euro denominated convertible notes into
263,362 shares of common stock and $6 million of the
$15 million principal amount of the 6% convertible
notes into 857,142 shares of common stock. The pro forma
balance sheet (unaudited) at June 30, 2005 reflects the
conversion of all outstanding redeemable convertible preferred
stock and certain convertible notes payable into common stock as
if such conversion had occurred at June 30, 2005.
E.
Organization and Operations
-
The Company is
principally engaged in the manufacture, marketing and sale of
fine spirit brands of vodka, Irish whiskey, rums and liqueurs
(the products) in the United States, Europe, and the
Caribbean.
F.
Cash and cash equivalents
-
The Company
considers all highly liquid instruments with a maturity at date
of acquisition of three months or less to be cash and cash
equivalents.
G.
Trade accounts receivable
The Company records
trade accounts receivable at net realizable value. This value
includes an appropriate allowance for estimated uncollectible
accounts to reflect any loss anticipated on the trade accounts
receivable balances and charged to the provision for doubtful
accounts. The Company calculates this allowance based on its
history of write-offs, level of past due accounts based on
contractual terms of the receivables and its relationships with
and economic status of the Companys customers.
H.
Revenue Recognition
- Revenue from product sales is
recognized when the product is shipped to a customer (generally
a distributor or a control state), title and risk of loss has
passed to the customer in accordance with the terms of sale (FOB
shipping point or FOB destination), and collection is reasonably
assured. Revenue is not recognized on shipments to control
states until such time as product is sold through to the retail
channel.
I.
Inventories
-
Inventories, which consists of
distilled spirits, packaging and finished goods, is valued at
the lower of cost or market, using the weighted average cost
method. The Company assesses the valuation of its inventories
and reduces the carrying value of those inventories that are
obsolete or in excess of the Companys forecasted usage to
their estimated net realizable value. The Company estimates the
net realizable value of such inventories based on analyses and
assumptions including, but not limited to, historical usage,
future demand and market requirements. Reductions to the
carrying value of inventories are recorded in cost of goods sold.
J.
Equipment
-
Equipment consists of office
equipment, computers and software, transportation equipment, and
furniture and fixtures. When assets are retired or otherwise
disposed of, the cost and related depreciation is removed from
the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in
the statement of operations. Equipment is depreciated using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
assets ranging from three to five years.
K.
Goodwill and other intangible assets
. Goodwill represents
the excess of purchase price and related costs over the value
assigned to the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets
of businesses acquired. As of March 31, 2004 and 2005,
goodwill and other indefinite lived intangible assets that arose
from acquisitions was $11.3 million and $11.8 million,
respec-
Table of Contents
NOTE 1 -
ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES (CONTD)
tively. On April 1, 2004, the Company adopted
SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets. Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill and other
intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized, but
instead are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently
if certain circumstances indicate a possible impairment may
exist. The Company evaluates the recoverability of goodwill and
indefinite lived intangible assets using a two-step impairment
test approach at the reporting unit level. In the first step the
fair value for the reporting unit is compared to its book value
including goodwill. In the case that the fair value of the
reporting unit is less than the book value, a second step is
performed which compares the implied fair value of the reporting
units goodwill to the book value of the goodwill. The fair
value for the goodwill is determined based on the difference
between the fair value of the reporting unit and the net fair
value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of such
reporting unit. If the fair value of the goodwill is less than
the book value, the difference is recognized as an impairment.
SFAS No. 142 also requires that intangible assets with
estimable useful lives be amortized over their respective
estimated useful lives to the estimated residual values and
reviewed for impairment in accordance with
SFAS No. 144 (see Note 6). The Company performed
its impairment assessment on long-lived assets, including
intangible assets and goodwill, in accordance with the methods
prescribed above. The Company concluded that no impairment
existed during the years ended March 31, 2004 and 2005.
L.
Foreign Currency Translation
-
The functional
currency for the Companys foreign operations is the euro
in Ireland and the British pound in the United Kingdom. The
translation from the applicable foreign currencies to
U.S. dollars is performed for balance sheet accounts using
current exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and
for revenue and expense accounts using a weighted average
exchange rate during the period. The resulting translation
adjustments are recorded as a component of capital deficit.
Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are
included in other income/expenses.
M.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
-
SFAS No. 107,
Disclosures About Fair Value of
Financial Instruments
, defines the fair value of a financial
instrument as the amount at which the instrument could be
exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties and
requires disclosure of the fair value of certain financial
instruments. The Company believes that there is no material
difference between the fair value and the reported amounts of
financial instruments in the balance sheets due to the short
term maturity of these instruments, or with respect to the debt,
as compared to the current borrowing rates available to the
Company.
N.
Income Taxes
-
The Company follows
SFAS No. 109,
Accounting for Income Taxes.
Under the asset and liability method of SFAS No. 109,
deferred tax assets and liabilities are
recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to
differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of
existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis.
A valuation allowance is provided to the extent a deferred tax
asset is not considered recoverable.
Table of Contents
NOTE 1 -
ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES (CONTD)
O.
Stock Based Awards
- The Company accounts for
stock-based compensation for its employees, officers and
directors using the intrinsic value method prescribed in
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25,
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. Under the
intrinsic value method, compensation costs for stock options, if
any, are measured as the excess of the Companys estimated
value of the Companys stock at the date of grant over the
amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock. This method,
which is permitted by SFAS No. 123 Accounting
for Stock Based Compensation, has not resulted in employee
compensation costs for stock options. The Company accounts for
stock-based awards to non-employees using a fair value method in
accordance with SFAS No. 123.
Disclosure of pro forma net loss, as if all stock options were
accounted for at fair value, is required by
SFAS No. 123, under which compensation expense is
based upon the fair value of each option at the date of grant
using the Black-Scholes or a similar option pricing model. Had
compensation expense for employee, officer and director options
granted been determined based upon the fair value of the options
at the grant date, the results would have been as follows as of:
For the year then
For the quarter then
ended
ended
March 31,
March 31,
June 30,
June 30,
2004
2005
2004
2005
$
(6,981,906
)
$
(12,819,930
)
$
(3,691,844
)
$
(3,180,631
)
(370,068
)
$
(6,981,906
)
$
(13,189,998
)
$
(3,691,844
)
$
(3,180,631
)
$
(3.12
)
$
(4.13
)
$
(1.19
)
$
(1.02
)
$
(3.12
)
$
(4.25
)
$
(1.19
)
$
(1.02
)
FASB Statement 123 (Revision 2004), Share-Based
Payment, was issued in December 2004 and is effective as
of the beginning of the first interim or annual reporting
periods that begin after June 15, 2005. The new statement
requires all share-based payments to employees to be recognized
in the financial statements based on their fair values on the
grant date. Such cost is to be recognized over the period during
which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for
the award, which is usually the vesting period.
Table of Contents
NOTE 1 -
ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES (CONTD)
The pro forma disclosures previously permitted under
FAS 123 no longer will be an alternative to financial
statement recognition. The Company is required to adopt
FAS 123R beginning April 1, 2006. The Company expects
that the adoption of FAS 123R will have a material impact
on its consolidated results of operations and earnings per
share. The Company has not yet determined the method of adoption
or the effect of adopting FAS 123R, and it has not
determined whether the adoption will result in amounts that are
similar to the current pro forma disclosures required under
FAS 123. The Company has not yet determined the impact of
FAS 123R on its compensation policies or plans, if any.
The fair value of the stock options granted is estimated at the
grant date using the Black Scholes option pricing model with the
following weighted average assumptions: expected dividend yield
0.0%; risk free interest rate 4.4%; expected volatility 25%; and
expected life of 7.2 years. The weighted average fair value
of options granted in fiscal year 2004 and 2005 and for the
three months ended June 30, 2005 was $2.17, $2.69 and $2.17,
respectively.
P.
Research and Development Costs
-
The costs of
research, development and product improvement are charged to
expense as incurred.
Q.
Advertising
Advertising costs are expensed
when the advertising first appears in its respective medium.
Advertising expense, which is included in selling expense, was
$720,183, $1,225,056 and $4,032,061, for the years ended
March 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively, and $1,440,183
and $1,068,575 the three months ended June 30, 2004 and
2005, respectively.
R.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company
periodically reviews whether changes have occurred that would
require revisions to the carrying amounts of its long-lived
assets. When the sum of the expected future cash flows
(undiscounted and without interest charges) is less than the
carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized
based on the fair value of the asset.
S.
Use of Estimates
- The preparation of financial
statements in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America requires management to
make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts
of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets
and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Estimates are used when accounting for certain items such as to
determine whether any impairment is to be recognized, allowance
for doubtful accounts, depreciation, amortization and expense
accruals.
Basic net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss
by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding
during the period. Diluted net loss per common share is computed
giving effect to all dilutive potential common shares that were
outstanding during the period. Diluted potential common shares
consist of incremental shares issuable upon exercise of stock
options and warrants, contingent conversion of debentures and
preferred stock outstanding. In computing diluted net loss per
share for fiscal 2005 and 2004, no adjustment has been made to
the weighted average outstanding common shares as the
Table of Contents
NOTE 2
BASIC AND DILUTED NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE
(CONTD)
assumed exercise of outstanding options and warrants and the
assumed conversion of preferred stock and convertible debentures
is anti-dilutive.
Potential common shares not included in calculating diluted net
loss per share are as follows:
March 31,
March 31,
June 30,
June 30,
2004
2005
2004
2005
563,000
745,500
594,000
899,500
207,118
390,493
295,993
498,618
3,540,180
888,375
263,299
1,513,160
4,573,513
3,741,965
2,804,465
3,741,965
8,883,811
5,766,333
3,957,757
6,653,243
For the years ended March 31, 2003, the Company had issued
100,000 warrants for membership interests in GSC to a lender.
Subsequent to June 30, 2005, the Company issued the
following dilutive securities:
In July 2005 the Company entered into an agreement with an
investor to issue $5,000,000 of convertible notes. These notes
can convert into common stock at $8 per share (see
Note 15).
In July 2005 in connection with the Series C Preferred
Stock, the Company granted, to an advisor, warrants to acquire
100,000 shares of the Companys common stock with an
exercise price of $8.00. The Warrants are subject to
anti-dilution provisions, vested immediately and are exercisable
through December 31, 2009.
March 31,
June 30,
2004
2005
2005
$
903,320
$
1,154,942
$
1,600,631
2,793,289
4,342,036
3,829,445
$
3,696,609
$
5,496,978
$
5,430,076
Inventories are stated at the lower of average cost or market.
The Company assesses the valuation of its inventories and
reduces the carrying value of those inventories that are
obsolete or in excess of the Companys forecasted usage to
their estimated net realizable value. The Company estimates the
net realizable value of such inventories based on analyses and
assumptions including, but not limited to, historical usage,
future demand and market requirements. Reductions to the
carrying value of inventories are recorded in cost of goods sold.
Table of Contents
Investment in Gosling-Castle Partners Inc.
In February 2005, the Company entered into a stock subscription
agreement for 60% of the stock of Gosling Partners Inc., whose
name was subsequently changed to Gosling-Castle Partners Inc.
(GCP). GCP had no operations prior to the Company
entering into the stock subscription agreement. The original
shareholders of GCP were E. Malcolm Gosling and Goslings
Limited and after the Companys purchase, ownership
interests of the three parties in the venture were 60%, 20% and
20%, respectively. CB-USA had previously entered into an
exclusive distribution agreement with Goslings Export
(Bermuda) Limited (GXB) to distribute Goslings
rum in the United States. Gosling Partners Inc. had originally
been formed to acquire, and had acquired prior to the
Companys investment in GCP, the following:
global distribution rights (excluding Bermuda) to the
Goslings portfolio of products;
appointment as the exclusive authorized global exporter for the
GXB product line;
an exclusive license for the use of GXBs global trademarks
for its brand portfolio;
The Company agreed to pay GCP $5,000,000 for its 60% interest in
the joint venture: $100,000 in cash and issuance of a promissory
note of $4,900,000 to GCP for the balance owed. This promissory
note is payable in five installments as follows:
$1,025,000 on April 1, 2005
$1,125,000 on October 1, 2005
$1,000,000 on April 1, 2006
$1,000,000 on October 1, 2006; and
$750,000 on April 1, 2007
Effective with the payment of the second installment on
October 1, 2005, this promissory note accrues interest on
the unpaid principal amount at the rate of 4% per annum
until the note is repaid in full.
The global distribution agreement commenced on April 1,
2005 and has a 15 year term. It is renewable for additional
15 year terms as long as GCP meets certain case sale
targets during the initial term as set forth in the agreement.
(See Note 19 Gosling-Castle Partners Inc.
Export Agreement with Goslings Export (Bermuda) Limited).
The Company ascribed the entire purchase of $5,000,000 to the
Gosling global distribution agreement described above. In
conjunction with this transaction the Company recorded a
deferred tax liability of $2,222,222 to reflect the fact that
the distribution agreement has a zero basis for income tax
purposes (See Note 14). This deferred tax liability was
recorded as an increase to the value of the distribution
agreement.
Acquisition of CB Group and CB-UK
On December 1, 2003, the Company acquired the
CB Group, including 95% of its operating subsidiary CB-UK.
CB Group is the producer and primary marketer of Boru
Vodka, as well as Clontarf Irish Whiskey and several Irish cream
liqueurs. CB-UK is the marketing company that operates primarily
in Great Britain. As part of the acquisition, in May 2004,
CB Group purchased the remaining shares of its operating
subsidiary from minority shareholders
Table of Contents
pursuant to the terms of a put option contained within its 1999
Business Expansion Scheme (BES 1). The total cost of
this BES 1 share purchase of
317,491 was
offset, in part, by the agreement of the four former
shareholders of CB Group to contribute a total of
100,000 in the
form of 15,000 shares of Castle Brands Inc. Series C
preferred stock to defray the cost of this transaction to the
Company which was recorded to goodwill. The aggregate net
purchase price of the acquisition (as translated at the
effective exchange rates) including $1,154,863 of acquisition
costs consisting of investment banking and legal fees, was
$17,048,946, which consisted of cash of $6,097,079,
1,306,666 shares of the Companys common stock with a
fair value of $7,840,000, $1,650,800 in convertible subordinated
notes payable and $306,204 of other notes payable. The cash
portion of the acquisition was financed with proceeds from the
issuance of $16,550,000 of Series C convertible preferred
stock.
Assets were valued at their respective estimated fair values at
the acquisition date. The valuation of identifiable intangible
assets and goodwill acquired was based on managements
estimates supported by an independent third party consultant
valuation report. The identifiable intangible assets include
trade names, formulations, patents and distribution agreements.
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the
fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired.
The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation for
the acquisition of RWB:
Description
Amount
$
210,185
825,000
4,840,000
11,756,051
$
17,631,236
At the time of the acquisition, the net tangible assets acquired
included cash, accounts receivable, inventory, manufacturing and
transportation equipment, computers and furniture and fixtures
accounts payable and contain other assumed liabilities.
Identifiable intangible assets refer to the Boru and Clontarf
Trinity design which is amortized over the fifteen year life of
the patent which is deemed the economic life of the asset. Those
identifiable intangible assets with indefinite lives include the
trade names and formulations of the Companys various
products, together with the Companys relationship with its
distributor in Dublin and its supply relationship with the
distiller of its vodka.
On December 1, 2003, the Company has recorded $629,444 as a
deferred tax liability as the amount ascribed to the difference
between the book and tax basis of the tangible and intangible
assets acquired. The Company allocated the fair value of the
purchase price to the
Table of Contents
tangible and intangible assets, the additional value ascribed
above those fair values was recorded as additional goodwill.
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years
ended March 31, 2005 and 2004 were as follows:
Amount
$
10,676,487
629,444
11,305,931
450,120
11,756,051
3,308
$
11,759,359
The results of CB Group and CB-UK have been included in the
consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition.
Unaudited pro forma results of operations for the year ended
March 31, 2004 are included below. Such pro forma
information assumes that the acquisition had occurred as of
April 1, 2003.
March 31, 2004
$
8,637,596
$
3,513,800
$
(6,539,200
)
$
(2.92
)
These pro forma results have been prepared for comparative
purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the results
of operations that actually would have resulted had the
acquisition been in effect at the beginning of the period or of
future results.
Table of Contents
Equipment consists of the following as of:
March 31,
March 31,
June 30,
2004
2005
2005
$
465,049
$
670,927
$
683,466
42,933
26,032
27,942
18,602
4,733
4,733
534,014
703,602
706,801
275,568
353,463
370,712
$
258,446
$
350,139
$
336,089
Depreciation expense for the years ended March 31, 2003,
2004, and 2005 and for the three months ended June 30, 2004
and 2005 totaled $6,904, $47,771, $81,724, and $12,560 and
$27,856, respectively.
NOTE 6 -
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Intangible assets consist of the following as of:
March 31,
March 31,
June 30,
2004
2005
2005
$
1,086,043
$
9,128,814
$
9,146,159
5,665,000
5,665,000
5,665,000
6,751,043
14,793,814
14,811,159
303,503
318,698
459,478
$
6,447,540
$
14,475,116
$
14,351,681
The identifiable intangible assets consist of a patent, trade
names and formulations of the various products and distribution
and supplier relationships.
Amortization expense for the years ended March 31, 2003,
2004, and 2005 and the three months ended June 30, 2004 and
2005 totaled $100,620, $90,829 and $85,362, $13,750 and $154,530
respectively.
The Company periodically reviews whether changes have occurred
that would require revisions to the carrying amounts of
long-lived assets. When the sum of expected future cash flows
(undiscounted and without interest charges) is less then the
carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized
based on the fair value of the asset.
In connection with the credit facilities as described in
notes 8 and 9, personal guarantees of the two former
managing directors of CB Group and CB-UK in the amount of
158,717 were
cancelled and replaced with a deposit of cash collateral of
300,000, or
$387,494 and
Table of Contents
NOTE 7 -
RESTRICTED CASH
(CONTD)
NOTE 8 -
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES
Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following
as of:
March 31,
2004
March 31,
June 30,
2005
2005
nts $
1,885,034
$
2,785,179
$
3,177,456
ed 981,774
1,897,338
1,786,218
$
2,866,808
$
4,682,517
$
4,963,674
CB Group and CB-UK maintain overdraft coverages with a
financial institution in Ireland of up to
400,000
($508,000) and £20,000 ($16,400), respectively. Overdarft
balances are included in accounts payable for the periods
presented.
March 31
March 31
June 30
2004
2005
2005
Notes payable consist of the following as of:
The Company has arranged revolving credit facilities aggregating
approximately
1,677,000
($2,175,000) with a lender for working capital purposes. The
facilities, which are payable on demand and renew annually
subject to certain provisions, call for interest at rates
ranging from prime plus 3% to 7.85%. The Company has also
secured a
295,000
($382,000) term note with the same lender. The note carries an
interest rate of 5.2% and calls for monthly payments of
principal and interest of
6,377 through
2006.
$
780,626
$
1,813,592
$
1,254,508
The Company has arranged revolving credit facilities aggregating
approximately £242,000 ($457,000). The facilities, which
are payable on demand and renew annually subject to certain
provisions, call for interest at rates ranging from prime plus
2% to prime plus 2.25%.
209,245
171,149
256,915
Table of Contents
March 31
March 31
June 30
2004
2005
2005
Notes payable consist of the following as of:
At March 31, 2004, the Company maintained a revolving
credit facility with a lender which outstanding balance was
paid, together with a loan termination fee of $60,000 and
accrued interest and fees of $4,176. The line terminated
simultaneously with the issuance of the senior notes in June
2004.
630,909
In connection with the Companys acquisition of
CB Group, the Company issued to the former minority
shareholders of CB Group
255,000
($331,000) of subordinated notes, which mature on July 11,
2007. The notes accrue interest at the rate of 5.7% per
annum with the aggregate interest payable being limited to
51,000
($66,000). The total principal and interest on the notes are due
at maturity.
310,539
329,358
307,683
Table of Contents
March 31
March 31
June 30
2004
2005
2005
Notes payable consist of the following as of:
On June 9, September 28 and October 13, 2004, the
Company issued $3,555,000, $1,005,000 and $100,000,
respectively, of senior notes collateralized by accounts
receivable and inventories of CB-USA. As issued, these senior
notes bore an interest rate of 8%, payable semi-annually on
November 30th and May 31st, and matured on
May 31, 2007. Effective August 15, 2005, the terms of
these notes were modified with the consent of the note holders
to mature on May 31, 2009 in exchange for an interest rate
adjustment to 9%. In addition, each holder of $1,000 of senior
notes received warrants to purchase 25 shares of the
Companys common shares. At March 31, 2005, there were
116,500 warrants issued and outstanding in conjunction with
issuance of senior notes. These warrants have been valued at
$129,195 in the aggregate and have been treated as a discount to
the notes payable. Interest expense pertaining to this discount
is recognized, and the notes payable accreted, over the original
term of the notes with an original maturity of May 2007.
4,561,472
4,570,706
Table of Contents
The Company financed the purchase of certain office equipment
totaling $17,821 included in equipment. The leases call for
monthly payments of $337 in principal and interest at the rate
of 5% per annum, to be paid through July 2009. As of
March 31, 2005 and June 30, 2005, the
Table of Contents
Company owed $16,000 and $14,909, respectively, under this
lease. Future minimum lease payments equal $17,872 including
interest.
Principal payments due over the next five years for the above
listed notes payable and capital lease are due as follows (as
translated at the exchange rate in effect on March 31,
2005):
For the years ending
March 31,
Amount
2006
$
3,032,383
2007
1,224,696
2008
30,335
2009
341,498
2010
9,661,665
Total
14,290,577
Less current portion
3,032,383
Non current portion
$
11,258,194
In connection with the Companys acquisition of CB Group,
444,389
($576,372) of subordinated notes were issued by CB Group in
substitution of subordinated notes of the same amount originally
issued on April 1, 2001 by CB Group. The original notes had
a maturity date of April 1, 2006 and were non-interest
bearing. The replacement notes are non-interest bearing and the
terms called for annual principal payments of
177,743,
133,323 and
133,323 on
December 1, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Interest of
6% was imputed on these notes resulting in an increase to
goodwill at the date of acquisition of $56,653. The note
discount is accreted monthly by a charge to interest expense.
For the years ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 and the three
months ended June 30, 2005, the Company recorded interest
expense on these notes of $6,360, $19,311, and $4,832,
respectively.
Principal payments over the remaining term of the notes are due
as follows (as translated at the exchange rate in effect on
March 31, 2005):
For the years ending
March 31,
Amount
2006
$
172,200
2007
172,200
Total
$
344,400
Table of Contents
In connection with the acquisition of CB Group and CB-UK in
December 2003, the former principal shareholders received
1,374,750 of
convertible subordinated notes in partial consideration for
their shares in CB Group and CB-UK. These notes are convertible
into common shares of the Company at the current conversion
price of
5.22,
which is subject to adjustment from time to time as set forth in
the note agreement. These convertible notes mature on
December 1, 2006 and bear an interest rate of 5% payable
quarterly on March 31st, June 30th September 30th
and December 31st. As of March 31, 2005 and
June 30, 2005, the Company was indebted in the amount of
$1,775,627 and $1,658,773, respectively, on the notes (as
translated at the exchange rate in effect on March 31, 2005
and June 30, 2005).
NOTE 11 -
COMMON STOCK
On March 31, 2002, Great Spirits LLC, the predecessor
company to Castle Brands Inc. had 360,000 membership shares
outstanding. On July 10, 2003, the Board of Directors
declared a five-for-one stock split payable on December 1,
2003. The Company retained the current par value of $.01 for all
common shares. On December 1, 2003 the Company, in
connection with the acquisition of RWB, issued
1,306,666 shares of common stock in partial payment of the
acquisition (See Note 4). At March 31, 2004 and 2005
and June 30, 2005, the Company had 3,106,666 common shares
outstanding.
NOTE 12 -
REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
The Company had convertible preferred stock outstanding, as
follows:
March 31,
June 30,
Description
2004
2005
2005
Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A, $1 par value,
550,000 shares authorized, 535,715 shares issued and
outstanding; cash dividends at 5% or accrued dividends at 7% at
Companys option paid semi-annually; 20% redemption per
year commencing with sixth anniversary of issuance, automatic
conversion to common stock at conversion price of $7 per
share upon initial public offering of $10 million or more.
$
3,750,005
$
3,750,005
$
3,750,005
Table of Contents
NOTE 12 -
REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
(CONTD)
March 31,
June 30,
Description
2004
2005
2005
Convertible Preferred Stock, Series B, $1 par value,
200,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding; cash
dividends at 5% or accrued dividends at 7% at Companys
option paid semi- annually, 20% redemption per year commencing
with sixth anniversary of issuance, automatic conversion to
common stock at conversion price of $6 per share upon
initial public offering of $10 million or more.
1,200,000
1,200,000
1,200,000
Convertible Preferred Stock, Series C, $1 par value,
3,353,750 shares authorized, 2,068,750 shares issued
and outstanding at March 31, 2004 and 3,006,250 shares
issued and outstanding at March 31, 2005 and June 30,
2005 cash dividends at 4% or accrued dividends at 6% at
Companys option paid semi-annually; 20% redemption per
year commencing with sixth anniversary of issuance, automatic
conversion to common stock at conversion price of $8 per
share upon initial public offering of $10 million or more.
16,550,000
24,050,000
24,050,000
(See Note 15 for consideration given to warrant beneficial
conversion features)
Total
$
21,500,005
$
29,000,005
$
29,000,005
The following are the Series A, B, and C Preferred Stock
transactions of the Company from April 1, 2002 through
March 31, 2005:
In February 2003, Great Spirits LLC, the predecessor to the
Company exchanged 40,000 membership shares on a one-for-one
basis with a shareholder for an equivalent number of
Series B Preferred Stock and the elimination of certain
shareholder preference rights. In December 2003, this issue was
exchanged for comparable Castle Brands Inc. Series B
Preferred Stock and is convertible into common shares at
$6.00 per share at the option of the holder or in an
automatic conversion upon initial public offering of
$10 million or more.
Table of Contents
NOTE 12 -
REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
(CONTD)
In August 2003, Great Spirits LLC completed an offering of
535,715 shares of Series A preferred stock. In
December 2003, this issue was exchanged for comparable CBI
Series A preferred stock is convertible into common shares
at $7 per share at the option of the holder or in an
automatic conversion upon initial public offering of
$10 million or more.
In December, 2003, CBI raised $16,525,000 issuing
2,065,625 shares of Series C preferred stock in
conjunction with the RWB acquisition. Series C preferred
stock is convertible into common stock at the option of the
holder at $8 per share or in an automatic conversion upon
initial public offering of $10 million or more.
In January 2004, CBI raised $25,000 issuing 3,125 shares of
Series C preferred stock.
In November 2004, CBI raised $5,001,178, less $184,434 in
financing charges, issuing 625,147 shares of Series C
preferred stock.
In December 2004, CBI raised $888,400, less $86,845 in financing
charges, issuing 111,050 shares of Series C preferred
stock.
In February 2005, CBI raised $1,000,000, less $20,000 in
financing charges, issuing 125,000 shares of Series C
preferred stock.
In March 2005, CBI raised $610,422, less $15,958 in financing
charges, issuing 76,303 shares of Series C preferred
stock.
Holders of Series A and Series B preferred stock are
entitled to receive semi-annual dividends at an annual rate of
5%, if paid in cash, and 7%, if accrued. The accrual rate
automatically takes effect if the dividends are not paid within
90 days after the end of the relevant accrual period or if
the Board of Directors elects to accrue and not pay such
dividends. However, in connection with the Series C
preferred stock financing, the holders of Series A and
Series B preferred shares agreed that no cash dividends
would be paid unless the cash dividends are paid on all three
issues. The holders of Series A and Series B preferred
stock have the option, at any time, to convert their preferred
shares into common shares at a conversion price of $7 per
share and $6 per share, respectively. Series A
preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock at
the then applicable conversion price, in the event of either
(a) the vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the
series A and B preferred shares, or (b) the closing of
an underwritten public offering with aggregate gross proceeds of
at least $10 million. The Series B preferred stock is
held by a single investor and possesses similar automatic
conversion features. For the years ended March 31, 2004 and
2005 and the three months ended June 30, 2005, dividends of
$319,819, $681,280 and $767,668 in arrears, respectively, remain
unpaid.
Commencing December 1, 2005, holders of Series C
preferred stock are entitled to receive semi-annual dividends at
an annual rate of 4%, if paid in cash, and 6%, if accrued. In
addition, the holders of such stock have the option, at any
time, to convert their preferred shares into common shares at a
conversion price of $8 per share. Commencing
December 1, 2008, the Company may redeem the Series C
preferred stock at any time, in whole or in part,
Table of Contents
NOTE 12 -
REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
(CONTD)
at the redemption price of $8 per share, as adjusted, plus
accrued but unpaid dividends. The Series C preferred stock
will automatically convert into common stock at the then
applicable conversion price, in the event of either (a) the
vote of a majority of the holders of the preferred shares, or
(b) the closing of an underwritten public offering with
aggregate gross proceeds of at least $10 million.
On each of February 20, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013,
the Company is obligated to redeem 20% of the outstanding shares
of Series A and Series B preferred stock on a pro rata
basis according to the number of such shares held by each
stockholder and to pay for such stock at the redemption price.
The redemption price equals $7 per share plus accrued and
unpaid dividends for the Series A preferred stock and
$6 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends for the
Series B preferred stock.
On each of December 1, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013, the
Company is obligated to redeem 20% of the outstanding shares of
Series C preferred stock on a pro rata basis according to
the number of such shares held by each stockholder and to pay
for such stock at the redemption price. The redemption price
equals $8 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends.
The holders of Series A, Series B and Series C
preferred stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the
number of shares of common stock into which such shares of
preferred stock could be converted. Each of the holders of the
Series A, Series B and Series C preferred stock
also have, in addition to other voting rights, the right, each
such class voting together as a separate class, to elect one
director of the Company.
The Series A, Series B and Series C preferred
stock rank in parity in liquidation, are subordinate to the
senior notes, and have a liquidation value equal to the original
investment plus any unpaid dividends. As of March 31, 2005,
the liquidation preference of the Series A, Series B
and Series C preferred stock are equal to $4,254,310,
$1,376,975 and $24,050,000, respectively. As of June 30,
2005, the liquidation preference of the Series A,
Series B and Series C preferred stock are equal to
$4,319,755, $1,397,918 and $24,050,000, respectively.
NOTE 13 -
FOREIGN CURRENCY HEDGING
The Company enters into forward contracts to attempt to limit
its exposure to foreign currency cash flow fluctuations. The
Company recognizes in the balance sheet derivative contracts at
fair value, and reflects any net gains and losses currently in
earnings. At March 31, 2005, the Company held outstanding
forward exchange positions for the purchase of Euros, expiring
through September 2005, in the amount of $1,357,030 with a
weighted average conversion rate of
1 = $1.2924 as
compared to the spot rate at March 31, 2005 of
1 = $1.2916. At
June 30, 2005, the Company held outstanding forward
exchange positions for the purchase of Euros, expiring through
December 2005, in the amount of $798,476 with a weighted average
conversion rate of
1 = $1.2730 as
compared to the spot rate at June 30, 2005 of
1 = $1.2066.
Gain or loss on foreign transactions is included in other income
and expense.
Table of Contents
NOTE 14 -
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
Income taxes benefit (expense) for the years ended
March 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 consists of federal and state
and local taxes attributable to GCP, which does not join in a
consolidated income tax return with the Company, and foreign
taxes. As of March 31, 2005, the company had federal net
operating loss carryforwards of approximately $10,120,000 for
U.S. tax purposes, which expire in 2025 and foreign net
operating loss carryforwards of approximately $7,080,000 which
carryforward without limit of time.
The pre-tax income (loss), on a financial statement basis, from
foreign sources totaled $0, ($1,062,885), and ($4,026,096), for
the years ended March 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005,
respectively.
The Company does not have any undistributed earnings from
foreign subsidiaries at March 31, 2004 and 2005 and
June 30, 2005.
The following table reconciles the income tax (benefit) expense
and the federal statutory rate of 34%.
For the
year ended
March 31,
2004
2005
%
%
34.00
34.00
(23.73
)
(29.70
)
(11.08
)
(8.61
)
(5.19
)
(1.69
)
6.00
6.00
On December 1, 2003, the Company has recorded $629,444 as a
deferred tax liability as the amount ascribed to the difference
between the book and tax basis of the tangible and intangible
assets acquired. The Company allocated the fair value of the
purchse prict to the distribution agreement, the additional
value ascribed above the fair value was recorded as additional
goodwill.
In connection with the investment in GCP, the company recorded a
deferred tax liability on the ascribed value of the acquired
intangible assets of $2,222,222, increasing the value of the
asset. The deferred tax liability is being reversed and a
deferred tax benefit is being recognized over the amortization
period of the intangible asset (15 years). For the years
ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 and the quarter ended
June 30, 2005, the Company has recognized $0, $0 and
$37,037 of deferred tax benefit.
Table of Contents
NOTE 14 -
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES (CONTD)
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to
deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are presented
below.
March 31,
March 31,
June 30,
2004
2005
2005
$
54,000
$
92,000
$
36,000
250,000
296,000
282,000
852,000
4,062,000
4,844,000
301,000
730,000
756,000
14,000
1,471,000
5,180,000
5,918,000
(1,471,000
)
(5,180,000
)
(5,918,000
)
$
$
$
$
(629,444
)
$
(629,444
)
$
(629,444
)
(2,222,222
)
(2,185,185
)
$
(629,444
)
$
(2,851,666
)
$
(2,814,629
)
The Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against its
deferred tax assets as it believes it is more likely that such
deferred tax assets will not be realized. The valuation
allowance for deferred tax assets as of March 31, 2004 and
March 31, 2005 and June 30, 2005 was approximately
$1,471,000, $5,180,000 and $5,918,000 respectively. The net
change in the total valuation allowance for the years ended
March 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and the three months ended
June 30, 2005, was $0, $1,471,000, and $3,709,000, and
$815,000, respectively. The Companys deferred tax assets
and liabilities are in different taxable entities, which do not
join in consolidated returns.
NOTE 15 -
STOCK OPTIONS AND WARRANTS
A.
Stock Options
In July 2003, the Company
implemented the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan (the Plan)
which provides for awards of incentive and non-qualified stock
options, restricted stock and stock appreciation rights for its
officers, employees, consultants and directors in order to
attract and retain such individuals who contribute to the
Companys success by their ability, ingenuity and industry
knowledge, and to enable such individuals to participate in the
long-term success and growth of the Company by giving them an
equity interest in the Company. There are 2,000,000 common
shares reserved and
Table of Contents
NOTE 15 -
STOCK OPTIONS AND WARRANTS (CONTD)
available for distribution under
the Plan. In January 2004, the Board of Directors approved the
Plan and granted 553,000 options to its full-time U.S. and
international employees at an exercise price of $6.00 per share.
These options vest over a three, four or five year period and
expire ten years after the grant date.
In connection with the
Companys acquisition of CB Group and CB-UK, the
Company granted to an individual the option to purchase up to
10,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per
share at any time through November 30, 2013.
The Company continues to account
for stock based compensation using the intrinsic value method
prescribed in Accounting Principles Board No. 25,
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.
Compensation cost for stock options, if any, is measured as the
excess of the quoted market price of the Companys stock at
the date of grant over the amount an employee must pay to
acquire the stock.
A summary of the stock option plan is as follows:
Year Ended March 31,
Three Months
Ended
2004
2005
June 30, 2005
Weighted
Weighted
Weighted
Average
Average
Average
Exercise
Exercise
Exercise
Shares
Price
Shares
Price
Shares
Price
$
0.00
563,000
$
6.00
745,500
$
6.47
563,000
6.00
248,500
7.17
150,000
8.00
(66,000
)
6.00
563,000
6.00
745,500
6.47
895,500
6.75
$
6.00
174,533
$
6.36
174,533
$
6.36
$
2.17
$
2.69
$
2.17
Table of Contents
NOTE 15 -
STOCK OPTIONS AND WARRANTS (CONTD)
The following table represents information relating to stock
options outstanding at March 31, 2005:
Options Outstanding
Options Exercisable
Weighted
Weighted
Weighted
Average
Average
Average
Exercise
Remaining Life
Exercise
Shares
Price
in Years
Shares
Price
563,000
$
6.00
8.88
143,533
$
6.00
182,500
8.00
9.83
31,000
8.00
745,500
174,533
As of June 30, 2005, the total stock options outstanding
was 895,500. The weighted average exercise price of these
options was $6.73. The weighted average remaining life of these
options was 8.95 years. Total stock options exercisable as
of June 30, 2005 was 174,532. The weighted average exercise
price of these options was $6.35.
The fair value of options at date of grant was estimated using
the Black-Scholes option-pricing model utilizing the following
assumptions:
March 31,
June 30,
2004
2005
2005
4.38%
4.38-4.59%
3.8%
6.42-6.50
6.83-7
6.42
25%
25%
25%
0%
0%
0%
B.
Stock Warrants
The Company has entered
into various warrant agreements.
Common Stock Warrants Issued to the Financing Agent
On December 1, 2003, in connection with the revolving
credit facility, the Company granted to the lender warrants to
acquire 100,000 shares of the Companys common stock
with an exercise price of $6. The warrants are subject to
anti-dilution provisions, vest immediately and are exercisable
through September 1, 2012. The Company was not obligated to
register the warrants or the underlying shares, except to the
extent if the Company elects to file a registration statement
then the holders can request to have the underlying shares
registered. The Company will assume all registration costs and
other expenses in connection with such registration.
The value assigned to the warrants was recorded as a reduction
in the value assigned to the credit facility (discount amount)
and an increase in long-term liabilities. The discount amount of
$282,295 was accreted over the three-year life of the credit
facility as additional interest
Table of Contents
NOTE 15 -
STOCK OPTIONS AND WARRANTS (CONTD)
expense. The Company has recorded interest expense for the years
ended March 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and the three months
ended June 30, 2004 and 2005 of $54,890, 94,098 and
$133,306, respectively The facility was closed in June 2004 and
the unaccreted balance was recognized as additional interest
expense in that period.
The warrants are exercisable at any time. The holder may convert
the warrants, in whole or in part, into the number of common
shares equal to the number of shares under this warrant to be
converted multiplied by the amount by which (a) the fair
market value of one share exceeds (b) the exercise price in
effect immediately prior to such exercise of the conversion
price divided by the fair market value of one share in effect
immediately prior to such exercise of the conversion price. If
the shares are not regularly traded in a public market, the
Board of Directors in reasonable good faith judgment shall
determine the fair market value as follows: the fair value of
the warrant is computed at an amount equal to the Enterprise
Value divided by the number of outstanding shares of common
stock. If the shares are traded regularly in a public market,
the fair market value of a share of common stock shall be the
closing sales price of the shares reported for the business day
immediately before the holder delivers its conversion notice.
In addition, the warrants issued in connection with the credit
facility have a put right. Commencing September 1, 2006,
the put may be exercised by the holder at any time prior to the
expiration date. The holder may require the Company to purchase
in whole or in part, for an amount equal to the number of shares
as to which the holder is exercising multiplied by the amount by
which (a) the fair market value of one share exceeds
(b) the exercise price in effect immediately prior to such
exercise of the put right. The Company shall pay the put amount
in immediately available funds on the date set; provided
however, that if the put amount is greater than $300,000, the
Company shall pay at least $300,000 on such date and shall have
the option to pay the remainder of the put amount in four equal
installments due at the end of each fiscal quarter thereafter,
and bear interest at the prime rate as published by The Wall
Street Journal, or in the event that The Wall Street Journal is
not available at any time, such rate published in another
publication as determined by the holder plus two hundred fifty
(250) basis points per annum, or seven percent, or LIBOR
plus (500) basis points.
Common Stock Warrants Issued to the Placement Agents
In connection with the Series C Preferred Stock, the
Company granted, to the placement agents, warrants to acquire
approximately 173,993 shares of the Companys common
stock with an exercise price of $8.00. The Warrants are subject
to anti-dilution provisions, vest immediately and are
exercisable through December 31, 2009. The Company is not
obligated to register the warrants or the underlying shares,
except to the extent if the Company elects to file a
registration statement then the holders can request to have the
underlying shares registered. The Company will assume all
registration costs and other expenses in connection with such
registration.
Table of Contents
NOTE 15 -
STOCK OPTIONS AND WARRANTS (CONTD)
The proceeds upon issuance of the Series C Preferred Stock
were allocated as follows:
$
16,550,000
(417,214
)
$
16,132,786
The beneficial conversion feature was calculated using the
Black-Scholes method as the difference between the beneficial
conversion price and the fair value of the Companys common
stock, multiplied by the number of shares into which the
Preferred Stock were convertible in accordance with the Emerging
Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 00-27. The
beneficial conversion feature was recorded immediately as a
deemed dividend and reflected in the Net Loss Attributable to
Common Stockholders and an increase in additional
paid-in-capital.
The warrants have conversion rights and can be converted at any
time. The holder may convert in whole or in part, into a number
of common shares equal to the number of shares under this
warrant to be converted, multiplied by the amount by which
(a) the fair market value of one share exceeds (b) the
exercise price in effect immediately prior to such exercise of
the conversion price divided by the fair market value of one
share in effect immediately prior to such exercise of the
conversion price. If the shares are not regularly traded in a
public market, the Board of Directors in reasonable good faith
judgment shall determine the fair market value as follows: the
fair value of the warrant is computed at an amount equal to the
Enterprise Value divided by the number of outstanding shares of
common stock. If the shares are traded regularly in a public
market, the fair market value of a share of common stock shall
be the closing sales price of the shares reported for the
business day immediately before the holder delivers its
conversion notice.
Common Stock Warrants Issued to Senior Note Holders
In connection with the issuance of the senior notes, the Company
entered into a warrant agreement to grant the right to
purchase 116,500 shares of the Companys common
stock at
an exercise price of $8.00 per share at any time through
May 31, 2009. These warrants were fair and accounted for as
a discount of the face value of the senior notes and a credit to
additional paid-in capital of $129,195. This note discount will
be accreted over the original term of the senior notes with a
charge to interest expense and a credit to senior notes payable.
For the years ended March 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, and the
three months ended June 30, 2004 and 2005, the Company
recorded $0, $0, and $30,668 and $2,697 and $9,232 of senior
note accretion as additional interest expense.
Table of Contents
NOTE 15 -
STOCK OPTIONS AND WARRANTS (CONTD)
The following is a summary of the companys outstanding
warrants:
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Warrants
Per Warrant
207,118
$
7.03
207,118
7.03
183,375
8.00
390,493
7.49
390,493
7.49
A.
The Company is operating under an agreement with MHW, Ltd.
(MHW) whereby MHW acts as the Companys agent
in the distribution of its products across the United States.
MHWs president also serves as a director of the Company
and has a de minimus indirect ownership interest in the
Company. In addition, MHW has a 10% ownership interest in the
Celtic Crossing brand, one of the Companys products, in
the United States and its territories, Canada, Mexico, and the
Caribbean.
Pursuant to the MHW distribution agreement, MHW receives sales
orders from the Companys domestic wholesalers at prices
agreed upon with the Company. MHW simultaneously purchases
Company inventory necessary to fill those orders and ships that
inventory to the various wholesalers. MHW then invoices,
collects, and deposits remittances from those wholesalers into
an MHW bank account designated for the Company. The funds are
remitted to the Company on a bi-weekly basis. Although MHW is
responsible for the billing function,
Table of Contents
the collected funds are the property of the Company and MHW is
not liable to the Company for any unpaid balances due from
wholesalers.
In addition to the distribution services provided for the
Company, MHW also provides administrative and support services
on behalf of the Company. For the years ended March 31,
2003, 2004 and 2005, and the three months ended June 30,
2004 and 2005, aggregate charges recorded for all services
provided were approximately $61,518, $84,450 and $121,393, and
$21,327 and $52,054, respectively, which have been included in
general and administrative expenses.
B.
The Company had transactions with Knappogue Corp., a shareholder
in the Company. Knappogue Corp. is controlled by the
Companys CEO and his family. The transactions primarily
involved rental fees for use of Knappogue Corp.s interest
in the Knappogue Castle for various corporate purposes including
Company meetings and to entertain customers. For the years ended
March 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, and the three months ended
June 30, 2004 and 2005, fees incurred by the Company to
Knappogue Corp. amounted to $28,009, $33,000, and $18,620, and
$3,000 and $7,540, respectively.
C.
Prior to the acquisition of CB Group, the Company purchased
inventory from CB Group of approximately $737,000 pursuant
to a 2001 distribution agreement. In addition, for the years
ended March 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, and the three months
ended June 30, 2004 and 2005, the Company made payments to
CB Group of approximately $160,000, $256,000 and $0, and $0
and $0, respectively, pursuant to their 2001 brand acquisition
agreement.
D.
In April 2004, the Company contracted with BPW, Ltd., for
business development services including providing introductions
for the Company to agency brands that would enhance the
Companys portfolio of products and assisting the Company
in successfully negotiating agency agreement with targeted
brands. BPW, Ltd. is controlled by a director of the Company.
The contract provides for a monthly retainer to BPW, Ltd. of
$3,500, a bonus payable to BPW Ltd. in equal quarterly
installments upon the finalization of an agency brand agreement
based upon estimated annual case sales by the Company during the
first year of operations at the rate of $1 per 9-liter case
of volume, less any retainer previously paid, and a commission
based upon actual future sales of the agency brand while under
the Companys management. This contract is cancelable by
either party, at their convenience, upon 30 days written
notice. For the year ended March 31, 2005, and the three
months ended June 30, 2005, BPW, Ltd. was paid $41,802 and
$10,500, respectively, under this contract.
E.
For the years ended March 31, 2004 and 2005, and the three
months ended June 30, 2004 and 2005, the Company purchased
goods from Tanis Investments Limited (Tanis) and
Carbery Milk Products Limited (Carbery), both
shareholders in the Company, of approximately $595,250 and
$2,501,600, and $637,000 and $529,000, respectively. The Company
had assumed the underlying supplier agreements with Tanis and
Carbery from the predecessor company. As of March 31, 2004
and 2005, and June 30, 2004 and 2005, the Company was
indebted to these two shareholders approximately $348,000 and
$369,000 and $839,000 and
Table of Contents
$385,000, respectively, which is included in due to related
parties on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.
F.
For the years ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 and the three
months ended June 30, 2004 and 2005, the Company made
payments of approximately $25,000 and $37,500, and $9,000 and
$9,500, respectively, for use of a patent, to an entity that is
owned by two shareholders in the Company. The royalty agreement
also includes the right to acquire the patent for the Trinity
Bottle for
90,000 ($108,360)
for the duration of the licensing period.
G.
In February and August 2005, the Company executed agreements
with the two Co-Managing Directors of CB Group whereby,
effective March 11, 2005 and October 1, 2005,
respectively, these individuals resigned their positions and
directorships in CB Group in exchange for a consultancy
agreement consisting of fifteen monthly payments totaling
196,875, plus
VAT. The balance due, net of payments made, was $233,772 and
$160,901, at March 31 and June 30, 2005, respectively. In
addition, under the terms of these agreements, the stock options
of these individuals were deemed to have accrued two years
vesting at the end of the consultancy period, the exercise
period for their stock options was extended to December 1,
2008, and the Company agreed to pay off the outstanding balance
of their 5% Convertible Subordinated Notes, each dated
December 1, 2003, and each in the amount of
465,550 and
their Subordinated Note, each dated December 1, 2003, and
each in the amount of
133,323 at the
earlier of one month following the completion of the
Companys initial public offering or in four quarterly
installments beginning January 1, 2006. The Company also
reimbursed these individuals the legal fees incurred in
connection with their consultancy agreements in the amounts of
8,000 and
5,000,
respectively, plus VAT. For the year ended March 31, 2005 and
the three months ended June 30, 2005, the Company made payments
of $20,000 and $60,059, respectively pursuant to this agreement.
A.
The Company has entered into a supply agreement with Irish
Distillers Limited (Irish Distillers), which
provides for the production of Irish whiskeys for the Company
through 2014, subject to automatic five year extensions
thereafter. Under this agreement, the Company is obligated to
notify Irish Distillers annually of the amount of liters of pure
alcohol it requires for the current year and commits to purchase
that amount. For the calendar year ending December 31,
2005, the Company has committed to purchase approximately
461,000 in bulk
Irish whiskey. The Company has not yet taken receipt of any of
the commitment. During the term of this supply agreement Irish
Distillers has the right to limit additional purchases above the
commitment amount.
B.
The Company has entered into a distribution agreement with
Gaelic Heritage Corporation, Ltd. (Gaelic), an
international supplier, to be the sole-producer of Celtic
Crossing, one of the Companys products, for an indefinite
period.
C.
In August 2004, Castle Brands entered into an agency agreement
with I.L.A.R. S.p.A., the producer of Pallini Limoncello and its
flavor extensions, to be the sole and exclusive importer of
Pallini Limoncello throughout the United States and its
territories and possessions. This agreement is subject to
automatic renewal for as much as five years per renewal period
upon
Table of Contents
Castle Brands achievement of contractual case sale targets. The
agreement expires on December 31, 2009.
Under this agreement, Castle Brands is permitted to import
Pallini Limoncello at a set price, updated annually, and is
obligated to set aside a portion of the gross margin toward a
marketing fund for Pallini. The agreement also encompasses the
hiring of a Pallini Brand Manager at Castle Brands with Pallini
reimbursing the costs of this position up to stipulated annual
amount.
D.
In September 2004, CB-USA entered into an exclusive distribution
agreement with Goslings Export (Bermuda) Limited
(GXB) to be the sole and exclusive importer of
Goslings rum brands within the United States. Under this
agreement, CB-USA is guaranteed a net sales commission on each
case. In February 2005, GXB sold its interest in the
distribution agreement to Gosling-Castle Partners Inc. (See
Note 19).
E.
CB-USA is guaranteed stipulated commission per case increasing
annually provided certain sales are achieved case for all sales
in calendar years, under the distribution agreement. The sales
commission is net of agreed reimbursements, including taxes and
payment to the marketing affiliate. This distribution agreement
is for fifteen years, subject to extension.
F.
In June 2004, the Company executed subleases for office space in
Dublin, Ireland and midtown Manhattan. The Dublin office lease
commenced on June 1, 2004 and extends through
February 28, 2009. Rent is payable quarterly in advance.
The New York City lease commenced on August 15, 2004 and
extends through March 30, 2008. The Company has also
entered into non-cancelable operating leases for certain office
equipment.
Future minimum lease payments are as follows:
For the years ending
March 31,
Amount
$
292,773
302,634
302,634
143,021
5,581
$
1,046,643
In addition to the above annual rental payments, the Company is
obligated to pay its pro-rata share of utility and maintenance
expenses on the leased premises. Rent expense under operating
leases amounted to approximately $290,000, $70,000 and $60,000
and $90,000 and $50,000 for the years ended March 31, 2005,
2004 and 2003, and the three months ended June 30, 2005 and
2004, respectively.
G.
Pursuant to the distribution agreement signed in March 1998
between the Company and Gaelic, which has been amended and
restated in April 2001, the Company, which currently
Table of Contents
owns 60% of the Celtic Crossing brand in the United States, has
the option to purchase 70% of the brand outside the United
States from Gaelic.
In the event of the sale of the brand rights by either the
Company or Gaelic, the non-selling party shall have the right of
first refusal to purchase the interest at the same price as the
proposed sale and the right to sell alongside the other party.
Pursuant to the agreement, the Company is required to pay
royalties to Gaelic for each case purchased. In addition, the
Company is required to expend a certain percentage of Celtic
Crossing product case sales on marketing.
H.
The Company is subject to strict federal and state government
regulations associated with the marketing, import, warehouse,
transport, and distributions of spirits.
The Company maintains its cash balances at various large
financial institutions that, at times, may exceed federally and
internationally insured limits. As of March 31, 2004 and
2005, and June 30, 2004 and 2005, the Company exceeded the
insured limit by approximately $6,100,000 and $5,700,000, and
$2,400,000 and $5,100,000, respectively. Management believes the
Company is not exposed to any significant credit risk because
the institutions are international money center banking
institutions with strong financial positions.
NOTE 19 -
GOSLING-CASTLE PARTNERS INC. EXPORT AGREEMENT WITH
GOSLINGS EXPORT (BERMUDA) LIMITED
In February 2005, Gosling Partners Inc. secured the GXB global
distribution rights under an Export Agreement (the
Agreement) with GXB. This agreement calls for GCP to pay
$2,500,000 to GXB for the assignment of its global distribution
rights in four equal installments at April 1, 2005,
October 1, 2005, April 1, 2006 and October 1,
2006. At March 31, 2005, this note is carried on the books
at a discount of $126,152 resulting from interest imputed at 6%.
For the year ended March 31, 2005 and the three months
ended June 30, 2005, the Company recognized interest
expense of $6,640 and $20,000, respectively, on this note.
In addition, under the terms of the Export Agreement, GXB has
agreed to sell all brands in its portfolio to GCP at its
manufacturers cost plus a specified producers
profit. For the years of the agreement, the producers
profit is a stipulated amount per case, increasing over time.
The Export Agreement gives GCP the right of first refusal to
purchase, in the event GXB decides to sell any or all of its
trademarks or other intellectual property, at the same price
being offered by a bona fide third party offeror. In the event
GCP waives its right of first refusal, the Company has an
identical right of first refusal. Furthermore, in the event GXB
should decide to sell any or all of its portfolio of products
either directly or indirectly through the sale of stock of GXB
or its parent company to a third party, the agreement contains a
formula for GCP to share in the proceeds of the sale of the
brand with such share in the sale
Table of Contents
NOTE 19 -
GOSLING-CASTLE PARTNERS INC. EXPORT AGREEMENT WITH
GOSLINGS EXPORT (BERMUDA) LIMITED
(CONTD)
proceeds up to a stipulated percentage depending upon the number
of nine liter equivalent cases of product sold by GCP in the
twelve months preceding the sale.
The Export Agreement commenced on April 1, 2005 and has a
15 year term. It is renewable for additional 15 year
terms as long as GCP meets certain case sale targets during the
initial term as set forth in the Agreement.
In connection with the Companys 2005 agreement to issue up
to $10,000,000 of subordinated convertible notes to an investor
in order to fund Gosling-Castle Partners, Inc. and for working
capital purposes, of which $5,000,000 of notes were issued as of
March 31, 2005, the Company issued the remaining $5,000,000
of convertible note in June 2005.
In July 2005, the Company entered into an agreement with an
investor to issue $5,000,000 of subordinated convertible notes.
The closing was completed in August 2005. The notes, which
mature five years from the date of issuance, bear interest at
the rate of 6% per annum. The Company has the option for
the first two years from the date of issuance to pay interest in
kind at the rate of 7.5% per annum. The notes may be
converted into common stock at $8 per share at any time,
and shall be converted automatically after the third year from
the date of issuance on the 30th consecutive trading day on
which the closing price of the common stock is no less than
$20 per share. 40% of the notes convert automatically into
common stock upon the completion of a public offering with gross
proceeds of at least $15,000,000 at a price of $7.00 per share,
with such discount based on the level of interest savings to the
Company.
In July 2005, the original $10,000,000 of convertible notes were
amended to be equivalent in terms to those of the new $5,000,000
investor. If 40% of the combined $15,000,000 of convertible
notes were to convert automatically, as a consequence of a
qualified public offering, the $7.00 conversion price would
result in the issuance of 107,143 more shares than would have
been issued at the $8.00 conversion price. If such automatic
conversion occurs, it is anticipated that the value of the
incremental shares, valued at the initial public offering price,
will be recorded as interest expense.
In August 2005, the Company issued 362,500 shares of
Series C Preferred Stock, convertible at $8 per share
and raised $2.9 million in cash.
In August 2005, the Company modified its senior note indenture
to increase issuable notes to $10 million, extend the term
two years until May 2009 and to increase the interest rate from
8% to 9%.
On August 15, 2005, the Company, for prior services,
authorized the issuance to a financial advisor a warrant to
purchase up to 100,000 shares of common stock at $8.00 per share
for a period of ten years.
Table of Contents
The warrant issued on December 1, 2003 in connection with
the Companys revolving credit facility (See Note 15,
B., above) was subsequently amended to amend the warrant
holders registration rights with respect to the
Companys initial public offering, eliminate a cash put to
the Company and provide certain penalties if the shares
underlying the warrants have not been registered by June 2007
and June 2008.
In connection with the acquisition of the Companys
interest in GCP it agreed to issue warrants to purchase 90,000
shares of common stock at $8.00 per share to three members of
the Gosling family and an employee and issue options to purchase
20,000 shares of its common stock to employees of GCP.
In connection with our amended and restated warrant agreement
with Keltic Financial Partners, LP for the purchase of 100,000
shares of our common stock, we have agreed that if on either
June 1, 2007 or June 1, 2008 (a) there are shares
of common stock received or issuable upon the exercise of the
warrant that have not been registered and (b) we have not
filed a registration statement with respect to which Keltic had
the opportunity to register the unregistered shares, we shall
pay Keltic $100,000 within ten (10) days of such date.
NOTE 21 -
GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
The consolidated financial statements include revenues and
assets generated in or held in foreign countries. The following
table sets forth the percentage of consolidated revenues from
continuing operations and consolidated assets from foreign
countries.
Years Ended
Three
Months Ended
March 31
March 31
March 31
June 30
2003
%
2004
%
2005
%
2005
%
$
603,596
25.0%
$
1,995,000
41.3%
$
5,891,000
46.7%
$
1,651,181
36.7%
1,815,466
75.0%
2,831,919
58.7%
6,726,863
53.3%
2,847,292
63.3%
$
2,419,062
100%
$
4,826,919
100%
$
12,617,863
100%
$
4,498,473
100%
$
698,246
2.5%
$
3,032,000
10.9%
$
4,823,000
11.2%
$
5,521,615
12.6%
26,924,680
97.5%
24,726,832
89.1%
38,432,009
88.8%
38,433,554
87.4%
$
27,622,926
100%
$
27,758,832
100%
$
43,255,009
100%
$
43,955,169
100%
Table of Contents
NOTE 22 -
INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING
On September 15, 2005, the Companys board of
directors approved the filing of a registration statement with
the Securities and Exchange Commission for an initial public
offering of the Companys common stock.
Table of Contents
Contents
Page
F-42
F-44
F-45
F-47
F-49
F-50
F-51
F-52
Table of Contents
(46,887
)
(582,288
)
(629,175
)
Table of Contents
/s/ Patrick Rigney
/s/ David Phelan
Patrick Rigney
Director
David Phelan
Director
Table of Contents
select suitable accounting policies and then apply them
consistently
make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent
prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the company will
continue in business
/s/ Patrick Rigney
/s/ David Phelan
Patrick Rigney
Director
David Phelan
Director
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
BDO Simpson Xavier
Date
3rd June 2004
Registered Auditors
Dublin, Ireland
Table of Contents
25 years
7 years
4 years
4 years
4 years
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Note
2003
2002
1
5,569,866
6,726,551
(2,848,965
)
(3,012,243
)
2,720,901
3,714,308
(1,297,409
)
(1,542,813
)
(1,362,634
)
(2,013,716
)
60,858
157,779
2
(99,945
)
(111,360
)
3
(39,087
)
46,419
4
(7,800
)
24,829
(46,887
)
71,248
(582,288
)
(653,536
)
(629,175
)
(582,288
)
/s/ David Phelan
David Phelan
Director
Table of Contents
Note
2003
2002
6
271,680
372,646
7
24,215
34,562
8
107,564
140,547
9
9
9
403,468
547,764
10
882,057
887,258
11
3,166,138
3,442,843
229,564
60,111
4,277,759
4,390,212
12
(3,328,775
)
(3,280,706
)
948,984
1,109,506
1,352,452
1,657,270
13
(632,986
)
(895,088
)
15
(7,593
)
(10,192
)
16
(6,770
)
705,103
751,990
17
771,274
771,274
18
7,127
7,127
18
555,877
555,877
18
(629,175
)
(582,288
)
19
705,103
751,990
/s/ David Phelan
David Phelan
Director
Table of Contents
Note
2003
2002
22
559,892
(474,948
)
23
(99,945
)
(111,360
)
23
24,249
(62,907
)
23
(77,502
)
(124,819
)
406,694
(774,034
)
23
(99,987
)
878,120
306,707
104,086
Note
2003
2002
24
306,707
104,086
99,987
(623,120
)
406,694
(519,034
)
24
(2,178,125
)
(1,659,091
)
24
(1,771,431
)
(2,178,125
)
Table of Contents
Turnover is derived entirely from the sale of alcoholic spirits
in Ireland and abroad, and includes royalty income from Great
Spirits Company LLC, a distributor of the products of Castle
Brands Spirits Company Limited.
2003
2002
85,179
99,893
14,766
11,467
99,945
111,360
2003
2002
17,500
17,500
184,158
170,596
-
(40,502
)
52,041
49,242
63,299
67,634
88,677
77,538
17,781
16,295
-
70,344
(2,599
)
(2,681
)
2003
2002
-
(24,829
)
6,770
-
1,030
-
7,800
(24,829
)
There is no charge for corporation tax due to losses incurred in
the year. The company is liable to corporation tax on profits
from its operating activities at the reduced manufacturing rate
of 10%. Manufacturing relief is due to expire on
31 December 2010.
Table of Contents
The average number of persons employed by the company during the
year, analysed by category, was as follows:
Number of
employees
2003
2002
No.
No.
2
2
2
4
9
9
13
15
The aggregate payroll costs of these persons were as follows:
2003
2002
492,204
661,024
38,582
42,930
36,621
34,006
567,407
737,960
Table of Contents
NOTE 6 -
TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS
Land and
Plant and
Office
Computer
Motor
buildings
equipment
equipment
equipment
vehicles
Total
5,116
238,431
6,290
64,556
253,198
567,591
-
7,602
305
6,467
-
14,374
5,116
246,033
6,595
71,023
253,198
581,965
980
83,272
4,209
39,706
66,778
194,945
205
36,905
901
14,030
63,299
115,340
1,185
120,177
5,110
53,736
130,077
310,285
3,931
125,856
1,485
17,287
123,121
271,680
4,136
155,159
2,081
24,850
186,420
372,646
Included in the net book value of tangible assets are motor
vehicles held under finance leases amounting to
123,121
(2002:
186,420).
The depreciation charge in respect of these leased assets
amounts to
63,299
(2002:
67,634).
Table of Contents
Trademarks
and patents
81,471
7,434
88,905
46,909
17,781
64,690
24,215
34,562
Intangible assets represent patents and internally developed
trademarks. The directors have elected to amortise intangible
assets over a useful economic life of five years.
2003
2002
140,547
192,345
55,694
25,740
(88,677
)
(77,538
)
107,564
140,547
Expenditure for Boru Vodka, Clontarf Whiskey and
OLearys Cream brands, design, product development,
market research, copyright, trademarks, patents, organization
and tooling has been deferred and is amortised over a period of
five years.
Table of Contents
2003
2002
3
3
3
3
3
3
9
9
The Boru Vodka Company Limited, The Clontarf Irish Whiskey
Company and Castle Brands Whiskey Company Limited all have their
registered offices at 4 Herbert Place, Herbert Street, Dublin 2.
Activities
All three companies are 100% subsidiaries of Castle Brands
Spirits Company Limited. At present all three are dormant.
2003
2002
289,590
686,770
592,467
200,488
882,057
887,258
There are no material differences between the replacement cost
of stock and the balance sheet amounts.
2003
2002
1,612,657
2,366,228
139,248
171,639
51,421
64,616
1,191,483
656,635
171,329
183,725
3,166,138
3,442,843
Table of Contents
2003
2002
1,429,819
1,196,665
47,139
50,384
483,808
649,207
145,115
47,926
41,302
552,244
290,141
670,650
1,005,081
3,328,775
3,280,706
2003
2002
34,950
74,633
(24,249
)
12,189
47,139
50,384
2003
2002
160,365
444,408
419,775
188,578
314,948
632,986
895,088
Table of Contents
Maturity analysis
Within
Between one
Between two
one year
& two years
& five years
Total
Repayable by installments
Obligations under finance leases and hire purchase contracts
145,115
145,115
Repayable other than by installments
Bank loan and overdraft
552,244
68,368
120,210
740,822
Trade finance
670,650
670,650
Shareholders loans
444,408
444,408
1,368,009
68,368
564,618
2,000,995
Security
The company has granted an All Monies Debenture dated
4 February, 2000 giving a first floating charge over the
assets of the company including all intellectual property rights
to Ulster Bank Limited. A Letter of Waiver over the trade
debtors dated 31 October, 2000 was issued to Ulster Bank
Commercial Services Limited in respect of facilities maintained
with them.
The company has granted an All Monies general counter indemnity
dated 29 January, 2001 together with supporting resolution
to Ulster Bank Limited.
David Phelan and Patrick Rigney have signed a joint and several
letter of guarantee in the amount of
158,717 in
favour of Ulster Bank Limited.
A deed of postponement dated 19 September, 1999 over the
shareholders loans in the amount of
253,948 has been
signed in favour of Ulster Bank Limited.
Castle Brands Inc. has guaranteed the repayment of the
shareholders loans under the terms of the Agreement of
Merger and Acquisitions.
Table of Contents
2003
2002
Capital
grants
At
the beginning of the year
10,192
12,873
Amortised
during the year
(2,599
)
(2,681
)
At
end of year
7,593
10,192
A liability may arise to repay, in whole or in part, revenue
grants received to date amounting
to
93,040,
if certain events occur as detailed in the grant agreements. The
terms of repayments are as follows:
Feasibility Grant:
The companys liability for repayment of
feasibility study grant paid in any year shall terminate five
years from the end of that year and;
The agreement shall terminate five years from the
date of the last payment from the grants. The grant agreement
start date was 23rd July 2000.
NOTE 16 -
PROVISIONS FOR LIABILITIES AND CHARGES
2003
2002
Deferred
taxation
At
the beginning of year
Charged
to the profit and loss account
6,770
At
end of year
6,770
Deferred
taxation
The
amounts provided for deferred taxation are set out below.
2003
2002
Difference
between accumulated depreciation and amortisation and capital
allowances
6,770
6,770
Table of Contents
2003
2002
Authorised
796,000
(2001: 1,000,000) Ordinary shares of
1.25 each
995,000
995,000
20,000
Class A Ordinary shares of
0.01 each
200
200
Reclassification
of 204,000 Ordinary shares
2,550,000
Class B Ordinary shares of
0.10 each
255,000
255,000
1,250,200
1,250,200
Issued,
allotted and fully paid
At
1 December 2003
412,947
ordinary shares of
1.25 each
516,184
458,515
(2002:
361,110 ordinary shares of
1.269738 each)
9,000
A ordinary shares of
0.01 each
90
2,550,000
B ordinary shares of
0.10 each
255,000
Issued
during the year
Debenture
converted
64,796
9,000
A ordinary shares of
0.01 each
90
2,550,000
B ordinary shares of
0.10 each
255,000
Renominalisation
of share capital
(7,127
)
At
31 December 2003
771,274
771,274
Rights of ordinary shares
The A ordinary shares and the B ordinary
shares rank pari passu in all respects.
Capital conversion
Share
Profit and
reserve
premium
loss account
Total
At
beginning of year
7,127
555,877
(582,288
)
(19,284
)
Loss
for the financial year
(46,887
)
(46,887
)
At
end of year
7,127
555,877
(629,175
)
(66,171
)
Table of Contents
2003
2002
Shareholders
funds at beginning of year
751,990
425,742
(Loss)/profit
for the financial year
(46,887
)
71,248
Debenture
converted
(253,948
)
Ordinary
shares issued
319,886
Renominalisation
of share capital
(7,127
)
Capital
conversion reserve
7,127
Increase
in share premium
189,062
Shareholders
funds at end of year
705,103
751,990
Capital commitments
There were no capital commitments of a significant nature
authorised at the balance sheet date.
Operating lease commitments
Annual commitments exist under non-cancellable operating leases
as follows:
2003 Motor
2003
2002 Motor
2002
vehicles
Other
vehicles
Other
Expiring:
Between two and five years
5,577
7,359
6,747
The company operates a defined contribution pension scheme. The
assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the
company is an independently administered fund. The pension cost
charge represents contributions payable by the company to the
fund and amounted to
36,621 (2002:
34,006).
Table of Contents
OPERATING
ACTIVITIES
2003
2002
Operating
profit
60,858
157,779
Depreciation
of tangible fixed assets, amortization of intangible
assets,
deferred development expenditure and government grants
219,199
208,028
(13,257
)
5,201
(233,360
)
287,864
(782,154
)
(13,230
)
188,016
559,892
(474,948
)
2003
2002
(85,179
)
(99,893
)
(14,766
)
(11,467
)
Net
cash (outflow) for returns on investment and servicing
of
finance
(99,945
)
(111,360
)
24,249
(62,907
)
(77,502
)
(178,905
)
54,086
Net
cash outflow for capital expenditure and financial investment
(77,502
)
(124,819
)
(63,176
)
(50,991
)
674,111
(36,811
)
255,000
(99,987
)
878,120
Table of Contents
Bank and
Tradefinance
Cash at bank
shareholder
and bank
Finance
and in hand
loans
overdrafts
lease
Total
At 1 January 2003
60,111
(734,723
)
(1,295,222
)
(208,291
)
(2,178,125
)
Cash flows
169,453
36,811
137,254
63,176
406,694
At 31 December 2003
229,564
(697,912
)
(1,157,968
)
(145,115
)
(1,771,431
)
The following entities are considered to be related parties for
the purposes of Financial Reporting Standard No. 8 -
Related Party Disclosures:
Entity
Relationship
Ultimate parent undertaking
Castle
Brands Spirits Group
Limited
(Irish
registered undertaking)
Immediate parent undertaking
The
Boru Vodka Company
Limited
(Irish
registered undertaking)
Subsidiary undertaking
The
Clontarf Irish Whiskey
Company
(Irish
registered undertaking)
Subsidiary undertaking
Castle
Brands Whiskey Company
Limited
(Irish
registered undertaking)
Subsidiary undertaking
Castle
Brands Spirits Marketing and Sales Company
Limited
(Irish
registered undertaking)
Under common control
The
Roaring Water Bay Spirits Company (GB)
Limited
(UK registered
undertaking)
Under common control
The
Roaring Water Bay Spirits Company (NI)
Limited
(NI registered
undertaking)
Under common control
Great
Spirits Company
LLC
(a
Delaware limited liability company)
Under common control
Details of transactions with related parties during the year are
as follows:
Entity
Transaction
Payable (receivable)
Sales
(365,790
)
Royalties
(288,934
)
Sales
(663,038
)
Table of Contents
Director
Directors loan
David Phelan
At 1 Jan 2003
24,633
Amounts repaid
24,633
At 31 Dec 2003
Disclosed to note 11 as amounts due from related
undertakings at the balance sheet date are the following amounts:
2003
2002
861,544
2,613
2,613
654,022
327,326
1,191,483
656,635
The amounts due from The roaring Water Bay Spirits Company
(GB) Limited to the company at 31 December 2003 of
836,912 was
taken over by the Ultimate parent undertaking, Castle Brands,
Inc.
Comparatives have been regrouped where necessary, on a basis
consistent with the current year.
The board of directors approved these financial statements on
June 2, 2004.
Table of Contents
Contents
Page
F-67
F-69
F-70
F-72
F-73
F-74
F-75
Table of Contents
£
(163,344
)
(545,627
)
(708,971
)
Table of Contents
/s/ David Phelan
David Phelan
Director
Table of Contents
select suitable accounting policies and then apply them
consistently
make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent
prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the company will
continue in business
/s/ David Phelan
David Phelan
Director
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Date
3rd June 2004
Dublin, Ireland
Table of Contents
4 years
Table of Contents
Note
2003
2002
£
£
1
465,945
518,137
(395,005
)
(461,172
)
70,940
56,965
(62,782
)
(24,509
)
(166,844
)
(98,612
)
(158,686
)
(66,156
)
2
(4,658
)
(2,739
)
3-4
(163,344
)
(68,895
)
5
(163,344
)
(68,895
)
(545,627
)
(476,732
)
(708,971
)
(545,627
)
/s/ Patrick Rigney
Patrick Rigney
Director
/s/ David Phelan
David Phelan
Director
Table of Contents
Note
2003
2002
£
£
£
£
6
15,805
21,680
33,592
7
72,192
43,715
8
173,760
218,707
279,544
262,422
9
(635,725
)
(500,322
)
(356,181
)
(237,900
)
(340,376
)
(216,220
)
10
(368,593
)
(329,405
)
(708,969
)
(545,625
)
11
2
2
12
(708,971
)
(545,627
)
13
(708,969
)
(545,625
)
/s/ Patrick Rigney
Patrick Rigney
Director
/s/ David Phelan
David Phelan
Director
Table of Contents
NOTE 1 -
TURNOVER
Turnover is derived entirely from the sale of alcoholic spirits
in Great Britain.
NOTE 2 -
INTEREST PAYABLE AND SIMILAR CHARGES
2003
2002
£
£
4,658
2,739
NOTE 3 -
STATUTORY AND OTHER INFORMATION
2003
2002
£
£
4,000
4,000
NOTE 4 -
STAFF NUMBERS AND COSTS
The average number of persons employed by the company during the
year, analysed by category, was as follows:
No.
No.
2003
2002
1
1
1
1
The aggregate payroll costs of these persons were as follows:
2003
2002
£
£
56,280
38,842
NOTE 5 -
TAX ON LOSS ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES
There is no provision for Corporation Tax due to trading losses
incurred.
NOTE 6 -
TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS
Motor
Vehicles
Total
£
£
23,500
23,500
23,500
23,500
Table of Contents
Motor
Vehicles
Total
£
£
1,820
1,820
5,875
5,875
7,695
7,695
15,805
15,805
21,680
21,680
Included in the net book value of tangible fixed assets are
motor vehicles held under finance leases amounting to
£15,805. The depreciation charge in respect of these leased
assets amounts to £5,875. This depreciation charge is
charged to the profit and loss account of Castle Brands Spirits
Company Limited as the vehicle is solely used by one of their
employees, however the vehicle was financed leased by The
Roaring Water Bay Spirits Company (GB) Limited.
NOTE 7 -
STOCKS
2003
2002
£
£
72,192
43,715
There are no material differences between the replacement cost
of stock and the balance sheet amounts.
NOTE 8 -
DEBTORS
2003
2002
£
£
171,677
214,124
2,083
4,583
173,760
218,707
Table of Contents
2003
2002
£
£
30,353
2,016
10,521
7,605
10,446
3,778
11,671
516,038
425,312
14,777
39,377
57,072
3,186
3,895
635,725
500,322
2003
2002
£
£
357,965
309,800
10,628
19,605
368,593
329,405
2003
2002
£
£
100
100
2
2
Profit and
Loss Account
£
(545,627
)
(163,344
)
(708,971
)
Table of Contents
NOTE 13 -
RECONCILIATION OF MOVEMENT IN SHAREHOLDERS
DEFICIT
2003
2002
£
£
(545,625
)
(476,730
)
(163,344
)
(68,895
)
(708,969
)
(545,625
)
Capital Commitments
There were no capital commitments of a significant nature
authorized at the balance sheet date.
David Phelan and Patrick Rigney have granted a joint and several
letter of guarantee in the amount of £40,000 each, in
favour of Ulster Bank Limited.
Ulster Bank Limited also holds an all monies General Counter
Indemnity dated 29 January 2001 together with supporting
resolution in respect of the C & D Guarantee in
the amount of £40,000.
The following entities are considered to be related parties for
the purposes of Financial Reporting Standard No. 8 -
Related Party Disclosures:
Entity
Relationship
Castle Brands Inc. (a Delaware Corporation)
Ultimate parent undertaking
Castle Brands Spirits Marketing and Sales Company Limited (Irish
registered undertaking)
Immediate parent undertaking
The Roaring Water Bay Spirits Company (NI) Limited (NI
registered undertaking)
Under common control
Castle Brands Spirits Group Limited (Irish registered
undertaking)
Under common control
Castle Brands Spirits Company Limited (Irish
registeredundertaking)
Under common control
The Boru Vodka Company Limited (Irish registered undertaking)
Under common control
The Clontarf Irish Whiskey Company (Irish registered undertaking)
Under common control
Castle Brands Whiskey Company Limited (Irish registered
undertaking)
Under common control
Great Spirits Company LLC (a Delaware limited liability company)
Under common control
Table of Contents
NOTE 16 -
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTD)
Details of transactions with related parties during the year are
follows:
Entity
Transaction
Payable/(receivable)
£
Purchases
255,391
Disclosed in note 9 as amounts due within one year to
related undertakings at the balance sheet date are the following
amounts:
2003
2002
£
£
516,038
-
-
425,312
516,038
425,312
Disclosed in note 10 as amounts due after one year to
related undertakings at the balance sheet date are the following
amounts:
2003
2002
£
£
357,965
309,800
The company has relied on specified exemptions contained in
Financial Reporting Standard No. l on the grounds that the
company is entitled to the benefit of those exemptions as a
small company.
Comparatives have been regrouped where necessary, on a basis
consistent with the current year.
The financial statements were approved by the board on
June 3 2004.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Year
Year
ended
ended
December 31,
December 31,
2003
2003
$
(54,056
)
67,393
(64,210
)
( 24,347
)
102,236
73,343
$
(16,030
)
$
116,389
$
(.02
)
$
.19
December 31,
December 31,
2003
2002
$
5,878,217
$
5,176,480
17,285,983
(147,335
)
$
23,164,200
$
5,029,145
$
4,992,819
$
4,388,169
(
)
(
)
$
4,992,819
$
4,388,169
$
885,398
$
788,311
17,285,983
(147,335
)
$
18,171,381
$
640,976
$
23,164,200
$
5,029,145
Table of Contents
Year
Year
ended
ended
December 31,
December 31,
2003
2003
$
( 54,056
)
$
67,393
( 64,210
)
( 24,347
)
102,236
73,343
$
(16,030
)
$
116,389
Depreciation and amortization
(102,236
)
(73,343
)
( 102,236
)
( 73,343
)
64,210
24,347
64,210
24,347
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
ThinkEquity Partners
LLC
Ladenburg Thalmann &
Co. Inc.
Table of Contents
II-1
II-2
II-3
II-4
II-5
II-6
II-7
Item 13.
Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
$
3,722.26
3,662.50
55,000.00
*
*
*
*
*
$
*
*
To be filed by amendment
Item 14.
Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Table of Contents
Item 15.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Item 16.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a)
Exhibits
Exhibit Number
Exhibit
1*
Form of Underwriting Agreement
2
.1*
Agreement of Merger and Acquisitions, dated as of July 31,
2003, by and among GSRWB, Inc., The Roaring Water Bay Spirits
Group Limited, The Roaring Water Bay Spirits Marketing and Sales
Company Limited, Great Spirits Company LLC, Great Spirits Corp.,
Patrick Rigney, David Phelan, Carbery Milk Products Limited and
Tanis Investments Limited
2
.2*
Amendment to Agreement of Merger and Acquisitions, dated as of
October 1, 2003, by and among GSRWB, Inc., The Roaring
Water Bay Spirits Group Limited, The Roaring Water Bay Spirits
Marketing and Sales Company Limited, Great Spirits Company LLC,
Great Spirits Corp., Patrick Rigney, David Phelan, Carbery Milk
Products Limited and Tanis Investments Limited
3
.1
Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
Registrant
3
.2
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant
4
.1*
Form of Common Stock Certificate
4
.2
Shareholders Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2003, by
and among GSRWB, Inc. and the holders of shares of Series A
Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C
Preferred Stock and the Common Stockholders
5
.1*
Opinion of Patterson Belknap Webb & Tyler LLP
10
.1**
Export Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2005 between
Gosling Partners Inc. and Goslings Export (Bermuda) Limited
10
.2
Amendment No. 1 to Export Agreement, dated as of
February 18, 2005, by and among Gosling-Castle Partners
Inc. and Goslings Export (Bermuda) Limited
10
.3**
National Distribution Agreement, dated as of September 3,
2004, by and between Castle Brands (USA) Corp. and
Goslings Export (Bermuda) Limited
10
.4
Subscription Agreement, dated as of February 18, 2005, by
and between Castle Brands Inc. and Gosling-Castle Partners Inc.
10
.5
Stockholders Agreement, dated February 18, 2005, by and
among Gosling-Castle Partners Inc. and the persons listed on
Schedule I thereto.
10
.6
Promissory Note, dated February 18, 2005, issued by Castle
Brands Inc. in favor of Gosling-Castle Partners Inc.
10
.7**
Agreement, dated as of August 27, 2004, between I.L.A.R.
S.p.A. and Castle Brands (USA) Corp.
10
.8**
Supply Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2005, between
Irish Distillers Limited and Castle Brands Spirits Group Limited
and Castle Brands (USA) Corp.
Table of Contents
Exhibit Number
Exhibit
10
.9
Amendment No. 1 to Supply Agreement, dated as of
September 20, 2005, to the Supply Agreement, dated as of
January 1, 2005, among Irish Distillers Limited and Castle
Brands Spirits Group Limited and Castle Brands (USA) Corp.
10
.10**
Amended and Restated Worldwide Distribution Agreement, dated as
of April 16, 2001, by and between Great Spirits Company LLC
and Gaelic Heritage Corporation Limited
10
.11**
Bottling and Services Agreement, dated as of September 1,
2002, by and between Terra Limited and The Roaring Water Bay
Spirits Company Limited
10
.12
Amendment to Bottling and Services Agreement, dated as of
March 1, 2005, by and between Terra Limited and Castle
Brands Spirit Company Limited
10
.13
Amended and Restated Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated
as of August 16, 2005, by and between Castle Brands Inc.,
Mellon HBV SPV LLC and Black River Global Credit Fund Ltd.
10
.14
Amended and Restated Convertible Promissory Note, dated
March 1, 2005, issued by Castle Brands Inc. in favor of
Mellon HBV SPV LLC.
10
.15
Amended and Restated Convertible Promissory Note, dated
June 27, 2005, issued by Castle Brands Inc. in favor of
Mellon HBV SPV LLC.
10
.16
Convertible Promissory Note, dated August 16, 2005, issued
by Castle Brands Inc. in favor of Black River Global Credit Fund
Ltd.
10
.17
License Agreement, dated December 1, 2003, between The
Roaring Water Bay (Research and Development) Company Limited and
GSRWB, Inc.
10
.18*
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of
May 4, 2005, by and between Castle Brands Inc. and Mark
Andrews
10
.19*
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of
July 19, 2005, by and between Castle Brands Inc. and T.
Kelley Spillane
10
.20
Employment Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2005 by and
between Castle Brands Inc. and Keith A. Bellinger
10
.21
Summary of employment agreement with Matthew F. MacFarlane
10
.22
Non-Competition Deed, dated December 1, 2003, between
GSRWB, Inc. and David Phelan
10
.23
Letter Agreement, dated August 4, 2005, between Castle
Brands Inc. and David Phelan
10
.24
Letter Agreement, dated February 15, 2005, between Castle
Brands Inc. and Patrick Rigney
10
.25
Letter Consulting Agreement, dated August 4, 2005, between
Castle Brands Inc. and David Phelan
Table of Contents
Exhibit Number
Exhibit
10
.26
Letter Consulting Agreement, dated August 2, 2005, between
Castle Brands Inc. and Patrick Rigney
10
.27**
Supply Agreement, dated January 19, 1998, by and between
Carbery Milk Products Limited and The Roaring Water Bay Spirits
Company Limited
10
.28**
Amendment and Consent, dated March 1, 2003, to Supply
Agreement, dated January 19, 1998, by and between Carbery
Milk Products Limited and Castle Brands Inc.
10
.29
Castle Brands Inc. 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended
10
.30
Amendment to Castle Brands Inc. 2003 Stock Incentive Plan
10
.31
Letter Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2004, between
MHW, Ltd. and Castle Brands (USA) Corp.
10
.32
Sublease, dated as of June 24, 2004, by and between
Silvercrest Asset Management Group, LLC, as successor in
interest to James C. Edwards & Co., Inc. and
Castle Brands (USA) Corp.
10
.33
Indenture of Sublease, dated June 2004, by and between Jennifer
Dunne and Castle Brand Spirits Company Limited
10
.34
Office Lease, dated as of February 24, 2000, by and between
Great Spirits Company LLC and Crescent HC Investors L.P.
10
.35
First Amendment to Office Lease, dated March 14, 2001
10
.36
Second Amendment to Office Lease, dated January 30, 2002
10
.37
Third Amendment to Office Lease, dated March 28, 2003
10
.38
Fourth Amendment to Office Lease, dated March 23, 2004
10
.39
Fifth Amendment to Office Lease, dated June 21, 2005
10
.40
First Supplemental Trust Indenture, dated as of August 15,
2005, by and between Castle Brands (USA) Corp. and JPMorgan
Chase Bank, as trustee and MHW Ltd., as collateral agent
10
.41
First Amended and Restated Trust Indenture, dated as of
August 15, 2005, by and between Castle Brands (USA) Corp.,
JPMorgan Chase Bank, as trustee and MHW Ltd., as collateral agent
10
.42
9% Secured Note dated August 15, 2005 issued by Castle
Brand (USA) Corp. in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, as trustee
10
.43
General Security Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2004, by
and between Castle Brands (USA) Corp. and JPMorgan Chase Bank,
as trustee
10
.44
First Amendment to General Security Agreement, dated as of
August 15, 2005, by and between Castle Brands (USA) Corp.
and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as trustee
Table of Contents
Exhibit Number
Exhibit
10
.45
Guaranty of Payment and Performance, dated June 1, 2004,
from Castle Brands Inc. to JPMorgan Chase Bank, as trustee
10
.46
First Amendment to Guarantee of Payment and Performance, dated
as of August 15, 2005, by and between Castle Brands Inc. to
JPMorgan Chase Bank, as trustee
10
.47
Collateral Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2004, by and
among MHW Ltd., Castle Brands (USA) Corp. and JPMorgan Chase
Bank, as trustee
10
.48
First Amendment to Collateral Agreement, dated as of
August 15, 2005, by and among MHW Ltd., Castle Brands (USA)
Corp. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as trustee
10
.49
Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2004,
by and among Ulster Bank Ireland Limited, Ulster Bank Ltd. and
Castle Brands Spirits Company Limited
10
.50
Accounts Receivable Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of
April 4, 2005, by and among Ulster Bank Ireland Limited,
Ulster Bank Ltd. and Castle Brands Spirits Company Limited
10
.51
Contract, dated as of April 1, 2005, by and between Castle
Brands Inc. and BPW LLC
16
.1
Letter from Grodsky Caporrino & Kaufman, PC
21
.1
List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23
.1
Consent of Eisner LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting
Firm
23
.2
Consent of BDO Simpson Xavier, Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm (The Castle Brands Spirits Company Limited
(formerly known as The Roaring Water Bay Spirits Company
Limited))
23
.3
Consent of BDO Simpson Xavier, Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm (The Roaring Water Bay Spirits Company (GB)
Limited)
23
.4*
Consent of Patterson Belknap Webb & Tyler LLP (included
in exhibit 5.1)
24
.1
Power of Attorney (included on the Signature Page of the
Registration Statement)
*
To be filed by amendment.
**
Confidential treatment requested for certain portions of this
exhibit pursuant to Rule 406 under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, which portions are omitted and filed
separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Table of Contents
Additions
Charged to
Balance at
cost and
Balance at end
Description
beginning of period
expenses
Deductions
of period
$
81
12
$
93
58
64
41
81
50
17
9
58
47
3
50
$
164
$
164
90
74
164
30
60
90
30
30
$
5,180
815
$
5,918
1,471
3,709
5,180
1,471
1,471
II-8
Item 17. | Undertakings |
II-9
S-1
S-2
CASTLE BRANDS INC.
By:
/s/ Mark Andrews
Mark Andrews
Chairman of the Board, President and
Chief Executive Officer
Signature
Title
Date
/s/
Mark Andrews
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
September 29, 2005
/s/
Keith A. Bellinger
Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Secretary
(Principal Financial Officer)
September 29, 2005
/s/
Matthew F.
MacFarlane
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Accounting Officer)
September 29, 2005
/s/
John F. Beaudette
Director
September 29, 2005
/s/
Robert J. Flanagan
Director
September 29, 2005
Table of Contents
Signature
Title
Date
/s/
Colm Leen
Director
September 29, 2005
/s/
Phillip
Frost, M.D.
Director
September 29, 2005
/s/
Richard Morrison
Director
September 29, 2005
/s/
Frederick M.R.
Smith
Director
September 29, 2005
/s/
Kevin P. Tighe
Director
September 29, 2005
Table of Contents
Exhibit Number
Exhibit
1*
Form of Underwriting Agreement
2
.1*
Agreement of Merger and Acquisitions, dated as of July 31,
2003, by and among GSRWB, Inc., The Roaring Water Bay Spirits
Group Limited, The Roaring Water Bay Spirits Marketing and Sales
Company Limited, Great Spirits Company LLC, Great Spirits Corp.,
Patrick Rigney, David Phelan, Carbery Milk Products Limited and
Tanis Investments Limited
2
.2*
Amendment to Agreement of Merger and Acquisitions, dated as of
October 1, 2003, by and among GSRWB, Inc., The Roaring
Water Bay Spirits Group Limited, The Roaring Water Bay Spirits
Marketing and Sales Company Limited, Great Spirits Company LLC,
Great Spirits Corp., Patrick Rigney, David Phelan, Carbery Milk
Products Limited and Tanis Investments Limited
3
.1
Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
Registrant
3
.2
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant
4
.1*
Form of Common Stock Certificate
4
.2
Shareholders Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2003, by
and among GSRWB, Inc. and the holders of shares of Series A
Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C
Preferred Stock and the Common Stockholders
5
.1*
Opinion of Patterson Belknap Webb & Tyler LLP
10
.1**
Export Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2005 between
Gosling Partners Inc. and Goslings Export (Bermuda) Limited
10
.2
Amendment No. 1 to Export Agreement, dated as of
February 18, 2005, by and among Gosling-Castle Partners
Inc. and Goslings Export (Bermuda) Limited
10
.3**
National Distribution Agreement, dated as of September 3,
2004, by and between Castle Brands (USA) Corp. and
Goslings Export (Bermuda) Limited
10
.4
Subscription Agreement, dated as of February 18, 2005, by
and between Castle Brands Inc. and Gosling-Castle Partners Inc.
10
.5
Stockholders Agreement, dated February 18, 2005, by and
among Gosling-Castle Partners Inc. and the persons listed on
Schedule I thereto.
10
.6
Promissory Note, dated February 18, 2005, issued by Castle
Brands Inc. in favor of Gosling-Castle Partners Inc.
10
.7**
Agreement, dated as of August 27, 2004, between I.L.A.R.
S.p.A. and Castle Brands (USA) Corp.
10
.8**
Supply Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2005, between
Irish Distillers Limited and Castle Brands Spirits Group Limited
and Castle Brands (USA) Corp.
Table of Contents
Exhibit Number
Exhibit
10
.9
Amendment No. 1 to Supply Agreement, dated as of
September 20, 2005, to the Supply Agreement, dated as of
January 1, 2005, among Irish Distillers Limited and Castle
Brands Spirits Group Limited and Castle Brands (USA) Corp.
10
.10**
Amended and Restated Worldwide Distribution Agreement, dated as
of April 16, 2001, by and between Great Spirits Company LLC
and Gaelic Heritage Corporation Limited
10
.11**
Bottling and Services Agreement, dated as of September 1,
2002, by and between Terra Limited and The Roaring Water Bay
Spirits Company Limited
10
.12
Amendment to Bottling and Services Agreement, dated as of
March 1, 2005, by and between Terra Limited and Castle
Brands Spirit Company Limited
10
.13
Amended and Restated Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated
as of August 16, 2005, by and between Castle Brands Inc.,
Mellon HBV SPV LLC and Black River Global Credit Fund Ltd.
10
.14
Amended and Restated Convertible Promissory Note, dated
March 1, 2005, issued by Castle Brands Inc. in favor of
Mellon HBV SPV LLC.
10
.15
Amended and Restated Convertible Promissory Note, dated
June 27, 2005, issued by Castle Brands Inc. in favor of
Mellon HBV SPV LLC.
10
.16
Convertible Promissory Note, dated August 16, 2005, issued
by Castle Brands Inc. in favor of Black River Global Credit Fund
Ltd.
10
.17
License Agreement, dated December 1, 2003, between The
Roaring Water Bay (Research and Development) Company Limited and
GSRWB, Inc.
10
.18*
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of
May 4, 2005, by and between Castle Brands Inc. and Mark
Andrews
10
.19*
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of
July 19, 2005, by and between Castle Brands Inc. and T.
Kelley Spillane
10
.20
Employment Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2005 by and
between Castle Brands Inc. and Keith A. Bellinger
10
.21
Summary of employment agreement with Matthew F. MacFarlane
10
.22
Non-Competition Deed, dated December 1, 2003, between
GSRWB, Inc. and David Phelan
10
.23
Letter Agreement, dated August 4, 2005, between Castle
Brands Inc. and David Phelan
10
.24
Letter Agreement, dated February 15, 2005, between Castle
Brands Inc. and Patrick Rigney
Table of Contents
Exhibit Number
Exhibit
10
.25
Letter Consulting Agreement, dated August 4, 2005, between
Castle Brands Inc. and David Phelan
10
.26
Letter Consulting Agreement, dated August 2, 2005, between
Castle Brands Inc. and Patrick Rigney
10
.27**
Supply Agreement, dated January 19, 1998, by and between
Carbery Milk Products Limited and The Roaring Water Bay Spirits
Company Limited
10
.28**
Amendment and Consent, dated March 1, 2003, to Supply
Agreement, dated January 19, 1998, by and between Carbery
Milk Products Limited and Castle Brands Inc.
10
.29
Castle Brands Inc. 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended
10
.30
Amendment to Castle Brands Inc. 2003 Stock Incentive Plan
10
.31
Letter Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2004, between
MHW, Ltd. and Castle Brands (USA) Corp.
10
.32
Sublease, dated as of June 24, 2004, by and between
Silvercrest Asset Management Group, LLC, as successor in
interest to James C. Edwards & Co., Inc. and
Castle Brands (USA) Corp.
10
.33
Indenture of Sublease, dated June 2004, by and between Jennifer
Dunne and Castle Brand Spirits Company Limited
10
.34
Office Lease, dated as of February 24, 2000, by and between
Great Spirits Company LLC and Crescent HC Investors L.P.
10
.35
First Amendment to Office Lease, dated March 14, 2001
10
.36
Second Amendment to Office Lease, dated January 30, 2002
10
.37
Third Amendment to Office Lease, dated March 28, 2003
10
.38
Fourth Amendment to Office Lease, dated March 23, 2004
10
.39
Fifth Amendment to Office Lease, dated June 21, 2005
10
.40
First Supplemental Trust Indenture, dated as of August 15,
2005, by and between Castle Brands (USA) Corp. and JPMorgan
Chase Bank, as trustee and MHW Ltd., as collateral agent
10
.41
First Amended and Restated Trust Indenture, dated as of
August 15, 2005, by and between Castle Brands (USA) Corp.,
JPMorgan Chase Bank, as trustee and MHW Ltd., as collateral agent
10
.42
9% Secured Note dated August 15, 2005 issued by Castle
Brand (USA) Corp. in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, as trustee
Table of Contents
Exhibit Number
Exhibit
10
.43
General Security Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2004, by
and between Castle Brands (USA) Corp. and JPMorgan Chase Bank,
as trustee
10
.44
First Amendment to General Security Agreement, dated as of
August 15, 2005, by and between Castle Brands (USA) Corp.
and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as trustee
10
.45
Guaranty of Payment and Performance, dated June 1, 2004,
from Castle Brands Inc. to JPMorgan Chase Bank, as trustee
10
.46
First Amendment to Guarantee of Payment and Performance, dated
as of August 15, 2005, by and between Castle Brands Inc. to
JPMorgan Chase Bank, as trustee
10
.47
Collateral Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2004, by and
among MHW Ltd., Castle Brands (USA) Corp. and JPMorgan Chase
Bank, as trustee
10
.48
First Amendment to Collateral Agreement, dated as of
August 15, 2005, by and among MHW Ltd., Castle Brands (USA)
Corp. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as trustee
10
.49
Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2004,
by and among Ulster Bank Ireland Limited, Ulster Bank Ltd. and
Castle Brands Spirits Company Limited
10
.50
Accounts Receivable Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of
April 4, 2005, by and among Ulster Bank Ireland Limited,
Ulster Bank Ltd. and Castle Brands Spirits Company Limited
10
.51
Contract, dated as of April 1, 2005, by and between Castle
Brands Inc. and BPW LLC
16
.1
Letter from Grodsky Caporrino & Kaufman, PC
21
.1
List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23
.1
Consent of Eisner LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting
Firm
23
.2
Consent of BDO Simpson Xavier, Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm (The Castle Brands Spirits Company Limited
(formerly known as The Roaring Water Bay Spirits Company
Limited))
23
.3
Consent of BDO Simpson Xavier, Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm (The Roaring Water Bay Spirits Company (GB)
Limited)
23
.4*
Consent of Patterson Belknap Webb & Tyler LLP (included
in exhibit 5.1)
24
.1
Power of Attorney (included on the Signature Page of the
Registration Statement)
*
To be filed by amendment.
**
Confidential treatment requested for certain portions of this
exhibit pursuant to Rule 406 under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, which portions are omitted and filed
separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Exhibit 3.1
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
CASTLE BRANDS INC.
Castle Brands Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Corporation"), hereby certifies as follows:
1. The name of the Corporation is Castle Brands Inc.
2. The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name GSRWB, Inc. and the date of filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware is July 7, 2003, as amended on November 21, 2003 and further amended on February 12, 2004 and further amended on November 30, 2004.
3. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation amends and restates the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation as now in effect. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board") and stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote in respect thereof in the manner and by the vote prescribed by Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "DGCL").
4. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Castle Brands Inc.
SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, County of New Castle, DE 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company in the County of New Castle.
THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.
FOURTH: (a) Authorized Capital Stock. The Corporation shall be authorized to issue Fifty Million (50,000,000) shares of capital stock, of which (i) Forty Five Million (45,000,000) shares shall be common stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock") and (ii) Five Million (5,000,000) shares shall be preferred stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Preferred Stock").
(b) Common Stock. Except as otherwise provided by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate filed with the Secretary of State
of the State of Delaware establishing the terms of a series of Preferred Stock in accordance with Section (c) of this Article Fourth), the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and for all other purposes. Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on all matters on which stockholders are entitled generally to vote, and the holders of Common Stock shall vote together as a single class. The holders of shares of Common Stock shall not have cumulative voting rights.
(c) Preferred Stock. Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board is hereby authorized to fix by resolution or resolutions the voting powers, if any, designations, powers, preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of any unissued series of Preferred Stock; and to fix the number of shares constituting such series, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding). The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding.
FIFTH: The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.
(a) Board of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any other series or class of stock as set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed, and may be increased or decreased from time to time, by resolution of the Board.
(b) Election of Directors. Unless and except to the extent that the By-laws of the Corporation shall so require, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.
(c) Terms of Directors. Directors who are elected at an annual meeting of stockholders, and directors who are elected in the interim to fill vacancies and newly created directorships shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal.
(d) (1) Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever, pursuant to the provisions of Article Fourth of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a series or together with holders of other such series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and any certificate of designations applicable thereto.
(2) During any period when the holders of any series of Preferred Stock have the right to elect additional directors as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article Fourth hereof, then upon commencement and for the duration of the period during which such right continues: (i) the then otherwise total authorized number of directors of the Corporation
shall automatically be increased by such specified number of directors, and the holders of such Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the additional directors so provided for or fixed pursuant to said provisions, and (ii) each such additional director shall serve until such director's successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director's right to hold such office terminates pursuant to said provisions, whichever occurs earlier, subject to such director's earlier death, disqualification, resignation or removal. Except as otherwise provided by the Board in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such stock, the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate and the total and authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall be reduced accordingly.
(e) Vacancies. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any and all vacancies on the Board, however occurring, including, without limitation, by reason of an increase in size of the Board, or the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of a director, shall be filled solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even if less than a quorum of the Board. Any director appointed in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office until such director's successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. In the event of a vacancy in the Board, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled.
SIXTH: A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing sentence shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or modification.
SEVENTH: (a) Each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit
of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person; provided, however, that, except as provided in paragraph (b), the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his capacity as such in advance of the final disposition of any such action, suit or proceeding shall be made only upon receipt by the Corporation of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article or otherwise. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation with the same scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.
(b) If a claim under paragraph (a) is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty (30) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the DGCL for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including the Board, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including the Board, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
(c) The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as it may be amended), the By-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
(d) The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.
(e) Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article Seventh shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or modification.
EIGHTH: Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, and the ability of the stockholders to consent in writing to the taking of any action is hereby specifically denied.
NINTH: In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Corporation's By-laws. The affirmative vote of at least a majority of the entire Board shall be required to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Corporation's By-laws.
TENTH: The Corporation reserves the right at any time and from time to time
to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation and any other provisions authorized by the
laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in
the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and this Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation, and all rights, preferences and privileges
conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons by and pursuant to
this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation are granted subject to
this reservation. No amendment or repeal of this Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation shall be made unless the same is first approved by
the Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by the Board in accordance with
Section 242 of the DGCL, and, except as otherwise provided by law, thereafter
approved by the stockholders. Whenever any vote of the holders of voting stock
is required, and in addition to any other vote of holders of voting stock that
is required by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by law,
the affirmative vote of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by
holders of voting stock with respect to such amendment or repeal, voting
together as a single class, at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders called
expressly for such purpose shall be required to amend or repeal any provisions
of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Castle Brands Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed this __ day of ______, 2005.
CASTLE BRANDS INC.
Exhibit 3.2
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BY-LAWS
OF
CASTLE BRANDS INC.
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.
Section 2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.
ARTICLE II
STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1. Annual Meetings. An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such day and at such time as may be designated by the Board of Directors for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as properly may come before such meeting. The meeting may be held at such time and such place within or without the State of New York as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.
Section 2. Special Meetings. Unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and restated from time to time (the "Certificate of Incorporation"), special meetings of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Special meetings shall be held on the date and at the time and place either within or without the State of New York as specified in the notice thereof. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting of the stockholders shall not be held at any place, but instead may be held solely by means of remote communication in accordance with Delaware law. Business transacted at a special meeting shall be confined to the purpose or purposes of the meeting as stated in the notice of such meeting.
Section 3. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise expressly required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, written notice stating the place and time of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, and in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes of such meeting. Unless otherwise provided by applicable law, the
Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, notice shall be given by the Secretary to each stockholder entitled to vote not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the meeting. Such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail, with postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall not be required to be given to any stockholder who shall attend such meeting in person or by proxy; and if any stockholder shall, in person or by attorney thereunto duly authorized, waive notice of any meeting, in writing or by such other electronic means as may be permissible for such notice as provided by the laws of the State of Delaware, whether before or after such meeting be held, the notice thereof need not be given to him. The attendance of any stockholder at a meeting, in person or by proxy, without protesting prior to the conclusion of the meeting the lack of notice of such meeting, shall constitute a waiver of notice by him. Notice of any adjourned meeting of stockholders need not be given except as provided in Section 5 of this ARTICLE II.
Section 4. Quorum. Except as otherwise required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum.
Section 5. Adjournment. At any meeting of stockholders, whether or not there shall be a quorum present, the holders of a majority of shares voting at the meeting, whether present in person at the meeting or represented by proxy at the meeting, may adjourn the meeting from time to time. Except as provided by law, notice of such adjourned meeting need not be given otherwise than by announcement of the time and place of such adjourned meeting at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.
Section 6. Organization. The Chairman of the Board or, in his absence or nonelection, the Chief Executive Officer or the President or, in the absence of all the foregoing officers, a Vice President shall call meetings of the stockholders to order and shall act as Chairman of such meetings. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President, the holders of a majority of the shares of the capital stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting shall elect a Chairman, who may be the Secretary of the Corporation. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary of all meetings of the stockholders, but in the absence of the Secretary, the Chairman may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.
Section 7. Nature of Business to be Conducted at Annual Meeting. (a) At an annual meeting of stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting (i) pursuant to the Corporation's notice of the meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of the notice provided for in this By-law, who shall be entitled to vote at such meeting and who shall have complied with the notice procedures set forth in this By-law.
(b) For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to Section (a)(iii) of this By-law, notice in writing must be delivered or mailed to the Secretary and received at the General Offices of the Corporation, not less than sixty (60) days nor more than ninety (90) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting; provided, however, in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within thirty (30) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever first occurs. Such stockholder's notice shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (i) a brief description of the business to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at such meeting; (ii) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation's books, of the stockholder proposing such business, and the name and address of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (iii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation's stock which are beneficially owned by the stockholder, and by the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (iv) any material interest of the stockholder, and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, in such business.
(c) Notwithstanding anything in these By-laws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this By-law. The chairman of the meeting may, if the facts warrant, determine that the business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this By-law; and if the chairman should so determine, the chairman shall so declare to the meeting, and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this By-law, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this By-law. Nothing in this By-law shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation's proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act. The provisions of this Section 7 shall also govern what constitutes timely notice for purposes of Rule 14a-4(c) of the Exchange Act.
Section 8. Voting. Each stockholder shall, except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, at every meeting of the stockholders, be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of capital stock entitled to vote held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless said proxy provides for a longer period. Upon the demand of any stockholder, the vote for directors and the vote upon any matter before the meeting shall be by ballot. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, all elections for directors shall be decided by plurality vote, and all other matters shall be decided by the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of shares of stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote thereon.
Section 9. Stockholders List. A complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order with the address of each and the number of shares held by each, shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either (i) at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which
place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or (ii) if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, or (iii) on a reasonably accessible electronic network as provided by applicable law. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.
Section 10. Addresses of Stockholders. Each stockholder shall designate to the Secretary of the Corporation an address at which notices of meetings and all other corporate notices may be served upon or mailed to him, and if any stockholder shall fail to designate such address, corporate notices may be served upon him by mail directed to him at his last known post office address.
Section 11. Inspectors of Election. The Board of Directors may at any time appoint one or more persons to serve as Inspectors of Election at the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders or at any other meeting or meetings and the Board of Directors may at any time fill any vacancy in the office of Inspector. If the Board of Directors fails to appoint Inspectors, or if any Inspector appointed be absent or refuse to act, or if his office becomes vacant and be not filled by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of the stockholders may appoint one or more temporary Inspectors for such meeting. All proxies shall be filed with the Inspectors of Election of the meeting before being voted upon.
ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 1. General Powers. The property, affairs and business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.
Section 2. Number, Qualification and Term of Office. The number of directors shall be such as the Board of Directors may by resolution direct. Directors need not be stockholders. Each director shall hold office for the term for which he is appointed or elected and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until his death or until he shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Directors need not be elected by ballot, except upon demand of any stockholder. The Chairman of the Board, if one be elected, shall be chosen from among the directors.
Section 3. Nomination of Directors. (a) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in these By-laws shall be eligible for election as directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a meeting of stockholders (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of the notice provided for in this By-law, who shall be entitled to vote for the election of directors at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this By-law.
(b) Nominations by stockholders shall be made pursuant to notice in writing, delivered or mailed to the Secretary and received at the principal offices of the Corporation (i) in the case of an annual meeting, in accordance with the notice provisions for bringing business before the annual meeting as set forth in ARTICLE II, Section 7(b); or (ii) in the case of a special meeting
at which directors are to be elected, not earlier than the ninetieth (90th) day
prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the
later of the sixtieth (60th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth
(10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the
meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at
such meeting is first made. In the case of a special meeting of stockholders at
which directors are to be elected, stockholders may nominate a person or persons
(as the case may be) for election only to such position(s) as are specified in
the Corporation's notice of meeting as being up for election at such meeting.
Such stockholder's notice shall set forth (i) as to each person whom the
stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director, all
information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in
solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in
each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act (including such
person's written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a
director if elected); (ii) as to the stockholder giving the notice, the name and
address, as they appear on the Corporation's books, of such stockholder and the
class and number of shares of the Corporation's stock which are beneficially
owned by such stockholder; and (iii) as to any beneficial owner on whose behalf
the nomination is made, the name and address of such person and the class and
number of shares of the Corporation's stock which are beneficially owned by such
person. At the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated by the
Board of Directors for election as a Director shall furnish to the Secretary
that information required to be set forth in a stockholder's notice of
nomination which pertains to the nominee.
(c) No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in these By-laws. The chairman of the meeting may, if the facts warrant, determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed in this By-law; and if the chairman should so determine, the chairman shall so declare to the meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this By-law, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this By-law.
Section 4. Quorum and Manner of Action. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall be required to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting, and the act of a majority of the directors present and voting at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the directors present may adjourn any meeting from time to time until a quorum be had. Notice of any adjourned meeting need not be given. The directors shall act only as a board and individual directors shall have no power as such.
Section 5. Place of Meeting, etc. The Board of Directors may hold its meetings, have one or more offices and keep the books and records of the Corporation at such place or places within or without the State of New York as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or as shall be specified or fixed in the respective notices or waivers of notice thereof.
Section 6. Regular Meetings. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held for the election of officers and the transaction of other business as soon as practicable after each
annual meeting of stockholders, and other regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places as the Board of Directors shall direct. No notice shall be required for any regular meeting of the Board of Directors but a copy of every resolution fixing or changing the time or place of regular meetings shall be mailed to every director at least three days before the first meeting held in pursuance thereof.
Section 7. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may
be called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or any two
Directors. The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall give notice of the time
and place of each special meeting by mailing a written notice of the same to
each director at his last known post office address by mail not less than
forty-eight (48) hours before the date of the meeting, or by telephone,
facsimile, telegram or other means of electronic transmission on twenty-four
(24) hours' notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling
such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.
Section 8. Action by Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if a written consent thereto is signed by all members of the Board of Directors or of such committee, as the case may be, and such written consent is delivered to the Company by mail, facsimile, telegram or electronic transmission or such other means permissible under the laws of the State of Delaware, and is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.
Section 9. Organization. At each meeting of the Board of Directors the Chairman of the Board or, in his absence or nonelection, the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of both of the foregoing officers, a director chosen by a majority of the directors shall act as chairman. The Secretary or, in his absence, an Assistant Secretary or, in the absence of both the Secretary and Assistant Secretary, any person appointed by the chairman shall act as secretary of the meeting.
Section 10. Resignations. Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation. The resignation of any director shall take effect at the time specified therein, or, if no time is specified, immediately; and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
Section 11. Removal of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation and subject to any rights of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director may be removed, either with or without cause, at any time by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares having voting power at an annual meeting or at a special meeting of the stockholders called for the purpose; and the vacancy in the Board of Directors caused by any such removal may be filled by the Board of Directors in the manner provided in Section 12 of this ARTICLE III.
Section 12. Vacancies. Subject to any rights of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any vacancy in the Board of Directors caused by death, resignation, removal (whether or not for cause), disqualification, an increase in the number of directors or any other cause may be filled by the majority vote of the remaining directors of the Corporation at the next
annual meeting, any regular meeting or any special meeting called for such purpose. Each director so elected shall hold office for the unexpired term or for such lesser term as may be designated and until his successor shall be duly elected and qualified, or until his death or until he shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner herein provided. In case all the directors shall die or resign or be removed or disqualified, any stockholder having voting powers may call a special meeting of the stockholders, upon notice given as herein provided for meetings of the stockholders, at which directors may be elected for the unexpired term.
Section 13. Compensation of Directors. Directors may be paid for their expenses, if any, of attending each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary, or such other compensation as may be directed by resolution of the Board of Directors; provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for their services and expenses.
Section 14. Committees. By resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the entire Board of Directors at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more directors. To the extent provided in said resolution or resolutions, unless otherwise provided by law, such committee or committees shall have and may exercise all of the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, including the power and authority to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it, to declare dividends and to authorize the issuance of shares of capital stock of the Corporation. Further, the Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of a committee who may replace an absent or disqualified member at any meeting. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. A committee may make such rules for the conduct of its business and may appoint such committees and assistants as it shall from time to time deem necessary. A majority of the members of a committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business of such committee. Regular meetings of a committee shall be held at such times as such committee shall from time to time by resolution determine. No notice shall be required for any regular meeting of a committee but a copy of every resolution fixing or changing the time or place of regular meetings shall be mailed to every member of such committee at least three days before the first meeting held in pursuance thereof. Special meetings of a committee may be called by the chairman of such committee or the secretary of such committee, or any two members thereof. The Secretary of the Corporation or the secretary of such committee shall give notice of the time and place of each Special Meeting by mailing a written notice of the same to each member of such committee at his last known post office address by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of the meeting, or by telephone, facsimile, telegram or electronic transmission on twenty-four (24) hours' notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances before the meeting.
Section 15. Participation in Meetings. Members of the Board of Directors or of any committee may participate in any meeting of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
Section 16. Interested Directors. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because such director's or officer's votes are counted for such purpose if (i) the material facts as to the director's or officer's relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to such director's or officer's relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
Section 1. Number. The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chief Executive Officer, President, a Treasurer and a Secretary. In addition, the Board of Directors may elect a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 of this ARTICLE IV. Any number of offices may be held by the same person unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.
Section 2. Election, Term of Office and Qualifications. The officers shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at their first meeting after each annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation. Each officer, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 of this ARTICLE IV, shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until his death or until he shall have resigned or shall have become disqualified or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided.
Section 3. Subordinate Officers. The Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board may from time to time appoint such other officers, including one or more Assistant Secretaries and one or more Assistant Treasurers, and such agents and employees of the Corporation as may be deemed necessary or desirable. Such officers, agents and employees shall hold office for such period and upon such terms and conditions, have such authority and perform such duties as in these By-laws provided or as the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board may from time to time prescribe. The Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board may from time to time authorize any officer to appoint and remove agents and employees and to prescribe the powers and duties thereof.
Section 4. Removal. Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors or, except in the case of any officer elected by the Board of Directors, by any committee or superior officer upon whom the power of removal may be conferred by the Board of Directors or by these By-laws.
Section 5. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary. Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein; and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
Section 6. Vacancies. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled for the unexpired portion of the term in the manner prescribed in these By-laws for regular election or appointment to such office.
Section 7. Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside, if present, at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall serve as the representative of the Board of Directors and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by these By-laws. The Chairman of the Board shall possess the same power as the Chief Executive Officer to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors.
Section 8. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation shall have general direction of the affairs of the Corporation and general supervision over its several officers, subject, however, to the control of the Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer shall report to the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting and from time to time the Chief Executive Officer shall report to the stockholders and the Board of Directors all matters within his knowledge which the interest of the Corporation may require to be brought to their notice, may sign with the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary any or all certificates of stock of the Corporation, shall sign and execute in the name of the Corporation all contracts or other instruments authorized by the Board of Directors, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated or permitted by the Board of Directors or by these By-laws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation, and in general shall perform such duties and have such powers, incident to the office of Chief Executive Officer and perform such other duties and have such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by these By-laws.
Section 9. President. At the request of the Chief Executive Officer or in the Chief Executive Officer's absence or in the event of the Chief Executive Officer's inability or refusal to act (and if there be no Chairman of the Board), the President shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe. The President may sign with the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary any or all certificates of stock of the Corporation, shall sign and execute in the name of the Corporation all contracts or other instruments authorized by the Board of Directors, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated or permitted by the Board of Directors or by these By-laws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation, and in general shall perform such duties and have such powers, incident to the office of President and perform such other duties and have such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by these By-laws.
Section 10. Vice Presidents. A Vice President may sign with the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary certificates of stock of the Corporation and shall have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the President or prescribed by these By-laws.
Section 11. The Secretary. The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, in books provided for the purpose, the minutes of the meetings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and any committee when so required, shall see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these By-laws and as required by law, shall be custodian of the records and the seal of the Corporation and see that the seal is affixed to all documents, the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these By-laws, shall keep or cause to be kept a register of the post office address of each stockholder, may sign with the President or any Vice President certificates of stock of the Corporation, and in general shall perform such duties and have such powers incident to the office of Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors, by the Chief Executive Officer or as prescribed by these By-laws.
Section 12. Assistant Secretaries. Any Assistant Secretary shall, at the request of the Secretary or in his absence or disability, perform the duties of the Secretary and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, the Secretary or the Board of Directors or as prescribed by these By-laws.
Section 13. The Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have charge and custody of, and be responsible for, all funds and securities of the Corporation, and deposit all such funds in the name of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as shall be selected in accordance with the provisions of these By-laws, shall at all reasonable times exhibit his books of account and records, and cause to be exhibited the books of account and records of any corporation controlled by the Corporation to any of the directors of the Corporation upon
application during business hours at the office of the Corporation, or such other corporation, where such books and records are kept, shall render a statement of the condition of the finances of the Corporation at all regular meetings of the Board of Directors and a full financial report at the annual meeting of the stockholders, shall, if called upon to do so, receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever, may sign with the President or any Vice President certificates of stock of the Corporation, and in general shall perform such duties and have such powers incident to the office of Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors, Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or as prescribed by these By-laws.
Section 14. Assistant Treasurers. Any Assistant Treasurer shall, at the request of the Treasurer or in his absence or disability, perform the duties of the Treasurer and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Treasurer and shall perform such duties and have such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, the Treasurer or the Board of Directors or as prescribed by these By-laws.
Section 15. Salaries. The salaries of the officers, if any, shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. No officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he is also a director of the Corporation.
Section 16. Advisory Board. The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire Board, appoint such number of senior advisors to the Corporation as members of an Advisory Board as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. Members of the Advisory Board need not be stockholders and shall have such advisory responsibilities as the Board of Directors may designate, and the term of office of such members of the Advisory Board shall be as fixed by the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE V
CONTRACTS, CHECKS, DRAFTS, BANK ACCOUNTS, ETC.
Section 1. Contracts, etc., How Executed. Except as otherwise provided in these By-laws, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, employee or employees or agent or agents of the Corporation to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument, on behalf and in the name of the Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances; and, unless so authorized by the Board of Directors or by a committee appointed in accordance with the provisions of these By-laws or otherwise by these By-laws, no officer, employee or agent shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or render it liable peculiarly for any purpose or amount.
Section 2. Checks, Drafts, etc. All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, employee or employees or agent or agents of the Corporation as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Section 3. Deposits. All funds of the Corporation shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as the Board of Directors or committee appointed by the Board of Directors may designate from time to time or as may be designated from time to time by any officer or officers, employee or employees or agent or agents of the Corporation to whom such power may be delegated by the Board of Directors; and for the purpose of such deposit, any officer or officers, employee or employees or agent or agents of the Corporation as from time to time shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or committee appointed by the Board of Directors may endorse, assign and deliver checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money which are payable to the order of the Corporation.
Section 4. General and Special Bank Accounts. The Board of Directors or committee appointed by the Board of Directors may authorize from time to time the opening and keeping with such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as it may designate of general and special bank accounts and may make such special rules and regulations with respect thereto, not inconsistent with the provisions of these By-laws, as it may deem expedient.
Section 5. Proxies. Except as otherwise provided in these By-laws or in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, and unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer may appoint from time to time an attorney or attorneys, or agent or agents, of the Corporation, on behalf and in the name of the Corporation, to cast the votes which the Corporation may be entitled to cast as a stockholder or otherwise in any other corporation any of whose stock or other securities may be held by the Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the stock or other securities of such other corporation, or to consent in writing to any action by such other corporation, and may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consent, and may execute or cause to be executed on behalf and in the name of the Corporation and under its corporate seal, or otherwise, all such written proxies or other instruments as he may deem necessary or proper in the premises.
ARTICLE VI
STOCK AND ITS TRANSFER
Section 1. Certificates of Stock. Certificates for shares of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be in such form not inconsistent with law as shall be approved by the Board of Directors. They shall be numbered in order of their issue and shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or any Vice President, and by the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, and the seal of the Corporation shall be affixed thereto. Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who shall have signed or whose facsimile signature shall have been placed upon any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.
Section 2. Transfer of Stock. Transfer of shares of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be made only on the books of the Corporation by the holder thereof, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by a power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation, or a transfer agent of the Corporation, if any, on surrender of the certificate or certificates for such shares properly endorsed. A person in whose name shares of stock stand on the books of the Corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof as regards the Corporation, and the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware; provided that whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, such fact, if known to the Secretary or to said transfer agent, shall be so expressed in the entry of transfer.
Section 3. Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates. The holder of any stock issued by the Corporation shall immediately notify the Corporation of any loss, destruction or mutilation of the certificate therefor or the failure to receive a certificate of stock issued by the Corporation, and the Board of Directors or the Secretary of the Corporation may, in its or his discretion, cause to be issued to such holder a new certificate or certificates of stock, upon compliance with such rules, regulations and/or procedures as may be prescribed or have been prescribed by the Board of Directors with respect to the issuance of new certificates in lieu of such lost, destroyed or mutilated certificate or certificates of stock issued by the Corporation which are not received, including the posting with the Corporation of a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.
Section 4. Transfer Agent and Registrar; Regulations. The Corporation shall, if and whenever the Board of Directors shall so determine, maintain one or more transfer offices or agencies, each in the charge of a transfer agent designated by the Board of Directors, where the shares of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be directly transferable, and also one or more registry offices, each in the charge of a registrar designated by the Board of Directors, where such shares of stock shall be registered, and no certificate for shares of the capital stock of the Corporation, in respect of which a Registrar and/or Transfer Agent shall have been designated, shall be valid unless countersigned by such Transfer Agent and registered by such Registrar, if any. The Board of Directors shall also make such additional rules and regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of the capital stock of the Corporation.
Section 5. Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholder Of Record. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action, and only such stockholders as shall be stockholders of record of the date so fixed shall be entitled to such notice of and to vote at such meeting and any adjournment thereof, to express consent to any such corporate action, to receive payment of such dividend or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise such
rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on the books of the Corporation after any such record date fixed as aforesaid. If the stock transfer books are to be closed for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting in the case of a merger or consolidation, the books shall be closed at least twenty (20) days before such meeting.
ARTICLE VII
SEAL
The Board of Directors shall provide a suitable seal containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary and which may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise. If and when so directed by the Board of Directors, a duplicate of the seal may be kept and be used by an officer of the Corporation designated by the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
Section 1. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on March 31 of each year or such other date of each year as shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
Section 2. Waivers of Notice. Whenever any notice of any nature is required by law, the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws to be given, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after it stated therein shall be deemed equivalent thereto.
Section 3. Qualifying in Foreign Jurisdictions. The Board of Directors shall have the power at any time and from time to time to take or cause to be taken any and all measures which they may deem necessary for qualification to do business as a foreign corporation in any one or more foreign jurisdictions and for withdrawal therefrom.
Section 4. Indemnification. The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time, indemnify all directors and officers whom it has the power to indemnify pursuant thereto in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENTS
All By-laws of the Corporation shall be subject to alteration or repeal, and new By-laws not inconsistent with any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or any
provision of law, may be made by the affirmative vote of a majority of the
entire Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting.
Exhibit 4.2
THIS SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT, dated as of December 1, 2003 (this "Agreement"), by and among GSRWB, Inc., a Delaware company (the "Company"), the holders (the "Series A Preferred Stockholders") of shares of Series A Preferred Stock (as hereinafter defined) set forth on Schedule A attached hereto, the holder (the "Series B Preferred Stockholder") of shares of Series B Preferred Stock (as hereinafter defined) set forth on Schedule B attached hereto, the holders (the "Series C Preferred Stockholders", and together with the Series A Preferred Stockholders and the Series B Preferred Stockholders, the "Preferred Stockholders") of shares of Series C Preferred Stock (as hereinafter defined) set forth as Schedule C attached hereto, and the holders (the "Common Stockholders", and together with the Preferred Stockholders, the "Stockholders") of shares of Common Stock (as hereinafter defined) set forth on Schedule D attached hereto.
WITNESSETH
THAT WHEREAS, as of the date hereof the Common Stockholders are the record and beneficial owners of shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company (the "Common Stock");
WHEREAS, as of the date hereof the Series A Preferred Stockholders are the record and beneficial owners of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Company (the "Series A Preferred Stock"), representing in the aggregate, all of the issued and outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock of the Company;
WHEREAS, as of the date hereof the Series B Preferred Stockholders are the record and beneficial owners of shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Company (the "Series B Preferred Stock"), representing in the aggregate, all of the issued and outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock of the Company;
WHEREAS, as of the date hereof the Series C Preferred Stockholders are the record and beneficial owners of shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Company (the "Series C Preferred Stock" and together with the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, the "Preferred Stock" and together with the Common Stock, the "Stock"), representing in the aggregate, all of the issued and outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock of the Company;
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Agreement of Merger and Acquisitions, dated July 31, 2003 (the "Reorganization Agreement"), by and among the Company, The Roaring Water Bay Spirits Group Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of Ireland ("RWBS Group"), The Roaring Water Bay Spirits Marketing and Sales Company Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of Ireland ("RWBS M&S"), Patrick Rigney, an Irish citizen, David Phelan, an Irish citizen, Carbery Milk Products Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of Ireland and Tanis Investments Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of Ireland, Great Spirits Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and Great Spirits Corp., a Delaware corporation, the
Company was established to effect the Reorganization (as defined in the Reorganization Agreement); all terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Reorganization Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the Stockholders and the Company desire to establish certain
terms, provisions and conditions with respect to (i) restrictions on the
transfer by the Stockholders of shares of the Stock, (ii) certain matters
relating to the corporate governance of the Company, (iii) registration rights
in favor of the Stockholders to have their respective share holdings registered
with the Commission (as hereinafter defined) under certain circumstances, and
(iv) preemptive rights in favor of certain Stockholders to acquire additional
shares of Stock which the Company may issue from time to time in the future.
In consideration of the mutual promises and covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1 For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall be defined as follows:
"Affiliations" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(c) hereof.
"Agreement" shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
"As-Converted Basis" means the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock obtained upon the conversion and surrender of shares of Preferred Stock in accordance with, and subject to the terms, of the Certificate of Designations.
"Closing Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(c) hereof.
"Certificate of Designations" means the Certificate of Designations filed by the Company with the Secretary of State of Delaware establishing the Preferred Stock.
"Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.
"Common Stock" shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.
"Common Stockholders" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.
"Company" shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
"Consideration" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(f) hereof.
"DGCL" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.
"Director" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) hereof.
"Disagreeing Holders" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(f) hereof.
"Drag-Along Notice" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(c) hereof.
"Drag-Along Purchaser" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a) hereof.
"Drag-Along Right" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a) hereof.
"Dragged Holder" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a) hereof.
"Dragged Shares" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a) hereof.
"Equity Securities" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a) hereof.
"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
"Final Determination" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(f) hereof.
"GS" means Great Spirits Corp., a Delaware corporation.
"GS Director" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a).
"Indemnified Party" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.4(c) hereof.
"Indemnifying Party" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.4(c) hereof.
"Initial Public Offering" means the initial public offering of shares of Stock pursuant to a registration under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale of shares of such Stock for the account of the Company (which shares following the offering will be listed on, or the Company will have met the listing requirements for, The New York Stock Exchange, The American Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market) from which the aggregate gross proceeds to the Company are $10,000,000 or more.
"Inspectors" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(h) hereof.
"Offered Securities" shall mean the number of shares of Stock proposed to be transferred under Section 4.2 by the Selling Stockholders.
"Offered Stockholder" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a) hereof.
"Percentage of Offered Securities" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 4.2 hereof.
"Person" means an individual, company, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, partnership, trust, or unincorporated association, or a government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.
"Preferred Seller" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a) hereof.
"Preferred Stock" shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.
"Preferred Stockholders" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.
The terms "register," "registered" and "registration" refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.
"Registrable Securities" means the series of shares of Preferred
Stock, Common Stock or other securities issued or issuable with respect to the
series of shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock upon any stock split, stock
dividend, recapitalization, or similar event; provided, however, that such
series of shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock or other securities shall
only be treated as Registrable Securities if and so long as they have not been
(a) sold to or through a broker or dealer or underwriter in a public
distribution or a public securities transaction or (b) sold in a transaction
exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act thereof so that all transfer restrictions and restrictive legends
with respect thereto are removed upon the consummation of such sale.
"Registration Expenses" means all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Section 5.2 hereof, including all registration, qualification and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursement, of counsel for the Company, blue sky fees and expenses, the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company) and any other expenses incurred in connection with a registration under this Agreement other than Selling Expenses.
"Reorganization Agreement" shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.
"Restricted Securities" means the securities of the Company required to bear the legend set forth in Section 8.1 hereof.
"RWBS Director" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) hereof.
"RWBS Group" shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.
"RWBS Holder" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) hereof.
"RWBS M&S" shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.
"RWBS Shareholder Agreements" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 8.15 hereof.
"Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
"Selling Expenses" means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the securities registered by the Stockholders and all fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel for the Stockholders to be selected by the holders of a majority of the shares of Preferred Stock (or shares of Common Stock that were formerly Preferred Stock) participating in an offering.
"Selling Stockholder" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a) hereof.
"Series A Director" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) hereof.
"Series B Director" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) hereof.
"Series C Director" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) hereof.
"Series A Preferred Stockholders" shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
"Series B Preferred Stockholders" shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
"Series C Preferred Stockholders" shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
"Series A Preferred Stock" shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.
"Series B Preferred Stock" shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.
"Series C Preferred Stock" shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.
"Stock" shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.
"Stockholders" shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.
"Tag-Along Rightholder" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a) hereof.
"Third Party Purchaser" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a) hereof.
"Transfer" means to transfer, sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate, bequeath, give, create a security interest in, or lien on, place in trust (voting or otherwise), assign or in any other way encumber or dispose of, directly or indirectly and whether or not by operation of law or for value, any series of shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock.
ARTICLE II
OFFICES
Section 2.1 Registered Office. The registered office in Delaware required by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL") shall be as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation until such time as the registered office is changed in accordance with the DGCL.
Section 2.2 Principal Place of Business. The principal places of business for the transaction of the business of the Company shall be 85-47 Eliot Avenue, Suite G, Rego Park, New York 11374 and/or such other place as the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine.
Section 2.3 Other Offices. The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time establish other business offices within or without the State of Delaware.
ARTICLE III
CONFIDENTIALITY AND TRANSFERS
Section 3.1 Confidentiality.
(a) Each Stockholder hereby agrees that all financial and other
information about the Company, or other information of a proprietary nature,
disclosed to such Stockholder at any time in connection with this Agreement or
otherwise shall be kept confidential by such Stockholder and shall not be
disclosed to any person or used by such Stockholder (other than on a
confidential basis to the Company's officers, directors, or employees) except:
(i) with the prior written consent of the Company; (ii) as may be required by
applicable law, court process or other obligations pursuant to any listing
agreement with any national securities exchange; or (iii) such information which
is or becomes generally available other than as a result of a violation of this
provision.
(b) In the event of a breach or a threatened breach by any Stockholder of the provisions herein, the Company shall be entitled to an injunction restraining such
Stockholder from such breach. Nothing contained in this Section 3.1 or elsewhere; in this Agreement shall be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies available at law or equity for such breach or threatened breach of this Agreement nor limiting the amount of damages recoverable in the event of a breach or a threatened breach by any Stockholder of the provisions herein.
(c) Notwithstanding Section 8.5, the obligations set forth in this
Section shall be continuing and shall survive the termination of this Agreement
or the Company and the Transfer by a Stockholder of all of its Stock.
Section 3.2 Transferees to Remain Subject to Agreement. Any transfer of shares of Stock by any party to this Agreement made in compliance with this Agreement shall remain subject to this Agreement and each intended transferee shall execute and deliver to the Company a counterpart of this Agreement, which shall evidence such transferee's agreement that the shares of Stock intended to be transferred shall continue to be subject to, and receive the benefits of, this Agreement and that as to such shares the transferee shall be bound by the restrictions of, and receive the benefits of, this Agreement as if such transferee were an original party hereto, standing in the position of its transferor.
Section 3.3 Transfer of Shares Upon Death. Upon the death of any Stockholder the shares of Stock held by such Stockholder at any time of her or his death may be bequeathed pursuant to the provisions of the will of such Stockholder or distributed pursuant to the laws of intestate succession to any descendant by blood or adoption of a Stockholder; provided, however, that it shall be a condition to each such transfer that the transferee become a party to this Agreement with respect to the shares of Stock so transferred and from after such date each such transferee shall be deemed to be a Stockholder for all purposes of this Agreement.
Section 3.4 Transfers in Violation of Agreement Void. No purported sale, assignment, transfer, pledge, encumbrance, gift, transfer in trust (voting or other) or other disposition of, or creation of a security interest in, or lien on, any shares of Stock by any Stockholder or other holder thereof in violation of the provisions of this Agreement shall be valid and the Company shall not record the transfer of any such shares of Stock on the books of the Company and the holders of such shares of Stock shall not be entitled to vote or participate in any dividends or other distributions made by the Company (if otherwise entitled thereto). The foregoing restrictions are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other remedies, legal or equitable, available to the Company to enforce such provisions under this Agreement.
Section 3.5 Transfer of Shares by Operation of Law. Any person who becomes the holder of any shares of Stock or the possessor of any certificate representing shares of Stock by virtue of any judicial process (other than a probate or similar proceeding upon the death of a Stockholder), attachment, bankruptcy, receivership, execution or judicial sale shall immediately offer all such shares of Stock to the Company or its designee whenever requested by the Company to do so, provided such request is made by the Company within 90 days of the date the Company receives actual notice of
any of the foregoing events. The purchase price for shares of Stock or interests therein acquired by the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.5 shall be the fair market value, as determined by the Company's regular independent accountants.
Section 3.6 Restrictions on Transfer of Shares. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, none of the Stockholders shall during his/her lifetime or upon his/her death shall, assign, transfer, pledge, create a security interest in, or lien on, encumber, place in trust (voting or other) or otherwise dispose of, all or any part of his/her shares of Stock.
Section 3.7 Reservation of Rights. Any failure of the Company or the Stockholders to exercise any option to purchase any interest granted pursuant to this Agreement or any waiver by the Company or the Stockholders of any restrictions imposed with respect to any transfers of any interest hereunder shall not, as to any future transfer of a specified interest (either voluntary or by operation of law), discharge the interest from any restrictions herein contained unless such waiver expressly so provides.
ARTICLE IV
PREEMPTIVE AND DISPOSITION RIGHTS
Section 4.1 Preemptive Rights.
(a) Subsequent Offerings. Subject to applicable securities laws, each Stockholder holding 62,500 (as adjusted for stock splits and dividends paid in shares) or more of the outstanding shares of Stock on an As-Converted Basis, if applicable (with the shares of Stock of each of the RWBS Holders being aggregated for purposes of achieving such threshold) (each an "Offered Stockholder") shall have a right of first refusal to purchase its pro rata share of all Equity Securities (as hereinafter defined) (the allocation of shares among the RWBS Holders to be pro rata based upon the Equity Securities held by the RWBS Holders unless otherwise agreed by them), that the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement, other than the Equity Securities excluded by Section 4.1(c) hereof. Each Offered Stockholder's pro rata share is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of Stock (including all shares of Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of outstanding warrants or options or other rights to purchase shares of Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of Stock but excluding any shares of Stock issuable pursuant to any anti-dilution provisions that may be applicable to such Stockholder's interest as set forth in a separate agreement) which an Offered Stockholder is deemed to be a holder immediately prior to the issuance of such Equity Securities to (b) the total number of outstanding shares of Stock (including all shares of Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of any outstanding warrants or options or other rights to purchase shares of Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of Stock, but excluding any shares of Stock issuable pursuant to any anti-dilution provisions that may be applicable to such Stockholder's interest as set forth in a separate agreement or pursuant to any other similar provision effecting the Company) immediately prior to the issuance of the Equity Securities. The term "Equity Securities" shall mean (i) any share or interest in the
Company, (ii) any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, with or without consideration, any share or interest (including any option to purchase such convertible security), (iii) any security carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any share, interest or other security or (iv) any such warrant or right.
(b) Exercise of Rights. If the Company proposes to issue any Equity Securities, it shall give the Offered Stockholders written notice of its intention, describing the Equity Securities, the price and the terms and conditions upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. The Offered Stockholders shall have fifteen (15) days from the giving of such notice to agree to purchase its pro rata share of the Equity Securities for the price and upon the terms and conditions specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of Equity Securities to be purchased.
(c) Excluded Securities. The rights of first refusal established by this Section 4.1 shall have no application to any of the following Equity Securities:
(i) (a) shares issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock of the Company, (b) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock of the Company; (c) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on Common Stock, (d) any shares of Common Stock (including options or warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock) issued to financial institutions in connection with commercial credit arrangements approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, (e) any Awards (as defined in the Plan) with respect to shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Plan and the option to purchase 10,000 shares of Common Stock issued to Mrs. Suzy O'Connor and (f) shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the RW Notes;
(ii) shares or interests issued or issuable pursuant to any rights or agreements, options, warrants or convertible securities outstanding as of the date of this Agreement; and shares or interests issued pursuant to any such rights or agreements granted after the date of this Agreement;
(iii) any Equity Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, consolidation, strategic alliance, acquisition or similar business combination approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;
(iv) any Equity Securities issued in connection with any recapitalization or similar event by the Company;
(v) any Equity Securities that are issued by the Company pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act;
(vi) any Equity Securities issued in connection with strategic transactions involving the Company and other entities, including joint ventures,
manufacturing, marketing or distribution arrangements; provided that the issuance of shares therein has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company; and
(vii) any shares issued by the Company pursuant to any anti-dilution provisions that may be applicable to such Stockholder's interest as set forth in a separate agreement.
Section 4.2 Tag-Along Rights.
(a) If Stockholders ("the Selling Stockholders") are transferring a number of shares of Stock equal to 50% or more of the then outstanding shares of Stock (on an As-Converted Basis) in a single transaction or a series of transactions to a third party (a "Third Party Purchaser"), then each of the RWBS Holders (the "Tag-Along Rightholders") shall have the right to sell to the Third Party Purchaser, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the notice to the Company provided for in (ii) below, up to that percentage of shares of Stock (on an As-Converted Basis) held by such Tag-Along Rightholder as is equal to that percentage determined by dividing (i) the total number of shares of Stock (on an As-Converted Basis) proposed to be transferred by Selling Stockholders by (ii) the total number of shares of Stock (on an As-Converted Basis) then outstanding (the quotient of (i) and (ii), being the "Percentage of Offered Securities"); provided, however, the total number of shares of Stock (on an As-Converted Basis)a Tag-Along Rightholder shall be entitled to sell shall be inclusive of the number of shares of Stock proposed to be sold by such RWBS Holder if also acting in the capacity of a Selling Stockholder. The RWBS Holders may allocate their tag-along rights pursuant to this Section 4.2 among themselves by mutual agreement; provided the Tag-Along Rightholders shall not be entitled pursuant to this Section 4.2 to sell to a Third Party Purchaser a greater number of shares of Stock than the number of shares of Stock collectively held by the Tag-Along Rightholders multiplied by the Percentage of Offered Securities. The Selling Stockholders and the Tag-Along Rightholders shall effect the sale of the Offered Securities as follows: the Tag-Along Rightholders shall sell up to the number of Offered Securities permitted to be sold pursuant to this Section 4.2 and the number of Offered Securities to be sold to the Third Party Purchaser shall be reduced pro-rata among the Selling Shareholders.
(i) For purposes of this Section 4.2, unless otherwise expressly set forth therein, all shares of Stock then outstanding shall be deemed to have been converted into shares of Common Stock on an As-Converted Basis.
(ii) In order to exercise its right to sell shares of Stock to a Third Party Purchaser pursuant to this Section 4.2, a Tag-Along Rightholder must agree to make, severally and not jointly, substantially the same representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities with respect to the title and ownership of its shares of Stock to be sold as a Selling Stockholder agrees to make in connection with the proposed sale by it of Offered Securities to a Third Party Purchaser. Each Selling Stockholder shall give notice to each Tag-Along Rightholder of each proposed sale by it of Offered Securities which gives rise to the rights of the Tag-Along Rightholders set forth in this Section 4.2, at least thirty (30) days prior to the proposed consummation of the proposed sale, setting
forth the name of the Selling Stockholder, the number of Offered Securities, the
name and address of the proposed Third Party Purchaser, the proposed amount and
form of consideration and the terms and conditions offered by the Third Party
Purchaser, the percentage of shares of Stock that the Tag-Along Rightholder may
sell to the Third Party Purchaser (determined in accordance with Section 4.2
assuming that all Tag-Along Rightholders exercise their rights pursuant to this
Section 4.2), and a representation that such Third Party Purchaser has been
informed of the tag-along rights provided for in this Section 4.2 and has agreed
to purchase shares of Stock in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.2.
The tag-along rights provided by this Section 4.2 must be exercised by the
Tag-Along Rightholder wishing to sell its shares of Stock within thirty (30)
days following receipt of the notice required by the preceding sentence, by
delivery of a written notice to the Selling Stockholder indicating the Tag-Along
Rightholder's wish to exercise its rights and specifying the number of shares of
Stock (up to the maximum number of shares of Stock owned by the Tag-Along
Rightholder permitted to be sold to the Third Party Purchaser) it wishes to
sell; provided, however, that the Tag-Along Rightholder may waive its rights
under this Section 4.2 prior to the expiration of the thirty (30)-day period by
giving written notice to the Selling Stockholder, with a copy to the Company.
The failure of a Tag-Along Rightholder to respond within the thirty (30)-day
period shall be deemed to be a waiver of the Tag-Along Rightholder's rights
under this Section 4.2. If a Tag-Along Rightholder decides to sell a number of
shares which is less than the maximum number of shares permitted to be sold by
it pursuant to this Section 4.2 or if a Tag-Along Rightholder fails to close its
sale of shares of Stock to the Third Party Purchaser for any reason, then the
Selling Stockholder may sell to the Third Party Purchaser the number of shares
of Stock as the Tag-Along Rightholder failed to sell to the Third Party
Purchaser. However, if the Third Party Purchaser fails to purchase shares of
Stock from any Tag-Along Rightholder that has properly exercised its tag-along
rights pursuant to this Section 4.2, then the Selling Stockholder shall not be
permitted to consummate the proposed sale of the Offered Securities, and any
proposed attempted sale shall be null and void and the Company shall not
register the proposed transfer.
Section 4.3 Drag-Along Rights.
(a) At any time following the third anniversary of the date hereof, if any Stockholder or Stockholders holding in the aggregate at least eighty percent (80%) of the shares of Stock, on an As-Converted Basis (collectively, the "Preferred Seller") desire to Transfer to a Third Party Purchaser (for purposes of this Section 4.3, the "Drag-Along Purchaser") all of the shares of Stock then owned by the Preferred Seller, the Preferred Seller shall have the right (the "Drag-Along Right"), notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement but subject to Section 4.3(d), to require that each other Stockholder (each, a "Dragged Holder") sell to the prospective purchaser that percentage of its shares of Stock (the "Dragged Shares") as is required in order for the prospective purchaser to purchase the aggregate number of shares of Stock to be purchased by it (as set forth in the Drag-Along Notice referred to below). Such sale by the Dragged Holders shall be made by them pro rata on the basis of their respective fully diluted holdings of shares of Stock, for the same consideration per share and otherwise on the same terms and conditions upon which the Preferred Seller is selling its shares of Stock, subject to and in accordance with the following terms and conditions.
(b) For purposes of this Section 4.3, unless otherwise expressly set forth herein, all shares of Stock then outstanding shall be deemed to have been converted into shares of Common Stock on an As-Converted Basis.
(c) In order to exercise its rights under this Section 4.3, the Preferred Seller shall give notice to the Company and each Dragged Holder (a "Drag-Along Notice") at least thirty (30) days prior to the date of proposed consummation of the proposed sale (the "Closing Date"), which notice shall state that the Preferred Seller proposes to sell Offered Securities and intends to exercise its Drag-Along Right, shall set forth the name of the Preferred Seller, the number of Offered Securities and that such number constitutes all of the Preferred Seller's Shares, the number of Dragged Shares, the name and address of the proposed Drag-Along Purchaser, the proposed amount and form of consideration and the terms and conditions offered by the Drag-Along Purchaser, shall specify the Closing Date to be within sixty (60) days of the provision of the Drag-Along Notice, shall include a representation that such Drag-Along Purchaser has been informed of the Drag-Along Rights provided for in this Section 4.3 and has agreed to purchase shares of Stock in accordance with this Section 4.3 and shall fully describe any existing or proposed affiliations or contractual relationships between the Preferred Seller and the Drag-Along Purchaser (the "Affiliations").
(d) Subject to Section 4.3(f) below, at least ten (10) days prior to
the Closing Date, each Dragged Holder shall deliver to the Preferred Seller: (i)
a limited power-of-attorney authorizing the Preferred Holder to dispose of the
Dragged Shares on the terms contained in the Drag-Along Notice; and (ii) one or
more certificates which represent the number of shares of Common Stock which the
Dragged Holder is being required to sell pursuant the Drag-Along Right.
Additionally, each Dragged Holder agrees to make, severally and not jointly,
substantially the same representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities as
the Preferred Seller agrees to make in connection with the proposed sale by it
of Offered Securities to a Drag-Along Purchaser; provided, however, that no
Dragged Holder shall, without its or his prior consent, have to (x) make any
representation or warranty that they in good faith believe to be untrue, (y)
agree to any covenant that (1) obligates that Dragged Holder to undertake a
future performance that will not be required of the Preferred Seller or the
other Dragged Holders, (2) it in good faith believes impossible to perform or
(3) relates to the Dragged Holder's non-competition with the Company's business,
or (z) agrees to indemnification relating to the status, actions or shares of
Stock of any other Stockholder. The documents delivered to the Preferred Seller
by each Dragged Holder as provided above shall be held in escrow by the
Preferred Seller pending the closing of the transaction.
(e) The Preferred Seller shall consummate the sale of shares of Stock
by the Preferred Seller and all Dragged Holders on the terms and conditions, and
on or within ten (10) days of the Closing Date set forth in the Drag-Along
Notice or within twenty (20) days of the Final Determination (as defined in
Section 4.3(f) below). If the proposed sale is not consummated in accordance
with the foregoing, the Preferred Seller shall return to the Dragged Holders all
stock certificates and other documents furnished by them to the Preferred Seller
in contemplation of the sale of shares of Stock pursuant to the Drag-Along
Right, and all restrictions on the transfer of shares of Stock by the
Preferred Seller contained in this Agreement shall again be in effect. Simultaneously with the closing of the proposed sale in accordance with the foregoing, the Preferred Seller shall notify each Dragged Holder of the closing and shall cause the purchaser to remit directly to each Dragged Holder that portion of the sale proceeds to which such Dragged Holder is entitled by reason of its participation in the sale.
(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith that the Affiliations present a potential conflict of interest vis-a-vis the proposed amount and form of consideration (the "Consideration"), and any Dragged Holder objects to the Consideration (the "Disagreeing Holders"), then the Preferred Seller and the Drag-Along Purchaser, on the one hand, and the Disagreeing Holders, on the other hand, shall each designate a representative, and such representatives will meet and use their best efforts to reach an agreement on the appropriate amount and form of consideration. If they reach an agreement of the revised amount and form of consideration (a "Final Determination"), then the proposed sale shall proceed in accordance with that Final Determination. If the representatives so designated are unable to reach such an agreement, then the Preferred Seller and the Drag-Along Purchaser may either determine not to proceed with the proposed sale or may submit a list of at least three independent appraisers each of which is a recognized independent expert experienced in valuing businesses similar or related to the principal business of the Company. The Disagreeing Holders shall select one of the independent appraisers set forth on such list. The independent appraiser so selected will determine the appropriate amount and form of consideration and its determination thereof will be final and binding on all parties concerned (such determination, also a "Final Determination") and the proposed sale shall proceed in accordance with the Final Determination. The Company and the Drag-Along Purchaser will provide the independent appraiser so selected with all information about the Company and the Consideration which such independent appraiser reasonably deems necessary for determining the fair value of the Consideration. The fees and expenses of the appraisal process (including those of the independent appraiser) will be paid by the Company. The Company may require that the independent appraiser keep confidential any non-public information received as a result of this paragraph pursuant to reasonable confidentiality arrangements.
ARTICLE V
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
Section 5.1 Notice of Piggy-Back Registration.
(a) If at any time or from time to time after the Company has completed an Initial Public Offering, the Company shall determine to register any of its shares of Stock, either for its own account or the account of a Stockholder other than (x) a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, (y) a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction or (z) a registration in connection with an Initial Public Offering, the Company will:
(i) promptly give to each Stockholder written notice thereof; and
(ii) include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), and in any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable Securities specified in a written request or requests made within 30 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company by any Stockholder.
(b) Underwriting. If the registration of which the Company gives
notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the
Company shall so advise the Stockholders as a part of the written notice given
pursuant to this Section 5.1. In such event, the right of any Stockholder to
registration pursuant to this Section 5.1 shall be conditioned upon such
Stockholder's participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of
Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All
Stockholders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting
shall (together with the Company and the Stockholders distributing their shares
of Stock through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in
customary form with the managing underwriter selected for such underwriting by
the Company and may, at their option, require that any or all of the
representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the
Company to and for the benefit of such underwriters also be made to and for
their benefit and that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations
of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement also be conditions
precedent to their obligations. No Stockholder other than a Stockholder who,
together with its Affiliates (within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the
Exchange Act), owns at least a majority of the outstanding Stock of the Company
(on as As-Converted Basis, if applicable) shall be required to make any
representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the
underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such
Stockholder and its ownership of the shares of Stock being registered on its
behalf and such Stockholder's intended method of distribution and any other
representation required by law. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Section 5.1, if the managing underwriter determines that marketing factors
require a limitation of the number of shares of Stock to be underwritten, the
managing underwriter may limit the number of Registrable Securities to be
included in the registration and underwriting (up to the exclusion of all
Registrable Securities), on a pro rata basis based on the total number of shares
of Stock (including Registrable Securities) (on an As-Converted Basis) requested
to be included in such registration. To facilitate the allocation of Stock in
accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round
the number of shares of Stock allocated to any Stockholder to the nearest 10
shares of Stock. If any Stockholder disapproves of the terms of any such
underwriting, he or she may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the
Company and the managing underwriter.
(c) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 5.1(c) prior to the effectiveness of such registration, whether or not any Stockholder has elected to include his Stock in such registration.
(d) Registrable Securities. If at any time shares of Stock are to be included in a registration pursuant to this Section 5.1, the securities to be registered shall be the underlying shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock are convertible. Prior to any sale of Stock pursuant to any such registration, such Stock shall immediately be converted into Common Shares.
Section 5.2 Expenses of Registration. All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration pursuant to Section 5.1 shall be borne by the Company. Unless otherwise agreed, other Selling Expenses relating to any series of shares of Stock registered on behalf of the Stockholders shall be borne by the applicable Stockholders of the registered Stock included in such registration pro rata on the basis of the number of shares of Stock registered on behalf of the Company, the other Stockholders distributing their shares of Stock under such registration and the applicable Stockholders.
Section 5.3 Registration Procedures. In the case of each registration effected by the Company pursuant to Section 5.1, the Company will keep each Stockholder advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration and as to the completion thereof. At its expense the Company will:
(a) prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement with respect to such Shares and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain effective until the distribution described in the registration statement has been completed;
(b) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Stock covered by such registration statement;
(c) promptly notify each Stockholder and the underwriter or underwriters, if any:
(i) when such registration statement or any prospectus used in connection therewith, or any amendment or supplement thereto, has been filed and, with respect to such registration statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective;
(ii) of any written comments from the Commission with respect to any filing referred to in clause (i) or of any written request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such registration statement or prospectus;
(iii) of the notification to the Company by the Commission of its initiation of any proceeding with respect to the issuance by the Commission of, or of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement; and
(iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the applicable securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction;
(d) furnish to the Stockholders participating in such registration and to the underwriters of the shares of Stock being registered such reasonable number of copies of the registration statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus and such other documents as the Stockholders and such underwriters may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public offering of such Stock;
(e) use its reasonable best efforts to register and qualify the shares of Stock covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Stockholders and to keep such registration or qualification in effect or so long as such registration statement remains in effect, and take any other action which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Stockholder to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such Stockholder; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;
(f) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering; provided that each Stockholder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement;
(g) notify each Stockholder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, and at the request of any such Stockholder promptly prepare and furnish to such Stockholder a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such shares of Stock, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
(h) make available for inspection by any Stockholder, any underwriter participating in any distribution pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney, accountant, or other agent retained by such Stockholder or underwriter (collectively, the "Inspectors"), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company reasonably necessary to enable the Inspectors to exercise their
due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company's officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonable requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement, and permit the Inspectors to participate in the preparation of such registration statement and any prospectus contained therein and any amendment or supplement thereto;
(i) cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed; and
(j) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the affective date of such registration.
Section 5.4 Indemnification.
(a) The Company will indemnify each Stockholder, each of its officers and directors and partners, and each Person controlling such Stockholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which registration has been effected pursuant to Section 5.1, and each underwriter, if any, and each Person who controls any underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against all Losses (or actions in respect thereof), including any Losses incurred in settlement of any litigation, commenced or threatened, arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus, preliminary prospectus, offering circular or other document, or any amendment or supplement thereto, incident to any such registration, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, or any violation or any alleged violation by the Company of any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or any state securities law applicable to the Company in connection with any such registration, and the Company will reimburse each such Stockholder, each of its officers and directors, and each Person controlling such Stockholder, each such underwriter and each Person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any such Losses, as such expenses are incurred, provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such Losses arise out of or are based on any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission, made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company, by an instrument duly executed by such Stockholder, controlling Person or underwriter and stated to be specifically for use therein. The Company shall also indemnify each other Person who participates (including as an underwriter) in the offering or sale of Registrable Securities, their officers, directors and partners, and each other Person, if any, who controls any such participating Person within the meaning of the Securities Act to the same extent as provided above with respect to sellers of Registrable Securities.
(b) Each Stockholder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Stockholder are included in the securities as to which such registration is being effected, indemnify the Company, each of its directors and officers, each underwriter, if any, of the Company's securities covered by such a registration statement, each Person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, and each other such Stockholder, each of its officers and directors and each Person controlling such Stockholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against all Losses (or actions in respect; thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document, or any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company, such Stockholders, such directors, officers, Persons, underwriters or control Persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such Losses, as such expenses are incurred, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by an instrument duly executed by such Stockholder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided, however, that the obligations of each of Stockholders hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds to such Stockholder of shares of Stock sold as contemplated herein. Such Stockholders shall also indemnify each other Person who participates (including as an underwriter) in the offering or sale of Registrable Securities, their officers and directors and each other Person, if any, who controls any such participating Person within the meaning of the Securities Act to the same extent as provided above with respect to the Company.
(c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 5.4(c)
(an "Indemnified Party") shall give notice to the party required to provide
indemnification (the "Indemnifying Party") promptly after such Indemnified Party
has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall
permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any
litigation resulting therefrom, provided that counsel for the Indemnifying
Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or litigation, shall be
approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not unreasonably be
withheld), and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such
party's expense; provided, however, that an Indemnified Party (together with all
other Indemnified Parties which may be represented without conflict by one
counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and
expenses to be paid by the Indemnifying Party, if representation of such
Indemnified Party by the counsel retained by the Indemnifying Party would be
inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such
Indemnified Party and any other party represented by such counsel in such
proceeding. The failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided
herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this
Section 5.4(c) unless the failure to give such notice is materially prejudicial
to an Indemnifying Party's ability to defend such action. No Indemnifying Party,
in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent
of each Indemnified Party,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.
(d) If the indemnity and reimbursement obligation provided for in any paragraph of this Section 5.4(d) is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an Indemnified Party in respect of any Losses (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof) referred to therein, then the Indemnifying Party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Indemnified Party as a result of such Losses (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and the Indemnified Party on the other hand in connection with statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or the Indemnified Party and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this paragraph were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this paragraph. The amount paid by an Indemnified Party as a result of the Losses referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph shall be deemed to include any legal and other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any Loss which is the subject of this paragraph.
No Indemnified Party guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) or deceptive or manipulative sales practices (within the meaning of Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act or Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder) shall be entitled to contribution from the Indemnifying Party if the Indemnifying Party was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation or deceptive or manipulative sales practices.
Section 5.5 Certain Limitations. The prospective sellers shall not have the right to participate in a registration under Section 5.1 if the prospective sellers receive a written opinion of counsel for the Company, in substance and authorship acceptable to the prospective sellers, together with a confirming opinion of counsel selected by such prospective sellers, which opinion shall be paid for by the Company, that such prospective sellers may make such transfer of all Stock (if applicable) in a public sale which will be in compliance with all applicable securities laws concerning transfer of non-registered securities. If the right to transfer Stock publicly is not available to any one of the prospective sellers as described in the preceding sentence, such prospective seller will have the right to participate in or request a registration under Section 5.1.
Section 5.6 [Intentionally Left Blank].
Section 5.7 Information by Stockholder. The Stockholders of Registrable Securities included in any registration shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Stockholder or the Registrable Securities held by them and the distribution proposed by such Stockholders as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be required in connection with any registration referred to in Section 5.1.
Section 5.8 Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which may at any time permit the sale of the Restricted Securities to the public without registration, after such time as a public market exists for the shares of Stock of the Company, the Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to:
(a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date that the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act;
(b) file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and
(c) so long as the Stockholders own any Restricted Securities, to furnish to the Stockholders forthwith upon request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 (at any time after 90 days after the effective date of the Initial Public Offering), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents of the Company and other information in the possession of or reasonably obtainable by the Company as a Stockholder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Stockholder to sell any such securities without registration.
Section 5.9 Transfer of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the
Company to register securities granted the Stockholders under Sections 5.1 may
be assigned to a transferee or assignee in connection with any transfer or
assignment of Registrable Securities by the Stockholders; provided that (a) such
transfer may otherwise be effected in accordance with applicable securities laws
and this Agreement, (b) notice of such assignment is given to the Company and
(c) if the transfer is to a transferee who is not an affiliate of the
transferring Stockholder, such transferee or assignee acquires from the
Stockholders at least 25% of the shares of Stock (on an As-Converted Basis, if
applicable) held by the Stockholders as of the date hereof.
Section 5.10 Standoff Agreement. Each Stockholder agrees in connection with any registration of the Company's shares of Stock (other than a registration of securities in a Rule 145 transaction or with respect to an employee benefit plan), upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten
offering of the shares of the Company's Stock, not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, pledge (or otherwise encumber or hypothecate), grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise directly or indirectly dispose of any Registrable Securities (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company and such managing underwriters for such period of time, not to exceed 180 days, as the Board of Directors of the Company establishes pursuant to its good faith negotiations with such managing underwriters.
Section 5.11 Termination of Rights. The rights of any particular Series A Stockholder or Series B Stockholder to cause the Company to register securities under Section 5.1 shall terminate with respect to such Stockholder on the later of (a) the second anniversary of the effective date of the Company's Initial Public Offering and (b) the date upon which such Stockholder ceases to be an Affiliate under Rule 144 of the Securities Act; provided that in no event shall such period be beyond five (5) years after an Initial Public Offering. The rights of any particular Series C Stockholder to cause the Company to register securities under Section 5.1 shall terminate with respect to such Stockholder on the second anniversary of the effective date of the Company's Initial Public Offering.
ARTICLE VI
MANAGEMENT; BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
Section 6.1 Election of Board of Directors and Officers; Management.
(a) The Board of Directors currently consists of Messrs. Mark Andrews,
Patrick Rigney, David Phelan, T. Kelley Spillane, and John E. Schmeltzer, III,
until their respective successors have been elected and qualified (or until
their respective resignation or removal). Promptly after the closing of the
Reorganization, the Stockholders shall elect a new Board of Directors of the
Company, which shall consist of nine directors (each, a "Director"). The
Directors shall be designated as follows: (i) six of the Directors shall be
elected annually by the Stockholders by a plurality of the votes of the shares
of Stock voting on an As-Converted Basis; provided, however, that the
Stockholders agree to vote their shares of Stock in favor of the election of (x)
Mark Andrews, T. Kelley Spillane and an individual to be named by Mr. Andrews,
each as a Director (the "GS Directors") and (y) three nominees (the "RWBS
Directors") designated by the Stockholders who were the former holders of shares
of RWBS Group (the "RWBS Holders") (i.e., Patrick Rigney, David Phelan, Tanis
Investments Limited and Carbery Milk Products Limited), (ii) one Director shall
be elected annually by the Series A Preferred Stockholders by a plurality of the
votes of shares of Series A Preferred Stock voting (the "Series A Director"),
(iii) one Director shall be elected annually by the Series B Preferred
Stockholders holding shares of Series B Preferred Stock by a plurality of the
votes of shares of Series B Preferred Stock voting (the "Series B Director"),
and (iv) one Director shall be elected annually by the Series C Preferred
Stockholders holding shares of Series C Preferred Stock by a plurality of the
votes of shares of Series C Preferred Stock voting (the "Series C Director").
The Board of Directors shall act by a vote of the majority present and a quorum
for the transaction of business by the Board of Directors shall be a majority of
the Directors. Any vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be filled
by the election of a new Director by the remaining Directors; provided that (a)
a GS Director's seat shall be filled by the remaining GS Directors, (b) the
Series A Director's seat shall be filled by the Series A Preferred Stockholders
by a plurality of the votes of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock voting,
(c) the Series B Director's seat shall be filled by the Series B Preferred
Stockholders by a plurality of the votes of the shares of Series B Preferred
Stock voting, (d) the Series C Director's seat shall be filled by the Series C
Preferred Stockholders holding Series C Preferred Stock by a plurality of the
votes of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock voting, and (e) the RW
Director's seat shall be filled by the remaining RWBS Directors. The Company
shall (i) provide at least three (3) business days notice of any Board of
Directors meeting in accordance with the Company's Bylaws and (ii) call at least
four (4) Board of Director's meetings annually.
(b) The Stockholders shall use their best efforts to cause the Board of Directors of the Company to establish an Operating Committee, an Audit Committee and a Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company. The Operating Committee shall consist of Messrs. Mark Andrews, David Phelan, Patrick Rigney and T. Kelley Spillane. Each of the Audit Committee's and the Compensation Committee's membership shall consist of three Directors, one of which shall be a GS Director, one of which shall be a RWBS Director and one of which shall be a Series A Director, Series B Director or Series C Director. The Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee shall have all of the ordinary duties of a like committee of a Board of Directors and, in the case of the Compensation Committee, shall have the authority to grant awards under the Stock Option Plan.
(c) The Stockholders shall use their best efforts to cause the Board of Directors of the Company to elect the following persons to the respective offices of the Company set forth beside their respective names, to serve in such capacity until their respective successors have been elected and have qualified (or until their earlier resignation or removal):
Name Officers ---- -------- Mark Andrews President and Chief Executive Officer Patrick Rigney Executive Vice President and Managing Director David Phelan Executive Vice President and Managing Director T. Kelley Spillane Executive Vice President and Managing Director John E. Schmeltzer, III Secretary |
(d) The affairs of the Company shall be managed subject to the general oversight of the Board of Directors of the Company and day-to-day conduct of the business shall be conducted by the officers.
Section 6.2 Vacancies: Resignations.
(a) A vacancy among the officers shall be deemed to exist in case of the death, mental incompetence, physical incapacity, bankruptcy, resignation or removal of any officer, or if the Board of Directors of the Company fails at any annual or special meeting at which any officer or officers are elected, to elect the fully authorized number of officers to be voted for at that meeting.
(b) Any officer may resign effective upon giving thirty (30) days' written notice to the Board of Directors of the Company, unless the notice specifies a later time for the effectiveness of such resignation. The Board of Directors of the Company shall have power to elect a successor to take office when the resignation is to become effective.
Section 6.3 Director Vote Required.
The Stockholders hereby agree that notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company, the Directors shall not be entitled to authorize any of the following transactions without the affirmative vote of (i) seven (7) Directors during the first two (2) years following the date of this Agreement, and (ii) at least two-thirds (66 2/3%) of the total number of Directors thereafter:
(i) the merger or consolidation of the Company;
(ii) the incurrence of any indebtedness resulting in total indebtedness on a consolidated basis being in excess of $15,000,000;
(iii) undertaking any material transaction outside of the Company's ordinary course of business, including any such transaction with an officer, director or any holder of five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding Stock of the Company;
(iv) issuance of additional equity securities of the Company (including common and preferred stock) which would have aggregate anticipated net proceeds (when taken together with net proceeds for all equity securities issued by the Company following the date of this Agreement) in excess of $10,000,000 following the date of this Agreement (excluding the net proceeds of the Series C Preferred Stock);
(v) dissolution or winding up of the Company or any of its operating subsidiaries; and
(vi) the sale or lease by the Company or any of its operating subsidiaries of all or substantially all of its property.
ARTICLE VII
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Section 7.1 Financial Statements. The Company shall maintain, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries to maintain, a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with sound business practices to permit the preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP (provided that monthly financial statements shall not be required to have footnote disclosure and are subject to normal year-end adjustments). The Company shall deliver to each of the Stockholders in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Stockholders:
(a) as soon as available, but not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company as at the end of such year and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case (other than shareholders' equity) in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year commencing with fiscal year 2003, and accompanied by the opinion of any nationally-recognized independent public accounting firm. The independent auditors shall report on the fair presentation, in all material respects, of the Company's consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. The scope of such audit shall not be restricted or limited in any material portion by the Company. The independent auditor shall identify any changes in accounting principles that have a material effect on comparability with the prior year's consolidated financial statements;
(b) as soon as available, but not later than sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal month of each year, a copy of the unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Company and each of its subsidiaries, and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows as of the end of such month and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, all certified on behalf of Company by an appropriate authorized person as being complete and correct and fairly presenting, in accordance with GAAP, the financial position and the results of operations of the Company and the subsidiaries, subject to normal year-end adjustments and absence of footnote disclosure; and
(c) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in clause (a) above, to the extent not included in such financial statements, a copy of the unaudited consolidating balance sheets of the Company and each of its subsidiaries, and the related consolidating statements of income and cash flows for such fiscal year, all certified on behalf of Company by an appropriate authorized person as being complete and correct and fairly presenting, in accordance with GAAP, the financial position and the results of operations of the Company and the subsidiaries.
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 8.1 Restrictive Legend. All certificates for shares of Stock shall bear, in addition to any other legend required by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company, the following notice conspicuously marked on the face or back thereof:
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT") OR WITH ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES, AND MAY ONLY BE SOLD, RESOLD, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE STATES, TERRITORIES AND POSSESSIONS OF THE UNITED STATES GOVERNING THE OFFER AND SALE OF SECURITIES AND ONLY (1) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON OTHER THAN A U.S. PERSON (AS SUCH TERMS ARE DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULES 901 THROUGH 905 AND THE PRELIMINARY NOTES OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) TO A PERSON WHOM THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (3) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), OR (4) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THIS CERTIFICATE OR THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY, AS THE CASE MAY BE, REPRESENTS THAT IT UNDERSTANDS AND AGREES TO THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREIN MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT.
THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO
THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF THE SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT,
DATED AS OF DECEMBER 1, 2003 (THE "SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT"), BY AND AMONG
GSRWB, INC. (THE "COMPANY"), CERTAIN OF THE SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED
STOCKHOLDERS OF THE COMPANY, CERTAIN OF THE SERIES B CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED
STOCKHOLDERS OF THE COMPANY, CERTAIN OF THE SERIES C CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED
STOCKHOLDERS OF THE COMPANY AND CERTAIN OF THE COMMON STOCKHOLDERS OF THE
COMPANY AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR
OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT AS PROVIDED THEREIN."
Section 8.2 Entire Agreement, Amendment, Captions; Severability. This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties, and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements and communications, whether oral or written, with respect to the subject matter hereof. Any amendment, revision or termination of this Agreement, which would adversely affect the rights of the Stockholders in any material way, shall require the agreement of the Company and the prior written consent of a majority of each
of the series of outstanding shares of Stock. Captions appearing in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to explain, limit or amplify the provisions hereof. The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if the invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted.
Section 8.3 Enforcement. The parties to this Agreement, in addition to all other remedies allowed by law for its enforcement, expressly consent to an order for its specific performance in any court having jurisdiction. All costs and expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by any Stockholder or the Company in connection with enforcing any provision of this Agreement shall be reimbursed by the defaulting or violating Stockholder or the Company, as the case may be.
Section 8.4 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any of the other provisions hereof, all of which provisions are hereby declared severable.
Section 8.5 Termination. This Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of (i) the consent of the Stockholders holding not less than eighty-five (85%) of the outstanding shares of Stock (on an As-Converted Basis), and (ii) the closing of an Initial Public Offering, provided, however, that upon the occurrence of (ii) above, the provisions of Article V shall survive notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary and without affecting any other provision of this Agreement requiring termination of any rights in favor of any series of shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock or any other permitted transferee of shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock, this Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect as to such Stockholder or permitted transferee, when, pursuant to and in accordance with this Agreement, such Stockholder or permitted transferee, as the case may be, no longer owns any shares of any series of Preferred Stock or Common Stock.
Section 8.6 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties to this Agreement in separate counterparts, each of which counterparts when so executed will be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together will constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement via telephone facsimile transmission will be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
Section 8.7 Remedies. The parties to this Agreement acknowledge and agree that the covenants of the Company and the Stockholders set forth in this Agreement may be enforced in equity by a decree requiring specific performance. Without limiting the foregoing, if any dispute arises concerning the sale or other disposition of any of the Stockholders subject to this Agreement, the parties to this Agreement agree that an injunction may be issued restraining the sale or other disposition of such Preferred Stockholders or rescinding any such sale or other disposition, pending resolution of such
controversy. Such remedies shall be cumulative and non-exclusive and shall be in addition to any other rights and remedies the parties may have under this Agreement.
Section 8.8 Notices. All notices and other communications necessary or contemplated under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered in the manner specified herein or, in the absence of such specification, shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) upon receipt when delivered by hand, (ii) one day after sending by overnight delivery service, or (iii) upon receipt of confirmation of successful transmission when delivered by mean of facsimile, to the respective addresses of the Stockholders set forth below their signatures below and to the Company at:
GSRWB, Inc.
85-47 Eliot Avenue, Suite G
Rego Park, New York 11374
By notice complying with the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.8, each party shall have the right to change the mailing address for future notices and communications to such party.
Section 8.9 Binding Effect; Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties thereto and to their respective transferees, successors, assigns, heirs and administrators; provided, however, that the rights under this Agreement may not be assigned except as expressly provided herein. No such assignment shall relieve an assignor of its obligations hereunder.
Section 8.10 Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY,
ENFORCED UNDER AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF
DELAWARE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CHOICE OR CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISION OR
RULE THEREOF.
Section 8.11 Recapitalizations, Exchanges, Etc. The provisions of this Agreement shall apply, to the full extent set forth herein with respect to all series of Preferred Stock and Common Stock, to any and all shares of the Company or any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise) which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or in substitution of Preferred Stock or Common Stock, by reason of a stock dividend, stock split, stock issuance, reverse stock split, combination, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise. Upon the occurrence of any such events, amounts hereunder shall be appropriately adjusted.
Section 8.12 Disputes and Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES HEREBY
AGREE THAT ANY DISPUTE WHICH MAY ARISE BETWEEN THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE ADJUDICATED BEFORE A COURT LOCATED IN
NEW YORK CITY AND THEY HEREBY SUBMIT TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS
OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN NEW YORK, AND OF THE FEDERAL
COURTS IN THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION OR LEGAL PROCEEDING COMMENCED BY ANY PARTY, AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY OBJECTION THEY NOW OR HEREAFTER MAY HAVE RESPECTING THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN SUCH A COURT OR RESPECTING THE FACT THAT SUCH COURT IS AN INCONVENIENT FORUM, RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, AND CONSENT TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR LEGAL PROCEEDING BY MEANS OF REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, IN CARE OF THE ADDRESS SET FORTH BELOW OR SUCH OTHER ADDRESS AS THE UNDERSIGNED SHALL FURNISH IN WRITING TO THE COMPANY. THE PARTIES HERETO EACH HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.
Section 8.13 Construction. The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against either party. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the following rules of interpretation apply to this Agreement: (a) nouns, pronouns and verbs shall be construed as masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, whichever shall be; applicable; (b) "or" and "either" are not exclusive and "include" and "including" are not limiting; (c) a reference to any agreement or other contract includes permitted supplements and amendments; (d) a reference to a law includes any amendment or modification to such law and any rules or regulations issued thereunder; (e) a reference to generally accepted accounting principles refers to United States generally accepted accounting principles; (f) a reference in this Agreement to a Section, shall refer to the corresponding provision of this Agreement; and (g) capitalized terms used and not defined in the Schedules attached to this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this Agreement. The parties hereto agree that any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be applied in the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.
Section 8.14 No Impairment. The Company will not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or this Agreement, or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of the provisions of this Agreement.
Section 8.15 Terminating Effect. Upon execution and delivery of this Agreement by of the parties hereto, the Shareholder Agreements, dated December 17, 1997 and July 1, 2002 (the "RWBS Shareholder Agreements"), respectively, among the RWBS Holders shall be deemed to be terminated, it being understood that the termination of the RWBS Shareholder Agreements shall not be deemed to terminate the (i) License Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2002, by and between Terra Limited and The Roaring Water Bay Spirits Company Limited; (ii) Bottling and Services Agreement,
dated as of September 1, 2002, by and between Terra Limited and The Roaring Water Bay Spirits Company Limited; (iii) Supply Agreement, dated as of January 19, 1998, by and between Carbery Milk Products Limited and The Roaring Water Bay Spirits Company Limited; and (iv) Distribution Agreement, by and between Comans Wholesale Limited and The Roaring Water Bay Spirits Company Limited.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto have executed this Shareholders Agreement as of the date first above written.
GSRWB, Inc.
By: /s/ Mark Andrews ------------------------------------ Name: Mark Andrews Title: Chairman of the Board and President |
Conformed Signature Pages and Schedules A, B, C, and D are available upon
request from GSRWB, Inc.
Exhibit 10.1
EXECUTION COPY
NOTE: PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT ARE THE SUBJECT OF A CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT
REQUEST BY THE REGISTRANT TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. SUCH
PORTIONS HAVE BEEN REDACTED AND ARE MARKED WITH A "[*]" IN PLACE OF THE
REDACTED LANGUAGE.
EXPORT AGREEMENT
This Export Agreement (this "Agreement") is entered into as of February 14, 2005, between Gosling Partners Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and Gosling's Export (Bermuda) Limited ("GXB"), a company organized under the laws of Bermuda.
WHEREAS, the parties are interested in pursuing global sales of GXB's Products (as defined below) and to maximize the distribution of the Products in the Territory (as defined below).
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, and in consideration of the mutual promises set forth below, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
1. Definitions.
a. "Case" shall mean twelve (12) bottles of 750 ml. each (nine liters) or equivalent volume of rum in different bottle sizes.
b. "Castle" shall mean Castle Brands Inc.
c. "Contract Year" shall mean any twelve (12) month period beginning on the first day of April and ending on the last day of March of the following calendar year.
d. "Industry Buyer" shall mean an entity whose primary business is the sale of beverage alcohol products.
e. "Initial Term" shall mean the period commencing on April 1, 2005 and continuing for fifteen (15) years thereafter.
f. "Intellectual Property Rights" shall mean registered or unregistered trademarks, trade names, including, but not limited to, Gosling's Black Seal(R) Rum, Gosling's Gold Rum(R) and Gosling's Old Rum(R), patents, patent applications, patent rights (including any patents issuing on such applications or rights), service marks, trade dress, licenses, technology and all other intellectual property, including, without limitation, all computer programs, formulas, databases, know-how, trade secrets used or held for use in connection with the Products.
g. "Renewal Term" shall mean the period commencing the first day following the end of the "Initial Term" or any subsequent "Renewal Term" and continuing for fifteen (15) years thereafter.
h. "Person" shall mean any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, association, unincorporated organization, or other entity.
i. "Products" shall mean all of the products set forth on Schedule I hereto.
j. "Territory" shall include all national or international markets with the exception of Bermuda.
k. "Trademarks" shall mean all trademarks, brand names and logo design used on or in connection with Products.
2. Assignment of Rights.
(a) GXB hereby assigns its global distribution rights (excluding Bermuda) to all Products to the Company for the Term of this Agreement and hereby appoints the Company as its exclusive authorized global exporter of the Products in the Territory. In connection therewith, GXB hereby grants the Company an exclusive license for the use of its global Trademarks for the Products for the Term of this Agreement.
(b) The compensation to GXB by the Company for the assignment of these global distribution rights is a total payment of $2,500,000, payable in four equal installments of $625,000 at April 1, 2005, October 1, 2005, April 1, 2006 and October 1, 2006.
(c) On April 1, 2005, the beginning of the Initial Term, GXB shall assign all of its rights, title and interest in and to the National Distribution Agreement, effective January 1, 2005, between GXB and Castle (as amended to reflect an initial term of fifteen (15) years, commencing from April 1, 2005) (the "National Distribution Agreement") to the Company.
(d) GXB further agrees to assign all of its rights, title and interests in and to that certain distribution agreement to be entered into at a subsequent date between GXB and Castle with respect to the United Kingdom market (the "UK Distribution Agreement").
All rights and obligations of the parties specified in the National Distribution Agreement and the UK Distribution Agreement shall remain in full force and effect to the extent that those two agreements are not inconsistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. If there are inconsistencies between those agreements and this Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall prevail.
3. Intellectual Property Rights.
a. Acknowledgement. The Company acknowledges GXB's exclusive right, title and interest in and to any and all Intellectual Property Rights embodied in or pertaining to the Products and that, except as to the sales proceeds specified in Section 4 of this Agreement, or any other agreement between the parties, the Company shall acquire no rights whatsoever in or to any of such Intellectual Property Rights and that all usage of such Intellectual Property Rights by the Company shall inure to the benefit of GXB.
b. Notices, Marks, Legends and Name. The Company shall not alter, remove, cover, or add to, in any manner whatsoever, any patent notice, copyright notice, trademark, service mark, trade name, serial number, model number, brand name or legend that GXB may attach or affix to the Products. The Company shall not market the Products under any name, sign or logo other than the trademarks authorized to be used by GXB from time to time.
c. Third Party Claims. The Company shall promptly notify GXB (a) of any claims or objections that its use of the Intellectual Property Rights in connection with the distribution of the Products has or may infringe the Intellectual Property Rights of any other Person, and (b) of any and all infringements, imitations, illegal use, or misuse, by any Person, of GXB Intellectual Property Rights which come to its attention; provided, however, that the Company shall not take any legal action relating to the protection of GXB Intellectual Property Rights without the prior written approval of GXB; and provided further that the Company shall render to GXB at GXB's expense, all reasonable assistance in connection with any matter pertaining to the protection of GXB's Intellectual Property Rights.
d. Indemnity. GXB shall defend at its own expense any action brought against the Company to the extent that such action is based on a claim that the use or supply of any Product in the Territory infringes the Intellectual Property Rights of any other Person and shall pay any costs and damages finally awarded against the Company in any such action which are attributable to any such claim. GXB's obligation under the preceding sentence is subject to the conditions that (a) the Company shall promptly have notified GXB in writing of any such claim, and (b) GXB shall have had sole control of such defense and all negotiations for any settlement or compromise. In the event any Product shall become, or in GXB's opinion is likely to become, the subject of any infringement claim, GXB shall have the right to instruct the Company to refrain from supplying the Product or to take such other steps as GXB may consider appropriate in order to limit its liability exposure.
4. Sale of Trademarks and Right of First Refusal.
a. GXB shall retain title to the Trademarks and its other Intellectual Property for all of its portfolio brands. In the event GXB decides to sell any or all of its Trademarks or other Intellectual Property during any term of this Agreement, the Company shall have a right of first refusal to purchase said Trademark(s) and Intellectual Property at the same price being offered by a bona fide third party offeror. Within 30 days of receipt of a third party offer GXB shall give written notice to the Company stating the price, terms and the potential purchaser of the Trademarks and Intellectual Property. The option to purchase the Trademarks and Intellectual Property shall be exercisable by notice given to GXB by the Company at any time within 20 days of the receipt of the notice.
In the event the Company waives its right of first refusal then, in said event, Castle shall acquire an identical right of first refusal and GXB shall give written notice to Castle stating the price, terms and the potential purchaser of the Trademarks and Intellectual Property. The option to purchase the Trademarks and Intellectual Property shall be exercisable by notice given to GXB at any time within 20 days of the receipt of the notice to the Company. If either the Company or Castle exercises its right of first refusal, the party exercising such right shall have 90 days within which to consummate the purchase of such Trademarks and Intellectual Property on the terms set forth in the notice.
If neither the Company nor Castle exercises its option within the applicable time period set forth above, GXB may, at any time within 90 days following the expiration of the 20 day option period, sell the Trademarks and Intellectual Property to the third party offeror.
If an offer is reduced following the Company's or Castle's waiver of its right of first refusal, the Company shall have a new right of first refusal at the reduced price.
b. In the event GXB should decide to sell any or all of its portfolio Products and/or Trademark(s), whether sold directly or indirectly through the sale of stock of GXB or its parent company, to a third party, the Company or Castle, then, in recognition of the facts that (1) the Company has enhanced the value of the Trademarks through its marketing investments and sales performance under this Agreement, and (2) the Company may henceforth no longer have the opportunity to earn a full return on its investments in the brand(s) being sold, GXB agrees to share the proceeds of any such sale with the Company pursuant to the following formula:
i. If total Case sales by GXB to the Company are less than * Cases for the last twelve full months prior to the time of a sale, the Company shall receive * of the sale proceeds.
ii. To the extent that Case sales are greater than * Cases but
less than * cases, the Company shall be entitled to an
additional * of the proceeds for each additional * Cases sold
during the prior full twelve months (growing to a level of * at
* cases).
iii. To the extent that Case sales exceed * Cases, the Company shall be entitled to an additional * of the proceeds for each additional * Cases sold over * cases during the prior full twelve months, subject to a maximum of 50% of the sales proceeds for Case sales of * or more.
iv. If the Company no longer holds the export rights to Products at
the time of a sale of Products and/or Trademarks, then the
Company's share of earned proceeds shall decline at the rate of
* per Contract Year from the proceeds that would have been
payable if the Company still held said export rights; beginning
with the first Contract Year following non-renewal of the Company
export rights. (For example, if the Company's shares were * at
the time it no longer holds the export rights, that percentage
would decline at the rate of * per year for * years.)
c. In the event that one or more of the Products are sold, the Case amounts above will be reduced to an amount mutually acceptable to the parties.
d. It shall be GXB's obligation to register, at its expense, the Trademarks for all portfolio Products in all export markets identified by mutual agreement of the parties.
5. Product Portfolio.
The Company shall not sell any branded items other than Products without the approval of members of the Board of Directors of the Company representing in the aggregate at least 80% of the outstanding shares. The Company shall have a right of first refusal to add to Products any new brands introduced by GXB.
6. Prices and Terms of Sale.
a. Initial prices to be charged by GXB for the sale of its portfolio Products to the Company are listed in Schedule II attached hereto. Price increases by GXB are to be restricted to recovery of actual cost of production increases incurred by GXB. Schedule I may be amended by mutual agreement of the parties at any time. The Company shall pay the full amount of the purchase price for Products within 60 days after the date of invoice to the Company.
b. The price charged by GXB for the Products is exclusive of all taxes, including national and local sales, use or value-added taxes, customs duties, withholding taxes or similar charges imposed by any governmental entity after the Products has been delivered to the destination designated by the Company. The Company shall pay for all such taxes, assessments or charges, without reduction in the purchase price charged by GXB.
7. Warranty.
GXB warrants for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of delivery of the Products to the Company that the Products will be of merchantable quality and fit for human consumption, provided that following delivery the Products are handled and stored in a manner that is commercially reasonable for the storage of beverage alcohol products. In the event the Company claims a breach of the warranty within the warranty period, GXB shall refund the purchase price therefore, including freight, insurance and other charges to the Company. GXB shall indemnify and hold the Company harmless against any proven direct damages and proven direct losses resulting from the non-conformance of the Products with this warranty, or any punitive, incidental, special or consequential damages, awarded to a third party which result from the product quality under the warranty or through no fault or negligence by of the Company (i.e. human consumption of any Product past the warranty period if sold by the Company prior to the expiration of such warranty period). Otherwise, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company waives any claims for incidental, special or consequential damages or other losses including lost profits.
8. Sales and Marketing Budget.
The Company will prepare an annual Contract Year financial plan (the "Financial Plan"), which will be submitted for review and approval by the Company Board of Directors. The Financial Plan will be designed to maintain an aggressive growth in GXB Products, while also producing a reasonable profit for the Company and it stockholders. The Financial Plan will include the level of proposed sales as well as proposed marketing expenditures. It is the objective to keep the losses, if practical, to a maximum of $750,000 in the first Contract Year and $500,000 and $250,000, respectively, for the second and third Contract Year.
9. Term.
The Initial Term of this Agreement shall be fifteen (15) years. Upon expiration of the Initial Term, the Agreement will automatically renew for additional fifteen (15) year periods ("Renewal Terms" and together with the Initial Term, the "Term") as long as the Company shall have sold * cumulative Cases during the Initial Term (the "Threshold Amount"), provided that the parties have not terminated the Agreement with Section 10(b). In the event that
one or more of the Products are sold the Threshold Amount will be reduced to an amount mutually acceptable to the parties. If the parties cannot agree upon mutually acceptable sales objectives for any Renewal Term, the category growth or decline rate for Products, as reported by Shanken Publications, or other mutually acceptable industry data supplier, shall apply instead. The Threshold Amount may be amended at any time by mutual agreement of the parties to reflect a new Threshold Amount for the Initial Term.
10. Termination.
(a) This Agreement may be terminated by written notice, effective on the date such written notice is received, after the occurrence of any of the following events:
i. Failure to achieve performance requirements as specified in
Section 9;
ii. Any material breach of this Agreement, other than by Force Majeure, provided that the non-breaching party shall give to the breaching party written notice of such breach or default and shall request that such breach or default be cured. If the breaching party shall fail to cure such breach or default within thirty (30) days of the date of the notice of breach or default, the non-breaching party may terminate this Agreement immediately by giving written notice of termination to the breaching party; or
iii. The sale of substantially all of the Trademarks for the Products listed on Schedule I pursuant to Section 4(b) to an Industry Buyer.
(b) Additionally, this Agreement may be terminated by the mutual written consent of GXB and the Company pursuant to the approval of the directors representing 80% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company.
(c) All parties warrant and covenant that, upon expiration or termination, no party will take any action to impair or diminish the goodwill or business of another party and no party will disclose any confidential information about another party.
(d) Any termination of the Agreement will not eliminate the potential participation by the Company in a sale of the brands or Trademarks, as set forth in Section 4.
11. Compliance with Applicable Laws.
The Company shall at all times strictly comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and governmental orders, now or hereafter in effect, relating to its performance of this Agreement or the activities of the Company. The Company further agrees to make, obtain, and maintain in force at all times during the term of this Agreement, all material filings, registrations, reports, licenses, permits and authorizations (collectively "Authorizations") required under applicable law, regulation or order in order for the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, although it is recognized that the Company is primarily organized as a marketing company. GXB shall provide the Company with such assistance as the Company may reasonably request in making or obtaining any such Authorizations.
12. General Provisions.
a. Waivers. The waiver by either party of a breach or default in any of the provisions of this Agreement by the other party shall not be construed as a waiver of any succeeding breach of the same or other provisions; nor shall any delay or omission on the part of either party to exercise or avail itself of any right, power or privilege that it has or may have hereunder operate as a waiver of any breach or default by the other party.
b. Entire Agreement and Amendments. This Agreement and the purchase orders accepted by GXB hereunder, constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements between the parties, whether written or oral, relating to the same subject matter. No modification, amendments or supplements to this Agreement shall be effective for any purpose unless in writing and signed by each party. Approvals or consents hereunder of a party shall also be in writing.
c. Severability. If any term of this Agreement is in violation of, or prohibited by, any applicable law or regulation, such term shall be deemed as amended or deleted to conform to such law or regulation without invalidating or amending or deleting any other term of this Agreement.
d. Assignment. Because of the importance of the personal relationships of the parties and the mutual levels of trust established between them, it is agreed that none of the rights or obligations created by this Agreement shall be assignable by either party without the written consent of the other party, which consent cannot be unreasonably withheld. In the event of an assignment of this Agreement, the Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GXB is free to sell its Products and/or Trademarks, subject to Section 4 hereof and the stockholders of the Company are free to sell their shares subject to any current or future restrictions governing such shares.
e. Future Investors. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall preclude the Company from selling any of its capital stock to any future investor nor shall anything contained herein grant GXB a right to advise, require or compel the Company to accept or reject any future purchaser of its capital stock. Furthermore, in the event the Company does sell any shares of its capital stock, this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
f. Force Majeure. Neither party shall be liable to the other party for any delay or omission in the performance of any obligation under this Agreement, other than the obligation to pay monies, where the delay or omission is due to any cause or condition beyond the reasonable control of the party obliged to perform, including but not limited to, strikes or other labor difficulties, acts of God, acts of government (in particular with respect to the refusal to issue necessary import or export licenses), war, riots, embargoes, terrorists attacks, or inability to obtain supplies ("Force Majeure"). If Force Majeure prevents or delays the performance by a party of any obligation under this Agreement, then the party claiming Force Majeure shall promptly notify the other party thereof in writing and the parties shall use their best efforts to continue performance under the Agreement.
g. Governing Law; Arbitration. The rights and obligations of the parties under this agreement shall not be governed by the provisions of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods but instead shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, in the United States of America without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws. In the event any disagreement or dispute among the parties arises under or out of this Agreement, including termination issues, such disagreement or dispute shall be submitted to Judicial Mediation Services, Inc., a professional arbitration service consisting of retired Federal and State judges ("JAMS") for binding arbitration unless the parties mutually agree upon an alternative dispute resolution service. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of JAMS or such other dispute resolution service as might be agreed upon and shall be held in New York, New York. Any award made by JAMS or such other dispute resolution service as might be agreed upon shall be binding upon the parties. Binding arbitration shall be the exclusive remedy for breach of this Agreement by any party. The parties shall share equally all costs of arbitration other than representation by counsel which shall be at each party's own expense.
h. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted
hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (w)
when delivered if delivered personally, (x) when sent if sent by telecopy, with
a confirmation promptly sent by way of one of the methods permitted in this
Section or by U.S. mail, postage prepaid, (y) the day after deposit with an
overnight courier service marked for overnight delivery, or if deposited with an
overnight courier service marked for non-overnight delivery, the number of days
after delivery as specified to such courier service or (z) five days after
mailing if sent by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested)
postage prepaid, in each case to the parties at the following addresses and/or
telecopier numbers (or such other address or telecopier number for any party as
shall be specified by like notice, provided that notices of a change of address
shall be effective only upon receipt thereof).
If to the Company:
Gosling Partners Inc.
c/o E. Malcolm B. Gosling
78 Oak Street
Weston, MA 02493
Telecopy No.: (781) 891-0228
Attention: President and Chief Executive Officer
If to GXB:
Gosling's Export (Bermuda) Limited
PO Box HM827,
Hamilton, HM CX
Bermuda
Telecopy No.: (441) 292-1775
Attention: E. Malcolm B. Gosling, President
13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
EXECUTION COPY
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Effective Date.
GOSLING PARTNERS INC.
By: /s/ E. Malcolm B. Gosling ------------------------------------- Name: E. Malcolm B. Gosling Title: President and Chief Executive Officer |
GOSLING'S EXPORT (BERMUDA) LIMITED
By: /s/ E. Malcolm B. Gosling ------------------------------------- Name: E. Malcolm B. Gosling Title: President |
[Signature Page to Export Agreement]
EXECUTION COPY
SCHEDULE I
Products
- Gosling's Black Seal(R) Rum
- Gosling's Gold Rum(R)
- Gosling's Old Rum(R)
- Certain culinary products including cakes, sauces and preserves under the name of Gosling Gourmet
EXECUTION COPY
SCHEDULE II
Prices
The initial prices to be charged by GXB for the sale of the Products to the Company shall be calculated pursuant to the formula set forth below:
- Manufacturer's Cost(1) + Producer's Profit(2)
(1) Manufacturer's Cost shall mean the actual cost of manufacturing, as documented, excluding allocations of corporate overhead.
(2) Producer's Profit for the first two (2) Contract Years shall be equal to US$7.50 per Case Producer's Profit for the remaining Contract Years shall
be US$10 per Case
Exhibit 10.2
EXECUTION COPY
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO EXPORT AGREEMENT
Amendment No. 1 to Export Agreement (this "Amendment"), dated as of February 18, 2005, by and among Gosling Partners Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and Gosling's Export (Bermuda) Limited ("GXB"), a company organized under the laws of Bermuda.
WHEREAS, the Company has entered into a Subscription Agreement, dated as of February 18, 2005 with Castle Brands Inc. ("Castle"), pursuant to which Castle acquired a majority interest in the Company;
WHEREAS, the parties hereto seek to be protected with regard to the rights and obligations under the Export Agreement in the event Castle sells it controlling interests to a third party.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agrees as follows:
1. Section 12(d) of the Export Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
"(d) Assignment. Because of the importance of the personal relationships of the parties and the mutual levels of trust established between them, it is agreed that none of the rights or obligations created by this Agreement shall be assignable by either party without the written consent of the other party, which consent cannot be unreasonably withheld. In the event of an assignment of this Agreement, the Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the parties. Furthermore, the terms and condition set forth herein and the rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall not be affected by a change of control of the Company; provided that upon any such change of control, any sale or transfer of shares of the Company by the new controlling person shall be subject to the approval of GXB.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, GXB is free to sell its Products and/or Trademarks, subject to Section 4 hereof and the stockholders of the Company are free to sell their shares subject to any current or future restrictions governing such shares."
2. This Amendment shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to any conflicts of laws or rules which would require application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.
3. Capitalized terms used herein, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings set forth in the Export Agreement.
4. Except as specifically amended herein, the Export Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the 18th day of February 2005.
GOSLING PARTNERS INC.
By: /s/ E. Malcolm B. Gosling ------------------------------------ Name: E. Malcolm B. Gosling Title: President and Chief Executive Officer |
GOSLING'S EXPORT (BERMUDA) LIMITED
By: /s/ E. Malcolm B. Gosling ------------------------------------ Name: E. Malcolm B. Gosling Title: President |
Exhibit 10.3
NOTE: PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT ARE THE SUBJECT OF A CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT
REQUEST BY THE REGISTRANT TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. SUCH
PORTIONS HAVE BEEN REDACTED AND ARE MARKED WITH A "[*]" IN PLACE OF THE
REDACTED LANGUAGE.
NATIONAL DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT made as of the 3rd day of September, 2004 by and between Castle Brands (USA) Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Castle Brands Inc., which has its principal place of business at 570 Lexington Avenue, 29th Floor, New York, NY 10022 USA ("Importer") and Gosling's Export (Bermuda) Limited, which has its principal place of business at 17 Dundonald Street, Hamilton, HM 10 Bermuda ("Supplier"). This agreement is being entered into in counterparts and shall be effective as of January 1, 2005, or such earlier date that the Producer has completed the termination of its pre-existing Import Agreement (the "Effective Date").
1. Definitions.
(a) "Products" shall mean all products listed in Schedule A
(b) "Territory" shall mean the domestic market of the 50 states of the United States of America, and such other markets as may be added by mutual consent.
(c) Trademarks shall mean the trademarks Gosling's Black Seal Rum, Gosling's Gold Bermuda Rum, Gosling's Family Reserve Old Rum, Dark 'n Stormy and all other trademarks, brand names and logo designs used on or in connection with the Products.
(d) "Initial Term" shall mean the period commencing January 1, 2005 (or such earlier date that the Producer has completed the termination of its pre-existing Import Agreement) and continuing until January 1, 2010.
(e) "Renewal Term" shall mean the period commencing the first day following the end of the Initial Term or any prior Renewal Term and continuing for five (5) years thereafter.
(f) "Contract Year" shall mean the twelve (12) month period commencing January 1 and ending December 31 of that calendar year.
(g) "Case" shall mean 12 bottles of 750 ml. each, or a nine liter equivalent.
2. Appointment.
(a) Supplier hereby appoints Importer as the sole and exclusive importer and distributor of the Products for the Territory.
(b) Importer hereby accepts appointment as the sole and exclusive importer of the Products for the Territory and shall, during the term of this Agreement, use all reasonable efforts to distribute the Products throughout the Territory.
3. Duration.
(a) The term of this Agreement shall be the Initial Term, unless sooner terminated in accordance with Section 11, and shall include any Renewal Term provided renewal occurs in accordance with Section 3(b).
(b) Provided this Agreement is otherwise still in effect at the
end of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term and subject to the provisions of
Section 11, the parties agree to negotiate in good faith for an additional
Renewal Term of five (5) years.
4. Terms of Sale and Payment.
(a) All sales of the Products by Supplier to Importer shall be on
an FOB Heaven Hill basis at the prices set in accordance with Schedule A, and as
amended hereafter from time to time pursuant to Section 4(b) below. Payment
shall be made in Bermuda to a bank designated by Supplier and shall be due sixty
(60) days from the date of the bill of lading. Because Supplier will be funding
marketing programs in the Territory with the aforementioned receivables, time
shall be of the essence for receipt of payments sixty (60) days from the date of
bills of lading.
(b) All carriers engaged to ship the Products within the Territory for Importer (or any distributor designated by Importer in the Territory) shall be the agents of Importer. The risk of loss thereon shall pass immediately to Importer upon delivery of the Products from Heaven Hill (the "Bottler") to such carrier for shipment within the Territory. Importer shall have the right to determine the point of destination in the Territory and the method of shipment of the Products.
(c) It is the intention of this agreement that Importer will receive a net margin amount as set forth in the following table (the "Net Margin"). Importer will also be entitled to reimbursement for Control State (18 states plus Montgomery County) brokers' commissions as approved by Supplier, any mutually agreed salaries, warehousing, insurance and other costs of distribution, such that Importer is able to net the agreed Net Margin, but not amounts above or below the agreed Net Margin. The reimbursements shall not include the normal salaries, travel and entertainment and other overhead costs of the Importer, except with respect to certain mutually agreed personnel that will be hired and directed by Importer but will follow the strategic marketing plan prepared by the Supplier's U.S. marketing affiliate ("Supplier Sales Personnel"). The costs of Supplier Sales Personnel, including normal health or other benefits, will be reimbursed by Supplier.
NET MARGIN YEAR VOLUME RANGE TO IMPORTER -------------------- ------------------- --------------- 2004 (if applicable) All sales * per case 2005 Up to * cases * per case Over * cases * per case 2006 and later Up to * cases * per case Over * cases * per case |
(d) Importer will pay to the Supplier's U.S. Marketing Affiliate (the "Affiliate") an agreed amount per month, to help defray the normal overhead costs of the Affiliate. Importer will also pay to the Affiliate a marketing fee of $1.50 per case. All of such overhead and fee payments by Importer will be reimbursable by Supplier, but in no event will reduce the Net Margin.
(e) Importer may bill Supplier monthly for reimbursements, and should be reimbursed by Supplier within 15 days by wire transfer to Importer's designated account. Importer and Supplier will work together to coordinate mutual payments and reimbursements, to minimize the levels of net funding required by either party.
(f) Any excess funds received by Importer, net of agreed Net Margins, reimbursements or payments to the Affiliate, shall be promptly forwarded to Supplier. It is the intention of this payments section to assure Importer that it receive its agreed Net Margin, but not amounts above or below the agreed Net Margin, except as relates to agreed reimbursements.
5. Marketing and Advertising.
(a) Supplier and/or its U.S. marketing affiliate shall be responsible for the creation, development and implementation of all marketing, advertising and promotional efforts of the products. At least four times per Contract Year, Supplier shall review with Importer the Supplier's plans for the current and following Contract Year. Importer will be responsible for sales efforts in the field, and will coordinate with the Supplier with respect to field-based marketing programs, including local promotions, product tastings, discounts, etc., with the cost of such programs borne entirely by the Supplier.
(b) The costs of marketing and advertising will be borne by Supplier. To the extent that the Importer pays for any billings relative to marketing or advertising, Supplier agrees to reimburse Importer within 15 days of receipt of a detailed invoice, unless there is a legitimate dispute relative to any such invoice.
6. Representations and Warranties of Importer. Importer represents, warrants and covenants to Supplier as follows:
(a) Importer and its agent MHW Ltd. hold in full force and effect the federal, state and local licenses or permits that are necessary to conduct its business as an importer of the Products and to engage in the transactions intended by this Agreement.
(b) Importer shall maintain a distributor network of adequate size to represent and promote the sales of the Products throughout the Territory. Such sales force shall be kept properly informed as to all advertising, marketing and promotional programs and policies regarding the Products.
(c) Importer shall conduct its activities under this Agreement in accordance with local, state and federal laws and regulations regarding the sale of the Products.
(d) Importer shall monitor its customers' inventories of the Products to ensure that quantities are adequate to service the requirements of the markets in the Territory. Importer shall promptly deliver, or arrange for direct import shipments of the Products, to its customers in the Territory in accordance with good business practice and local custom.
(e) Importer shall timely file all price schedules and reports as may be required by applicable laws and regulations.
(f) Importer shall not terminate any existing wholesaler, or appoint any new wholesaler, in the Territory without the prior written consent of Supplier; which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
7. Representations and Warranties of Supplier. Supplier represents, warrants and covenants to Importer as follows:
(a) Supplier has the authority to enter into and carry out its obligations under this Agreement.
(b) The execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not act as a breach of any agreement or understanding to which Supplier is a party.
(c) Subject to expiration or earlier termination of Supplier's current import agreement, Supplier has the right to designate and appoint the Importer as the exclusive distributor of the Products in the Territory.
(d) The Products sold to Importer under this Agreement shall be merchantable and fit for human consumption. The Products shall be manufactured, packaged and labeled in conformity with applicable U.S. federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations
and, specifically, the rules and regulations of the Federal Alcohol Tax and Trade Bureau [new name] and the Food and Drug Administration. Samples of the Product have been provided to Importer. All shipments of the Products shall conform to any samples provided.
(e) The Products sold to Importer shall be free and clear of any liens or encumbrances. Neither the execution of this Agreement, nor compliance with its terms, will result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge, encumbrance or restriction of any nature by any third party upon the Products sold to Importer.
(f) Supplier shall maintain an adequate inventory of the Products with which to supply Importer. Supplier shall accept all orders reasonably submitted by Importer, with shipment to follow not later than thirty (30) days from receipt of an order, unless excused by Section 15 below, or as otherwise agreed upon by the parties.
(g) Supplier shall use its best efforts to prevent the sale of unauthorized shipments of the Products in the Territory by entities or persons other than Importer. In this regard, Supplier shall not sell or otherwise transfer any of the Products to any distributor located outside the Territory whom Supplier knows, or has reason to believe, will, either directly or indirectly, sell or otherwise transfer the Products into the Territory.
(h) Subject to the provisions of Sections 8 and 10 below and in all events, with the full right to select counsel and supervise the legal and any settlement processes, Supplier shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Importer from and against any and all damages and liability, costs or expenses, including attorneys' fees, it may incur as a result of product liability, trademark infringement, product recall, breach of contract or other action relating to breach of warranty or representation by Supplier.
(i) Supplier warrants that the shelf life of all Products sold to Importer shall be not less than twelve (12) months provided all such Products are properly handled, stored and shelved by Importer and its customers.
8. Product Liability and Returns.
(a) During the term of this Agreement, each party shall maintain, in full force and effect, general liability insurance with product hazard coverage regarding the sale of the Products in the Territory in an amount of not less than five million dollars ($5,000,000) aggregately and one million dollars ($1,000,000) for single accident occurrence. Such insurance shall contain a broad form vendor's endorsement inuring to the benefit of the other party. Each party shall, on an annual basis, furnish to the other party a certificate confirming such coverage.
(b) Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7(i) above, any Products not merchantable due to quality deficiencies, packaging problems or errors committed by Supplier or its suppliers, may be returned to Supplier at Supplier's cost, for full credit or replacement, provided that notice of such defect, if patent, is given to Supplier within six (6) months of receipt of shipment of the Products and, if latent, within six (6) months after Importer's knowledge of the defect. Supplier shall not be obliged to issue a credit for any Products that have been
rendered unmerchantable by inordinate delays in shipping, improper handling or other negligent acts on the part of Importer or its customers. Notice of unmerchantable Products shall be given to all parties upon receipt of such information.
9. Rights of First Refusal. During the term of this Agreement, Importer shall have the right of first refusal regarding:
(a) any other current or future products Supplier currently maintains in, or adds to, its product line for sale in the Territory.
(b) If Importer exercises its option pursuant to paragraph 9(a) above, paragraph 1(a) shall be automatically amended and the term "Products" as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to include such additional product. In the event that Importer declines to exercise such option, Supplier shall be free to negotiate with other Importers for such products, but Supplier shall not thereafter enter into an importation agreement with any other importer upon terms more favorable than those offered to Importer
10. Intellectual Property.
(a) Supplier represents and warrants that it is the exclusive Producer of the Products and in connection with these rights: it has the authority to market and sell the Products into the Territory for resale; it is authorized to hold or claim for itself or for its licensor(s) all common law or statutory rights in all symbols, designs, words and other trade dress features used upon or associated with the Products, whether registered as trademarks, service marks or copyrights, or not (the "Intellectual Property"); and it is authorized to grant rights or sublicenses to its customers for non-exclusive and limited use of the Intellectual Property in connection with the sale and distribution of the Products within the Territory.
(b) Supplier hereby grants to Importer a non-exclusive license to use the Intellectual Property in the Territory for the Term of this Agreement for the limited purposes of the sale, promotion and distribution of the Products, subject to the following, to which the Importer hereby agrees:
Importer shall use the Intellectual Property only in connection with the sale, promotion and distribution of the Products, and
All uses of the Intellectual Property shall reproduce faithfully the design and appearance of the Intellectual Property as represented in or on the labels and packaging or as is otherwise provided by Supplier, including claims of copyright or trademark protection and/or registration, and
Any uses of the Intellectual Property by Importer, shall first be approved by Supplier. E-mail approval shall be sufficient for this purpose.
The Intellectual Property shall not be used in juxtaposition or conjunction with intellectual property associated with any product or service other than the
Products and shall always be used in good taste and in a manner which is not in any way denigrating to the Supplier or the Intellectual Property, and
Importer shall have no right to sublicense to any third party the right to reproduce the Intellectual Property for any purpose, except in connection with media advertising, which shall first be reviewed and approved in writing or provided (e.g., advertising mats) by the Supplier.
(c) Notwithstanding any rights granted in any provision of this Agreement, Importer expressly acknowledges and agrees that the Intellectual Property is the property of the Supplier and/or its licensor(s) and Importer neither shall make claim nor assert any right to, or interest in, the Intellectual Property during or after the expiration or termination of this Agreement, except the right to limited non-exclusive use during the Term hereof in accordance with the foregoing provisions.
11. Termination.
(a) Supplier may terminate this Agreement prior to its expiration by giving notice to the Importer for any of the following reasons:
(i) Importer has failed to purchase seventy five thousand
(75,000) cases of Products in the third Contract Year or one hundred thousand
(100,000) cases of Products in the Fifth Contract Year. If Supplier elects to
exercise its option to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this paragraph it
must do so within ninety (90) days after the end of the relevant Contract Year.
Failure to exercise said termination option during the aforementioned ninety
(90) day period shall be deemed to be a waiver of said option to terminate and
the Agreement shall continue.
(ii) Importer, through failure to renew, or because of cancellation, suspension or revocation continuing for a period in excess of sixty (60) days, has suffered the loss of any material license or permit required by law and necessary to carry out the provisions of this Agreement;
(iii) Importer has failed to make payment of any invoice in accordance with Supplier's credit terms and has not remedied the failure after thirty (30) days' written notice of such failure and no bona fide dispute regarding said invoice(s) exists between the parties;
(iv) Importer has breached or failed to fulfill any other material term or condition of this Agreement and has not remedied the breach or failure after thirty (30) days' written notice of said breach or failure to perform and there is no bona fide dispute that a material breach has occurred.
(v) Importer has changed ownership through a sale, merger, acquisition or other major change in equity control without the prior written approval of
Importer, with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. For purposes of this provision a major change shall be defined as change affecting more than twenty five percent (25%) of control at any one time or a cumulative series of changes affecting fifty one percent (51%) of control.
(b) Importer may terminate this Agreement prior to its expiration by giving notice to Supplier for either of the following reasons:
(i) Supplier has failed to honor any commitment regarding sales, delivery, credits, allowances, returns, packaging quality or product quality, and that such failure has continued for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice to Supplier.
(ii) Supplier has failed to fulfill any other material term
or condition of this Agreement and has not remedied this failure after thirty
(30) days' notice thereof and there is no bona fide dispute that a material
breach has occurred.
(c) This Agreement shall terminate automatically and without notice for any of the following reasons:
(i) Either party has filed a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or entered into an arrangement under a national or federal bankruptcy statute or other voluntary proceeding under any federal, state, or local law for the settlement or extension of payment of its obligations to general creditors; or
(ii) An involuntary lien or petition in bankruptcy has been filed against either party and such involuntary lien or petition has not been dismissed within thirty (30) days; or
(iii) Either party ceases to do business.
12. Events Upon Expiration or Termination.
12.1 Upon the expiration of the final Term or upon the effective date of any termination of this Agreement, the following shall occur:
(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 12.2 below, all outstanding, but unshipped orders for Product by the Importer shall be deemed cancelled, whether previously accepted by Supplier or not.
(b) All outstanding invoices of Supplier to Importer for Product sold and delivered to carriers, whether due in accordance with their terms or not, shall become due and payable immediately.
(c) Importer promptly shall release and deliver to Supplier (FOB Importer's facility loading dock) all point-of-sale or other materials in its possession that
Supplier furnished to it without charge and any items in its possession (other than Product) that bear Intellectual Property (as described in Section ten, above).
(d) Importer and its employees immediately shall cease all use of the Intellectual Property referred to in Section ten above, except as required to sell any remaining inventory held by Importer.
(e) Supplier or its designee, shall have the option, for thirty
(30) days after the effective date of expiration or termination, to repurchase,
at Importer's laid-in-cost, its inventory of factory sealed cases of the Product
and/or point-of sale material for the Product purchased by Importer, less any
sums for payments Importer owes to Supplier. Importer hereby agrees to sell said
inventory to Supplier, or Supplier's designee, provided said Designee is a
licensed vendor of alcoholic beverages, on said terms, in the event Supplier
provides timely written notice of the exercise of the aforementioned option.
(f) Both parties warrant and covenant that, upon expiration or termination, neither party will take any action to impair or diminish the goodwill or business of the other party and neither party will disclose any confidential information about the other party.
12.2 Upon the occurrence of a termination event or following notice of termination to Importer, but prior to the effective date thereof:
Supplier shall honor Importer's outstanding and unshipped orders or orders submitted prior to the effective date of termination only on a payment-before-shipment basis, provided the following conditions are met:
(a) All outstanding invoices due and owing to Supplier have been paid in full;
(b) Such orders are in accord with past purchasing practices;
(c) Such orders are scheduled for delivery prior to the effective date of termination; and
(d) Such orders for the Product shall be sufficient to satisfy only Importer's demand for the Product in the Territory prior to the date of termination and not thereafter.
13. Choice of Law and Disputes.
The rights and obligations of the parties under this agreement shall not be governed by the provisions of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods but instead shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York in the United States of America without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws. In the event any disagreement or dispute between the parties arises under or out of this
Agreement, such disagreement or dispute shall be submitted to Judicial Mediation Services, Inc., a professional mediating service consisting of retired Federal and State judges ("JAMS") or a mutually agreed upon dispute resolution service. The mediation shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of JAMS or such other dispute resolution service as might be agreed upon and shall be held in New York, New York. Any award made by JAMS or such other dispute resolution service as might be agreed upon shall be binding upon the parties. Mediation shall be the exclusive remedy for breach of this Agreement by either party. The parties shall share equally all costs of mediation other than representation by counsel which shall be at each party's own expense.
14. Miscellaneous.
(a) All notices or consents provided for by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or registered or certified mail to the party to whom notice or consent is to be given at the address set forth above. Such notice may be given by facsimile but a confirming copy must be delivered by hand or registered or certified mail. The date of delivery of the written confirmation will be considered the effective date of delivery of notice. For required Marketing and Intellectual Property approval, e-mail notification shall be acceptable when confirmed by the receiving party.
(b) This agreement represents the entire agreement between the parties, supersedes all their prior oral or written agreements or understandings, and shall not be changed except by a further written agreement or a written amendment to this Agreement executed by both parties.
(c) The failure by either party to exercise any of its rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of such rights. Any such failure shall not preclude the exercise of such rights at any later time.
15. Force Majeure. If any party is prevented from performing any of its obligations hereunder by an occurrence beyond its reasonable control such as, but not limited to, acts of God, fire, flood, war, insurrection, government regulations, raw material shortage, strikes, or lack of common carrier facilities, then the affected party shall be excused from performance for so long as such occurrence exists.
16. Severability. If any term of this Agreement is in violation of, or prohibited by, any applicable law or regulation, such term shall be deemed as amended or deleted to conform to such law or regulation without invalidating or amending or deleting any other term of this Agreement.
17. Assignment. Neither party may assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party. Any purported assignment without such consent shall be null and void.
18. Notice. Any required notices pursuant to this Agreement shall be sent to:
For Importer:
Castle Brands (USA) Corp.
570 Lexington Avenue
29th Floor
New York, NY 10022
Attn: Mark Andrews, Chairman and CEO
with a copy to:
Mr. E. Vincent O'Brien, Esq.
Nixon Peabody LLP
437 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10022
For Supplier:
Gosling's Export (Bermuda) Limited
P. O. Box HM 827
17 Dundonald Street
Hamilton, HM 10 Bermuda
Attn: E. Malcolm B. Gosling, President
with a copy to:
19. Relationship of the Parties. The parties acknowledge that no joint venture has been created by this Agreement and that neither party can take any action that is legally binding on the other party without the prior consent of the party to be charged.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this agreement to be executed on the day and year first above written.
Gosling's Export (Bermuda) Limited
By: /s/ E. Malcolm B. Gosling --------------------------------- E. Malcolm B. Gosling, President |
Castle Brands (USA) Corp.
By: /s/ Mark Andrews --------------------------------- Mark Andrews, Chairman and CEO |
SCHEDULE "A"
PRICES
Note: This Schedule will be finalized prior to the commencement of purchases and sales of the product by the Importer, based on updated cost and tax information. The parties have agreed that the Importer will be entitled to receive a net payment equal to the Net Margin referred to in Section 4(c), net of agreed reimbursements, including taxes and payments to the marketing affiliate, as set forth in that section:
I.E., NET OF:
"mutually agreed salaries, warehousing, insurance and other costs of distribution, such that Importer is able to net the agreed Net Margin, but not amounts above or below the agreed Net Margin. The reimbursements shall not include the normal salaries, travel and entertainment and other overhead costs of the Importer, except with respect to certain mutually agreed personnel that will be hired and directed by Importer but will follow the strategic marketing plan prepared by the Supplier's U.S. marketing affiliate ("Supplier Sales Personnel"). The costs of Supplier Sales Personnel, including normal health or other benefits, will be reimbursed by Supplier."
The parties will determine prior to the marketing period the appropriate flow of funds, including payments to the marketing affiliate, to achieve the agreed result.
Exhibit 10.4
EXECUTION COPY
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT dated as of February 18, 2005 by and between Castle Brands Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Investor") and Gosling Partners Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Company").
WHEREAS, the Company desires to issue shares of its common stock and Investor wishes to purchase said shares of common stock.
It is therefore agreed as follows:
1. Acquisition of Shares. The Company hereby conveys to the Investor and the Investor hereby receives from Company 600,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share (the "Common Stock") of Company (the "Shares"). The aggregate consideration for the Shares is $5,000,000 (approximately $8.33 per share), receipt of which is hereby acknowledged by Company in cash and a promissory note issued by the Investor in favor of the Company with interest to accrue on the unpaid principal amount at a rate equal to four percent (4.0%) per annum (the "Promissory Note"), as more specifically set forth on Schedule I. Simultaneously herewith, and as a condition hereof, the Investor is entering into a Stockholders Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, with the existing stockholders of the Company and the Investor is delivering to Company the Promissory Note.
2. Representations and Warranties of the Investor
The Investor represents and warrants to Company as follows:
(a) The Investor is purchasing the Shares for investment, and has not previously solicited the transfer, resale or disposal of the Shares and presently does not have a view to, or the purpose of, engaging in a distribution thereof or of any interest therein in any transaction that would be in violation of the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof.
(b) The Investor understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act") and will be "restricted securities" within the meaning of the regulations under the Act, and by reason of the foregoing the Shares may not be resold in the absence of an effective registration statement under, or applicable exemption from, the Act, and that a restrictive legend will be affixed to the Shares upon issuance to the Investor, as detailed in the Stockholders Agreement.
(c) The Investor understands that there are substantial restrictions on the transferability of the Shares, including without limitation those referred to in Section 2(b) hereof and those contained in the Stockholders Agreement and in this Agreement. Accordingly, the Investor may have to hold the Shares indefinitely and it may not be possible for the Investor to liquidate its investment in the Shares.
(d) The Investor has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning Company or the terms and conditions of the offering and to obtain any additional relevant information to the extent the Company possessed such information or was able to obtain
it without unreasonable effort or expense. The Investor is knowledgeable, sophisticated and experienced in business and financial matters and with respect to securities similar to the Shares, and is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of purchasing the Shares. The Investor is able to bear the economic risk of its investment in the Shares and is able to afford the complete loss of such investment. The Investor has relied solely on the representations and warranties contained herein and Investor's own knowledge about the Company in making Investor's decision to acquire the Shares. If the box relating to "Accredited Investor" status on Schedule I has been checked, the "Investor" is an "Accredited Investor" within the meaning of Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Act.
3. Representations and Warranties of Company
Company represents and warrants to the Investor as follows:
(a) Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and proposed to be conducted.
(b) Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Company, and all legally required corporate proceedings by Company in connection with the execution and delivery thereof have been taken.
(c) The authorized capital stock of Company consists of 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock of which 1,000,000 shares will be issued and outstanding after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and otherwise to occur on the date hereof. Except as disclosed on Schedule II (and any agreements related thereto, as the same may be amended from time to time), there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, rights, warrants, convertible securities or other agreements, or calls, demands or commitments of any kind relating to the issuance, sale or transfer of any capital stock or other equity securities of Company, whether directly or upon exercise or conversion of other securities or pursuant to the terms and conditions of any instrument evidencing indebtedness of Company. The Shares, when issued and delivered to the Investor, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and the issuance of the Shares will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights.
(d) The execution, delivery and performance by Company of this Agreement, including the issuance and delivery of the Shares to the Investor, will not (i) require Company to obtain any consent, approval, authorization or other order of, or to make any filing, registration or qualification with any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental body (except such as may have previously been obtained, filed or made or are permitted to be, and will be, filed or made promptly following the date hereof), or (ii) conflict with or constitute a violation of any provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Company, or (iii) breach, constitute a default under, or result in the imposition of a lien or encumbrance on any material properties of Company pursuant to any bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness of Company or any indenture or other material agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound or to which any material property of Company may be subject; provided that the representations in clause (i) of this paragraph are made in reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Investor in Section 2 of this Agreement.
(e) The Company has entered into an Export Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2005, between the Company and Gosling's Export (Bermuda) Limited.
4. Name Change
Upon the execution of this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to change its name to "Gosling - Castle Partners Inc." and execute and file or cause to be filed the necessary certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware to effectuate such name change.
5. Notices
All notices and other communications provided for or permitted
hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (w)
when delivered if delivered personally, (x) when sent if sent by telecopy, with
a confirmation promptly sent by way of one of the methods permitted in this
Section or by U.S. mail, postage prepaid, (y) the day after deposit with an
overnight courier service marked for overnight delivery, or if deposited with an
overnight courier service marked for non-overnight delivery, the number of days
after delivery as specified to such courier service or (z) five days after
mailing if sent by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested)
postage prepaid, in each case to the parties at the following addresses and/or
telecopier numbers (or such other address or telecopier number for any party as
shall be specified by like notice, provided that notices of a change of address
shall be effective only upon receipt thereof).
If to Company:
Gosling Partners Inc.
c/o E. Malcolm B. Gosling
78 Oak Street
Weston, MA 02493
Telecopy No.: (781) 891-0228
Attention: President and Chief Executive Officer
If to the Investor:
Castle Brands Inc.
570 Lexington Avenue, 29th Floor
New York, NY 10022
Telecopy No.: (646) 356-0222
Attention: Mark Andrews - Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
6. Choice of Law
This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to agreements made and to be performed therein.
7. Transfer and Assignment
This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each Investor and Company and their respective permitted successors and assigns (subject to the restrictions in the Stockholders Agreement).
8. Arbitration
In the event any disagreement or dispute among the parties arises under or out of this Agreement, including termination issues, such disagreement or dispute shall be submitted to Judicial Mediation Services, Inc., a professional arbitration service consisting of retired Federal and State judges ("JAMS") for binding arbitration unless the parties mutually agree upon an alternative dispute resolution service. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of JAMS or such other dispute resolution service as might be agreed upon and shall be held in New York, New York. Any award made by JAMS or such other dispute resolution service as might be agreed upon shall be binding upon the parties. Binding arbitration shall be the exclusive remedy for breach of this Agreement by any party. The parties shall share equally all costs of arbitration other than representation by counsel which shall be at each party's own expense.
9. Miscellaneous
This Agreement is a complete statement of the agreement between the parties with respect to the matters provided for and there are no agreements, promises, warranties, covenants or undertakings other than as expressly set forth in this Agreement. This Agreement supersedes any previous agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to the matters provided for and cannot be changed or terminated except in writing signed by both parties. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning of any provision of this Agreement.
10. Counterparts; Facsimile Signature
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may be executed via facsimile transmission, and any executed facsimile copy or counterpart shall be treated as an original.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of Company and the Investor has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.
GOSLING PARTNERS INC.
By: /s/ E. Malcolm B. Gosling ------------------------------------ Name: E. Malcolm B. Gosling Title: President and Chief Executive Officer |
CASTLE BRANDS INC.
By: /s/ Mark Andrews ------------------------------------ Name: Mark Andrews Title: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
SCHEDULE I
Date: February 18, 2005
Investor Name & Address: Castle Brands Inc. 570 Lexington Avenue, 29th Floor New York, NY 10022
Common Stock:
Number of Shares: 600,000
Total Purchase Price: $5,000,000.00
Portion of Purchase Price Paid in Cash: $100,000.00
Portion of Purchase Price Payable via Promissory Note: $4,900,000.00
- An installment in the amount of $1,025,000 due April 1, 2005;
- An installment in the amount of $1,125,000 due October 1, 2005;
- An installment in the amount of $1,000,000 due April 1, 2006
- An installment in the amount of $1,000,000 due October 1, 2006; and
- An installment in the amount of $750,000 due April 1, 2007.
- Accrued interest to be paid at each installment beginning on October 1, 2005.
[ ] Check here if the Investor is an "Accredited Investor" within the meaning of Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Act.
SCHEDULE II
None.
Exhibit 10.5
EXECUTION COPY
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
This Stockholders Agreement (the "Agreement"), made as of the 18th day of February, 2005, by and among Gosling Partners Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and the persons listed on Schedule I hereto (the "Stockholders" and, individually, a "Stockholder").
WHEREAS, the Stockholders own all of the issued and outstanding stock of the Company in the amount shown opposite their names on Schedule I; and
WHEREAS, the Company and Stockholders desire to agree to certain restrictions and covenants in connection with the ownership of such stock in the Company and the management of the Company.
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, and in consideration of the mutual promises set forth below, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
1. Definitions of Shares. As used in this Agreement, "Shares" shall mean and include all common stock, $0.01 par value per share ("Common Stock") of the Company, together with any shares of Common Stock and other capital stock of the Company acquired as a result of any conversion, stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or the like.
2. Voluntary Transfers. Each Stockholder hereby agrees that he, she or it will not sell, assign, encumber, transfer pursuant to any pledge, or make any other disposition or transfer (each a "Transfer") of any Shares now or hereafter owned by him, her or it unless all of the provisions of this Agreement that are applicable to such Transfer have been complied with.
3. Prohibited and Permitted Transfers. From and after the date hereof,
except as permitted by this Section 3, no Stockholder shall sell, assign,
transfer, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, encumber or dispose of all or any of
its Shares except pursuant to Section 4 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a
Stockholder may transfer all or any of his Shares without complying with this
Section 3: (i) if the Stockholder is an individual, by way of gift to his spouse
or to the siblings or lineal descendants or ancestors of such Stockholder or his
spouse, or to any trust for the benefit of any one or more of the foregoing;
provided, that any such transferee shall agree in writing, as a condition to
such transfer, to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement to the
same extent as if such transferee were the Stockholder transferring such Shares;
(ii) if the Stockholder is an individual, by will or the laws of descent and
distribution; provided, that such Shares shall thereafter remain subject to the
provisions of this Agreement to the same extent they would be if held by the
Stockholder; (iii) pursuant to a merger or consolidation of the Company with any
other entity in which all of the Stockholders are participating on a ratable
basis (based upon the number of Shares held); (iv) to another Stockholder
provided that such Shares as are transferred to a Stockholder shall thereafter
remain subject to the provisions of this Agreement; or (v) pursuant to a sale in
which Castle Brands Inc. (the "Majority Stockholder") is selling all of its
shares; provided that the purchaser of the Shares of the Majority Stockholder
shall have executed and delivered an agreement, in a form acceptable to the
Company, to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, borrowings with commercial banks or comparable financial
institutions, secured by
the Shares, are permitted, as long as the lending institution agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, should it obtain title to the Shares.
4. Right of First Refusal. If any Stockholder shall at any time receive a bona fide offer from a third party to purchase for cash all of his, her or its Shares that the Stockholder wishes to accept, he or she shall give written notice to the Company stating the price, terms and the potential purchaser of the Shares. The Company shall have the option to purchase all, but not less than all, of the offered Shares at the price and on the other terms stated in the notice. The option to purchase the Shares shall be exercisable by notice given to the applicable Stockholder at any time within 30 days of the receipt of the notice given by such Stockholder. If the Company does not exercise its option within 30 days after receipt of the notice given by any Stockholder, the Stockholder shall give notice to the other Stockholders stating the price, terms and the potential purchaser of the Shares. The Stockholders shall have the option to purchase a number of the offered Shares equal to the same percentage of shares then owned by the Stockholder (excluding the offered Shares) at the price and on the other terms stated in the notice; provided that in order to fully exercise their rights as set forth in this Section 4 the Stockholders must collectively purchase all of the offered shares. If any Stockholder declines to exercise his, her or its rights set forth in this Section 4, the Stockholders exercising such rights shall be entitled to purchase the non-exercising Stockholders' portion of the Shares equal to the same percentage of shares then owned by the Stockholder (excluding the offered Shares and the shares of the non-exercising Stockholder). If neither the Company nor any of the other Stockholders exercises its option within 30 days after receipt of the notice given by the Stockholder, such Stockholder may, at any time within 60 days following the expiration of that 30-day option period, sell for value all, but not less than all, of the offered Shares to the purchaser listed in the notice at a cash price per share not less than the minimum price stated in the notice, provided that (i) prior to any sale, counsel for such Stockholder shall have delivered to the Company its opinion, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Company, that the sale will not violate any applicable federal or state securities law and (ii) the purchaser shall have executed and delivered an agreement, in a form acceptable to the Company, to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. If the offered Shares remain unsold at the end of such 60-day period, such Shares may not thereafter be transferred (except as may be permitted under another provision of this Agreement) unless the applicable Stockholder again complies with this Section 4.
5. Preemptive Right. If the Company proposes to issue any shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Common Stock, other than securities issued as a result of any stock split, stock dividend, reclassification, recapitalization or the like the Company will deliver to each Stockholder a written notice (the "New Issuance Notice") not less than thirty (30) days prior to the date of completion of such issuance (the "New Issuance"). Each Stockholder shall have the right, exercisable within fifteen (15) business days of the date of the New Issuance Notice, to purchase all or any part of such Stockholder's Pro Rata Share (as defined below) of the New Securities at the price and on the terms and conditions on which the Company proposes to make the New Issuance, such price to be paid in full in cash or by check against the issuance and delivery of the New Securities promptly after notice from the Company. For purposes of this Section 5, a Stockholder's "Pro Rata Share" means the product of (x) the number of New Securities and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of the date of (and
immediately prior to) the proposed New Issuance held by such Stockholder and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of the date of (and immediately prior to) the proposed New Issuance.
6. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, Castle shall be entitled to the greater of its pro rata share of ownership in the Company or $5,000,000 of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders.
7. Certain Covenants. The Company covenants and agrees that it will comply with and observe the following covenants and provisions, unless with respect to a specific transaction, event or action that is subject to the provisions of this Section 7, it shall have been permitted to effect, participate in or proceed with such transaction, event or action pursuant to the approval of the members of the Board of Directors representing in the aggregate at least 80% of the outstanding shares of the Company:
(a) The Company will not enter into or be a party to any material transaction or arrangement with any director, officer, employee or Stockholder of the Company, or any member of their respective immediate families or any corporation or other entity directly or indirectly controlled by one or more of such officers, employees, directors or Stockholders or members of their immediate families, except in the ordinary course of business and on terms not less favorable to the Company than it would obtain in a comparable arm's length transaction with an unrelated third party.
(b) The Company will not increase the number of directors serving on its Board of Directors to more than five (5).
8. Inspection Right. The Company shall permit each Stockholder and any authorized representative thereof, at such Stockholder's expense, to visit and inspect the properties of the Company, to examine its records, including its corporate and financial records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its officers and certified public accountants, all at such reasonable times upon reasonable prior written notice to the Company and in a manner which does not unduly interfere with the business and operations of the Company. The rights set forth in this Section 8 shall be exercised solely in furtherance of the proper interests of such Stockholder as an investor in the Company, and any Stockholder exercising its rights of inspection hereunder, and its agents and representatives, shall maintain the confidentiality of all financial and other confidential information of the Company acquired by them except as and only to the extent required by applicable laws, regulations or legal process. In addition, if requested by the Company, and as a condition to each Stockholder exercising its rights hereunder, such Stockholder shall execute a confidentiality agreement with the Company containing terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Company.
9. Specific Enforcement. The Company and each Stockholder expressly agree that the Stockholders and the Company will be irreparably damaged if this Agreement is not specifically enforced. Upon a breach or threatened breach of the terms, covenants and/or conditions of this Agreement, the non-breaching Stockholders and/or the Company, as applicable, shall, in addition to all other remedies, each be entitled to a temporary or permanent
injunction, without showing any actual damage, and/or a decree for specific performance, in accordance with the provisions hereof.
10. Failure to Deliver Shares. If a Stockholder becomes obligated to sell any Shares pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and fails to deliver such Shares in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Company or any of the other Stockholders, as the case may be, may, at his, her or its option, in addition to all other remedies he, she or it may have, send to such Stockholder the applicable purchase price for such Shares as determined in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Thereupon, the Company upon written notice to such Stockholder (a) shall cancel on its books the certificate or certificates representing the Shares to be sold and (b) shall issue, in lieu thereof, in the name of the appropriate transferee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, a new certificate or certificates representing such Shares, and thereupon all of such Stockholder's rights in and to such Shares shall terminate.
11. Management. The Company shall be managed and controlled by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors of the Company shall comprise of five (5) directors, three (3) of whom shall be appointed by the Majority Stockholder, one by Gosling's Export (Bermuda) Limited and one by E. Malcolm B. Gosling (or his designee). The Stockholders agree that, at the first Board of Directors meeting held after the date hereof for the purpose of electing the officers of the Company or in connection with the taking of any written consent to action in respect thereto, each of the Stockholders shall direct his or its Board of Director designee to vote in favor of the election of E. Malcolm B. Gosling as President and Chief Executive Officer, Matt MacFarlane as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, Nancy Gosling as Secretary and Amelia Gary as Assistant Secretary of the Company, to ensure the election of such persons as such officers of the Company. The Company plans to separately enter into a five-year employment agreement with E. Malcolm B. Gosling, which agreement shall contain standard protective and non-compete provisions, and will endeavor to obtain at least $5,000,000 of Key Man Insurance on the life of E. Malcolm B. Gosling. The obligations set forth in this Section 11 shall terminate effective, as to each Stockholder, upon the sale of all of the Stockholder's Shares or upon the death or permanent disability of such Stockholder. Notwithstanding the appointment of Matt MacFarlane as Treasurer, the Stockholders hereby agree that all functions normally performed by the treasurer of a corporation shall be performed by Castle Brands Inc. which shall maintain the financial records on behalf of the Company, unless otherwise mutually agreed in writing by the Stockholders. The Company shall reimburse Castle Brands Inc. for its reasonable expenses in connection with providing such accounting and financial reporting, such expenses to be documented and subject to periodic review by the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors.
12. Notices. Notices given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed received (i) when delivered by hand or telecopy or other method of facsimile, (ii) the next business day after sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, and (iii) five (5) business days after sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the party being notified as set forth below:
If to the Company, at c/o E. Malcolm B. Gosling, 78 Oak Street, Weston, MA 02493, Fax: (781) 891-0228, Attention: President and Chief Executive Officer, or at such other address
or addresses as may have been furnished in writing by the Company to the Stockholder, with a copy to Castle Brands Inc., 570 Lexington Avenue, 29th Floor, New York, NY 10022.
If to a Stockholder, at the address set forth on the applicable schedule hereto, or at such other address or addresses as may have been furnished in writing by the Stockholders to the Company.
13. Invalidity of Transfer. No purported Transfer of any Shares by any of the Stockholders in violation of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid, and the Company shall not transfer any of said Shares on the books of the Company, nor shall any of said Shares be entitled to vote, nor shall any dividends be paid thereon during the period of any such violation. Such disqualifications shall be in addition to and not in lieu of any other legal or equitable right to enforce said provisions.
14. Extraordinary Events. If from time to time during the term hereof there is any stock split, stock dividend, reclassification, recapitalization or similar event, then, in such event, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than cash) to which a Stockholder is entitled to receive by reason of his, her or its ownership of Shares shall be immediately subject to the provisions of this Agreement and be included in the term "Shares" for all purposes hereof.
15. Legend. All certificates representing any Shares held by any Stockholder shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE OR FOREIGN SECURITIES LAWS. AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, MORTGAGED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR SUCH SECURITIES UNDER THE ACT OR THE AVAILABILITY OF AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 18, 2005 (AS THE SAME MAY THEREAFTER BE FURTHER AMENDED, RESTATED OR MODIFIED), A COPY OF WHICH THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH TO THE HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE UPON REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE.
Each Stockholder agrees that the Company may impose transfer restrictions on the Shares represented by certificates bearing the legend referred to in this Section 15 to enforce the provisions of this Agreement. The legend may be removed upon termination of this Agreement.
16. Term; Termination of Agreement.
(a) The term of this Agreement shall be for the longer of twenty five (25) years or ten (10) years past the expiration of the Export Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2005, among the Company, Gosling's Export (Bermuda) Limited and Gosling Brothers Limited (the "Export Agreement"), unless earlier terminated as provided in subsection (b) or unless extended by mutual written agreement.
(b) This Agreement shall earlier terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following events, provided that such termination shall not affect any right or remedy existing hereunder prior to the effective date of such termination:
(i) mutual written agreement of the Stockholders;
(ii) a sale of all of the shares of Common Stock held by all of the Stockholders (but nothing in this Agreement would preclude the Majority Stockholder from issuing its own equity or entering into a merger with or a sale to a third party);
(iii) a merger (in which the Company is not the surviving entity), a consolidation or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company;
(iv) the cessation of the Company's business;
(v) one of the Stockholders becoming the owner of all shares of the capital stock of the Company.
17. Change of Control. In the event that the Majority Stockholder transfers control of the Company, either directly (through the sale of substantially all of its Shares) or indirectly (through the sale or merger of Castle Brands Inc.), the new controlling person shall agree to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement as set forth in Section 3, and the Export Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, provided that if the new controlling person wishes to sell its interest in the Company, either directly or indirectly, the approval of Gosling Brothers Limited and Gosling's Export (Bermuda) Limited would be required to effectuate such a sale.
18. Entire Agreement and Amendments. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, modified, amended or terminated except by a written agreement signed by the stockholders representing at least 80% of the outstanding shares. No waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall be considered valid unless in writing, and no such waiver shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature.
19. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, personal representatives, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns and transferees of the Company and each of the Stockholders.
20. Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed prohibited, invalid or unenforceable under such applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition, invalidity or unenforceability, and such prohibition, invalidity or unenforceability shall not invalidate the remainder of such provision or the other provisions of this Agreement.
21. Section Headings. The descriptive headings in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit or otherwise affect the construction of any provision hereof.
22. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
23. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to its principles of conflicts of law.
24. Interpretation. The parties acknowledge and agree that: (i) each party and its counsel, if any, reviewed and negotiated the terms and provisions of this Agreement and have contributed to its revision; (ii) the rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement; and (iii) the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be construed fairly as to all parties hereto, regardless of which party was generally responsible for the preparation of this Agreement.
25. Arbitration
In the event any disagreement or dispute among the parties arises under or out of this Agreement, including termination issues, such disagreement or dispute shall be submitted to Judicial Mediation Services, Inc., a professional arbitration service consisting of retired Federal and State judges ("JAMS") for binding arbitration unless the parties mutually agree upon an alternative dispute resolution service. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of JAMS or such other dispute resolution service as might be agreed upon and shall be held in New York, New York. Any award made by JAMS or such other dispute resolution service as might be agreed upon shall be binding upon the parties. Binding arbitration shall be the exclusive remedy for breach of this Agreement by any party. The parties shall share equally all costs of arbitration other than representation by counsel which shall be at each party's own expense.
[remainder of page intentionally left blank]
EXECUTION COPY
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT SIGNATURE PAGE
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed and delivered this Agreement or caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers, as the case may be, as of the date first above written.
GOSLING PARTNERS INC.
By: /s/ E. Malcolm B. Gosling ------------------------------------ Name: E. Malcolm B. Gosling Title: President and Chief Executive Officer |
STOCKHOLDERS:
By: /s/ E. Malcolm B. Gosling ------------------------------------ E. Malcolm B. Gosling |
GOSLING'S LIMITED
By: /s/ Nancy Gosling ------------------------------------ Name: Nancy Gosling Title: President |
CASTLE BRANDS INC.
By: /s/ Mark Andrews ------------------------------------ Name: Mark Andrews Title: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
SCHEDULE I
Stockholders
Name Number of Shares Owned ---- ---------------------- E. Malcolm B. Gosling 200,000 78 Oak Street Weston, MA 02493 Gosling's Limited 200,000 PO Box HM827, Hamilton, HM CX Bermuda Castle Brands Inc. 600,000 570 Lexington Avenue, 29th Floor New York, NY 10022 |
Exhibit 10.6
PROMISSORY NOTE
$4,900,000.00 New York, New York February 18, 2005
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Castle Brands Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Debtor") hereby promises to pay to the order of Gosling Partners Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Holder"), whose address is c/o E. Malcolm B. Gosling, 78 Oak Street, Weston, MA 02493, or at such other place as the Holder may from time to time designate, the principal sum of Four Million Nine Hundred Thousand Dollars ($4,900,000.00), together with interest thereon as follows:
Debtor shall pay Holder
1. An installment in the amount of $1,025,000 due April 1, 2005;
2. An installment in the amount of $1,125,000 due October 1, 2005;
3. An installment in the amount of $1,000,000 due April 1, 2006
4. An installment in the amount of $1,000,000 due October 1, 2006; and
5. An installment in the amount of $750,000 due April 1, 2007,
together with interest as the same accrues on the unpaid principal amount at a rate equal to four percent (4.0%) per annum, commencing with the second installment payment which is due October 1, 2005 and continuing with each installment thereafter until the Note is paid in full. Unless the Note is accelerated upon an Event of Default (as defined below), any outstanding principal, plus any outstanding interest, shall be due and payable on the last scheduled payment date.
This Note may be prepaid at any time, in whole or in part, at the option of the Debtor and shall immediately be prepaid in full upon any sale or transfer of the Debtor's ownership interest in Holder. Any prepayment shall be made together with all interest accrued but unpaid through the date of prepayment but without penalty.
An "Event of Default" occurs if the Debtor shall fail to make in full any payment of principal or interest under this Note on the date provided for or within ninety (90) calendar days thereafter. If an Event of Default shall occur and is continuing, then at the option of the Holder, the entire unpaid balance of this Note shall be accelerated and the same, together with all accrued interest, shall become immediately due and payable. No delay or omission on the part of the Holder in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or of any other right hereunder and a waiver of any such right on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or a waiver of any such right of any future occasion.
This Note may not be modified or terminated orally.
This Note shall be governed by the law of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed in that State.
CASTLE BRANDS INC.
By: /s/ Mark Andrews ------------------------------------ Name: Mark Andrews Title: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
[Signature Page to Promissory Note by Castle Brands Inc.
in Favor of Gosling Partners Inc.]
Exhibit 10.7
NOTE: PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT ARE THE SUBJECT OF A CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT
REQUEST BY THE REGISTRANT TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. SUCH
PORTIONS HAVE BEEN REDACTED AND ARE MARKED WITH A "[*]" IN PLACE OF THE
REDACTED LANGUAGE.
AGREEMENT
This agreement has been executed by and between I.L.A.R. S.p.A. (hereinafter referred to as "Producer") located at Via Tiburtina 1314, 00131, Rome, Italy, and Castle Brands (USA) Corp., located at 570 Lexington Avenue, 29th Floor, New York, NY 10022 (hereinafter referred to collectively as "Importer") in counterparts on the dates specified adjacent to the signatures of the respective parties and shall be effective as of August 27, 2004, or such earlier date that the Producer has completed the termination of the pre-existing Import Agreement (the "Effective Date").
I. WHEREAS, Producer is the exclusive owner of a brand of liqueur called Pallini Limoncello and its extensions as defined in Exhibit II (hereinafter referred to as THE PRODUCTS); and
II. WHEREAS Importer is a U.S. Corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, United States of America and Importer is engaged in the import and distribution of alcoholic beverages in the United States of America; and
III. WHEREAS, Producer would not enter into this Contract without the
specific undertakings by Importer (a) not to challenge directly
or indirectly anywhere in the world the validity of, interfere
with or claim for themselves, any of THE PRODUCTS and (b) not to
compete in any way in the field of Lemon Based Cordials or such
other products as may be added to Exhibit II in the TERRITORY and
(c) not to own a TRADEMARK or brand name in connection with a
Lemon Based Cordial Product in the TERRITORY; and
IV. WHEREAS, it is understood by the parties that Producer has the right to, and will, manufacture, bottle, sell, market and distribute products other than THE PRODUCTS (subject to Importer's Right of First Refusal as described below) in the TERRITORY as well as THE PRODUCTS and other products outside of the TERRITORY; and
V. WHEREAS, the contracting parties declare that the determining motive for the execution of the present Agreement is in consideration of the respective qualities of each party, and Producer further desires to enter into this Contract in view of the present distribution capabilities in the alcoholic beverage businesses of Importer; and
VI. WHEREAS Producer wishes to appoint Importer, and Importer wishes to accept its appointment, as sole importer of THE PRODUCTS in the TERRITORY (as defined in Exhibit II) upon the terms and condition set out in this agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises herein set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS
For the effects of this Contract, Importer and Producer agree on the following definitions:
(a) AFFILIATED or RELATED COMPANY:
(i) a company which, directly or indirectly, is CONTROLLED by or CONTROLS another company, or
(ii) a company which is under common CONTROL with another company.
(b) AMP: Strategy, plans and spending levels for advertising merchandising and promotions, including creative copy and media and shall not include salaries, expenses or bonuses of sales, marketing and administrative personnel or other overhead; except as provided otherwise in Exhibit III.
(c) BRAND MANAGER: A person hired by Importer, with the consent of Producer, who will oversee the marketing plan, advertising programs, use of AMP funds, public relations projects, sales staff interaction and day-to-day sales of THE PRODUCTS. The costs of such Brand Manager, including travel and entertainment, shall be paid 50% by Producer (up to an annual maximum of $75,000).
(d) CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION: Confidential Information shall be as defined in paragraph 11 below.
(e) CONTROL, CONTROLS or CONTROLLED:
(i) a direct or indirect holding, or aggregate holdings, of shares carrying more than 50% of the voting rights attributable to the issued and outstanding share capital of a company which are currently exercisable at a general meeting, irrespective of whether the holding or holdings give de facto control; or
(ii) the right to elect or remove directly or indirectly at least one half of the board of directors or equivalent managing body of a company; or
(iii) the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a PERSON or entity, whether through the ownership of equity securities, by contract, or otherwise.
(iv) a change in the President or Chief Executive Officer.
(f) DOMAIN NAME: An address in conveniently readable form for use on the worldwide web, the Internet, any other computer network or communication system.
(g) IMPORTER GROUP: Importer and AFFILIATED or related companies of Importer.
(h) INITIAL TERM: From the date of execution of this Contract and expiring on December 31, 2009.
(i) LAID-IN-COST: The purchase price paid by Importer for THE PRODUCTS plus all taxes, duties and other expenses and charges paid by Importer including storage costs.
(j) OPERATIONAL YEAR: any calendar year during the INITIAL TERM or any RENEWAL TERM starting from the year 2005.
(k) PERSON: an individual, corporation, company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, government or agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity that may be treated as a person under applicable law.
(l) THE PRODUCTS: As set forth on the attached Exhibit II.
(m) PROPRIETARY INFORMATION: All information used or developed pursuant to this Contract.
(n) RENEWAL TERM: Any extended term following the Initial Term.
(o) SHIPMENTS: Shipments of THE PRODUCTS from Importer to Importer's wholesalers or to State purchasing agencies pursuant to this Contract.
(p) TERRITORY: The TERRITORY as set forth on the attached Exhibit II.
(q) TRADE DRESS: Overall appearance and presentation of THE PRODUCTS' Labeling, packaging, and containers, as well as associated advertising and copyrights in all materials which are connected with it.
(r) TRADEMARK: As set forth on the attached Exhibit IV.
2. GRANT OF RIGHTS AND RESERVATION OF RIGHTS
(a) Subject to, and specifically conditioned upon, Producer having terminated its prior Importer in the TERRITORY, Producer hereby appoints Importer as Producer's exclusive distributor in the TERRITORY of the THE PRODUCTS, subject to the terms and conditions hereafter set forth. Importer agrees to accept said appointment only after confirmation that Producer has effectively terminated any pre-existing Import Agreements for the TERRITORY.
(b) Importer agrees that it shall not produce, sell, market, advertise or distribute any of THE PRODUCTS to any party outside of the TERRITORY, unless specifically authorized by Producer in writing. If Importer learns that any quantity of THE PRODUCTS is being exported from the TERRITORY, Importer shall promptly inform Producer thereof.
(c) (i) Except for the deletion of the TRADEMARK, Producer may reasonably modify, delete, or add to, labeling or packaging used on or in connection with the promotion or sale of the THE PRODUCTS, including, but not limited to, adding to or
deleting, diminishing or expanding size, or relocating on the labeling or packaging any TRADE DRESS elements, label design or logotypes on one hundred eighty (180) days' written notice to Importer (or less time if specifically mandated by a regulatory body in Italy or the TERRITORY). If Importer does not agree with any such modification, Importer shall promptly advise Producer in writing, expressing the reasons for such disagreement. Producer agrees to discuss such proposed modification with Importer prior to the implementation of such modification which implementation shall in any event be at Producer's sole and absolute discretion, provided however that Producer shall at all times comply with any modification mandated by a regulatory body in the TERRITORY. All costs and expenses incurred by Importer to implement such modifications shall be at Producer's expense.
(ii) In the event of any such modification, Importer shall have the right, with the prior written approval of Producer, which cannot be unreasonably withheld, to use up any materials, labels, packaging or signage bearing the affected labels, TRADEMARK, packaging or TRADE DRESS. If Producer disapproves of, or wishes to accelerate such use-up rights, then Producer shall reimburse Importer for all actual out-of-pocket expenses incurred due to destruction and non-use of such materials, labels, packaging or signage or shall repurchase any affected inventory from Importer at the Importer's LAID-IN-COST. Both parties will use all reasonable efforts to sell off old inventory as expeditiously as possible.
(d) Rights of First Refusal. During the term of this Agreement, Importer shall have the right of first refusal regarding:
(i) any other current or future products with the Pallini brand name that Producer currently maintains in, or adds to, its product line for sale in the TERRITORY.
(ii) If Importer exercises its option pursuant to paragraph(2)(d)(i) above, paragraph (1)(l) and Exhibit II shall be automatically amended and the term "THE PRODUCTS" as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to include such additional products. In the event that Importer declines to exercise such option, Producer shall have the right to offer such additional products to other Importers, provided, however, that Producer shall not thereafter enter into an importation agreement with any other importer upon terms more favorable than those originally offered to Importer without first offering those more favorable terms to Importer.
(iii) Importer shall be required to exercise its Right of First Refusal within sixty (60) days of being notified by Producer of Producer's intent to offer a new product in the TERRITORY. Failure to exercise said option within sixty (60) days shall be deemed to be a waiver by Importer of its first refusal right.
(iv) Any new flavor extension of THE PRODUCTS shall automatically be added to the definition of THE PRODUCTS in Exhibit II and are not therefore subject to Importer's Right of First Refusal. Producer will discuss any flavor extensions or deletions with Importer prior to Producer making final decisions regarding same.
3. SUPPLY AND PRODUCT QUALITY
(a) At least sixty (60) days prior to the beginning of each OPERATIONAL YEAR, Importer shall propose to Producer in writing a commercially reasonable rolling forecast of the quantities and types of THE PRODUCTS to be supplied to Importer by Producer during each quarter of the following OPERATIONAL YEAR. Such
proposed forecast shall be subject to discussion between the parties and shall be subject to revision to reflect market conditions.
(b) In the event of any request by Importer for SHIPMENTS greater than the forecast amount for any given OPERATIONAL YEAR, Producer will make all reasonable efforts to supply such additional products under terms and conditions to be discussed between the parties.
4. PURCHASES AND TERMS
(a) Importer shall purchase from Producer THE PRODUCTS set forth in Exhibit II.
(b) Importer shall make all payments in U.S. Dollars to any place or party Producer requests in writing, within a term of 90 days from date of shipment.
(c) Importer shall pay all import duties and all expenses of importation into the TERRITORY as well as freight, taxes, insurance and expenses for movement from the Producer's plant to the TERRITORY destination. All storage expenses, if any, shall also be paid by Importer. Risk of loss with respect to THE PRODUCTS shall pass to Importer when loaded on trucks at the distillery.
5. PRICES
Prices for THE PRODUCTS as set forth in Exhibit II hereto may be adjusted by Producer not more than once in any twelve (12) month period and upon not less than one hundred twenty (120) days' written notice to Importer. The prices will not be changed during 2005. Beginning January 1, 2006 and through December 31, 2007, prices may be adjusted based on the percentage increase (if any) reflected in the Italian inflation rate as compiled by the Institute of Statistics (I.S.T.A.T.).
If Producer incurs a raw materials cost increase of 5% or more during
any calendar quarter of this Agreement, to the extent that such increase exceeds
the I.S.T.A.T. index referenced above, said increase, while effective, may be
passed along as a price increase to Importer on not less than one hundred twenty
(120) days' notice and upon documentation by Producer.
After 2007 Producer shall have discretion to raise prices without reference to the prior two paragraphs, but Producer recognizes the need for THE PRODUCTS to be competitively priced at the wholesale, retail, and consumer levels and agrees to refrain from price increases that exceed those of major competitors for comparable products.
6. QUALITY STANDARDS
(a) Producer, or Producer's designee, shall manufacture and bottle THE PRODUCTS in its own premises in accordance with: (1) all applicable laws and regulations in the place of production (including those of any self-regulatory bodies), (2) all laws and regulations applicable to the production and sale of spirits to be imported in the
TERRITORY; and (3) industry best manufacturing practices. Importer shall have access during all reasonable business hours to the premises where THE PRODUCTS are manufactured.
(b) THE PRODUCTS that Producer sells to Importer must be "Merchantable" which shall mean that THE PRODUCTS are of good quality, free from defects (whether patent or latent) in material and workmanship, merchantable and fit for human consumption, and shall be substantially of the same quality as THE PRODUCTS already distributed in the U.S. market. Importer acknowledges that Producer has no permanent structure in the U.S.A. and is therefore not in a condition to be updated and timely informed about the change in U.S. laws and regulations regarding the alcoholic beverage trade. Importer shall advise Producer of all relevant changes to all applicable rules relating to THE PRODUCTS being sold in the TERRITORY. In absence of adequate information from Importer, Producer will not be held responsible for any infringement of such rules.
(c) Importer shall use all reasonable efforts to maintain high standards of quality on all THE PRODUCTS sold and distributed by Importer, and to this end:
(i) Importer acknowledges that THE PRODUCTS are of a uniquely high quality and unique and distinctive taste, different from all other similar products, made of natural ingredients and subject to factors as temperature, humidity, heat, light, etc.
(ii) Importer shall ship and warehouse THE PRODUCTS in accordance with the reasonable warehousing standards approved by Producer and Producer or its duly authorized representatives shall have access during all reasonable business hours to the places where THE PRODUCTS are stored by Importer.
(d) In consultation with Importer, Producer may reasonably modify THE PRODUCTS upon not less than one hundred twenty (120) days' written notice to Importer (or less if mandated by a regulatory body in Italy or in the TERRITORY). If Importer does not agree with such modification, it shall so advise Producer. Except in the case of a mandate by a regulatory body, Producer agrees to discuss such proposed modification with Importer. If the parties cannot agree on the proposed modification, Producer's decision as the owner of the TRADEMARK shall be controlling, except that it shall have the obligation to comply with any change mandated by a regulatory body in Italy or in the TERRITORY.
(e) In the event of such modification, Importer shall have the right, with Producer's prior written approval, which cannot be unreasonably withheld, to use up all THE PRODUCTS previously supplied to it. If Producer fails to permit a use-up requested by importer, Producer shall be required to repurchase from Importer all pre-modification inventory at Importers, LAID-IN-COST.
(f) During the TERM of this Contract, each party shall provide, at no cost to the other party, all information related to this Contract. Importer shall also provide Producer with: (i) all reasonable information in its possession on the relevant spirits market and the relevant adult beverage market, including without limitation all information that relates to THE PRODUCTS, and (ii) all information that Importer possesses or controls with respect to THE PRODUCTS, storage of THE PRODUCTS, improvement to THE PRODUCTS or the development of new products to be marketed under the TRADEMARK.
(g) Importer shall not (i) distribute, or (ii) advertise, promote or merchandise THE PRODUCTS, or (iii) use or ship any materials bearing the TRADEMARK outside of the TERRITORY, without the prior written approval of Producer.
(h) Producer may, by its own initiative and under its own responsibility for compliance with the provisions of this agreement, contract to a third-party of its trust the right to produce THE PRODUCTS provided Producer guarantees the same quality and service standards (packaging, quality of the liquid, compliance to regulations and law requirements).
7. MEETINGS AND REPORTS
Planning Meetings. Importer shall include the Brand Manager in any internal or agency strategic planning meetings at which Importer knows that there will be discussed any significant strategic issues relating to THE PRODUCTS.
(a) Reports. Importer shall submit to Producer.
(i) Quarterly statements showing shipments to wholesalers by market;
(ii) Within sixty (60) days after the end of each calendar quarter reports detailing the amount and destination of expenditures on advertising and marketing.
(iii) Such other figures and marketing information as Producer may reasonably require in writing to judge the progress and the standing of THE PRODUCTS in the TERRITORY.
(iv) Brand Manager's monthly report.
(b) Work with Sales Personnel. Importer acknowledges the importance of allowing the Brand Manager to work with distributors' sales representatives both with regard to the possibility of focusing salespeople attention on THE PRODUCTS for at least one full day periodically, make them aware of the sales potential of THE PRODUCTS, and provide them with some education regarding the cultural heritage and the use of THE PRODUCTS. Importer shall select the key states in which it wants to concentrate its marketing and promotional activities and Importer will make arrangements with distributors for the Brand Manager to work with sales people and to meet sales and marketing managers of distributors in such selected States,
8. MARKETING AND AMP
(a) By September 30 of each calendar year, commencing with 2005, Importer shall produce a preliminary annual long-term strategic plan for the years remaining in the INITIAL or RENEWAL TERM and a full annual marketing plan for THE PRODUCTS for the next calendar year. Overall strategic guidelines will be provided by Producer which shall be incorporated in these plans. The strategic plans will contain a vision of future market growth potential for the TERRITORY and THE PRODUCTS and will include a consideration of alternative strategies for achieving long-term objectives and the forecasts and projected increases provided by Importer. These plans will be presented for approval by Producer. The
aforementioned preliminary plans will generally include the items listed in Exhibit I and shall be revised, as necessary.
(b) Producer has the right to review and approve, prior to implementation of the plans or any deviations therefrom, the aforesaid strategic and marketing plans or to request reasonable changes to such plans. Once the strategic annual plan has been approved by Producer, implementation of such plan shall be left to Importer to fulfill in its discretion and judgment.
(c) Importer, upon Producer's request, shall periodically review with Producer the results and trends of the strategic and marketing plan elements referred to in Paragraph 1 hereof, the administration of this Contract and any other factors relating to the THE PRODUCTS. At least one meeting every six months to review the annual marketing plan shall take place at a mutually agreed location at which meeting Importer's senior marketing personnel and the BRAND MANAGER responsible for THE PRODUCTS shall be present.
(d) Importer shall provide to Producer: (i) all information
reasonably required in Exhibit I or otherwise required in this Contract, and
(ii) any other information in Importer's possession reasonably requested by
Producer that affects THE PRODUCTS, including, but not limited to, the strategic
and marketing plans, financial and marketing information, sales results, market
research and financial data related to the development of THE PRODUCTS or the
development of the spirits market or the adult beverage market. However,
Importer shall not be required to provide information to Producer if such
provision of information would violate any federal, state or local law or if it
would be unreasonably burdensome. Producer shall be permitted without Importer's
approval to use all information received pursuant to this paragraph for its own
purposes, in any country, including countries outside of the TERRITORY, without
any payment from Producer to Importer, but always subject to the provisions of
Paragraph 11 hereof.
(e) Any change that Importer shall desire to make to any product, labels, packaging, and/or designs of THE PRODUCTS, shall require the written consent of Producer prior to distribution or sale of such product except that Importer shall have the right to make any change mandated by a regulatory body in the TERRITORY.
(f) Importer and Producer shall consult with each other and shall have the opportunity to participate in discussions regarding the selection of, and changes in, the advertising, merchandising or promotional agencies working on THE PRODUCTS. However, the final decision with respect to any selection or changes shall be in Importer's sole and absolute discretion.
(g) Importer's and Producer's total AMP expenditures under this Contract for THE PRODUCTS shall be in no event less than the amounts as set forth on Exhibit III, to be spent in the TERRITORY pursuant to the approved marketing plan. Said AMP expenditures shall be made only for advertising, advertising production, agency fees, merchandising, publicity, Limoncello market research and trade and consumer promotions directed to the consumer. Importer shall send copies of invoices for all such expenditures to Producer not less than quarterly.
(h) Producer acknowledges that THE PRODUCTS will be sold in combination promotions with Boru Vodka and Sea Wynde rum. Other combinations will be discussed with Producer before being introduced to the market.
9. TRADEMARK
(a) The appointment as per paragraph 2(a) shall include the permission granted by Producer to Importer to use the TRADEMARK free from any additional payment in the TERRITORY only in relation to the marketing, sales and promotion of THE PRODUCTS. Importer shall ensure that each reference to and use of the TRADEMARK by Importer is in a manner from time to time approved by Producer.
(b) The permission to use the TRADEMARK in the TERRITORY hereby granted shall not be capable of assignment by Importer and upon termination of this Contract all rights granted to Importer to use the TRADEMARK shall cease forthwith.
(c) Importer acknowledges the title of Producer to the TRADEMARK in the TERRITORY and elsewhere and agrees not to tamper with it or do any act which might invalidate such title or the registration of the TRADEMARK, nor do any act which might support any application to remove the TRADEMARK from the register nor assist any other person directly or indirectly in any such act.
(d) The goodwill arising from the permitted use of THE TRADEMARK by the Importer shall accrue to Producer.
(e) Importer undertakes not to use in its business any other TRADEMARK which is similar to, or substantially similar to, or so nearly resembles the Limoncello TRADEMARK as to cause deception or confusion.
(f) In the event that Importer learns of any infringement or threatened TRADE DRESS infringement of the TRADEMARK, or any common law passing-off by reason of imitations or otherwise, or that any third party alleges claim that the TRADEMARK is liable to cause deception or confusion to the public, Importer shall forthwith notify Producer giving particulars thereof and Importer will, at Producer's expense, provide all reasonable information and assistance to Producer in the event that Producer decides that proceeding should be commenced or defended. Any such proceedings shall be under the control and expense of Producer.
(g) The copyright in all brochures, pamphlets and material supplied by Producer to Importer and relating to THE PRODUCTS shall be and shall remain the property of Producer and Importer shall, upon termination of this Contract, return to Producer or dispose of as Producer shall direct at the cost of Producer, all samples supplied by Producer together with all such brochures and materials as aforesaid.
10. REASONABLE EFFORTS
(a) Importer undertakes to use its reasonable efforts (i) throughout the entire TERRITORY, and (ii) for each of THE PRODUCTS, in order to comply with the
obligations assumed hereunder. For purposes hereof, "reasonable efforts" shall mean that Importer will use at least the same effort, diligence and attention to the distribution, sale and marketing of each of THE PRODUCTS and the goodwill and image thereof, as Importer uses in the distribution, sales, marketing and protection of its own brands in the TERRITORY, taking into account the different AMP levels applicable to each of THE PRODUCTS as provided in the strategic and annual marketing plans set forth in Exhibit I.
(b) If Producer believes Importer has failed to use reasonable efforts as required under Paragraph 10 (a) with respect to any of THE PRODUCTS, the parties shall discuss this matter in good faith and seek a mutually acceptable solution within a mutually agreed upon term which shall not exceed sixty (60) days. If agreement is not reached within the agreed upon term, the issue shall be submitted to arbitration.
(c) The parties hereby acknowledge that THE PRODUCTS are and will remain of a premium image and quality and positioning and agree to maintain THE PRODUCTS in those positions in pricing, image and communications to both trade and consumer, in the TERRITORY and in other markets. In the event a party desires to change the positioning of any of THE PRODUCTS, such party shall discuss such proposed change in positioning with the other party. If the parties cannot agree on such proposed change in positioning, the positioning of THE PRODUCTS will not be changed.
11. CONFIDENTIALITY
(a) Importer, and Producer agree to keep confidential, and not to disclose the contents of this Contract, and all PROPRIETARY INFORMATION related to it (including but not limited to information contained in the strategic or marketing plans), received or used under this Contract unless the disclosure of such information is required by the Government or the laws of any country, but always in accordance with written agreements containing the appropriate provisions to protect the confidentiality of the disclosure.
(b) Each party agrees to only disclose PROPRIETARY INFORMATION to any PERSON within the respective organizations who have a need to know such PROPRIETARY INFORMATION to perform their duties and responsibilities under this Contract.
(c) This confidentiality obligation shall continue for a minimum period of five (5) years after receipt of such PROPRIETARY INFORMATION or for a period of two (2) years after termination of this Contract, whichever occurs later.
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Producer shall have no obligation to keep confidential:
(i) any information related to THE PRODUCTS other than PROPRIETARY INFORMATION of Importer, including but not limited to the manufacturing and marketing of THE PRODUCTS; or
(ii) any non-proprietary information provided to Producer pursuant to Exhibit I hereof.
12. ASSIGNABILITY
(a) Based upon the consideration of the status of Importer's position as a major distributor of alcoholic beverages and of Producer's position as a major producer of alcoholic beverages, therefore it is strictly forbidden for Importer to transfer, allocate, or assign totally or partially, formally or informally, by operation of law or otherwise, or share with, any other PERSON any of the rights or obligations under this Contract without the prior written consent of Producer. Any such transfer, allocation or assignment without the prior written consent of Producer shall be deemed void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Importer shall be permitted to assign this Agreement to any parent, subsidiary, sister or affiliated company, with the consent of Producer which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
(b) Producer may sublicense, transfer, allocate or assign in whole or in part its rights or obligations under this Contract to another PERSON without the prior written consent of Importer, provided, that such PERSON shall assume in writing all obligations with respect to and on behalf of Producer under this Contract and under any other related agreement if such PERSON is under CONTROL of Producer.
13. TERMINATION, RENEWAL AND DURATION
(a) This Contract shall come into effect upon the date of execution of this Contract by both parties and shall remain in full force until December 31, 2009, subject to the provisions of this Contract and the renewal and termination provisions specified herein. The contract will be automatically renewed for a period of:
(i) Three (3) years if PURCHASES of the Limoncello Product (excluding flavored brands) equal at least * 9 liter cases in the year 2009, or
(ii) Five (5) years if PURCHASES of the Limoncello Product (excluding flavored brands) equal at least * 9 liter Cases in the year 2009. If Importer's purchases of the Limoncello Products (excluding flavored brands) do not equal at least * 9 liter cases in the year 2009, in determining what course of action to pursue Producer will, among other things, consider the performance of the category in the TERRITORY.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (a) herein, if either party does not provide the other party at least six months written notice of its intention to not renew this Contract upon the expiration of the INITIAL TERM, this Contract shall be automatically renewed for a further term of five years and shall continue to be renewed for further terms of five years unless and until one party gives to the other party such six months' prior written notice of its intention not to renew this Contract at the end of the current term. The parties shall negotiate in good faith at the beginning of each renewed term the levels of required AMP expenditure and the OPERATIONAL YEAR's sales for such renewed term, provided that, if such agreement is not reached within 60 days from the beginning of such renewed term, the parties shall agree to use the category growth rate; the category being defined as all flavored European cordials.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, it remains understood that Producer shall not have the right to terminate this Contract upon expiration of the INITIAL TERM, or any subsequent RENEWAL TERM, if PURCHASES by Importer during the calendar
year 2009 or any subsequent RENEWAL TERM, in the aggregate, equal or exceed the requirements for such OPERATIONAL YEARS as set forth above.
(d) In the event of default under this Contract, Producer and Importer shall have the right to terminate this Contract only through a notice of termination of the Contract to the defaulting party specifying the default. Before termination takes place, the defaulting party shall have thirty (30) days after receipt of the notice of termination to convince the non-defaulting party that a default has not occurred. If the non-defaulting party maintains after such thirty (30) day period that a default has occurred by means of a second notice of termination, then the defaulting party shall, from the receipt of the second notice of termination, have a right of correction, consisting of a period of sixty (60) days to remedy the stated default. If the non-defaulting party is convinced that the default has been cured, notices of termination shall be without effect. If the default is not cured within the sixty (60) day period, the notice of termination of this Contract shall become effective as of the end of the sixty (60) day period pursuant to a notice from the non-defaulting party to defaulting party (hereinafter "Effective Date of Termination"). Neither party shall have the right to exercise such right of correction more than twice during the INITIAL TERM, or any RENEWAL TERM.
(e) Producer and Importer are not by this Paragraph 13 waiving any right to damages arising from any breach of this Contract which rights are expressly reserved, provided that Importer shall have no right to claim damages in the event of a termination of this Contract by Producer pursuant to the provisions of Section 16 hereof.
14. EFFECT OF TERMINATION
(a) Following the effective date of any termination hereof, Importer shall cease marketing and selling THE PRODUCTS and cease all use of advertising, packaging, containers or labels bearing the TRADEMARK or DOMAIN NAMES used in connection therewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Importer shall have the right to use the TRADEMARK OR DOMAIN NAMES to sell any remaining inventory of THE PRODUCTS unless purchased by Producer pursuant to Paragraph 14(b) below.
(b) Any stocks of THE PRODUCTS and marketing and promotional materials relating thereto which shall remain in Importer's possession after the termination of this Contract shall, at Producer's option, be sold by Importer to Producer, or to a third party designated by Producer, at Importer's LAID-IN-COST.
(c) A waiver by either party of any breach of any provision of this Contract will not be deemed to be a waiver of a subsequent breach thereof.
(d) It is understood that in the event of termination of this Contract for any reason, both Parties will continue to be responsible for all obligations which may have occurred up to, including and following the date of termination.
(e) In case of expiration or rightful termination of this Contract, Importer expressly waives any claim to past, present or future rights to the goodwill or to any other right that under any law or cause may be granted for having carried out the distribution, sale and marketing related to this Contract during its effectiveness.
(f) Importer shall not, during the six (6) month term prior to the expiration of the TERM of this Contract, order or purchase quantities of THE PRODUCTS in excess of expected market demand (which shall be consistent with the past and current purchasing history of THE PRODUCTS).
(g) Importer acknowledges that, as of the Effective Date of Termination of this Contract, Importer's failure to cease all use of the TRADEMARK may result in immediate and irreparable harm to Producer and/or to the rights of any licensee or distributor appointed by Producer. Importer acknowledges and admits that damages may not constitute adequate relief for such failure to cease all use of the TRADEMARK and Importer agrees in the event of such failure Producer shall be entitled to relief by way of temporary and permanent injunctions and such other further relief as any court with jurisdiction may deem just and proper and any preliminary injunction shall not require the placing of a bond by Producer.
(h) In the event of termination, or at the expiration of this Contract, Importer agrees that Producer, or its designee, may "use-up" any labels or bottles that contain Importer's name as the importer of THE PRODUCTS and Importer agrees that it will sign a written document agreeing to such "use-up" if required by any governmental authority, provided Importer has been fully reimbursed for all outstanding payables due from Producer.
15. REPRESENTATIONS BY THE PARTIES
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract, Importer represents and warrants that Importer shall abide by the following:
(i) not to produce, distribute, license or otherwise profit from lemon liqueur other than THE PRODUCTS, in the TERRITORY.
(ii) not to challenge, directly or indirectly, in any country of the world, Producer's sole and exclusive ownership of the TRADEMARK and any variations or modifications thereof, as well as the goodwill symbolized by such TRADEMARK.
(b) Importer represents and warrants that THE PRODUCTS shall be warehoused or shipped in compliance with the reasonable quality standards approved by Producer; while under its control and
(c) Importer represents and warrants that it or its agents have and will maintain and update all licenses necessary to distribute THE PRODUCTS, and will continue to be in compliance in all material respects with and in lawful possession of all licenses, permits, approvals, consents and registrations required in order for Importer to comply with all of its obligations under this Contract. Should such licenses not be updated or maintained, this Contract may be cancelled by Producer pursuant to the terms of Paragraph 13(d).
(d) Without prejudice to any other representation and warranty made by Producer in this Contract, Producer represents and warrants that THE PRODUCTS shall be of good and merchantable quality and fit for the purpose intended when delivered to Importer, including but not limited to, produced and labeled in compliance with all laws and regulations from time to time in force in the TERRITORY, packed in sealed, clean and undamaged cases, with undamaged packaging and TRADE DRESS.
(e) The execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not act as a breach of any agreement or understanding to which Producer is a Party.
(f) Producer has the right to designate and appoint the Importer as the exclusive distributor of THE PRODUCTS in the TERRITORY. Producer further warrants that no distribution rights to any of THE PRODUCTS are currently designated or granted to anyone else in the TERRITORY.
(g) Producer shall maintain an adequate inventory of THE PRODUCTS with which to supply Importer. Producer shall accept all orders reasonably submitted by Importer, with shipment to follow not later than thirty (30) days from receipt of an order unless excused by paragraph 18 below, or as otherwise agreed upon by the parties.
(h) Producer shall use all reasonable efforts to prevent the sale of unauthorized shipments of THE PRODUCTS in the TERRITORY by entities or persons other than Importer. In this regard, Producer shall not sell or otherwise transfer any of THE PRODUCTS to any distributor located outside the TERRITORY whom Producer knows, or has reason to believe, will, either directly or indirectly, sell or otherwise transfer THE PRODUCTS into the TERRITORY.
(i) Producer warrants that the shelf life of all THE PRODUCTS sold to Importer shall not be less than twelve (12) months provided THE PRODUCTS are properly handled, stored and shelved by Importer and its customers.
16. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
It is understood that it is essential to Producer that Importer meet specified benchmarks in Importer's performance under this Contract. Producer may terminate the contract:
(a) If aggregate purchases for Limoncello for the three (3) years 2005, 2006 and 2007 do not equal at least * 9-liter cases.
(b) If Importer has not purchased a minimum of * cases of Limoncello in 2009.
(c) If any portion of a shortfall in PURCHASES or the failure of such PURCHASES to increase as required under this Contract is due to the inability of Producer to supply agreed upon quantities of THE PRODUCTS to Importer as provided in the marketing plan, the amount of such shortfall or failure to so increase that is attributable to Producer's inability to supply agreed amounts of THE PRODUCTS shall be deducted from minimum requirements set forth above in determining whether the performance standards are met.
17. DISTRIBUTION INDEMNITY
(a) Importer will indemnify, defend and otherwise hold Producer harmless against any claims, losses, damages, liability or expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by Producer arising out of third party claims relating to the marketing,
promotion, sale or distribution of THE PRODUCTS except as provided for in Paragraph 17(b). Importer shall acquire and maintain at its sole cost and expense throughout the term of this Contract and any sell-off period, standard Product Liability Insurance. This insurance coverage shall provide protection of not less than five million dollars U.S. ($5,000,000) for each occurrence and Producer shall be named as an additional named insured.
Such insurance policies shall provide that they may not be cancelled or amended in a manner which restricts the existing coverage without at least thirty (30) days written notice to Producer.
(b) Producer will indemnify, defend and otherwise hold Importer harmless in the TERRITORY only as against any claims, losses, damages, liability or expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by Importer arising out of third party claims concerning compliance with United States laws and regulations (provided Importer has informed Producer of such regulatory requirements) or the quality or fitness for use of THE PRODUCTS produced, bottled and shipped directly to Importer by Producer, and provided that THE PRODUCTS have been warehoused by Importer and shipped in compliance with reasonable quality standards provided by Producer. Producer shall acquire and maintain at its sole cost and expense throughout the term of this Contract standard Product Liability Insurance from a reputable insurance company. This insurance coverage shall provide protection of not less than five million dollars U.S. ($5,000,000) for each occurrence and Importer shall be named as an additional named insured against any and all claims, demands, causes of action or damages, including reasonable attorney's fees, arising out of any alleged defects in THE PRODUCTS.
Such insurance policies shall provide that they may not be cancelled or amended in a manner which restricts the existing coverage without at least thirty (30) days written notice to both parties.
18. FORCE MAJEURE
Neither party shall be liable to the other for failure or delay in the performance of any of its obligations under this Contract for the time and to the extent such failure or delay, including a failure or delay caused by a shortage of supply of lemon, is caused by riots, civil commotion, wars, hostilities between nations, governmental laws, orders or regulations, embargoes, actions by the government or any agency thereof, acts of God, storms, fires, earthquakes, floods, accidents, strikes, sabotages, explosions, terrorist acts or other similar or different contingencies beyond the reasonable control of the affected party or parties.
19. APPLICABLE LAW AND ARBITRATION
The rights and obligations of the parties under this agreement shall not be governed by the provisions of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods but instead shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of Italy and the State of New York in the United States of America, as further specified below, without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws. In the event any disagreement or dispute between the parties arises under or out of this Agreement, such disagreement or dispute shall be submitted to Arbitration with Judicial Mediation Services, Inc. (a professional Arbitration service
consisting of retired Federal and State judges ("JAMS")) if the Arbitration is to take place in the U.S., or the International Chamber of Commerce or any other mutually agreed upon dispute resolution service if the Arbitration is to take place in Italy. Any award made by JAMS, the International Chamber of Commerce or such other dispute resolution service as might be agreed upon shall be binding upon the parties. Arbitration shall be the exclusive remedy for breach of this Agreement by either party. The parties shall share equally all costs of Arbitration other than representation by counsel which shall be at each party's own expense. The party applying for Arbitration shall be obligated to invoke Arbitration proceedings in the other party's home country.
20. FURTHER ACTIONS
The parties agree to grant and formalize any document in Italian and English that may be necessary or desirable, from time to time, to comply with the intentions expressed in this Contract.
21. VERSIONS
This Contract has been drafted in English. As this Contract has been fully negotiated by the parties and they have been represented by counsel during such negotiations, this Contract shall be deemed to have been drafted by both parties and no provision shall be interpreted as against either party merely as a result of the party responsible for the drafting of this Contract.
22. SEVERABILITY
If any term or other provision of this Contract is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy or which if enforced would jeopardize the TRADEMARK, all other conditions and provisions of this Contract shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any substantially adverse manner to either party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced or which if enforced would jeopardize the TRADEMARK, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Contract so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that the transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the extent possible.
23. NOTICES
Producer and Importer agree that all notices made under this Contract shall only be deemed sufficient if in writing, in English, and addressed to the Chairman or President of Importer and to the President of Producer as required in this Paragraph. Any communications or notices that are not communicated or received pursuant to this paragraph shall not be deemed to be proper notices under this Contract. Notices shall be sent to the addresses set forth on the attached Exhibit II.
If any of these notification addresses is changed, then notice of such change must be sent to the other party. Otherwise, all notices sent to the above addresses shall be valid.
Notifications pursuant to this Contract shall be valid only if signed by or sent to and received by the above officers of the parties at the appropriate addresses by certified mail (return receipt requested), by facsimile, with confirmation, or by Federal Express or other similar courier.
24. BINDING PROVISIONS
During the term of this Contract and thereafter as provided for in this Contract, all obligations shall apply to and be binding on the parties hereto, their successors, assigns, transferees, as well as their agents, officers, directors and employees, providing that such succession, assignment or transfer is not in contradiction to the provisions of Paragraph 12 of this Contract.
25. AUDIT RIGHTS
Where Importer is required to provide to Producer pursuant to the terms of this Contract sales data or expenditures or other financial information, Producer shall have the right at its expense and sole discretion to conduct an independent audit of Importer with respect to such sales or expenditures or other financial information, for a period of one (1) year after the date of such statement. However if such audit indicates an error to Producer's detriment of five percent (5%) or more such audit shall be at Importer's sole expense.
26. JOINT VENTURE
Nothing contained herein shall be construed to place the parties in the relationship of partners, joint venturers, agents or employees of the other. Producer and Importer shall have no power to obligate or bind each other in any manner whatsoever, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.
27. EXHIBITS
Exhibits I through IV attached hereto shall, for all purposes, be deemed to be and by this reference are made part of this Contract.
28. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.
This agreement represents the entire agreement between the parties, supersedes all prior oral or written agreements or understandings, and shall not be changed except by a further written agreement or a written amendment to this Contract executed by both parties.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Contract to be Executed
I.L.A.R. S.p.A.
By: /s/ Virgilio Pallini ------------------------------------ VIRGILIO PALLINI - President |
CASTLE BRANDS (USA) CORP.
By: /s/ Mark Andrews ------------------------------------ MARK ANDREWS - President |
EXHIBIT I
PLANNING
The strategic plan shall include information of the type outlined below, but the plan shall not be unreasonably burdensome to Importer:
1) SWOT (strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, threats) analysis and evaluation of competition.
2) Analysis of strategic options.
3) Definition of the current and long-term strategic role of each TRADEMARK, pricing needs stated for each current and future product. Potential for accelerating and maximizing growth.
4) Strategies for building and maximizing long-term brand equity.
5) Forecasts of key trends and market development.
6) Analysis of opportunities for new products and line extensions.
7) Portfolio priority evaluation.
8) Projections of market share and volumes for each brand of THE PRODUCTS.
The annual marketing plan shall be produced on a regional and consolidated basis in the TERRITORY and shall include information of the type outlined below, but such marketing plan should also not be unreasonably burdensome to Importer:
9) An analysis of the total estimated market for spirits and adult beverages including volumes and trends.
10) Analysis of the status of each brand of THE PRODUCTS in terms of estimated market share and distribution growth, comparing each of THE PRODUCTS performance with key competitors' brands to the extent that information regarding competitors' brands is known to Importer.
11) Brand positioning as determined by Producer and Importer for each brand of THE PRODUCTS. Analysis of consumer target markets and source of business including relevant demographic data.
12) Analysis of current price position of THE PRODUCTS and key competitors indicating with a matrix, the volume achieved by such Limoncello (and lemon flavored liqueurs in general) brands and their competitive set. Competitive set is defined and determined by Producer after consultation with Importer.
13) Quantitative SHIPMENTS and depletion data, to the extent available, for each brand of THE PRODUCTS compared to prior years and the strategic plan.
14) Analysis of AMP expenditure by category of expense and compared to prior year and contractual requirements.
15) SWOT analysis for each brand of THE PRODUCTS with evaluation of key opportunities.
16) Proposed marketing strategies including, but not limited to:
Positioning
Pricing
Target groups
Source of business
Advertising
Promotion
Merchandising
Distribution
Event Marketing
Public Relations
Direct Marketing
Interactive Marketing
17) Additionally, plans will include proposed strategies for areas of critical importance to Limoncello (and lemon flavored liqueurs in general) brands including:
Ethnic marketing Lifestyle marketing Tourism plans Super premium development New drinks development |
18) Schedules with monthly shipments forecasts.
19) Annual projected schedule of AMP activities by month.
20) Importer shall contract with a Tracking services, if available, to provide regular quarterly data to track key brand equity measures, including brand awareness, advertising recall, penetration, repeat purchase, key attribute ratings etc. This data will be available nationally and regionally and will be the key means by which equity building performance is measured. The cost of such data preparation will be charged to the AMP budget.
The foregoing strategic and marketing plans shall take into account the aspects of THE PRODUCTS as directed and defined by Producer which include, but are not limited to the following:
a) THE PRODUCTS' appeal to consumers with an active and sociable lifestyle;
b) THE PRODUCTS are perceived to be of high quality and a good value;
c) All advertising and promotions for THE PRODUCTS must reflect the brands, premium status and quality and be unique to Producer.
EXHIBIT II
TERRITORY, DISTRIBUTED PRODUCTS, NOTICES
1) TERRITORY:
The fifty (50) States of the United States of America and the District of Columbia, which shall include military bases and the territories and possessions of the United States of America or the overseas Commonwealths of the United States of America or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, excluding duty free and ships chandlers sales which will be included in a separate agreement between the parties.
2) THE PRODUCTS:
It is understood by the parties that, with respect to THE PRODUCTS, these products are bottled by Producer and are sold to Importer as finished products. Therefore, notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract, Importer is not granted a license to manufacture, bottle, process, prepare, filter or take any other action to produce, modify, rebottle, repackage or in any way affect these finished products unless authorized by Producer in writing. These finished products must be sold only as supplied to Importer pursuant to this Contract.
Prices for bottled in Rome, Italy shall be as follows:
CASEPRICE EX ROME DISTILLERY ---------------------------- Limoncello (and flavors) 12-750ML USD * for 2004 and USD * for 2005 Limoncello (and flavors) 120-50ML USD * for 2004 and USD * for 2005 |
NOTICES
3) Notices are to be sent to the following addresses:
To Producer: Virgilio Pallini ILAR. S.p.A. Via Tiburtina 1314 Rome, Italy 00131 with Copy to: William Schreiber c/o Wormser, Kiely, Galef & Jacobs LLP 825 Third Avenue, 26th Floor New York, NY 10022 To Importer: Mark Andrews Castle Brands (USA) Corp. 570 Lexington Avenue, 29th Floor New York, NY 10022 with copy to: E. Vincent O'Brien c/o Nixon Peabody LLP 437 Madison Avenue New York, NY 10022 |
EXHIBIT III
AMP EXPENDITURES
Producer
$15 per 9-liter case for all cases of THE PRODUCTS in excess of 7,000 cases per annum
Importer
An amount per 9-liter case to be applied to cost of Importer's sales force (as such costs are reasonably allocable to THE PRODUCTS) and an amount per 9-liter case to be applied to advertising and promotional expenses as set forth below.
Cost per case of Cost per Case of Advertising and Annual Case Purchases Importer's Sales Force Promotion --------------------- ---------------------- ---------------- Up to 30,000 * * 30,001 to 50,000 * * 50,001 or more * * |
EXHIBIT IV
APPROVED DISTRIBUTED TRADEMARK
The following TRADEMARK only as used on THE PRODUCTS:
PALLINI (THE "TRADEMARK")
Producer represents and warrants that it has all rights, title and interest in the TERRITORY and worldwide to the above TRADEMARK, and other trademarks used in connection of its domestic and international activity, copyrights, labels, designs, recipes, slogans (excluding the bottle shape and the production process), together with the goodwill associated therewith. Importer acknowledges Producer's representation that the "Pallini" TRADEMARK is registered in the U.S. under number 2,450,341 and that "Pallini Limoncello" is not registered.
Exhibit 10.8
NOTE: PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT ARE THE SUBJECT OF A CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST BY THE REGISTRANT TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. SUCH PORTIONS HAVE BEEN REDACTED AND ARE MARKED WITH A "[*]" IN PLACE OF THE REDACTED LANGUAGE.
SUPPLY AGREEMENT
This Agreement is dated as of January 1, 2005, between
IRISH DISTILLERS LIMITED an Irish company having its registered office at Bow Street Distillery, Smithfield, Dublin 7 (hereinafter called Irish Distillers);
CASTLE BRANDS SPIRITS GROUP LIMITED with its principal office at Victoria House, Haddington Road, Dublin 2 and CASTLE BRANDS (USA) CORP., a Delaware corporation with its principal office at 570 Lexington Avenue, 29th Floor, New York, NY 10022 (hereinafter collectively called CASTLE BRANDS); and
CASTLE BRANDS INC., a Delaware corporation with its principal office at 570 Lexington Avenue, 29th Floor, New York, NY 10022 (hereinafter called the GUARANTOR).
WHEREAS, Irish Distillers is in the business of distilling and manufacturing Irish whiskey;
WHEREAS, Castle Brands is in the business of selling and distributing various Irish whiskeys and liquers;
WHEREAS, Castle Brands wishes to provide for a regular supply of Irish whiskey; and
WHEREAS, Irish Distillers is willing to provide such supply of whiskey to Castle Brands for certain brands specified in Exhibit 1.
In consideration of the mutual covenants, conditions and other consideration hereinafter provided for, the receipt and sufficiency of which is irrevocably acknowledged, IT IS AGREED as follows:
1. TERM
This Agreement shall have effect from 1 January 2005 and be for an initial term of ten (10) calendar years commencing on the date hereof and shall automatically renew thereafter for successive five (5) calendar year renewal terms. Irish Distillers may terminate this Agreement either at the end of its initial term or any time during subsequent renewal terms provided that Irish Distillers gives Castle Brands not less than two (2) calendar years' prior notice of such termination.
2. PROCEDURE FOR SUPPLYING WHISKEY SPIRITS
2.1. Castle Brands will notify Irish Distillers by March 31, 2005 and by January 31 of each calendar year thereafter as to the quantity of whiskey in litres of pure alcohol (LPAs) required during that year ("the Specified Amount") for each Brand. Unless agreed to by Irish Distillers, these annual Specified Amounts will not exceed the quantities opposite each Brand shown on Exhibit I. If the quantity of whiskey depleted by Castle Brands throughout any given year ("the Actual Amount") for any given Brand does not aggregate to the Specified Amount for that Brand, Irish Distillers shall, at the end of each year, invoice Castle Brands for
the shortfall between the Actual Amount and the Specified Amount. The shortfall will be stored by Irish Distillers for collection by Castle Brands and Castle Brands will be invoiced monthly for the storage costs accrued at Irish Distillers' then current rates for such storage.
2.2. Irish Distillers shall supply the whiskey for the Brands in accordance with the samples agreed by the parties. In respect of Knappogue Single Malt only, Irish Distillers agrees to make a reasonably sufficient number of casks available for sampling by an expert designated by Castle Brands to result in the selection of the Specified Amount. Any incremental cost incurred by Irish Distillers in connection with facilitating the selection process will be billed to, and paid by, Castle Brands.
2.3. The price per LPA shall be as specified for each Brand listed in Exhibit 2 and will be increased by the percentage increase in the Irish Consumer Price Index for subsequent years or such other index as the parties may agree in writing during the term of this Agreement.
2.4. BRANDS:- means those brands listed in Exhibit 1 and such other brand names as shall be agreed by Irish Distillers from time to time.
2.5. ORDER TIME:- the lead time for having each whiskey consignment available for collection shall be 45 days from receipt of order unless otherwise agreed by Irish Distillers.
2.6. DELIVERY:- Castle Brands shall be responsible for all transport, tax and other collection costs from Irish Distillers' properties in Fox and Geese in Dublin, Midleton in Cork and Bushmills in Antrim.
3. PAYMENT
Castle Brands shall pay in full for each order within 30 days of the invoice date which invoice date shall be the date of collection of the whiskey consignment from Irish Distillers' properties.
4. TITLE
Irish Distillers represents and warrants that the whiskey purchased hereunder shall, when the purchase price is paid in full by Castle Brands, be free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, mortgages and charges. Title to the various quantities of whiskey purchased hereunder shall irrevocably vest in Castle Brands upon transfer of funds representing the applicable purchase price, provided that Irish Distillers shall maintain and keep safe the casks and whiskey so purchased until the collection date.
5. FORCE MAJEURE
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, neither party shall be liable to the other for any default hereunder where the same is due to causes beyond the control of
the party in default, including without limitation, fire, flood, act of God, strikes, lockouts, stoppage of work, trade disputes and any act or omission outside the party's control, provided that any party seeking to rely on this provision shall promptly give written notice to the other of such cause.
6. USE/CONFIDENTIALITY
6.1. Castle Brands shall only sell whiskey supplied by Irish Distillers pursuant to this Agreement as premium brand Irish whiskey under the brand names previously approved in writing by Irish Distillers and must use all whiskey supplied hereunder for approved brands only.
6.2. During the term of this Agreement and at any time up to two years following termination, Irish Distillers and Castle Brands agree not to disclose to any third party any information relating to this Agreement, except insofar as may be necessary for the proper performance of its obligations under this Agreement or to the extent that such information is generally available to the public or disclosure of such information is required by law or any court of competent jurisdiction or as provided below, and will ensure that its employees are aware of and comply with this clause.
6.3. Irish Distillers agrees that Castle Brands and its designees will have the right to view the casks owned under clause 2.1 hereof by Castle Brands upon reasonable notice and, so far as possible, said casks will be stored together in an area reasonably accessible for viewing. Castle Brands will pay Irish Distillers' usual customary storage charges in respect of these casks.
7. TRADEMARKS
Castle Brands shall not use the name Irish Distillers in connection with any marketing or promotion of the Brands or in any manner without the prior written approval of Irish Distillers.
8. AGENCY
Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute either party as agent for the other or a joint venture or partnership among the parties, or authorize either party to pledge the other's credit or contract any liabilities on the other party's behalf.
9. ASSIGNMENT
Neither Castle Brands nor Irish Distillers shall be entitled to assign, subcontract, transfer, charge or otherwise dispose of any of its rights or the performance of its obligations under this Agreement except with the prior written consent of the other.
10. NOTICES
10.1. Any notice required to be given hereunder shall be given in writing, by personal delivery, by post or by facsimile transmission, and shall be deemed to be served:
10.1.1. if given by post, 10 days after the said notice has been posted by first class registered mail (or the equivalent thereof) addressed to the other party at its address appearing herein or at such other address as either party may from time to time notify to the other as the address for the service of notice, and
10.1.2. if given by personal delivery or facsimile transmission at the time of delivery or transmission.
10.2. All notices under this Agreement to Castle Brands shall be deemed to be delivered, if delivered in accordance with clause 10.1, to Castle Brands (USA) Corp.
11. ENTIRE AGREEMENT
This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement between the parties in connection with the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all previous correspondence or negotiations between the parties relative hereto.
12. COUNTERPARTS
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts each of which when executed and delivered shall constitute an original and all such counterparts together constituting but one and the same instrument.
13. WAIVER OF BREACH
A waiver by any party of any breach by the other party hereto of any of the terms, provisions or conditions of this Agreement or the acquiescence of any party in any act (whether commission or omission) which but for the acquiescence would be a breach as aforesaid shall not constitute a general waiver of such term, provision or condition or an acquiescence to any subsequent act contrary thereto.
14. VARIATION
No variation of this Agreement shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by or on behalf of each of the parties hereto.
15. SEVERABILITY
Each of the provisions of this Agreement is separate and severable and enforceable accordingly and if at any time any provision is adjudged by any court of competent
jurisdiction to be void or unenforceable the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof and of that provision in any other jurisdiction shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
16. BINDING AGREEMENT
This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.
17. FURTHER ASSURANCES
Each of the parties hereto agree to take any and all such further action and to execute, acknowledge and deliver such instruments, documents and other agreements as the other party may reasonably request to effectuate, consummate or confirm the transactions contemplated hereby.
18. GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of Ireland.
19. JURISDICTION
It is irrevocably agreed that the Irish courts are to have jurisdiction to settle any disputes which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement or its performance and accordingly that any suit, action or proceedings so arising may be brought in such courts. It is further agreed that nothing in this clause will limit a party's right to take any suit, action or proceedings ("Proceedings") against the other in the United States or in any other court of competent jurisdiction if such party is prevented by applicable law or procedure from initiating Proceedings in the Irish courts, nor will the taking of Proceedings in one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.
20. COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS
Each party hereby warrants that the supply of whiskey by Irish Distillers pursuant to this Agreement and the terms of this Agreement do not breach the laws of the country of its residence and hereby agrees that in the event that any such breach does occur which causes any loss, damage, cost or expense to the other party or the non-fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement, that the party the laws of whose residence are breached hereby shall be liable to and shall indemnify and keep indemnified the other party for any loss, cost, damage or expense which it thereby incurs and hereby further acknowledges that in the event that any term of this Agreement or the performance of the terms thereof causes any such breach of such local law that the other party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement following notice of intention to do so and the failure of the parties to agree to an amendment hereof to avoid such breach, consent to which amendment not to be unreasonably withheld by either party.
21. GUARANTEE
Notwithstanding any other provision including the termination of this Agreement, the Guarantor guarantees the prompt performance of Castle Brands of each and every obligation hereunder.
22. TERMINATION AND CONSEQUENCES OF TERMINATION
22.1. In addition to the provisions providing for termination of this Agreement at the end of the initial term or during any renewal terms, Irish Distillers will be entitled to terminate this Agreement by giving not less than 30 days' written notice to Castle Brands if
22.1.1. there is at any time a material change in the control of Castle Brands;
22.1.2. Castle Brands at any time challenges the validity of any intellectual property right of Irish Distillers.
22.1.3. Castle Brands uses the whiskey supplied by Irish Distillers other than for the sale of brands approved by Irish Distillers.
22.2. In addition to the provisions providing for termination of this Agreement at the end of the initial term or during any renewal terms, either Castle Brands or Irish Distillers will be entitled to terminate this Agreement by giving not less than 30 days' written notice to the other if:
22.2.1. the other party commits any material breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement and, in the case of a breach capable of remedy, fails to remedy the same within 30 days after receipt of a written notice giving full particulars of the breach and requiring it to be remedied;
22.2.2. a receiver, liquidator, administrator or analogous person is appointed over any of the property or assets of the other party or Guarantor;
22.2.3. the other party or Guarantor makes any voluntary arrangement with its creditors or becomes subject to an administration order;
22.2.4. the other party or Guarantor goes into liquidation (except for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction and in such manner that the company resulting therefrom effectively agrees to be bound by or assume the obligations imposed on that other party under this Agreement);
22.2.5. any analogous procedure to any of the foregoing under the law of any jurisdiction occurs in relation to the other party; or
22.2.6. the other party or the Guarantor ceases, or threatens to cease, to carry on business.
For the purposes of clause 22.1 above, a breach will be considered capable of remedy if the party in breach can comply with the provision in question in all respects other than as to the time of performance. The rights to terminate this Agreement given by this Section 22 will be without prejudice to any other right or remedy of either party in respect of the breach concerned (if any) or any other breach.
22.3. Upon the termination of this Agreement for any reason:
22.3.1. Castle Brands may sell or dispose of all stocks of whiskey which it has ordered hereunder prior to the date of termination;
22.3.2. At completion of 22.3.1 above, Castle Brands shall at its own expense within 30 days send to Irish Distillers or otherwise dispose of in accordance with the directions of Irish Distillers all advertising, promotional or sales material relating specifically to the whiskey supplied by Irish Distillers then in the possession of Castle Brands or ordered by Castle Brands;
22.3.3. outstanding unpaid invoices rendered by Irish Distillers in respect of the whiskey and liqueurs supplied will become immediately payable by Castle Brands and invoices in respect of whiskey ordered prior to termination but for which an invoice has not been submitted will be payable immediately upon submission of the invoice and delivery of the whiskey to Castle Brands; and
22.3.4. At completion of 22.3.1 above, Castle Brands shall cease to promote, market or advertise the whiskey supplied or to make any use of the trademarks or other intellectual property rights of Irish Distillers; provided Castle Brands may make references to the fact that it had previously purchased whiskey from Irish Distillers.
Upon the termination of this Agreement, the provisions of Sections 3, 4, 5, 6, 18, 19, 20 and 21 shall survive.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by a duly authorized officer of Irish Distillers, Castle Brands and Castle Brands Inc the day and year first herein written.
IRISH DISTILLERS LIMITED
By: /s/ Savinel Philippe ------------------------------------ Name: Savinel Philippe Title: CEO |
SIGNED in the presence of:
/s/ Maurice Smythe ------------------------------------- Witness Production Director |
CASTLE BRANDS INC.
By: /s/ Mark Andrews ------------------------------------ Name: Mark Andrews Title: Chairman and CEO |
SIGNED in the presence of:
/s/ John E. Schmeltzer, III ------------------------------------- Witness |
John E. Schmeltzer, III
1133 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036
Attorney
CASTLE BRANDS SPIRITS GROUP LIMITED
By: /s/ Patrick Rigney ------------------------------------ Name: Patrick Rigney Title: Managing Director |
SIGNED in the presence of:
/s/ Tom O'Connor ------------------------------------- Witness |
Tom O'Connor
Operations Manager
CASTLE BRANDS (USA) CORP.
By: /s/ Mark Andrews ------------------------------------ Name: Mark Andrews Title: Chairman and CEO |
SIGNED in the presence of:
/s/ John E. Schmeltzer, III ------------------------------------- Witness |
John E. Schmeltzer, III
1133 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036
Attorney
EXHIBIT 1
Brands/Quantities ----------------------------------------------------------- Clontarf Knappogue ----------------------------------- --------------------- Year Black Label Reserve Single Malt Single Malt Premium ---- ----------- ------- ----------- ----------- ------- 2005 * * * * * 2006 * * * * * 2007 * * * * * 2008 * * * * * 2009 * * * * * 2010 * * * * * 2011 * * * * * 2012 * * * * * 2013 * * * * * 2014 * * * * * |
EXHIBIT 2
PRICING
CLONTARF - YEAR 2005 EURO PER L.ALC -------------------- -------------- Clontarf Black Label * Clontarf Reserve * Clontarf Malt * |
KNAPPOGUE -- YEAR 2005 EURO PER L.ALC ---------------------- -------------- Knappogue Premium * Knappogue Malt * |
Exhibit 10.9
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO SUPPLY AGREEMENT
Amendment No. 1, dated as of September 20, 2005, to the Supply Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2005, among Irish Distillers Limited, Castle Brands Spirits Group Limited, Castle Brands (USA) Corp., and Castle Brands Inc. ("Supply Agreement").
WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Supply Agreement in accordance with the terms set forth below; and
WHEREAS, Irish Distillers Limited is willing to provide certain consents in connection with Castle Brands Inc.'s planned initial public offering;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. Section 1 of the Supply Agreement is amended by substituting the following language:
"1. Term
This Agreement shall have effect from 1 January 2005 and initially be for a term of ten (10) calendar years commencing from the date hereof. At each anniversary of the effective date, an estimate for whiskey needs for another year will be added to the bottom of the schedule on Exhibit 1. Unless Irish Distillers and Castle Brands cannot agree on the quantities for such additional year, the term of this Agreement will automatically be extended for one year. Irish Distiller may terminate this Agreement at the end of its term."
2. Sections 22.1 and 22.2 of the Supply Agreement are amended by replacing the words "initial term or during any renewal terms" with the word "term" and section 22.1.1 will be eliminated.
3. In connection with Castle Bands Inc.'s initial public offering, Irish Distillers agrees to the filing of the Supply Agreement and the inclusion of additional related information and disclosures, including the proposed disclosure attached hereto as Exhibit A (or substantially similar disclosure), in the prospectus and the Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be filed by Castle Brands Inc. with the Securities and Exchange Commission and consents to such disclosure (or substantially similar disclosure) in periodic reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q, and any other documents filed or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission, provided that the consents granted in this paragraph 3 will cease to apply if Castle Brands Inc.'s registration has not become effective by June 1, 2006.
4. This Amendment shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of Ireland.
5. Capitalized terms used herein, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the meaning set forth in the Supply Agreement.
6. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
7. Except as specifically amended herein, the Supply Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.
SIGNED in the presence of: IRISH DISTILLERS LIMITED /s/ Paula Somers By: /s/ Paul Duffy -------------------------- ------------------------------ Witness Name: Paul Duffy 5 Greenlea Park Title: CEO Perenure, Dublin 6W SIGNED in the presence of: CASTLE BRANDS INC. /s/ John E. Schmeltzer III By: /s/ Mark Andrews -------------------------- ------------------------------ Witness Name: Mark Andrews Title: Chairman and CEO SIGNED in the presence of: CASTLE BRANDS SPIRITS GROUP LIMITED /s/ Amelia Gary By: /s/ Keith Bellinger -------------------------- ------------------------------ Witness Name: Keith Bellinger Title: Director and COO SIGNED in the presence of: CASTLE BRANDS (USA) CORP. /s/ John E. Schmeltzer III By: /s/ Mark Andrews -------------------------- ------------------------------ Witness Name: Mark Andrews Title: Chairman and CEO |
EXHIBIT A
KNAPPOGUE CASTLE AND CLONTARF IRISH WHISKEYS
In 2005, we entered into a long-term supply agreement with Irish Distillers, a subsidiary of Pernod Ricard, pursuant to which it has agreed to supply us with the aged single malt and grain whiskeys used in our Knappogue Castle Irish single malt whiskey, the Knappogue Castle blend and all three of our Clontarf Irish whiskey products through December 31, 2014. The supply agreement includes a ten-year estimate of our supply needs for these five products, each of which is produced to a flavor profile proscribed by us. At the beginning of each year of the agreement, we must nominate our specific supply needs for each product for that year, which amounts we are then obligated to purchase over the course of that year. The agreement provides for fixed prices for the whiskeys used in each product, with escalations based on certain cost increases. The whiskies for the five products are then sent to Terra Limited where they are bottled in bottles designed by us and packaged for shipment.
Exhibit 10.10
NOTE: PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT ARE THE SUBJECT OF A CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST BY THE REGISTRANT TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. SUCH PORTIONS HAVE BEEN REDACTED AND ARE MARKED WITH A "[*]" IN PLACE OF THE REDACTED LANGUAGE.
AMENDED AND RESTATED
WORLDWIDE DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT made as of the 16th day of April, 2001 (the "Agreement"), by and between Great Spirits Company LLC (hereinafter referred to as "Great Spirits"), a Delaware limited liability company having its principal place of business at 1331 Lamar, Suite 1125, Houston, Texas 77010, USA, and Gaelic Heritage Corporation Limited (hereinafter referred to as the "Supplier"), an Irish corporation having its principal place of business at Institute Road, Bailieboro, Co. Cavan, Republic of Ireland.
1. Definitions: when used in this Agreement:
(a) "Products" shall mean all items sold under the name "Celtic Crossing" including the current liqueur and any items subsequently added pursuant to Paragraph 10(b) below.
(b) "Old Territory" shall mean the United States of America, Canada, Mexico, Puerto Rico, the Caribbean, including all islands situated between North and South America, and all United States territories and possessions, including duty free shops located therein, U.S. military bases (wherever located), and flights and cruises originating in any of the above-mentioned places.
(c) "New Territory" shall mean the remainder of the world such that the Old Territory and the New Territory (collectively, the "Territory") shall mean the world and all commercial disposition of Products.
(d) "Case" shall mean the various case sizes set forth in Exhibit A, which is attached and made part of this agreement, and any other configurations which Supplier and Great Spirits may subsequently agree to add.
(e) "Royalty" for the purposes of this Agreement shall mean a payment on a per Case basis as set out in Exhibit B, which is attached to and made part of this agreement, and shall be payable in accordance with Paragraph 5(f).
(f) "Brand" shall mean the Celtic Crossing brand and label, including tradename, trademark and tradedress.
2. Sales of Ownership Rights and Product
(a) Supplier has heretofore sold to Great Spirits 65% of the ownership of the Brand in the Old territory.
(b) In consideration for services rendered, Great Spirits and the Supplier each assigned 5% of the Brand in the Old Territory to MHW, Ltd., with the result that the
Brand in the Old Territory is owned 60% by Great Spirits, 30% by the Supplier and 10% by MHW Ltd.
(c) For a period of three years from the execution of this Agreement, Great Spirits will have the right, but not the obligation, to purchase 70% of the ownership of the Brand in the New Territory for Irish L140,000 (the "Purchase Option"). After the third anniversary of the execution of this Agreement, Great Spirits shall continue to have the right, but not the obligation, to purchase 70% of the ownership of the Brand in the New Territory, but the option price shall be adjusted from Irish L140,000 by the change from year to year of the Irish Consumer Price Index. In the event of such purchase, Supplier will execute and deliver such instruments as Great Spirits shall reasonably request to give full effect to such purchase and prior purchases.
(d) In the event of the sale of the Brand rights by either Great Spirits or
the Supplier, the non-selling party shall have (i) a pre-emptive right of
first refusal to purchase the interest to be sold at the same price as the
proposed sale and (ii) the right to sell alongside the other and share pro
rata in the sales proceeds. MHW, Ltd. will not have the right to dispose of
its interest in the Brand except in conjunction with a sale by Great
Spirits and the Supplier. In the event of such sale, MHW, Ltd. will be
required to sell and will be entitled to receive its pro rata share of the
sales proceeds. In addition, upon a disposition of the Brand by the
Supplier where Great Spirits retains its interest, Supplier shall either
(i) continue to be fully obligated to supply Products hereunder without
amendment to this Agreement or (ii) terminate the Agreement upon six-month
notice and release the formula and right to produce the Products to Great
Spirits as described in Paragraph 18.
(e) Supplier shall not sell or encumber any interest in the Brand or make any assignment or take any other action which would limit Great Spirits' rights under this Section.
3. Appointment
(a) Supplier hereby appoints Great Spirits (itself or acting through Great Spirits' agents) as the sole and exclusive importer and distributor of the Products in the Territory. Supplier irrevocably grants Great Spirits (on the terms of this Agreement) sole and exclusive rights to use the Brand in the Territory.
(b) Great Spirits and Supplier shall devise mutually acceptable methods of operation in order to expedite the production, shipment and handling of the Products so as to provide Great Spirits with timely supply of Products. The parties shall cooperate on other joint activities intended by this Agreement.
4. Duration
This Agreement shall continue until terminated in accordance with Paragraph 11.
5. Terms of Sale and Payment
(a) Great Spirits shall provide Supplier with annual forecasts of requirements reflecting anticipated needs of Products by Case and type of bottle, such forecasts to be delivered to Supplier on or before the last day of February commencing with 2002. Great Spirits shall be obligated to order the aggregate amounts set forth in each such forecast within the year of such forecast. Payment shall be made as provided in (b) below.
(b) Except as provided, all sales of the Products by the Supplier to Great Spirits shall be FOB Irish Port at the prices set in accordance with subsections 5(c),(d) and (e) and payment by Great Spirits for the Products shall be due 60 days from date of shipment by carrier designated by Great Spirits.
(c) The prices at which Cases of Products will be sold by Supplier to Great Spirits during 2001 are set forth on Exhibit C which is attached to and made a part of this agreement.
(d) For each year after 2001, Supplier, based upon the annual forecasts, shall seek to achieve reductions and savings in costs related to production and bottling of the Products. All such costs, reductions and savings shall be reflected in the price per Case of the Products. Supplier and Great Spirits shall cooperate to achieve the least expensive cost for the Products and shall mutually agree the prices at which Cases of Products will be sold by Supplier to Great Spirits.
(e) At any time during the term of this Agreement, Supplier may decrease the prices of the Products. Such decrease in prices shall become effective upon Great Spirits receipt of written notice thereof.
(f) Royalty payments in respect of Products purchased by Great Spirits pursuant to Paragraph 5 shall be paid at the same time as each purchase invoice is payable in respect of such Products.
6. Marketing and Advertising; Additional Supplier Services
(a) Great Spirits will work with the Supplier to develop mutually satisfactory marketing and advertising plans for the Products in the Territory. However, final authority on all matters relating to this plan will rest with Great Spirits. Marketing and advertising shall include all selling, marketing, promotion, commissions and administrative expenses, payments to MHW, Ltd. and travel and entertainment expenses related to the Products ("Marketing and Advertising Expenses"). (Marketing and Advertising Expenses related to other products which Great Spirits may sell will not qualify as Marketing and Advertising Expenses under this Agreement.) In 2001 and 2002, Great Spirits will commit to expend at least 50% of gross profits (gross profits is defined as gross margin per Case multiplied by the number of Cases sold) from the sale of the Products in the Territory on Marketing and Advertising Expenses except to the
extent necessary to pay members' tax obligations arising out of their interests in Great Spirits and to pay financing obligations of Great Spirits. Aside from the foregoing, Great Spirits shall have no other obligation with regard to marketing and advertising.
(b) At the election of Great Spirits, Supplier will provide shipping and invoicing services from bond to bond. Great Spirits shall provide Supplier with customers' duty and excise number and all other relevant information and documents as deemed necessary in order to execute shipment. Supplier shall receive mutually agreed upon fees for such services. Great Spirits shall indemnify Supplier from all duty and VAT liability for Products shipped pursuant to this Section 6(b).
7. Representation and Warranties of Great Spirits
Great Spirits represents, warrants and covenants, during the term of this Agreement, to Supplier as follows:
(a) Great Spirits or its agents shall be a duly licensed importer of alcoholic beverages and shall have at the time of signing this Agreement, in full force and effect, such federal, state and local licenses as may be necessary to conduct its business as an importer and marketer of alcoholic beverages.
(b) Great Spirits shall submit to the Supplier:
(i) Annual sales reports showing the performance of each Product in the Territory.
(ii) Annual reports showing the amount and allocation of expenditures on Marketing and Advertising Expenses. Upon written request, the Supplier shall have the right to verify these expenditures.
(c) Great Spirits or its agents shall file such price schedules and reports as may be prescribed by applicable laws and regulations.
(d) During the period of this Agreement, Great Spirits shall not distribute, within the Territory, any other Irish liqueur (cordial) product not bottled in Supplier's facilities without the written consent of the Supplier.
8. Representations and Warranties of Supplier
Supplier represents, warrants and covenants, during the term of this Agreement, to Great Spirits as follows:
(a) Supplier has the authority to enter into and carry out its obligations under this Agreement.
(b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not breach any contract or agreement to which Supplier is a party, or violate any law or regulation by which it is bound.
(c) Supplier has the right to designate and appoint Great Spirits as the exclusive importer and distributor of the Products in the Territory and, subject to Section 2, is the sole owner of the Brand free and clear of any lien or encumbrance.
(d) The Products to be sold to Great Spirits under this Agreement shall be merchantable and fit for human consumption. The Products shall be manufactured, packaged and labeled in Ireland in conformity with applicable U.S. federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations and the rules and regulations of the United States Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms or the laws and regulations of other governments regarding bottles and labels for the Products, as advised by Great Spirits to the Supplier from time to time. In addition, all Cases of Products sold to Great Spirits shall be coded in such a manner that Supplier and Great Spirits are able to identify production lots. The Products shall have a shelf life of a minimum of five years from date of manufacture.
(e) The formulation and quality of ingredients and the packaging of the Products to be sold in the Territory will not change without Great Spirits' written approval.
(f) The Products to be sold to Great Spirits shall be free and clear of all liens. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or compliance with its terms and provisions will result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge, encumbrance, or restriction of any nature upon the Products and other assets to be sold to Great Spirits.
(g) Supplier shall not sell or otherwise transfer Products to any other party.
9. Product Liability and Returns
(a) During the term of this Agreement, Supplier shall maintain in full force and effect public liability insurance and product liability insurance covering the Products purchased by Great Spirits in the amount of not less than five million Irish Pounds (IRL5,000,000). With respect to the public liability insurance, the sum insured shall be IRL5,000,000 for any one occurrence. With respect to the product liability insurance, the sum insured shall be IRL5,000,000 for all occurrences in any twelve-month period. Great Spirits shall be named an additional insured on all such policies and such policies shall provide for 30 days prior notice to Great Spirits of cancellation. It is the responsibility of Great Spirits to ensure that marine insurance is in force.
(b) Any Products not merchantable due to obvious quality deficiencies, packaging problems, or to errors committed by Supplier may be returned to Supplier for full credit plus cost of shipping provided that notice of such deficiency, problem, or error has been given to Supplier within sixty (60) days after the date of receipt by Great Spirits of the Products. Any Products not merchantable due to quality deficiencies or packaging
problems which are not obvious, may be returned to Supplier for full credit plus cost of shipping provided that notice of such latent defect has been given to the Supplier within six (6) months after the date of receipt of the Products by Great Spirits.
(c) The Supplier will indemnify Great Spirits against all claims relating to commissions and fees resulting from actions or events which occurred prior to the date of this Agreement.
(d) The Supplier irrevocably agrees to protect, indemnify and hold harmless Great Spirits, its officers, members, employees and agents from any claims, demands, causes of action, damages, liabilities, losses or suits brought by third parties arising out of, relating to or resulting from any negligent act or omission of Supplier in respect of the manufacture of the Products.
(e) During the term of the Agreement, Great Spirits agrees to maintain general liability insurance (including umbrella) with respect to its activities in an amount of not less than U.S. $5,000,000.
(f) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the provisions of Paragraph 9(a), (c) and (d) shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
10. Production Modification and Future Products
(a) The Supplier agrees that it will cooperate in modifying the formula for the Product to be sold in the Territory and the packaging of same, such cooperation to be based upon the good faith anticipation by Great Spirits that modifications to the formula or packaging will increase sales and upon such modifications the price per Case shall be adjusted to reflect any increased costs to Supplier.
(b) Great Spirits shall have the right of first refusal regarding any future product which Supplier desires to distribute in the Territory. In the event that Great Spirits exercises its first right of refusal hereunder to distribute additional products produced or sold by Supplier or the parties otherwise agree to include additional products hereunder, the term "Products" as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to include such additional products. Great Spirits shall have ninety (90) days from notice by Supplier to exercise that right of first refusal.
11. Termination
Great Spirits or the Supplier shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement by written notice to the other if:
(a) that other party commits any continuing or material breach or violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement and, in the case of such a breach or violation which is capable of remedy, fails to remedy the same within sixty (60) days after receipt of a
written notice giving full particulars of the breach or violation and requiring it to be remedied;
(b) an encumbrance takes possession or a receiver is appointed over the property or assets of that other party except in the case of liens to financing institutions under arrangements not in default;
(c) that other party makes any voluntary arrangement with its creditors or becomes subject to an administration order;
(d) that other party goes into liquidation (except for the purpose of an amalgamation, reconstruction or other reorganization made in such manner that the company resulting from the reorganization effectively agrees to be bound by or assume the obligations imposed on that other party under this Agreement);
(e) an examiner or equivalent is appointed to that other party whether under Section 2 of the Companies (Amendment) Act of 1990 of Ireland.
12. Trademarks
Supplier represents and warrants that it has the exclusive and unrestricted right to sell the trademark, tradename, brand name and label included in the Brand to Great Spirits as contemplated by 2(a) and (c) and further confirms that it has not received any notice contesting the entitlement of the Supplier to use and sell same. The tradename and trademark for the Product is currently registered in the USA and certain other countries. Trademark registration in the Territory shall become the responsibility of Great Spirits, provided Great Spirits shall have no obligation to register same in any given country. In addition, Great Spirits shall have no obligation to police or enforce the Brand in the Territory.
13. Choice of Law and Disputes
(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Ireland.
(b) In the event of any controversy or claim (whether such controversy
involves a dispute, disagreement or difference of interpretation and
whether such claim sounds in contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of or
relating to (i) this Agreement, (ii) the actual or alleged breach hereof or
(iii) the commercial or economic relationship of the parties hereto (a
"Dispute"), the party hereto alleging the existence of a Dispute shall give
to the other written notice setting out the material particulars of such
Dispute. A senior executive officer or senior official with settlement
authority (a "Senior Official") from each party hereto shall agree to meet
personally in New York or such other location as the parties may mutually
agree, or to conduct a telephonic meeting within five business days of the
date of receipt of such notice (the "Notice Date") by the relevant party to
attempt in good faith, and using their reasonable endeavors at all times, to resolve such Dispute.
(c) If (i) such Dispute is not resolved within fifteen business days (or such longer period as to which the parties may agree) after the applicable Notice Date or (ii) any party hereto fails or refuses to meet as required by the notice described in Section 13(b), the Dispute shall be mediated through non-binding mediation through the Centre for Dispute Resolution in London ("CEDR").
(d) If the Dispute is not resolved within 60 days after the commencement of the mediation, the Dispute shall be referred to litigation in which case the Courts of the Republic of Ireland are to have exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine the dispute.
14. Force Majeure
If either party is prevented from performing any of its obligations hereunder by an occurrence beyond its reasonable control such as, but not limited to, acts of God, fire, flood, war, insurrection, riot, government regulations, raw material shortage, strikes, or lack of common carrier facilities, then the affected party shall be excused from performance for so long as such occurrence exists.
15. Severability
In the event any of the terms and provisions of this Agreement are in violation of, or prohibited by, any applicable law or regulation, such terms and provisions shall be deemed amended or deleted to conform to such law or regulation without invalidation or amending or deleting any of the other terms or conditions of this Agreement.
16. Successor
This Agreement shall not be assignable by any party without the written consent of the other and shall be binding upon the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
17. Relationship of the Parties
The parties acknowledge that no joint venture or partnership has been created by this Agreement, and that no party can take any action which is legally binding on the other without the prior written consent of the party to be charged.
18. Deposit Formula
The Supplier has deposited the full formula and production instructions for the Products, together with irrevocable and exclusive right to produce same for sale and the right to use the Brand within the Territory, with a mutually agreeable escrow agent pursuant to a
mutually acceptable escrow agreement providing for release of the aforementioned items to Great Spirits (i) upon failure of Supplier to supply timely the Products or (ii) upon termination of this Agreement by Great Spirits pursuant to Paragraph 11.
19. Miscellaneous
(a) Any demand, notice, or request provided for by this Agreement shall be in writing, and shall be made by delivery or by ordinary airmail addressed to the party to whom notice is to be given or to whom a demand or request is to be made.
The addresses of the parties are as follows:
Great Spirits: Great Spirits Company LLC 1331 Lamar, Suite 1125 Houston, Texas 77010 United States of America Fax: 713-756-6150 Supplier: Gaelic Heritage Corporation Limited Institute Road Bailieboro, Co. Cavan Republic of Ireland Fax: 353-4296-65519 |
(b) This Agreement represents the entire agreement between Great Spirits and Supplier, supersedes all their prior oral and written arrangements and agreements including, but not limited to, the National Distribution Agreement, dated as of March 17, 1998, by and among the parties hereto, and may not be changed except by a further written agreement or by an amendment to this Agreement signed by both parties.
(c) Any failure by a party hereto to exercise any of its rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of such rights; any such failure shall not preclude exercise of such rights at any later time.
(d) Section headings are for convenience only and are not to be construed as part of this Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
GAELIC HERITAGE CORPORATION LIMITED
By /s/ Patrick McKevitt ---------------------------------- Name: Patrick McKevitt Title: President |
GREAT SPIRITS COMPANY LLC
By /s/ Mark Andrews ---------------------------------- Name: Mark Andrews Title: President |
For purposes of joinder with respect to Paragraphs 2(d):
MHW, LTD.
By /s/ John F. Beaudette ---------------------------------- Name: John F. Beaudette Title: President |
EXHIBIT A
CASE CONFIGURATIONS
Standard US Case 12 X 750ml Standard International Case 12 X 70cl Litre Case 12 X 1 Litre Glass Mini Case 120 X 50ml Plastic Mini Case 120 X 50ml Gift Pack (US) 6 X 750ml Gift Pack (International) 6 X 70cl |
EXHIBIT B
ROYALTIES
OLD TERRITORY*
Standard Case * Litre Case * Glass Mini Case * Plastic Mini Case * Gift Pack * |
NEW TERRITORY**
* Standard and Litre * * * Glass Mini Case * Plastic Mini Case * Gift Pack * |
** If Great Spirits exercises its Purchase Option, the New Territory Royalties as set out in this exhibit will no longer apply to Cases purchased by Great Spirits for distribution in the New Territory and the Royalty for such Purchases will become L * (Irish) per Case. (L * per gift packs of 6 bottles.) Further, it is agreed that, if Great Spirits has purchased a portion of the Brand in the New Territory pursuant to Section 2(c), the parties will review the Royalties in the New Territory in 2003 and, if a standard FOB has been established, implement an adjustment mechanism similar to the one established in the Old Territory.
EXHIBIT C
FOBs IRISH PORT
Standard US Case * Standard International Case * Litre Case * Glass Mini Case * Plastic Mini Case * Gift Pack (US) * Gift Pack (International) * |
Exhibit 10.11
NOTE: PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT ARE THE SUBJECT OF A CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST BY THE REGISTRANT TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. SUCH PORTIONS HAVE BEEN REDACTED AND ARE MARKED WITH A "[*]" IN PLACE OF THE REDACTED LANGUAGE.
TERRA LIMITED
AND
THE ROARING WATER BAY SPIRITS COMPANY
LIMITED
BOTTLING AND SERVICES AGREEMENT
Terra Limited Institute Road Bailieboro Co Cavan
THIS AGREEMENT is made the 1st day of September 2002
BETWEEN:
(1) The Roaring Water Bay Spirits Company Limited, having its registered office at 4 Herbert Place, Dublin 2 ("the Company"); and
(2) Terra Limited, having its registered office at Institute Road, Bailieborough, County Cavan ("Terra")
WHEREAS:
(A) The Company is involved in the business of manufacturing, producing, marketing, distributing, and selling branded whiskey, vodka, and other spirit based products.
(B) Terra, pursuant to a Bottling and Services Agreement dated 19th day of January 1998 ("the Original Agreement") has been providing certain bottling and other services to the Company as provided in the Original Agreement.
(C) Terra and the Company have agreed to enter into this Agreement in substitution for the Original Agreement.
NOW THEREFORE IN CONSIDERATION OF THE PAYMENTS AND COVENANTS HEREINAFTER CONTAINED IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
1. DURATION
This Agreement will commence with effect from September 1st 2002 and, subject as hereinafter appearing, will continue for a period of three and a half (3.5) years until 28th February 2005 and thereafter as may be agreed between the parties.
2. SERVICES
Terra shall, utilizing the equipment in Appendix 1, provide the bottling and other services described in Appendix 1 and elsewhere in this Agreement ("the Services") to the Company. The Company shall exclusively retain Terra to provide bottling and other requirements of the Company for all Vodka,
Whiskey and Gin permutations in conjunction with, but limited to Appendix 2.
3. PRICING/INVOICING
The pricing shall be as outlined in Appendix 2. Prices will be adjusted in line with the Irish Consumer Price Index (CPI) every March 1st up to a maximum of 3.5%. Both parties will use their best endeavors to agree pricing on future new product configurations on a product by product basis. Terra will invoice the Company monthly and payment will be made by the Company within 60 days from the date of invoice.
4. DISCOUNT
With effect from March 1st, 2003, under this agreement an annual 3.5% discount will apply in respect of the increase in bottling fees billed by Terra over those billed in the immediately preceding year. The credit note relating to this discount will be submitted to the Company by April in each year, commencing in April 2004. This discount excludes bottling fees billed in respect of new product configurations.
5. COMPANY ORDERS
All orders from the Company to Terra, to be valid, must be received by Terra in writing, duly signed by the Company or a duly authorized representative of the Company.
6. ORDER ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
Each order received by Terra from the Company will be acknowledged to the Company by fax, post or e-mail by Terra within one working day of receipt by Terra of the order.
7. CHANGE PARTS/NON-STANDARD EQUIPMENT
The Company will be responsible for the purchasing of the required change parts, which are necessary and exclusive to the Company in order for Terra to carry out the services. Where parts are deemed not exclusive to the Company a cost sharing arrangement will be agreed. It is agreed that Terra will obtain a purchase order form from the Company before proceeding with any Purchase of change parts on its behalf.
8. PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
All bottling specifications will be supplied in writing to Terra by the Company and are subject to agreement between Terra and the Company. No changes will be made to the agreed bottling specifications without the prior written consent of the Company and Terra.
9. MATERIALS PROCUREMENT
Terra will be responsible for materials call off necessary for the provision of the Services. Procurement shall be effected in the name and at the cost of the Company. To permit Terra to call off such materials in a timely and efficient manner, orders for product by the Company will be required on a three (3) month rolling basis to allow for supplier lead tines in the delivery of materials. Terra will endeavor to call off raw materials subject to a pre-agreed call off plan.
Supplies of materials for the Company's products will only be purchased from approved suppliers of the Company.
Minimum and maximum stock holding levels will be agreed between the Company and Terra. Stocks will be continually monitored by the Company and Terra against sales to avoid obsolescence. Terra will not be accountable for obsolete stocks.
Minimum and maximum order quantities will also be agreed between Terra and the Company to achieve economies of scale in purchasing.
The limited warehousing capacity of Terra is acknowledged. Where additional storage space to warehouse the stock of the Company is necessary, the Company will reimburse Terra on a pre-agreed basis.
10. INWARDS QUALITY INSPECTION
Terra will be responsible for maintaining quality standards to be agreed between Terra and the Company. Materials supplied to Terra will be inspected in accordance with such standards. A certificate of conformance will be supplied by the company for all raw material items confirming that the raw materials conform to the agreed quality standards. The Company will be required to sign off on all proposed new packaging and ensure that a new certificate of conformance is supplied. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any changes in the specification of raw materials must be agreed with Terra before being proceeded with. Terra must notify the Company on a timely basis of all quality issues. All raw material received must be signed in as "unchecked for quality and quantity".
11. QUALITY
Terra will be responsible for bottling the Company's products and providing the other Services in accordance with the specifications agreed between Terra and the Company. Testing of the Company's products shall be carried out in accordance with the principles set out in Appendix 3.
Where specialized tests or testing equipment are required for materials or products, the Company will provide Terra with written instructions on these
test procedures. Any costs incurred in testing, in accordance with Appendix 3, and any additional costs incurred in specialized testing will be charged separately to the Company.
12. STEWARDSHIP OF MATERIALS ON SITE
Packaging and finished products will be stored by Terra at ambient temperatures in pallet stacks, in the store area at the Terra premises at Bailieborough, Co. Cavan ("Premises"). All storage areas will be kept neat and tidy and will be reviewed during hygiene audits.
For materials requiring specialized storage, the Company will provide Terra with written instructions on the correct handling and storage of such materials. Where additional costs are incurred in specialized storage, these costs will be charged separately to the Company.
All of the Company's products on the Premises from time to time will be under Terra's Customs and Excise bond.
It is anticipated that stocks of the Company's products on Terra's premises will be kept to a minimum.
13. MATERIALS USAGE TOLERANCES
The levels of losses of materials during bottling should not exceed 1% of the standard usage of materials in each year. This factor will be reviewed by the Company on a batch basis and Terra must ensure that wastage reports are prepared on a batch basis. Terra will also endeavor to explain any wastage over this level and the company will give special consideration to the wastage of alcohol and small run sizes.
14. CUSTOMS AND EXCISE
Management of the day-to-day relationship with Customs and Excise representatives on the Premises will be the responsibility of Terra, and Terra shall have the responsibility of notifying the Company in good time, of any duty or tax payable by the Company to Customs and Excise in respect of the Company's products on the Premises. The Company acknowledges that duty is payable by the Company to Terra within a week of being invoiced at the end of the month if the products which are removed from the Terra bonded warehouse are not traveling under bond.
15. STOCK CONTROL
Terra with maintain detailed stock records of the Company's stock in a format reasonably required by the Company, and will make these records available to the Company in a timely and efficient manner.
16. STOCK OBSOLESCENCE
Terra will use all reasonable endeavors to minimize stock obsolescence.
Materials called off against the Company's sales projections that are subsequently not used due to revisions in the sales projections are the responsibility of the Company.
Finished goods produced against the Company's sales projections which subsequently become obsolete, are the responsibility of the Company.
17. SHIPPING/TRANSPORT
Shipping administration will be carried out by Terra for and on behalf of the Company.
All shipping and transport costs will be the responsibility of the Company.
18. INSURANCE
Alcohol on the Terra site will come under the Terra customs bond. All other insurance including, without limitation, product, packaging, public/products liability and marine will be the responsibility of the Company. The interest of Terra must be noted on all the Company's insurance policies as sole loss payee in claims involving or including Customs and Excise duty payable.
19. CUSTOMER SERVICE
Those aspects of customer service being invoicing, shipping and customer queries relating to invoicing and shipping of the Company's products will be dealt with by Terra. Costs resulting from errors made by Terra in shipping will be met by Terra.
20. RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
Terra will assist in the development of products and use all its expertise in the launch and marketing of new products.
The Terra facilities will be made available to the Company in areas of research, and use of Terra's pilot plant facilities will also be made available in each case at costs to be agreed.
21. PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Terra will provide assistance in connection with logistics and project management to include:
- Sourcing Materials
- Agreeing standards and specifications with suppliers
- Supplier contracts and pricing
- Assisting in label approval with legal authorities such as, without limitation, BATF etc.
- In all areas of research and development and project management, final approval and sign off will be by a director or other authorized signatory of the Company.
22. ACCESS TO SITE
With reasonable notice, Terra will make available for inspection/review, its facilities at the Premises to the Company and its customers.
23. CREAM LIQUEUR PRODUCTS AND NON-COMPLETE
(i) The Company acknowledges that Terra is prohibited from and shall not be required to perform any services whatsoever, relating directly or indirectly to the business of the manufacture, processing, production, bottling, sale or distribution of any Cream Liqueur Products and, accordingly, Terra will not, and will not be required by the Company to, provide any such services hereunder. "Cream Liqueur Products" means alcohol beverages that contain alcohol and dairy, or alternative fats, which in combination with sweetening and sugars are intended to compete with, or replicate existing cream or fat based alcoholic beverages.
(ii) Without prejudice to the foregoing, Terra shall not during the period of this Agreement, do any of the following, without the prior consent of the Company
(a) Either solely or jointly, with or on behalf of any person, directly or indirectly, carry on or be engaged or interested (except as a holder for investment purposes of securities dealt with on a recognized stock exchange) in any business in Ireland which competes either directly or indirectly, with the business of the Company, in so far as it relates to the development, manufacture or supply of vodka or whiskey.
(b) Solicit the custom of any person in Ireland, who is, or has been at any time during the period of this Agreement, a customer of the Company for the purposes of offering to such customer, vodka or whiskey which compete directly or indirectly with those manufactured and/or supplied by the Company
(c) Solicit or entice away, or endeavor to solicit or entice away any director or employee of the Company.
PROVIDED HOWEVER that nothing herein will preclude or restrict Terra from providing any production, bottling, labeling or ancillary services to any person or continuing with its investment in, and services to Gaelic Heritage Corporation Limited, so long as Gaelic Heritage Corporation Limited is not involved in the manufacture of Irish branded vodka or whiskey.
24. TERMINATION
24.1 Either party shall be entitled forthwith to terminate this agreement by written notice to the other if:
24.1.1 that other party commits any continuing or material breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement and, in the case of such a breach, which is capable of remedy, fails to remedy the same within 30 days after receipt of a written notice giving full particulars of the breach and requiring it to be remedied
24.1.2 an encumbrancer takes possession or a receiver is appointed over any of the property or assets of that other party
that other party makes any voluntary arrangement with its creditors or becomes subject to an administration order
24.1.3 that other party goes into liquidation (except for the purposes of an amalgamation, reconstruction or other reorganization, and in such manner that the company resulting from the reorganization effectively agrees to be bound by or assume the obligations imposed on that other party under this agreement)
24.1.4 an examiner is appointed to that other party under Section 2 of the Companies (Amendment) Act 1990; or
24.1.5 that other party ceases, or threatens to cease, to carry on business.
25. INFRINGEMENT
The Company shall indemnify and keep indemnified Terra against all damages, penalties, costs and expenses to which Terra may become liable as a result of work done or the supply of goods in accordance with the Company's requirements, which involves the infringement of any letters patent, registered design, copyright, trademark, or trade name, or other rights of confidentiality or industrial, commercial, or intellectual property.
26. NATURE OF AGREEMENT
26.1 This Agreement is personal to the parties, and neither of them may, without the written consent of the other, assign, mortgage, charge (otherwise than by floating charge) or dispose of any of its rights hereunder, or sub-contract or otherwise delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement.
26.2 Nothing in this Agreement shall create, or be deemed to create, a partnership between the parties.
26.3 This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties with respect to its subject matter, supersedes all previous agreements and understandings between the parties, and may not be modified except by an instrument in writing signed by the duly authorized representatives of the parties.
26.4 If any provision of this Agreement is held by any court or other competent authority to be void or unenforceable in whole or in part, the other provisions of this Agreement and the remainder of the affected provisions shall continue to be valid.
26.5 This Agreement shall be governed and construed in all respects in accordance with the laws of Ireland.
27. FORCE MAJEURE
27.1 If either party is affected by Force Majeure, it shall promptly notify the other party of the nature and extent of the circumstances in question.
27.2 Notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement, neither party shall be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement, or otherwise be liable to the other, for any delay in performance, or the non-performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement, to the extent that the delay or non-performance is due to any Force Majeure of which it has notified the other party, and the time for performance of that obligation shall be extended accordingly.
27.3 If at any time Terra claims Force Majeure in respect of its obligations under this Agreement with regard to the supply of Services, the Company shall be entitled to obtain from any other person such quantity of the Services as Terra is unable to supply
28. NOTICES
Any notices to be given under this Agreement shall be either delivered personally or sent by fax. The address of personal service of each party is its registered office. A notice is deemed to be served as follows:
(a) if personally delivered, at the time of delivery;
(b) if sent by fax, at 12 noon on the first business day after transmission, provided always that an acknowledgement of such transmission has been received.
29. WARRANTIES AND LIABILITY
29.1 Terra warrants to the Company that the provision of the Services in accordance with the terms of this Agreement:
(i) will be of satisfactory quality (within the meaning of the Sale of Goods Act 1893, and the Sale of Goods and Supply of Services Act 1980, as amended);
(ii) will be free from defects in design, material and workmanship;
(iii) will correspond with any specification agreed between the Company and Terra; and
(iv) will comply with all statutory requirements and regulations relating to the provision of the Services.
29.2 Without prejudice to any other remedy, if any of the Services are not provided in accordance with this Agreement, then the Company shall be entitled:
(i) to require Terra to make good the failure to supply the Services in accordance with this Agreement within 14 days; or
(ii) at the Company's sole option, require the repayment of any part of the price which has been paid in respect of such Services.
29.3 Terra shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Company in full against all liability, loss, damages, costs and expenses (including legal expenses) awarded against or incurred or paid by the Company, as a result of or in connection with breach of any warranty given by Terra in this clause 29.
29.4 The procedures described in Appendix 3 shall be employed by the parties in order to facilitate the ascertainment of responsibility for any defect in the products or any failure to comply with the Services.
30. ARBITRATION
In the event that there shall be any dispute between the parties hereto in relation to this Agreement, then either party may serve notice on the other specifying the nature of the dispute and if such dispute is not settled within 60 days from the date of the service of such notice, then either party may serve
on the other, a notice requiring the matter to be submitted to arbitration. The arbitrator shall be agreed by the parties within 30 days of the date of such notice and failing such agreement, the arbitrator shall be determined by the President for the time being of the Institute of Chartered Accountants. The decision of such arbitrator as to the dispute shall be final and binding on the parties, and the provisions of the Arbitration Acts 1954 and 1980 (as amended) shall apply to such arbitration.
AS WITNESS the hands of the parties hereto (by authorized signatories)
/s/ Philip O'Shea ------------------------------------- SIGNED by or on behalf of TERRA in the presence of: - /s/ Patsy McKevitt ---------------------------- /s/ Niall McQuillan ------------------------------------- 2/9/2002 |
SIGNED by or on behalf of
the Company in the presence of: - /s/ Patrick Rigney ---------------------- |
APPENDIX 1
EQUIPMENT AND THE SERVICES
EQUIPMENT
The standard bottling equipment of Terra consists of air blowing, filling, ropp capping, front and back labeling, bottom stapling outer case, taping outer case, semi-automatic pallet shrink wrapping, bottle coding, case coding and case weighing.
SERVICES
1. Intake and Storage (limited) of all raw materials required by the Company
2. Storage of final product at bottling strength
3. Sampling, testing, final approval of bulk and finished product as per this Agreement. On-line QC checks.
4. Final filtering, filling, capping and labeling of bottles.
5. Packing into final cases, taping, weighing, coding, palletising of final cases and pallet wrapping facilities (optional).
6. Storage in warehouse for a period, loading and shipping administration
7. Record keeping of packaging and finished products.
Appendix 3
PROCESS PROCEDURE FOR CUSTOMERS
1. Bulk spirit, on ordering is produced to the Company's specifications from the supplier, Carbery Milk Products.
2. On arrival from Carbery, the product is accompanied by a Certificate of Conformance and weighed to ensure that the correct volume has been received. Terra and the Company retain samples of 250ml, and a sample is lifted for Carbery.
3. The spirit is then transferred to the Company's premises.
4. Manufacturing of Vodka commences by transferring the quantity of spirit delivered to a product dilution tank.
5. This product is diluted with de-ionised water to 55% v/v.
6. The Product is then manufactured by pumping the 55% v/v spirit through a final clarifying filter to the final bottling product tank.
7. The manufactured product in the bottling tank is then diluted with de-ionised water to the desired bottling strength as per specification. Five samples of final product are taken, two samples for Terra, one for retaining and one for testing, two samples for Carbery, one for retaining and one for testing.
8. All samples following manufacture, including the bulk spirit samples, are sent to Carbery the day after production.
9. The manufactured product is jointly approved by both Terra and Carbery within three days. If there are any issues regarding the samples, a joint decision between all parties will be decided upon. The Company retains one sample. The procedures in this paragraph shall be reviewed by all the parties, on an annual basis. The cost of any additional testing will be borne by the Company.
10. The approved product is transferred by Terra.
11. The product is filtered to bottling line and bottled to the required specification. Two samples are retained from the bottling line, one for the Company and one for Terra.
12. Once bottling is completed and approved by Terra, the product is then released to meet the Company's order.
APPENDIX 2
PRICES PRODUCT BOTTLING PRICES 2002 NOW PRICES ROARING WATER BAY LIR NOW ---------------------------- -------- ------ Boru - 700ml x 12 37.5% * * Odessa/Value Vodka - 700ml x 12 37.5% * Boru - 700ml x 12 37.5% Orange * * Boru - 700ml x 6 Germany 37.5% * * Boru - 700ml x 12 45% * * Boru - 750ml x 12 40% * * Boru - 750ml x 12 40% Citrus * * Boru - 750ml x 12 40% Orange * * Boru - 1000ml x 12 37.5% * * Odessa/Value Vodka - 1000ml x 12 37.5% * Boru - 1000ml x 12 40% ORANGE * * Boru - 1000ml x 12 40% GE * * Boru - 1000ml x 12 40% USA * * Boru - 1000ml x 12 50% * * Boru - 1000ml x 15 40% * * Boru - 1000ml x 15 40% CITRUS * * Boru - 1000ml x 15 40% ORANGE * * Boru - 1500ml x 6 37.5% * * Boru 3 Litre x 4 37.5% * * Boru Miniture Trinity X 72 (40.0%) * * Boru Naggin 200ml x 24 37.5% * * Odessa/Value Vodka - Naggin 200ml x 24 37.5% * Boru Naggin 350ml x 24 37.5% * * Odessa/Value Vodka - Naggin 350ml x 24 37.5% * Boru Tops x 24 40% * * Boru Trinity Vodka 3 Pk - 200MLx3x6 40% * * Boru Vodka 1.75 LitreX6 (40.0%) * * Boru mins x 72 40% * * Boru mins x 72 40% - Citrus * * Boru mins x 72 40% - Orange * * Boru Vodka 50ml x 120 (40%) Orange * * BoruMiniature Pets x 120 40% * * Clontarf - 700/750ml x 6 40/43% * * Clontarf Trinity Whiskey - 600MLx6 40% * * Clontarf Trinity Whiskey - 600MLx6 43% * * Clontarf Whiskey - 1 LitreX6 * * Clontarf Whiskey MINI Trinity X72 40% * * |
Note 1: The above prices exclude consumables
Note 2: The Odessa/Value Vodka prices above include processing
Note 3: Prices will be increased in line with the Irish CPI every March 1st by
the % change in this index over the preceeding year.
Exhibit 10.12
AMENDMENT TO BOTTLING AND SERVICES AGREEMENT
This Amendment, dated as of March 1, 2005, to Bottling and Services Agreement, by and between Terra Limited, a company incorporated in Ireland ("Terra") and Castle Brands Spirit Company Limited, a company incorporated in Ireland (formerly The Roaring Water Bay Spirits Company Limited) (the "Customer");
WITNESSETH:
THAT WHEREAS, the Customer and Terra are parties to that certain Bottling and Services Agreement, dated September 5, 2002 (the "Bottling and Services Agreement");
WHEREAS, Terra and the Customer wish to extend the Bottling and Services Agreement, confirm the current prices of products thereunder, provide for the continued supply of cream liqueurs, and agree to renegotiate said prices in the future;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. Section 1 of the Bottling and Services Agreement is hereby amended such that the duration of this Bottling and Services Agreement will extend until 28th February 2009.
2. The parties hereby agree (i) that the prices in effect 28th
February 2005 will continue to remain in effect through 31st December 2005 and
(ii) to negotiate in good faith appropriate price adjustments for 2006 and
subsequent years, based on changes in raw materials and/or relevant price
indexes.
3. Section 23 (i) of the Bottling and Services Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety. The remaining provisions of Section 23 shall remain unchanged.
4. Terra agrees that it shall, under the direction and subject to the specifications of Customer, obtain the raw materials, vat, mix and bottle Brady's, O'Leary's and O'Shea's Irish Creams and such other Irish creams as the parties shall agree for the term of the Bottling and Services Agreement. The parties hereby agree (i) that the prices in effect 28th February 2005 for the services referred to in this Section 4 will continue to remain in effect through 31st December 2005 and (ii) to negotiate in good faith appropriate price adjustments for 2006 and subsequent years, based on changes in raw materials and/or relevant price indexes.
5. Except as expressly set forth herein the Bottling and Services Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and is ratified and confirmed as amended hereby.
Signed for and on behalf of
TERRA LIMITED
in the presence of: /s/ Patsy McKevitt ------------------------------------- Director /s/ Shawn McKevitt ------------------------------------- Date: 23rd September, 2005 Date: 23rd September, 2005 |
Signed for and on behalf of
CASTLE BRANDS SPIRITS COMPANY LIMITED
in the presence of: /s/ Keith A. Bellinger ------------------------------------- Director /s/ Mark Andrews ------------------------------------- |
EXECUTION COPY
Exhibit 10.13
CASTLE BRANDS INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
AUGUST 16, 2005
Table of Contents
Page A. Amendment and Restatement of Original Note Purchase Documents............................ 1 1. Definitions.............................................................................. 2 2. Purchase and Sale of Notes............................................................... 5 2.1 Sale and Issuance of Notes...................................................... 5 2.2 Sale and Issuance of Additional Notes........................................... 6 2.3 Closing; Delivery............................................................... 6 3. Registration Rights; Corporate Transaction............................................... 6 4. Right of First Offer..................................................................... 7 4.1 Notice of Offering.............................................................. 7 4.2 Offering Period................................................................. 7 4.3 Expiration of Offering Period................................................... 7 4.4 Acknowledgement of Right of First Offer......................................... 8 5. Representations and Warranties of the Company............................................ 8 5.1 Representations and Warranties of the Company at each Closing................... 8 5.2 Representations and Warranties of the Company at the Initial Closing and the June 27, 2005 Closing........................................................... 10 5.3 Representations and Warranties of the Company at the Additional Note Closing.... 11 6. Representations and Warranties of the Purchasers......................................... 13 6.1 Authorization................................................................... 13 6.2 Purchase Entirely for Own Account............................................... 13 6.3 Knowledge....................................................................... 14 6.4 Restricted Securities........................................................... 14 6.5 No Public Market................................................................ 14 6.6 Legends......................................................................... 14 6.7 Accredited Investor............................................................. 15 7. Conditions to the Purchasers' Obligations at Closing..................................... 15 8. Conditions to the Company's Obligations at Closing....................................... 16 8.1 Representations and Warranties.................................................. 16 8.2 Qualifications.................................................................. 16 8.3 Delivery of Form W-8 BEN or Form W-9............................................ 16 |
Table of Contents
(continued)
Page 9. Affirmative Covenants of the Company..................................................... 16 9.1 Financial Statements; Reports; Certificates..................................... 16 9.2 Taxes........................................................................... 17 9.3 Notices......................................................................... 17 9.4 Corporate Existence and Compliance with Laws.................................... 17 9.5 Further Assurances.............................................................. 17 10. Negative Covenants of the Company........................................................ 17 10.1 Amendment or Modification of the Notes.......................................... 17 10.2 Issuance of Equity Securities................................................... 17 10.3 Change in Authorized Capital Stock.............................................. 18 10.4 Mergers or Acquisitions......................................................... 18 10.5 Indebtedness of the Company..................................................... 18 10.6 Distributions; Investments...................................................... 18 10.7 Redemption or Repurchase of Equity Securities................................... 18 10.8 Transactions with Affiliates.................................................... 18 10.9 Maintenance..................................................................... 19 10.10 Securities Law Compliance....................................................... 19 11. Events of Default........................................................................ 19 11.1 Payment Default................................................................. 19 11.2 Cross-Default................................................................... 19 11.3 Covenant Default................................................................ 19 11.4 Attachment...................................................................... 20 11.5 Insolvency...................................................................... 20 11.6 Other Agreements................................................................ 20 11.7 Judgments....................................................................... 20 11.8 Misrepresentations.............................................................. 20 12. Board Representation..................................................................... 20 13. Miscellaneous............................................................................ 21 13.1 Successors and Assigns.......................................................... 21 |
Table of Contents
(continued)
Page 13.2 Governing Law................................................................... 21 13.3 Counterparts.................................................................... 21 13.4 Titles and Subtitles............................................................ 21 13.5 Notices......................................................................... 21 13.6 Finder's Fee.................................................................... 21 13.7 Amendments and Waivers.......................................................... 22 13.8 Severability.................................................................... 22 13.9 Entire Agreement................................................................ 22 13.10 Exculpation Among Purchasers.................................................... 22 13.11 Fee and Cost Reimbursement; Closing Fee......................................... 23 13.12 Lock-Up Agreement............................................................... 23 Schedule of Exhibits Schedule of Exceptions |
CASTLE BRANDS INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This Amended and Restated Convertible Note Purchase Agreement (this "AGREEMENT") is made as of the 16th day of August, 2005 by and among Castle Brands Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY") and the Purchasers (as defined below).
RECITALS
A. The Company and Mellon HBV (as defined below) have previously entered
into that certain Convertible Note Purchase Agreement dated as of March 1, 2005
(the "ORIGINAL NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT"), pursuant to which the Company issued
and sold and Mellon HBV purchased the Initial Note (as defined below) and an
Additional Note (the "MELLON ADDITIONAL NOTE" and together with the Original
Note Purchase Agreement and the Initial Note, the "ORIGINAL NOTE PURCHASE
DOCUMENTS").
B. The Company desires to issue and sell to a certain Purchaser, and such Purchaser desires to purchase, an Additional Note (as defined below).
C. The Company and Mellon HBV each desire to amend and restate the Original Note Purchase Documents in order to induce such Purchaser to purchase an Additional Note and make certain other changes.
AGREEMENT
In consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement agree as follows:
A. AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF ORIGINAL NOTE PURCHASE DOCUMENTS. Effective and contingent upon the execution of this Agreement, the Amended Initial Note (as defined below) and the Amended Additional Note (as defined below) by the Company and Mellon HBV, (i) the Original Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as set forth below in this Agreement, and the Company and each of the Purchasers hereby agree to be bound by the provisions hereof as the sole agreement of the Company and the Purchasers with respect to the issuance, sale and purchase of the Notes and certain other rights, as set forth herein; (ii) the Initial Note shall be amended and restated in its entirety in the form of amended and restated Initial Note attached hereto as Exhibit B (the "AMENDED INITIAL NOTE") and the Company and Mellon HBV hereby agree to be bound by the provisions of the Amended Initial Note and that the Initial Note shall be deemed cancelled as of the date of the Amended Initial Note; and (iii) the Mellon Additional Note shall be amended and restated in its entirety in the form of amended and restated Mellon Additional Note attached hereto as Exhibit C (the "AMENDED ADDITIONAL NOTE") and the Company and Mellon HBV hereby agree to be bound by the provisions of the Amended Additional Note and that the Mellon Additional Note shall be deemed cancelled as of the date of the Amended Additional Note.
1. DEFINITIONS.
As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:
"ADDITIONAL NOTE" means an additional US $5,000,000 convertible promissory note due March 1, 2010 issued by the Company in substantially the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit D;
"ADDITIONAL NOTE CLOSING" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3 below;
"ADDITIONAL NOTE CLOSING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2 below.
"AFFILIATE" means, with respect to any Person, a Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly such Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, and each of that Person's senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person's managers and members;
"AGREEMENT" means this Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, as amended from time to time;
"AMENDED ADDITIONAL NOTE" has the meaning set forth in Section A above;
"AMENDED INITIAL NOTE" has the meaning set forth in Section A above;
"BLACK RIVER" means Black River Global Credit Fund Ltd.;
"BUSINESS DAY" means any day other than a day on which commercial banks in New York are required or permitted by law to be closed;
"CLOSING" means the Initial Closing, the June 27, 2005 Closing and the Additional Note Closing;
"COMMON STOCK" means the shares of common stock, $.01 par value, per share, of the Company;
"COMPANY" has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph above;
"CONVERSION SHARES" has the meaning set forth in Section 3 below;
"CORPORATE TRANSACTION" means, whether effected in one transaction or one or more related transactions, (i) a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or (iii) a merger, consolidation or sale of capital stock as a result of which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or sale own less than 50% of the Company's voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or sale;
"DISCLOSURE MATERIALS" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3 below;
"EQUITY SECURITIES" means any share or interest in the Company and any convertible notes, warrants or other instruments convertible into any share or interest in the Company;
"EVENT OF DEFAULT" has the meaning set forth in Section 11 below;
"EXCLUDED SECURITIES" means, with respect to any Equity Securities issued by the Company, (i) the Notes and the Conversion Shares; (ii) Common Stock issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on or upon conversion of the preferred stock of the Company; (iii) Common Stock issued or issuable by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on Common Stock, (iv) any Common Stock issued or issuable (including pursuant to options or warrants) to financial institutions in connection with commercial credit arrangements approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, (v) any Common Stock issued or issuable to employees, officers, or directors of the Company or their respective immediate family members pursuant to currently outstanding or newly created options or warrants that are approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or a committee thereof, (vi) Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Company's 5% Convertible Subordinated Notes due on or about the third anniversary of the Series C Closing Date as defined in the Restated Charter in the aggregate principal amount of E1,374,750, (vii) shares or interests issued or issuable pursuant to any rights or agreements, options, warrants or convertible securities outstanding as of the date of this Agreement or the issuance of any of the warrants listed on Section 5.3(a) of the Schedule of Exceptions to this Agreement or the issuance of any shares of Common Stock upon exercise thereof, (viii) any Equity Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, consolidation, strategic alliance, acquisition or similar business combination approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, (ix) any Equity Securities issued in connection with any recapitalization or similar event by the Company, (x) any Equity Securities that are issued by the Company pursuant to an IPO, and (xi) any Equity Securities issued in connection with strategic transactions involving the Company and other entities, including joint ventures, manufacturing, marketing or distribution arrangements provided that the issuance of shares therein has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;
"FINANCIAL STATEMENTS" has the meaning set forth in the Section 5.1 below;
"FULLY-EXERCISING PURCHASER" means a Purchaser electing to purchase the full amount of the Equity Securities offered to such Purchaser in accordance with Section 4.2 below;
"GOSLING'S" means Gosling's Export (Bermuda) Limited;
"GOSLING'S INVESTMENT" means a joint venture agreement with Gosling's whereby a 60% owned subsidiary of the Company, Gosling - Castle Partners Inc., will acquire a 100% interest in the worldwide export rights of all products made by Gosling's for a total investment of $5 million;
"INITIAL CLOSING" means closing of the sale of the Initial Note at the offices of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, 666 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10103-0001, at 5:00 p.m., on March 1, 2005;
"INITIAL NOTE" means that certain convertible promissory note of the Company issued to Mellon HBV due March 1, 2010;
"INTEREST NOTE" means a convertible promissory note or notes due March 1, 2010 in substantially the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit E;
"IPO" means a firm commitment public offering by the Company of shares of its common stock pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;
"JUNE 27, 2005 CLOSING" means the closing of the sale of the Mellon Additional Note at the offices of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, 666 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10103-0001 at 5 p.m. on June 27, 2005;
"MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means a change or effect that is or is reasonably likely to be, materially adverse to the condition (financial or otherwise), properties, assets, liabilities, business, operations or results of operations of the Company and its Affiliates, taken as a whole, or will prevent or materially delay consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise will prevent the Company and/or Affiliates from performing their material obligations under the Notes or this Agreement;
"MATURITY DATE" shall have the meaning set forth in the Notes;
"MELLON ADDITIONAL NOTE" has the meaning set forth in the recitals above;
"MELLON HBV" means Mellon HBV SPV LLC;
"NET EQUITY VALUE" means the product of (i) the aggregate amount of the Company's outstanding Equity Securities on a fully-diluted basis (excluding any warrants or options to purchase Common Stock) multiplied by (ii) the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices on the exchange or over-the-counter quotation system on which Common Stock is listed; provided that if there are no sales of Common Stock on such exchange or over-the-counter quotation system on any given day, then the Net Equity Value for such day shall equal that of the previous day;
"NOTES" means the Amended Initial Note, the Amended Additional Note, the Additional Note and the Interest Notes, if any;
"NOTICE" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 below;
"ORIGINAL NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT" has the meaning set forth in the Recitals above.
"PERSON" shall mean and include any individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), joint stock company, limited liability company, unincorporated association, joint venture, governmental entity or other entity;
"PURCHASER" or "PURCHASERS" means Mellon HBV and any other purchaser listed on Exhibit A attached hereto;
"QUALIFIED ACQUISITION DEBT" means, in connection with the acquisition of a brand related to or an entity doing business in or related to the beverage alcohol market (collectively, the "TARGET"), any debt incurred by the Company or its Affiliates in connection the acquisition of the Target (including costs and fees associated with incurring such debt) that does not exceed an amount equal to three times the Target's earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA"), subject to reasonable adjustments thereof to reflect normal continuing operations of the Target as of the date of acquisition;
"QUALIFIED IPO" means an initial public offering of the Company's Common Stock that results in gross proceeds to the Company of at least US $15,000,000 (net of underwriting discounts and commissions);
"REGISTRATION RIGHTS" means registration rights granted pursuant to a registration rights agreement on terms no less favorable than those granted to the holders of the Series C Preferred as more particularly described in the Series C PPM;
"RESTATED CERTIFICATE" means the Amended Certificate of Designations, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit H;
"SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;
"SERIES A PREFERRED" means the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $1.00 par value per share, of the Company;
"SERIES B PREFERRED" means the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, $1.00 par value per share, of the Company;
"SERIES C PREFERRED" means the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, $1.00 par value per share, of the Company;
"SERIES C PPM" means collectively, that certain Confidential Private Placement Memorandum dated October 14, 2004, as supplemented from time to time and as attached hereto as Exhibit G;
"SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT" means that certain Shareholders Agreement dated December 1, 2003, as amended, by and among the Company and certain of its shareholders;
"STOCK PLAN" means the Company's 2003 Stock Incentive Plan duly adopted by the Board of Directors and approved by the holders of the Company's voting capital stock; and
"SUPER MAJORITY INTEREST" means the holders of at least 70% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes.
"THIRD PARTY INDEBTEDNESS LIMIT" means US $15,000,000 in the aggregate; provided that in the event (i) there is a Qualified IPO and (ii) after the Initial Closing, the Company issues Equity Securities (other than debt securities and excluding US $610,442 of Series C Preferred Stock) resulting in aggregate gross proceeds of US $25,000,000 to the Company, "Third Party Indebtedness Limit" shall mean US $30,000,000 in the aggregate.
2. PURCHASE AND SALE OF NOTES.
2.1 SALE AND ISSUANCE OF INITIAL NOTE AND MELLON ADDITIONAL NOTE.
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Mellon HBV purchased and the Company sold and issued to Mellon HBV at the Initial Closing the Initial Note and at the June 27, 2005 Closing the Mellon Additional Note against (1) payment of the purchase price in the principal amount set forth opposite such Purchaser's name on Exhibit A at each respective Closing, (2) delivery of executed counterpart signature pages to the Initial Note and Original Convertible Note Purchase Agreement at the Initial Closing and Mellon Additional Note at the June 27, 2005 Closing, respectively and (3) delivery of a validly executed IRS Form W-9 at the Initial Closing. The purchase price of each of the Initial Note and the Mellon Additional Note was equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Initial Note and the Mellon Additional Note, respectively.
2.2 SALE AND ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL NOTES.
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, as of the Additional Note Closing, the Company shall issue and sell to Black River and Black River shall purchase the Additional Note. The purchase price of the Additional Note shall be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Additional Note.
2.3 CLOSING; DELIVERY.
(A) The purchase and sale of the Additional Note shall take place at the offices of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, 666 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10103-0001 at 5:00 p.m., on August 16, 2005, or at such other time and place as the Company and Black River mutually agree upon, orally or in writing (the "ADDITIONAL NOTE CLOSING").
(B) At the Additional Note Closing, the Company shall deliver to Black River counterpart signature pages to this Agreement together with counterpart signature pages to the Additional Note against (1) payment of the purchase price for the Additional Note by check payable to the Company or by wire transfer to a bank
designated by the Company, (2) delivery of counterpart signature pages to this Agreement and the Additional Note, and (3) delivery of a validly completed and executed IRS Form W-8 BEN or IRS Form W-9, as applicable, establishing Black River's exemption from withholding tax, which forms are attached to this Agreement as Exhibit F.
3. REGISTRATION RIGHTS; CORPORATE TRANSACTION.
The Company hereby agrees that upon conversion of the Notes into Common Stock (the "CONVERSION SHARES") it shall enter into a registration rights agreement granting the holders of Conversion Shares Registration Rights and that the Registration Rights shall survive an IPO. The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that in the event of a Corporate Transaction, the Purchasers shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Company, an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding at such time plus all accrued but unpaid interest thereon. The Company and each Purchaser hereby acknowledge that the Company has granted registration rights in the Shareholders Agreement that are similar to those to be granted to the Purchasers and the Registration Rights to be granted to the Purchasers shall work in conjunction with, and not adversely effect the registration rights contained in the Shareholders Agreement.
4. RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER.
Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 4, the Company hereby grants to each Purchaser a right of first offer with respect to future sales by the Company of any Equity Securities offered prior to the consummation of an IPO by the Company other than Excluded Securities. If, prior to the consummation of an IPO by the Company, the Company proposes to issue Equity Securities other than Excluded Securities, it shall first make an offering of such Equity Securities to each Purchaser in accordance with the following provisions:
4.1 NOTICE OF OFFERING.
The Company shall deliver a written notice (the "NOTICE") to the
Purchasers stating (a) its bona fide intention to offer such Equity Securities,
(b) the number of such Equity Securities to be offered, and (c) the price and
terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such Equity Securities.
4.2 OFFERING PERIOD.
Within 15 calendar days after delivery of the Notice, each Purchaser may elect to purchase or obtain, at the price and on the terms specified in the Notice, up to that portion of such Equity Securities which equals the proportion that the number of shares of Equity Securities then held by such Purchaser bears to the total number of shares of Equity Securities then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities). Such purchase shall be completed at the same closing as that of any third party purchasers or at an additional closing thereunder. The
Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Fully-Exercising Purchaser of any other Purchasers' failure to purchase all the Equity Securities available to such Purchasers. During the ten (10)-day period commencing after receipt of such information, each Fully Exercising Purchaser shall be entitled to obtain that portion of the Equity Securities for which Purchasers were entitled to subscribe but which were not subscribed for by the Purchasers that is equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Equity Securities then held by such Fully-Exercising Purchaser bears to the total number of shares of Equity Securities then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities).
4.3 EXPIRATION OF OFFERING PERIOD.
The Company may, during the 90 day period following the expiration of the period provided in Section 4.2 hereof, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of Equity Securities to any person or persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than those specified in the Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Equity Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within 60 days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Equity Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Purchasers in accordance herewith.
4.4 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF SHAREHOLDER RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER.
The Company and each of the Purchasers hereby acknowledge and agree that the Company has granted rights of first offer to certain of its shareholders in the Shareholders Agreement that are similar to those contained in this Section 4 and that this Section 4 shall work in conjunction with, and shall not adversely effect the rights of first offer contained in, the Shareholders Agreement.
5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.
5.1 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY AS OF EACH CLOSING.
The Company hereby represents and warrants to each Purchaser that, except as set forth on a Schedule of Exceptions attached to this Agreement which exceptions shall be deemed to be incorporated into these representations and warranties as if made hereunder, the following representations are true and complete as of the date of each Closing, except as otherwise indicated.
(A) ORGANIZATION, GOOD STANDING AND QUALIFICATION.
The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted or proposed to be conducted. The Company is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure so to qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect.
(B) AUTHORIZATION.
All corporate action on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and holders of Equity Securities necessary for (i) the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Notes, (ii) the performance of all obligations of the Company under this Agreement and the Notes and (iii) the authorization, issuance and delivery of the Notes and the Conversion Shares has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing, and this Agreement and the Notes, when executed and delivered by the Company, shall constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies, or (iii) to the extent any indemnification provisions set forth in the Registration Rights may be limited by applicable federal or state securities laws.
(C) VALID ISSUANCE OF COMMON STOCK.
The Conversion Shares have been duly and validly reserved for issuance, and upon issuance in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Notes and the Restated Certificate, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer, if any, under this Agreement, the Registration Rights, and applicable state and federal securities laws and liens or encumbrances created by or imposed by a Purchaser. Based in part upon the representations of the Purchasers in Section 6 of this Agreement and subject to the provisions of Section 5.3(c) hereof, the Conversion Shares will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.
(D) COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER INSTRUMENTS; NO EVENTS OF DEFAULT.
The Company is not in violation or default of any provisions of its Restated Certificate or Bylaws, or of any instrument, judgment, order, writ, or decree, or under any note, indenture, mortgage, lease, agreement, contract or purchase order to which it is a party or by which it is bound or of any provision of state or federal statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company, the violation of which would have a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the issuance of the Notes and the Conversion Shares and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will not result in any such violation or be in conflict with or constitute, with or without the passage of time and giving of notice, either a default under any such provision, instrument, judgment, order, writ, decree or contract or an event which results in the creation of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any assets of the Company in either case which would have a Material Adverse Effect. No Event of Default shall have occurred or occur as a result of the Company's execution of this Agreement or the Notes.
(E) DISCLOSURE.
The Company and the Purchasers have engaged in a due diligence process, and in connection with that process the Company has made available to the Purchasers all the information reasonably available to the Company that the Purchasers have requested for deciding whether to acquire the Notes (the "DISCLOSURE MATERIALS"). Assuming the accuracy of the Purchasers' representations regarding their sophistication with respect to investments in companies similar to the Company and in light of the due diligence process mentioned above, neither (i) any representation or warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement and the exhibits attached hereto, any certificate furnished or to be furnished to the Purchasers at the Closing, or the Disclosure Materials (when read together) nor (ii) during the offering of the Series C Preferred, the Series C PPM contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.
5.2 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY AS OF THE INITIAL CLOSING AND THE JUNE 27, 2005 CLOSING.
The Company hereby represents and warrants to each Purchaser that, except as set forth on a Schedule of Exceptions attached to this Agreement which exceptions shall be deemed to be incorporated into these representations and warranties as if made hereunder, the following representations are true and complete as of the date of the Initial Closing, except as otherwise indicated.
(A) CAPITALIZATION.
The Company's capitalization consisted, immediately prior to the Initial Closing, of:
1) 4,500,000 shares of authorized preferred stock, consisting of (i) 550,000 shares that have been designated as Series A Preferred, of which 535,715 shares are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Initial Closing, (ii) 200,000 shares that have been designated as Series B Preferred, all of which are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Initial Closing, (iii) 3,375,000 shares that have been designated as Series C Preferred, of which 2,914,947.25 are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Initial Closing and (iv) 375,000 shares that remain undesignated, none of which have been issued immediately prior to the Initial Closing. The rights, privileges and preferences of the preferred stock are as stated in the Restated Certificate. All of the outstanding shares of preferred stock have been duly authorized, are fully paid and nonassessable and were issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.
2) 20,500,000 shares of Common Stock, 3,106,666 shares of which were issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Initial Closing. All of the outstanding shares of Common Stock have been duly authorized, are fully paid
and nonassessable and were issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.
3) The Company had reserved 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance to officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company pursuant to the Stock Plan. Of such reserved shares of Common Stock, no shares have been issued pursuant to restricted stock purchase agreements, options to purchase 744,500 shares have been granted and are currently outstanding, and 1,255,500 shares of Common Stock remain available for issuance to officers, directors, employees and consultants pursuant to the Stock Plan.
4) Except for rights under the Shareholders Agreement, outstanding options issued pursuant to the Stock Plan, warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock set forth on the Schedule of Exceptions, convertible promissory notes currently convertible into 263,493 shares of Common Stock and the authorized preferred stock listed above there are no outstanding options, warrants, rights (including conversion or preemptive rights and rights of first refusal or similar rights) or agreements, orally or in writing, for the purchase or acquisition from the Company of any Equity Securities. None of the Company's stock purchase agreements or stock option documents contains a provision for acceleration (or lapse of a repurchase right) upon the occurrence of any event. The Company has never adjusted or amended the exercise price of any stock options previously awarded, whether through amendment, cancellation, replacement grant, repricing, or any other means.
5) The list of holders of the Company's Equity Securities, dated as of February 15, 2005, provided to counsel to the Purchasers, was true and correct.
(B) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
The Company has made available to the Purchasers its unaudited financial statements (including balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows) as of December 31, 2004 and its audited financial statements (including balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 (collectively, the "INITIAL CLOSING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS"). The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principals applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated, except that the unaudited Financial Statements may not contain all footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles. The Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company as of the dates, and for the periods, indicated therein, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments. Except as set forth in the Financial Statements, the Company has no material liabilities or obligations, contingent or otherwise, other than (a) liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business subsequent to December 31, 2004 and (b) obligations under contracts and commitments incurred in the ordinary course of business and not required under generally accepted accounting principles to be reflected in the Financial Statements, which, in both cases, individually or in the aggregate are not material to the financial
condition or operating results of the Company.
5.3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY AS OF THE ADDITIONAL NOTE CLOSING.
The Company hereby represents and warrants to each Purchaser that, except as set forth on a Schedule of Exceptions attached to this Agreement which exceptions shall be deemed to be incorporated into these representations and warranties as if made hereunder, the following representations are true and complete as of the date of the Additional Note Closing, except as otherwise indicated.
(A) CAPITALIZATION.
The Company's capitalization consists, immediately prior to the Additional Note Closing, of:
1) 4,500,000 shares of authorized preferred stock, consisting of (i) 550,000 shares that have been designated as Series A Preferred, of which 535,715 shares are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Additional Note Closing, (ii) 200,000 shares that have been designated as Series B Preferred, all of which are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Additional Note Closing, (iii) 3,375,000 shares that have been designated as Series C Preferred, of which 3,353,750 are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Additional Note Closing and (iv) 375,000 shares that remain undesignated, none of which have been issued immediately prior to the Additional Note Closing. The rights, privileges and preferences of the preferred stock are as stated in the Restated Certificate. All of the outstanding shares of preferred stock have been duly authorized, are fully paid and nonassessable and were issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.
2) 20,500,000 shares of Common Stock, 3,106,666 shares of which were issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Additional Note Closing. All of the outstanding shares of Common Stock have been duly authorized, are fully paid and nonassessable and were issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.
3) The Company had reserved 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance to officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company pursuant to the Stock Plan. Of such reserved shares of Common Stock, no shares have been issued pursuant to restricted stock purchase agreements, options to purchase 909,500 shares have been granted and are currently outstanding, and 1,090,500 shares of Common Stock remain available for issuance to officers, directors, employees and consultants pursuant to the Stock Plan.
4) Except for rights under the Shareholders Agreement, outstanding options issued pursuant to the Stock Plan, warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock set forth on the Schedule of Exceptions, convertible promissory notes currently convertible into 263,362.06 shares of Common Stock, the Notes and the Conversion Shares issuable upon conversion thereof and the authorized preferred stock
listed above there are no outstanding options, warrants, rights (including conversion or preemptive rights and rights of first refusal or similar rights) or agreements, orally or in writing, for the purchase or acquisition from the Company of any Equity Securities. None of the Company's stock purchase agreements or stock option documents contains a provision for acceleration (or lapse of a repurchase right) upon the occurrence of any event. The Company has never adjusted or amended the exercise price of any stock options previously awarded, whether through amendment, cancellation, replacement grant, repricing, or any other means.
5) The list of holders of the Company's Equity Securities, dated as of the Additional Note Closing, provided to counsel to the Purchasers, is true and correct.
(B) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
The Company has made available to the Purchasers its unaudited financial statements (including balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows) as of April 30, 2005 and its audited financial statements (including balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 (collectively, the "ADDITIONAL NOTE CLOSING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS"). The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principals applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated, except that the unaudited Financial Statements may not contain all footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles. The Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company as of the dates, and for the periods, indicated therein, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments. Except as set forth in the Financial Statements, the Company has no material liabilities or obligations, contingent or otherwise, other than (a) liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business subsequent to April 30, 2005 and (b) obligations under contracts and commitments incurred in the ordinary course of business and not required under generally accepted accounting principles to be reflected in the Financial Statements, which, in both cases, individually or in the aggregate are not material to the financial condition or operating results of the Company.
6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASERS.
Each Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:
6.1 AUTHORIZATION.
Such Purchaser has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement. This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Purchaser, will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, and any other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors' rights generally, and as limited by laws relating to the availability of a specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.
6.2 PURCHASE ENTIRELY FOR OWN ACCOUNT.
This Agreement is made with the Purchaser in reliance upon the Purchaser's representation to the Company, which by the Purchaser's execution of this Agreement, the Purchaser hereby confirms, that the Notes and the Conversion Shares to be acquired by the Purchaser will be acquired for investment for the Purchaser's own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that the Purchaser has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. By executing this Agreement, the Purchaser further represents that the Purchaser does not presently have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such person or to any third person, with respect to any of the Notes or the Conversion Shares. The Purchaser has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Notes and the Conversion Shares.
6.3 KNOWLEDGE.
In reliance on the Disclosure Materials, the Purchaser is aware of the Company's business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Notes and the Conversion Shares.
6.4 RESTRICTED SECURITIES.
The Purchaser understands that the Notes and Conversion Shares have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act, by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Purchaser's representations as expressed herein. The Purchaser understands that the Notes and the Conversion Shares are "restricted securities" under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, the Purchaser must hold the Notes and the Conversion Shares indefinitely unless they are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. The Purchaser acknowledges that the Company has no obligation to register or qualify the Notes and the Conversion Shares for resale, except as set forth in Section 3 hereof. The Purchaser further acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Notes and the Conversion Shares, and on requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Purchaser's control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to satisfy.
6.5 NO PUBLIC MARKET.
The Purchaser understands that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company, that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Equity Securities.
6.6 LEGENDS.
The Purchaser understands that the Conversion Shares, may bear one or all of the following legends:
(A) "THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933."
(B) Any legend required by the Blue Sky laws of any state to the extent such laws are applicable to the shares represented by the certificate so legended.
6.7 ACCREDITED INVESTOR.
The Purchaser is an accredited investor as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.
7. CONDITIONS TO THE PURCHASERS' OBLIGATIONS AT CLOSING.
The obligation of each Purchaser to purchase Notes at a Closing is subject to the fulfillment, on or before such Closing, of each of the following conditions, unless otherwise waived by such Purchaser:
(A) the representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 5 shall be true on and as of such Closing with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of such Closing;
(B) the Company shall have performed under and complied in all material respects with each agreement, covenant and obligation required by this Agreement to be so performed by or complied with by the Company on or before such Closing;
(C) the non-occurrence of any event having a Material Adverse Effect;
(D) the obtaining of all third party consents, approvals and waivers required for the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;
(E) compliance by the Company with all applicable federal and state securities laws;
(F) completion of all required and/or appropriate state and local filings required to be made by the Company for the issuance and delivery of the Notes and the Conversion Shares;
(G) a legal opinion of counsel to the Company in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Purchasers shall have been delivered to the Purchasers;
(H) the definitive agreements providing for the Gosling's Investment shall have been executed by the parties thereto and, with respect to the Initial Closing, on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Purchasers;
(I) the Company shall have issued and sold for cash consideration at least US $6,889,578 of the Series C Preferred prior to the Initial Closing and at least an additional US $610,422 of the Series C Preferred within forty five (45) days from the Initial Closing; and
(J) no default or Event of Default under the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing or would arise as a result of the sale of the Notes at such Closing.
8. CONDITIONS TO THE COMPANY'S OBLIGATIONS AT CLOSING.
The obligation of the Company to sell Notes to each Purchaser at a Closing is subject to the fulfillment, on or before such Closing, of each of the following conditions, unless otherwise waived by the Company:
8.1 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.
The representations and warranties of each Purchaser contained in Section 6 shall be true on and as of such Closing with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of such Closing.
8.2 QUALIFICATIONS.
All authorizations, approvals or permits, if any, of any governmental authority or regulatory body of the United States or of any state that are required in connection with the lawful issuance and sale of the Notes and Conversion Shares pursuant to this Agreement shall be obtained and effective as of the Closing.
8.3 DELIVERY OF FORM W-8 BEN OR FORM W-9.
Each Purchaser shall have completed and delivered to the Company a validly executed IRS Form W-8 BEN or IRS Form W-9, as applicable, establishing such Purchaser's exemption from withholding tax, which forms are attached as Exhibit F to this Agreement.
8.4 AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT AND NOTES.
Mellon HBV shall have executed and delivered to the Company this Agreement, the Amended Initial Note and the Amended Additional Note and returned the Initial Note and the Mellon Additional Note to the Company for cancellation.
9. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.
The Company will do all of the following for so long as any of the Notes are outstanding:
9.1 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS; REPORTS; CERTIFICATES.
(A) Deliver to the Purchasers: (i) as soon as possible, but no later than forty-five (45) days after the last day of each month, the monthly financial statements in a form reasonably acceptable to the Purchasers together with a Compliance Certificate signed by an officer of the Company in the form of Exhibit I; (ii) as soon as available, but no later than 180 days after the last day of the Company's fiscal year, audited financial statements, together with an opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to the Purchasers; (iii) a prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened against the Company that could result in damages or costs to the Company of US $150,000 or more; and (iv) budgets, sales projections, operating plans or other financial information the Purchasers reasonably request.
(B) Allow the Purchasers to audit the Company at the Company's expense, provided that such audits will be conducted only at such times as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
9.2 TAXES.
Make timely payment of all material federal, state, and local taxes or assessments other than any taxes or assessments that the Company is contesting in good faith and deliver to the Purchasers, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payment.
9.3 NOTICES.
Provide notice within thirty (30) days of the Company's receipt of any governmental and/or environmental proceedings initiated against the Company that is
reasonably likely to result in damages or costs to the Company of US $150,000 or more.
9.4 CORPORATE EXISTENCE AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.
Maintain its and its Affiliates corporate existence and good standing under the laws of their state of incorporation and remain in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.
9.5 FURTHER ASSURANCES.
Take such further action as the Purchasers reasonably request to fulfill the Company's obligations under this Agreement.
10. NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.
So long as at least US $1,500,000 of the principal amount of the Notes remains outstanding and is held by the Purchasers or Affiliates of the Purchasers, the Company will not:
10.1 AMENDMENT OR MODIFICATION OF THE NOTES.
Without the prior written consent of the Super Majority Interest, amend or modify any right, preference, privilege of the Notes that materially adversely affects the rights of the holders thereof.
10.2 ISSUANCE OF EQUITY SECURITIES.
Prior to a Qualified IPO, without the prior written consent of the Super Majority Interest, except for Excluded Securities, issue Equity Securities (i) pari passu or in preference to the Notes or (ii) in a single transaction or series of related transactions, in an amount that would represent more than a twenty percent (20%) cumulative change of ownership in the Company.
10.3 CHANGE IN AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK.
Without the prior written consent of the Super Majority Interest, prior to a Qualified IPO, increase or decrease the total number of authorized shares of capital stock of the Company, except as required to permit the additional issuance of Equity Securities as provided for in Section 10.2 above.
10.4 MERGERS OR ACQUISITIONS.
Without the prior written consent of the Super Majority Interest, except for the Gosling's Investment, prior to a Qualified IPO, engage in any Corporate Transaction.
10.5 INDEBTEDNESS OF THE COMPANY.
Without the prior written consent of the Super Majority Interest, at any time prior to the Company maintaining a Net Equity Value of at least US $100,000,000 for a period of no less than 90 days, incur third party indebtedness of the Company (excluding the Notes) of more than the Third Party Indebtedness Limit; provided however, that (i) the Third Party Indebtedness Limit shall not include Qualified Acquisition Debt and (ii) once the Company has maintained a Net Equity Value of at least US $100,000,000 for a period of no less than 90 days, this covenant shall no longer apply.
10.6 DISTRIBUTIONS; INVESTMENTS.
Without the prior written consent of the holders of at least a majority in interest of the principal amount outstanding of the Notes, except for any mandatory dividends payable on the Series A Preferred, the Series B Preferred or the Series C Preferred, pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment on any Equity Securities.
10.7 REDEMPTION OR REPURCHASE OF EQUITY SECURITIES.
Without the prior written consent of the holders of at least a majority in interest of the principal amount outstanding of the Notes, redeem or repurchase Equity Securities (other than repurchases of Common Stock from employees upon termination of their employment with the Company).
10.8 TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.
Without the prior written consent of the Super Majority Interest, directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of the Company except for transactions that are in the ordinary course of the Company's business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to the Company than would be obtained in an arm's length transaction with a nonaffiliated Person.
10.9 MAINTENANCE.
Without the prior written consent of the Super Majority Interest, by charter amendment or through reorganization, consolidation, merger, dissolution or sale of assets, or by any other voluntary act, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the covenants, stipulations or conditions to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company, or the provisions contained in the Company's organizational documents relating to the rights of the holders of the Notes and/or the Conversion Shares.
10.10 SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE.
Without the prior written consent of the Super Majority Interest, take any action between the date of this Agreement and the date of the Initial Closing that would cause
the issuance of the Notes and the Conversion Shares to fail to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws.
11. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.
Any one of the following is an "EVENT OF DEFAULT":
11.1 PAYMENT DEFAULT.
If the Company fails to pay (i) any of the principal amount of and accrued interest on the Notes on the Maturity Date of any such Notes or (ii) any fees related to the Notes when due, and such failure to pay such fees remains unremedied for five (5) Business Days.
11.2 CROSS-DEFAULT.
If the Company fails to pay any other debt for borrowed money in excess of US $250,000 of the Company as and when it becomes due and payable.
11.3 COVENANT DEFAULT.
(A) If the Company fails to perform any obligation under
Section 9 and such failure remains unremedied for more than ten (10) Business
Days, or
(B) If the Company fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other material term, provision, condition, covenant, or agreement contained in this Agreement, the Notes or any other present or future agreement between the Company and the Purchasers (other than those contained in Section 9 of this Agreement) and as to any default under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure such default within twenty (20) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the twenty (20) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by the Company be cured within such twenty (20) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then the Company shall have an additional reasonable period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) additional days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to have cured such default shall not be deemed an Event of Default;
11.4 ATTACHMENT.
If any material portion of the Company's assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver and the attachment, seizure or levy is not removed in thirty (30) days, or if the Company is enjoined, restrained, or prevented by court order from conducting a material part of its business or if a judgment or other claim becomes a lien on a material portion of the Company's assets, or if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed against any of the Company's assets by any government agency and not paid within thirty (30) days after the Company receives
notice. Such notices shall not constitute Events of Default if stayed or if a bond is posted pending contest by the Company;
11.5 INSOLVENCY.
If the Company becomes insolvent or if the Company begins an insolvency proceeding or an insolvency proceeding is begun against the Company and not dismissed or stayed within sixty (60) days;
11.6 OTHER AGREEMENTS.
If there is a default in any agreement between the Company and a third party that gives the third party the right to accelerate any indebtedness exceeding US $250,000;
11.7 JUDGMENTS.
If one or more money judgments in the aggregate of at least US $250,000 are rendered against the Company and is unsatisfied and unstayed for thirty (30) days; or
11.8 MISREPRESENTATIONS.
If the Company or any Person acting for the Company has made or makes any material misrepresentation or material misstatement now or later in any warranty or representation in this Agreement or in any writing delivered to the Company or to induce the Company to enter this Agreement or the Notes.
12. BOARD REPRESENTATION.
So long as Mellon HBV and Black River each hold at least 5% of the capital stock of the Company (on an as-converted basis), Mellon HBV and Black River may each designate in writing a representative to the Board of Directors of the Company. Each representative shall have the right to attend meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company as an observer, and shall receive proper notice of such meetings, and shall be entitled to receive copies of all proposed actions by written consent of the Board of Directors and all materials provided to members of Board of Directors in connection with the matters to be discussed at such meetings.
13. MISCELLANEOUS.
13.1 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.
Subject to the limitations set forth herein, each of the Purchasers may assign this Agreement and the rights and obligations conferred hereby, in whole or in part, to eligible financial institutions upon the written consent of the Company, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective
successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.
13.2 GOVERNING LAW.
This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.
13.3 COUNTERPARTS.
This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.
13.4 TITLES AND SUBTITLES.
The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.
13.5 NOTICES.
Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient upon receipt, when delivered personally or by courier, overnight delivery service or confirmed facsimile, or 48 hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail as certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, if such notice is addressed to the party to be notified at such party's address or facsimile number as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.
13.6 FINDER'S FEE.
Except for the fee to be paid by the Company to Fieldstone Partners upon the occurrence of the Initial Closing, each party represents that it neither is nor will be obligated for any finder's fee or commission in connection with this transaction. Each Purchaser agrees to indemnify and to hold harmless the Company from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder's fee (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which each Purchaser or any of its officers, employees, or representatives is responsible. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Purchaser from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder's fee (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Company or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible.
13.7 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.
Except as required by Section 10 of this Agreement, any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least a majority in interest of the principal amount outstanding of the Notes;
provided however that if the amendment or waiver will materially adversely affect the holders of the Notes, then such amendment or waiver will require the Consent of the Company and the Super Majority Interest. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 13.7 shall be binding upon each Purchaser and each transferee of the Notes or Conversion Shares, each future holder of all such Notes or Conversion Shares, and the Company.
13.8 SEVERABILITY.
If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith, in order to maintain the economic position enjoyed by each party as close as possible to that under the provision rendered unenforceable. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
13.9 ENTIRE AGREEMENT.
This Agreement, and the documents referred to herein constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and any and all other written or oral agreements existing between the parties hereto are expressly canceled.
13.10 EXCULPATION AMONG PURCHASERS.
Each Purchaser acknowledges that it is not relying upon any person, firm or corporation, other than the Company and its officers and directors, in making its investment or decision to invest in the Company. Each Purchaser agrees that no Purchaser nor the respective controlling persons, officers, directors, partners, agents, or employees of any Purchaser shall be liable for any action heretofore or hereafter taken or omitted to be taken by any of them in connection with the Notes or the Conversion Shares.
13.11 FEE AND COST REIMBURSEMENT; CLOSING FEE.
The Company shall at each Closing reimburse the Purchasers for all reasonable legal fees and diligence costs and expenses incurred by the Purchasers in connection with such Closing for a maximum amount of US $20,000. The Company shall pay to Black River at the Additional Note Closing a fee equal to US $125,000. The Company shall also have paid to Mellon HBV at the Initial Closing a fee equal to US $250,000.
13.12 LOCK-UP AGREEMENT.
In connection with the initial public offering of the Company's securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such offering of the Company's securities, each Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company's initial public offering, so long as such terms are no more restrictive than the terms imposed upon holders of the Series C Preferred.
[Signature Pages Follow]
The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Convertible Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.
COMPANY:
CASTLE BRANDS INC.
By: /s/ Mark Andrews ---------------------------------- Mark Andrews, Chairman & CEO |
Address: 29th Floor 570 Lexington Avenue New York, NY 10022
Facsimile Number: (646) 356-0222
PURCHASERS:
MELLON HBV SPV LLC
By: /s/ James P. Jenkins ---------------------------------- Name: James P. Jenkins -------------------------------- Title: Portfolio Manager ------------------------------- |
Address: Suite 3300 200 Park Avenue New York, NY 10166 Facsimile Number: (212) 808-3955
BLACK RIVER GLOBAL CREDIT FUND LTD.
By: /s/ Paula M. Weis ---------------------------------- Name: Paula M. Weis -------------------------------- Title: Authorized Signer ------------------------------- |
Address: 623 Fifth Avenue, 27th Floor New York, NY 10022 Facsimile Number: (212) 588-7299
SCHEDULE OF EXHIBITS
Exhibit A - Schedule of Purchasers
Exhibit B - Form of Amended Initial Note
Exhibit C - Form of Amended Additional Note
Exhibit D - Form of Additional Note
Exhibit E Form of Interest Note
Exhibit F - Purchaser Withholding Exemptions
Exhibit G - Series C Private Placement Memorandum
Exhibit H Restated Certificate
Exhibit I Compliance Certificate
EXHIBIT A
SCHEDULE OF PURCHASERS
NAME/ADDRESS AND FACSIMILE NUMBER ORIGINAL PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF PURCHASER OF NOTE INITIAL CLOSING: Mellon HBV SPV LLC US $5,000,000 c/o Mellon HBV Alternative Strategies LLC 200 Park Avenue, Suite 3300 New York, New York 10166 (212) 808-3955 JUNE 27, 2005 CLOSING: Mellon HBV SPV LLC US $5,000,000 c/o Mellon HBV Alternative Strategies LLC 200 Park Avenue, Suite 3300 New York, New York 10166 (212) 808-3955 AUGUST 16, 2005 CLOSING: Black River Global Credit Fund Ltd. US $5,000,000 623 Fifth Avenue, 27th Floor New York, New York 10022 Fax (212) 588-7299 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL: US $15,000,000 |
EXHIBIT E
FORM OF INTEREST NOTE
EXECUTION COPY
NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR THE EQUITY SECURITIES FOR WHICH THIS NOTE IS CONVERTIBLE HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR QUALIFIED UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. NONE OF SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SAID ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.
Convertible Promissory Note
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned Castle Brands Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), promises to pay to the order of _______________ ("Holder") the principal amount of _______________ US DOLLARS (US $_______________) (the "Principal Amount"), together, with interest on the unpaid balance of the Principal Amount, on the Maturity Date, and subject to the following provisions.
The following is a statement of the rights of Holder and the conditions to which this Note is subject, and to which Holder, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees:
1. Definitions.
The capitalized terms in this Note shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement unless otherwise defined herein:
"40% Conversion" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(i) below;
"Additional Stock" means any Equity Securities of the Company issued by the Company after the applicable Closing Date but prior to the second anniversary of the applicable Closing Date other than (i) the Notes (as defined in the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement) and the Conversion Shares; (ii) Common Stock issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on or upon conversion of the Preferred Stock of the Company; (iii) Common Stock issued or issuable by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on Common Stock, (iv) any Common Stock issued or issuable (including pursuant to options or warrants) to financial institutions in connection with commercial credit arrangements approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, (v) any Common Stock issued or issuable to employees, officers, or directors of the Company or their respective immediate family members pursuant to currently outstanding or newly created options or warrants that are approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or a committee thereof, (vi) Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Company's 5% Convertible Subordinated Notes due on or about the third anniversary of the Series C Closing Date as defined in the Restated Charter in the aggregate principal amount of (EURO)1,374,750, (vii) shares or interests
issued or issuable pursuant to any rights or agreements, options, warrants or convertible securities outstanding as of the date of this Note or the issuance of any of the warrants listed on Section 5.3(a) of the Schedule of Exceptions to the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement or the issuance of any shares of Common Stock upon exercise thereof, (viii) any Equity Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, consolidation, strategic alliance, acquisition or similar business combination approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, (ix) any Equity Securities issued in connection with any recapitalization or similar event by the Company, (x) any Equity Securities that are issued by the Company pursuant to an IPO, and (xi) any Equity Securities issued in connection with strategic transactions involving the Company and other entities, including joint ventures, manufacturing, marketing or distribution arrangements provided that the issuance of shares therein has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;
"Certificate of Designations" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 below;
"Conversion Notice" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3 below;
"Conversion Price" means a price equal to, in the case of conversion of this Note into Conversion Shares, $8.00 per share; provided, however, that (i) in the event that the Company issues or is deemed to issue Additional Stock at a per share purchase price of less than the then in effect Conversion Price, the Conversion Price shall be subject to the following adjustment upon the issuance of any Additional Stock: the new Conversion Price shall be determined by multiplying the Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction, (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding immediately prior to such issuance ("Outstanding Common") plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the Company for such issuance would purchase at the Conversion Price then in effect; and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Outstanding Common plus the number of shares of such Additional Stock, and (ii) the Conversion Price shall be proportionately adjusted in the case of any stock dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on Common Stock; for purposes of clarity, "Outstanding Common" shall include all outstanding shares of Common Stock and all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or other convertible instruments of the Company or issuable upon exercise of options, warrants or other rights to acquire Common Stock;
"Conversion Shares" means Common Stock to which Holder shall be entitled under the terms of this Note;
"Convertible Note Purchase Agreement" means that certain Amended and Restated Convertible Note Purchase Agreement dated as of August [__], 2005, by and among the Company and the Purchasers, and/or their affiliates and assigns, set forth on Exhibit A thereto;
"Default Rate" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 below;
"Discounted Conversion Rate" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(i) below;
"Equity Securities" means (i) any share or interest in the Company,
(ii) any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, with or
without consideration, any share or interest (including any option to purchase
such convertible security) in the Company, (iii) any security carrying any
warrant or right to subscribe to purchase any share, interest or other security
in the Company or (iv) any such warrant or right;
"Final Conversion" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 below;
"Holder" has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Note;
"Interest Note Rate" means the rate of 7.5% calculated on the basis of a 360 day year based on the number of days actually elapsed including the first day but excluding the day on which such calculation is being made; provided that in the absence of an Event of Default and in the event the Company does not complete an IPO by June 30, 2006, the Interest Note Rate will increase by 100 basis points as of June 30, 2006; provided further that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Interest Note Rate will increase to the Default Rate;
"Maturity Date" means March 1, 2010 or such earlier date as this Note shall become due and payable in accordance with Section 2.4 or Section 6 below;
"Note" means this Convertible Promissory Note due March 1, 2010;
"Principal Amount" has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Note; and
"Series C Preferred Conversion" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 below.
2. Time of Payment.
2.1 Payment at Maturity Date.
The Principal Amount together with all accrued but unpaid interest shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date, in accordance with the terms of this Note. If the payment of the Principal Amount and interest on this Note becomes due on a day which is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and any such extension of time shall be included in computing interest in connection with such payment.
2.2 Interest Payment.
Interest shall accrue on the Principal Amount at the Interest Note Rate. Interest accrued but unpaid on the Principal Amount as of the end of each quarter of
each calendar year that this Note remains outstanding shall be payable within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter in accordance with the terms of this Note.
2.3 No Prepayment.
Except as set forth in this Note, the Company may not prepay the Principal Amount and/or the accrued but unpaid interest or any part thereof without the prior written consent of the Super Majority Interest.
2.4 Maturity Date Acceleration.
In the event that any of the holders of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series C Preferred have the right to require the Company to redeem any of their shares of preferred stock, at least forty-five (45) days before the date the Company is required to redeem such stock, the Company shall provide written notice to each Holder describing the number of shares of stock the Company is required to redeem, the redemption price, the date of redemption (the "Redemption Date") and any other material terms and conditions relating to such redemption. Within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice, holders of at least a majority in interest of the principal amount outstanding on the Notes may notify the Company in writing of their election to accelerate the Maturity Date to the date ten (10) Business Days prior to the Redemption Date. Upon the written election to accelerate the Maturity Date in accordance with the preceding sentence, the Company agrees that it shall pay the then outstanding Principal Amount, all accrued but unpaid interest and other amounts due under this Note prior to the payment of any amount to redeem the Company's preferred stock.
3. Application of Payments.
All payments of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note shall be applied first to any accrued but unpaid interest on this Note then due and payable hereunder, and then to the Principal Amount of this Note then outstanding.
4. Currency.
All payments of Principal Amount or of interest on this Note shall be made in US dollars at the address of Holder indicated on the signature page hereof, or such other place as Holder shall designate in writing to Company.
5. Events of Default.
The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Note: (a) The Company's failure to pay the outstanding Principal Amount and accrued interest on this Note on the Maturity Date; (b) the Company's failure to pay any fees related to this Note when due and any such failure to pay shall remain unremedied for five (5) Business Days or (c) an Event of Default under, and as defined in, the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement.
6. Remedies.
6.1 Remedy Upon an Event of Default.
Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, (i) this Note shall become due and payable upon the demand of the Super Majority Interest, and upon such demand shall thereafter become automatically due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest, or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Company, and (ii) the Interest Note Rate shall increase by 400 basis points above the then applicable Interest Note Rate (the "Default Rate").
7. Conversion.
Subject to the provisions hereof, this Note, unless otherwise provided hereinafter, will be converted into shares of Conversion Shares at any time, and from time to time, in whole, as follows:
7.1 Voluntary Conversion.
Any Note may be converted into Conversion Shares, at any time or from time to time, at the option of the holder of such Note. The number of shares of Conversion Shares into which such Note may be converted shall be determined by dividing the principal amount of such Note then outstanding by the Conversion Price, as adjusted and then in effect.
7.2 Automatic Conversion.
(i) Forty percent (40%) of the principal under the Notes shall be converted automatically into Conversion Shares at a 12.5% discount to the then-applicable Conversion Price (the "Discounted Conversion Price") upon the completion of a Qualified IPO (the "40% Conversion"); and
(ii) The remaining principal under the Notes shall be converted automatically into Conversion Shares at the then applicable Conversion Price (the "Final Conversion") on the first date that is both (A) after the third anniversary of the date of the Initial Closing and (B) the 30th consecutive trading day on a nationally recognized securities exchange or dealer quotation system from and after the consummation of an IPO by the Company on which the closing price of the Company's Common Stock is no less than $20.00 per share (subject to proportionate adjustments for dividends, stock splits, split-ups or other distributions on Common Stock).
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Note, if (i) the 40% Conversion constitutes an issuance of "Additional Common Stock" under the Company's Certificate of Designations of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and Series C Convertible Preferred Stock , as amended from time to time, (the "Certificate of Designations") requiring an adjustment to the Conversion Price (as defined in the Certificate of Designations)
applicable to the Company's Series C Preferred Stock, and (ii) such adjustment to the Series C Preferred Stock Conversion Price has not been waived by the requisite majority of holders of Series C Preferred Stock, then, upon conversion of Series C Preferred Stock into Common Stock (the "Series C Preferred Conversion"), the Conversion Price applicable to the outstanding principal under this Note that was not subject to the 40% Conversion shall be adjusted pursuant to the formula set forth in the definition of Conversion Price in this Note as if the Common Stock being issued upon the 40% Conversion were issued immediately prior to the Series C Preferred Conversion as shares of Additional Stock at the Discounted Conversion Price.
Upon the Final Conversion, this Note, without any further action of the parties, shall cease to be a payment obligation and shall represent only the right to represent the Conversion Shares.
7.3 Conversion; Surrender of Note.
Any voluntary conversion of this Note shall be by presentation and surrender of this Note to the Company at the principal office of the Company, accompanied by a written notice of conversion (the "Conversion Notice"). The Conversion Notice shall become effective when received by the Company.
7.4 Conversion Closing.
Upon presentation and surrender of this Note and the Conversion Notice, the Company shall promptly conduct a Closing to effect the issuance of the Conversion Shares to Holder. At such Closing, the Company shall deliver to Holder validly executed share certificates representing such Conversion Shares.
7.5 Deemed Stockholder.
Holder shall not, by virtue hereof, be entitled to any rights of a stockholder in the Company, but will have the rights of a debt holder set forth in the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement and/or this Note. Upon receipt by the Company of the Conversion Notice, Holder shall be deemed to be holder of the shares issuable upon such conversion notwithstanding that the share transfer books of the Company shall then be closed and that certificates representing such shares shall not then be actually delivered to Holder. The Company shall pay all taxes and other charges that may be payable in connection with the issuance of the shares and the preparation and delivery of stock certificates pursuant to this Section 7 in the name of Holder, but shall not pay any taxes payable by Holder by virtue of the holding, issuance, exercise or sale of this Note or the shares by Holder.
7.6 No Fractional Shares.
No fractional Conversion Shares shall be issued in connection with the conversion of this Note, and the number of shares issued shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded downward) and the amount of principal constituting such fraction shall be paid in cash.
8. Waiver.
The Company waives presentment for payment, notice of nonpayment, protest, demand, notice of protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration and dishonor, diligence in enforcement and indulgences of every kind.
9. No Waiver.
The acceptance by Holder of any payment under this Note which is less than the payment in full of all amounts due and payable at the time of such payment shall not (i) constitute a waiver of or impair, reduce, release or extinguish any right, remedy or recourse of Holder, or nullify any prior exercise of any such right, remedy or recourse, or (ii) impair, reduce, release or extinguish the obligations of any party as originally provided herein.
10. Senior Subordinated Note.
This Note and the principal and interest payable hereunder shall be
wholly subordinate in right of payment to all obligations of the Company under
the senior secured notes issued pursuant to that certain Trust Indenture
Agreement dated as of June 1, 2004, between the Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank,
and joined by MHW, Ltd., as collateral agent, and other senior debt subsequently
incurred, subject to the limitations on Company indebtedness set forth in
Section 10.5 of the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement.
11. Cumulative Remedies.
The rights, remedies and recourses of Holder, as provided in this Note, shall be cumulative and concurrent and may be pursued separately, successively or together as often as occasion therefore shall arise, at the sole discretion of Holder.
12. Governing Law.
This Note shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the rules respecting conflicts of law.
13. Severability.
If any provision hereof or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance shall, for any reason and to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, neither the application of such provision to any other Person or circumstance nor the remainder of the instrument in which such provision is contained shall be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.
14. Interpretation.
The headings in this Note are included only for convenience and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Note. The words "herein" and "hereof" and
other words of similar import refer to this Note as a whole and not to any particular part of this Note.
15. Notices.
All notices, demands, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally or by commercial delivery service, or mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) or sent via facsimile (with acknowledgment of complete transmission), to Holder at its address set forth below, or to the Company at its principal executive office (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice).
16. Exchange or Loss of Note.
Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Note, and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction) of reasonably satisfactory indemnification, and upon surrender and cancellation of this Note, if mutilated, the Company will execute and deliver a new Note of like tenor and date.
17. Specific Performance.
Without limiting the foregoing or any remedies available to the parties, the parties will be entitled to specific performance of the obligations hereunder and injunctive relief against actual or threatened violations of the obligations of any person subject to this Note.
18. Transfer and Assignment.
This Note and the rights conferred hereby shall be transferable by Holder to eligible financial institutions, subject, in whole or in part, to the limitations set forth in the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement with the written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If this Note should be transferred in part only, the Company shall, upon surrender of this Note for cancellation, execute and deliver new Notes evidencing, separately, the rights and obligations of Holder and the rights and obligations of the transferee to payment and conversion of their respective portions of the principal and interest hereunder into Conversion Shares.
19. Enforceability.
This Note shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of both parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. If any provision of this Note shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, neither the validity nor the enforceability of the remainder hereof shall in any way be affected.
20. Amendments and Waivers.
Any term of this Note may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority in interest of the principal amount of the Notes outstanding under the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement; provided however that if the amendment or waiver will materially adversely affect any holder(s) of the Notes, then such amendment or waiver will require the consent of the Company and the Super Majority Interest. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 20 shall be binding upon each Holder and each transferee of this Note, the Conversion Shares, each future holder of all such Conversion Shares, and the Company.
21. Limitation on Interest.
Nothing contained in this Note shall be deemed to require the payment of interest or other charges by the Company or any other Person in excess of the amount which Holder may lawfully charge under the applicable usury laws. In the event that Holder shall collect moneys which are deemed to constitute interest which would increase the effective Interest Note Rate to a rate in excess of that permitted to be charged by applicable law, all such sums deemed to constitute interest in excess of the legal rate shall be credited against the Principal Amount then outstanding and the excess shall be returned to the Company.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Note as of the date first written above.
CASTLE BRANDS INC. ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO BY: --------------------------------- --------------------------------- By: By: --------------------------------- ---------------------------------- Mark Andrews, Chairman & CEO ---------------------------------- ---------------------------------- Castle Brands Inc. 29th Floor 570 Lexington Avenue New York, NY 10022 |
EXHIBIT 10.14
EXECUTION COPY
NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR THE EQUITY SECURITIES FOR WHICH THIS NOTE IS CONVERTIBLE HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR QUALIFIED UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. NONE OF SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SAID ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.
AMENDED AND RESTATED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE
$5,000,000 Date: March 1, 2005
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned Castle Brands Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the "COMPANY"), promises to pay to the order of Mellon HBV SPV LLC ("HOLDER")
the principal amount of Five Million US DOLLARS (US $5,000,000) (the "PRINCIPAL
AMOUNT"), together, with interest on the unpaid balance of the Principal Amount,
on the Maturity Date, and subject to the following provisions.
The following is a statement of the rights of Holder and the conditions to which this Note is subject, and to which Holder, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees:
1. DEFINITIONS.
The capitalized terms in this Note shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement unless otherwise defined herein:
"40% CONVERSION" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(i) below;
"ADDITIONAL STOCK" means any Equity Securities of the Company issued by the Company after the applicable Closing Date but prior to the second anniversary of the applicable Closing Date other than (i) the Notes (as defined in the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement) and the Conversion Shares; (ii) Common Stock issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on or upon conversion of the Preferred Stock of the Company; (iii) Common Stock issued or issuable by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on Common Stock, (iv) any Common Stock issued or issuable (including pursuant to options or warrants) to financial institutions in connection with commercial credit arrangements approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, (v) any Common Stock issued or issuable to employees, officers, or directors of the Company or their respective immediate family members pursuant to currently outstanding or newly created options or warrants that are approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or a committee thereof, (vi) Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Company's 5% Convertible Subordinated Notes due on or about the third anniversary of the Series C Closing Date as defined in the Restated Charter in the aggregate principal amount of E1,374,750, (vii) shares or interests issued or issuable pursuant to any rights or agreements, options, warrants or
convertible securities outstanding as of the date of this Note or the issuance of any of the warrants listed on Section 5.3(a) of the Schedule of Exceptions to the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement or the issuance of any shares of Common Stock upon exercise thereof, (viii) any Equity Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, consolidation, strategic alliance, acquisition or similar business combination approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, (ix) any Equity Securities issued in connection with any recapitalization or similar event by the Company, (x) any Equity Securities that are issued by the Company pursuant to an IPO, and (xi) any Equity Securities issued in connection with strategic transactions involving the Company and other entities, including joint ventures, manufacturing, marketing or distribution arrangements provided that the issuance of shares therein has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;
"CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 below;
"CONVERSION NOTICE" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3 below;
"CONVERSION PRICE" means a price equal to, in the case of conversion of this Note into Conversion Shares, $8.00 per share; provided, however, that (i) in the event that the Company issues or is deemed to issue Additional Stock at a per share purchase price of less than the then in effect Conversion Price, the Conversion Price shall be subject to the following adjustment upon the issuance of any Additional Stock: the new Conversion Price shall be determined by multiplying the Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction, (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding immediately prior to such issuance ("OUTSTANDING COMMON") plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the Company for such issuance would purchase at the Conversion Price then in effect; and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Outstanding Common plus the number of shares of such Additional Stock, and (ii) the Conversion Price shall be proportionately adjusted in the case of any stock dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on Common Stock; for purposes of clarity, "Outstanding Common" shall include all outstanding shares of Common Stock and all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or other convertible instruments of the Company or issuable upon exercise of options, warrants or other rights to acquire Common Stock;
"CONVERSION SHARES" means Common Stock to which Holder shall be entitled under the terms of this Note;
"CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT" means that certain Amended and Restated Convertible Note Purchase Agreement dated as of August 16, 2005, by and among the Company and the Purchasers, and/or their affiliates and assigns, set forth on Exhibit A thereto;
"DEFAULT RATE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 below;
"DISCOUNTED CONVERSION PRICE" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(i) below;
"EQUITY SECURITIES" means (i) any share or interest in the Company,
(ii) any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, with or
without consideration, any share or interest (including any option to purchase
such convertible security) in the Company, (iii) any security carrying any
warrant or right to subscribe to purchase any share, interest or other security
in the Company or (iv) any such warrant or right;
"FINAL CONVERSION" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 below;
"HOLDER" has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Note;
"INTEREST RATE" means the rate of 6% calculated on the basis of a 360 day year based on the number of days elapsed including the first day, but excluding the day on which such calculation is being made; provided that in the absence of an Event of Default and in the event the Company does not complete an IPO by June 30, 2006, the Interest Rate applicable to this Note will increase by 100 basis points as of June 30, 2006; provided further that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Interest Rate will increase to the Default Rate;
"INTEREST NOTE RATE" means the rate of 7.5% calculated on the basis of a 360 day year based on the number of days actually elapsed including the first day but excluding the day on which such calculation is being made; provided that in the absence of an Event of Default and in the event the Company does not complete an IPO by June 30, 2006, the Interest Note Rate will increase by 100 basis points as of June 30, 2006; provided further that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Interest Note Rate will increase to the Default Rate;
"MATURITY DATE" means March 1, 2010 or such earlier date as this Note shall become due and payable in accordance with Section 2.4 or Section 6 below;
"NOTE" means this Convertible Promissory Note due March 1, 2010;
"PRINCIPAL AMOUNT" has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Note; and
"SERIES C PREFERRED CONVERSION" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 below.
2. TIME OF PAYMENT.
2.1 PAYMENT AT MATURITY DATE.
The Principal Amount together with all accrued but unpaid interest shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date, in accordance with the terms of this Note. If the payment of the Principal Amount and interest on this Note becomes due on a day
which is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and any such extension of time shall be included in computing interest in connection with such payment.
2.2 INTEREST PAYMENT.
Interest shall accrue on the Principal Amount at the Interest Rate. Interest accrued but unpaid on the Principal Amount as of the end of each quarter of each calendar year that this Note remains outstanding shall be payable within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter in accordance with the terms of this Note; provided that for the period beginning on the date of this Note and terminating two years from the date of this Note, at the Company's election, the Company may pay interest on this Note by issuing Interest Notes on the same terms as the Initial Note except that interest payable on any Interest Note (i) shall accrue at the Interest Note Rate and (ii) may not be paid in kind.
2.3 NO PREPAYMENT.
Except as set forth in this Note, the Company may not prepay the Principal Amount and/or the accrued but unpaid interest or any part thereof without the prior written consent of the Super Majority Interest.
2.4 MATURITY DATE ACCELERATION.
In the event that any of the holders of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series C Preferred have the right to require the Company to redeem any of their shares of preferred stock, at least forty-five (45) days before the date the Company is required to redeem such stock, the Company shall provide written notice to each Holder describing the number of shares of stock the Company is required to redeem, the redemption price, the date of redemption (the "REDEMPTION DATE") and any other material terms and conditions relating to such redemption. Within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice, holders of at least a majority in interest of the principal amount outstanding on the Notes may notify the Company in writing of their election to accelerate the Maturity Date to the date ten (10) Business Days prior to the Redemption Date. Upon the written election to accelerate the Maturity Date in accordance with the preceding sentence, the Company agrees that it shall pay the then outstanding Principal Amount, all accrued but unpaid interest and other amounts due under this Note prior to the payment of any amount to redeem the Company's preferred stock.
3. APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS.
All payments of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note shall be applied first to any accrued but unpaid interest on this Note then due and payable hereunder, and then to the Principal Amount of this Note then outstanding.
4. CURRENCY.
All payments of Principal Amount or of interest on this Note shall be made in US dollars at the address of Holder indicated on the signature page hereof, or such other place as Holder shall designate in writing to Company.
5. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.
The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Note: (a) The Company's failure to pay the outstanding Principal Amount and accrued interest on this Note on the Maturity Date; (b) the Company's failure to pay any fees related to this Note when due and any such failure to pay shall remain unremedied for five (5) Business Days or (c) an Event of Default under, and as defined in, the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement.
6. REMEDIES.
6.1 REMEDY UPON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT.
Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, (i) this Note shall become due and payable upon the demand of the Super Majority Interest, and upon such demand shall thereafter become automatically due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest, or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Company, and (ii) the Interest Rate shall increase by 400 basis points above the then applicable Interest Rate (the "DEFAULT RATE").
7. CONVERSION.
Subject to the provisions hereof, this Note, unless otherwise provided hereinafter, will be converted into shares of Conversion Shares at any time, and from time to time, in whole, as follows:
7.1 VOLUNTARY CONVERSION.
Any Note may be converted into Conversion Shares, at any time or from time to time, at the option of the holder of such Note. The number of shares of Conversion Shares into which such Note may be converted shall be determined by dividing the principal amount of such Note then outstanding by the Conversion Price, as adjusted and then in effect.
7.2 AUTOMATIC CONVERSION.
(i) Forty percent (40%) of the principal under the Notes shall be converted automatically into Conversion Shares at a 12.5% discount to the then-applicable Conversion Price (the "DISCOUNTED CONVERSION PRICE") upon the completion of a Qualified IPO (the "40% CONVERSION"); and
(ii) The remaining principal under the Notes shall be converted automatically into Conversion Shares at the then applicable Conversion Price (the "FINAL CONVERSION") on the first date that is both (A) after the third anniversary of the date of the Initial Closing and (B) the 30th consecutive trading day on a nationally recognized securities exchange or dealer quotation system from and after the consummation of an IPO by the Company on which the closing price of the Company's Common Stock is no less than $20.00 per share (subject to proportionate adjustments for dividends, stock splits, split-ups or other distributions on Common Stock).
Upon the Final Conversion, this Note, without any further action of the parties, shall cease to be a payment obligation and shall represent only the right to represent the Conversion Shares.
7.3 CONVERSION; SURRENDER OF NOTE.
Any voluntary conversion of this Note shall be by presentation and surrender of this Note to the Company at the principal office of the Company, accompanied by a written notice of conversion (the "CONVERSION NOTICE"). The Conversion Notice shall become effective when received by the Company.
7.4 CONVERSION CLOSING.
Upon presentation and surrender of this Note and the Conversion Notice, the Company shall promptly conduct a Closing to effect the issuance of the Conversion Shares to Holder. At such Closing, the Company shall deliver to Holder validly executed share certificates representing such Conversion Shares.
7.5 DEEMED STOCKHOLDER.
Holder shall not, by virtue hereof, be entitled to any rights of a stockholder in the Company, but will have the rights of a debt holder set forth in the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement and/or this Note. Upon receipt by the Company of the Conversion Notice, Holder shall be deemed to be holder of the shares issuable upon such conversion notwithstanding that the share transfer books of the Company shall then be closed and that certificates representing such shares shall not then be actually delivered to Holder. The Company shall pay all taxes and other charges that may be payable in connection with the issuance of the shares and the preparation and delivery of stock certificates pursuant to this Section 7 in the name of Holder, but shall not pay any taxes payable by Holder by virtue of the holding, issuance, exercise or sale of this Note or the shares by Holder.
7.6 NO FRACTIONAL SHARES.
No fractional Conversion Shares shall be issued in connection with the conversion of this Note, and the number of shares issued shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded downward) and the amount of principal constituting such fraction shall be paid in cash.
8. WAIVER.
The Company waives presentment for payment, notice of nonpayment, protest, demand, notice of protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration and dishonor, diligence in enforcement and indulgences of every kind.
9. NO WAIVER.
The acceptance by Holder of any payment under this Note which is less than the payment in full of all amounts due and payable at the time of such payment shall not (i) constitute a waiver of or impair, reduce, release or extinguish any right, remedy or recourse of Holder, or nullify any prior exercise of any such right, remedy or recourse, or (ii) impair, reduce, release or extinguish the obligations of any party as originally provided herein.
10. SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE.
This Note and the principal and interest payable hereunder shall be
wholly subordinate in right of payment to all obligations of the Company under
the senior secured notes issued pursuant to that certain Trust Indenture
Agreement dated as of June 1, 2004, between the Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank,
and joined by MHW, Ltd., as collateral agent, and other senior debt subsequently
incurred, subject to the limitations on Company indebtedness set forth in
Section 10.5 of the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement.
11. CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.
The rights, remedies and recourses of Holder, as provided in this Note, shall be cumulative and concurrent and may be pursued separately, successively or together as often as occasion therefore shall arise, at the sole discretion of Holder.
12. GOVERNING LAW.
This Note shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the rules respecting conflicts of law.
13. SEVERABILITY.
If any provision hereof or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance shall, for any reason and to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, neither the application of such provision to any other Person or circumstance nor the remainder of the instrument in which such provision is contained shall be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.
14. INTERPRETATION.
The headings in this Note are included only for convenience and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Note. The words "herein" and "hereof" and
other words of similar import refer to this Note as a whole and not to any particular part of this Note.
15. NOTICES.
All notices, demands, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally or by commercial delivery service, or mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) or sent via facsimile (with acknowledgment of complete transmission), to Holder at its address set forth below, or to the Company at its principal executive office (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice).
16. EXCHANGE OR LOSS OF NOTE.
Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Note, and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction) of reasonably satisfactory indemnification, and upon surrender and cancellation of this Note, if mutilated, the Company will execute and deliver a new Note of like tenor and date.
17. SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE.
Without limiting the foregoing or any remedies available to the parties, the parties will be entitled to specific performance of the obligations hereunder and injunctive relief against actual or threatened violations of the obligations of any person subject to this Note.
18. TRANSFER AND ASSIGNMENT.
This Note and the rights conferred hereby shall be transferable by Holder to eligible financial institutions, subject, in whole or in part, to the limitations set forth in the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement with the written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If this Note should be transferred in part only, the Company shall, upon surrender of this Note for cancellation, execute and deliver new Notes evidencing, separately, the rights and obligations of Holder and the rights and obligations of the transferee to payment and conversion of their respective portions of the principal and interest hereunder into Conversion Shares.
19. ENFORCEABILITY.
This Note shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of both parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. If any provision of this Note shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, neither the validity nor the enforceability of the remainder hereof shall in any way be affected.
20. AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.
Any term of this Note may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority in interest of the principal amount of the Notes outstanding under the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement; provided however that if the amendment or waiver will materially adversely affect any holder(s) of the Notes, then such amendment or waiver will require the consent of the Company and the Super Majority Interest. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 20 shall be binding upon each Holder and each transferee of this Note, the Conversion Shares, each future holder of all such Conversion Shares, and the Company.
21. LIMITATION ON INTEREST.
Nothing contained in this Note shall be deemed to require the payment of interest or other charges by the Company or any other Person in excess of the amount which Holder may lawfully charge under the applicable usury laws. In the event that Holder shall collect moneys which are deemed to constitute interest which would increase the effective Interest Rate to a rate in excess of that permitted to be charged by applicable law, all such sums deemed to constitute interest in excess of the legal rate shall be credited against the Principal Amount then outstanding and the excess shall be returned to the Company.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Amended and Restated Convertible Promissory Note as of the date first written above.
CASTLE BRANDS INC. ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO BY: MELLON HBV SPV LLC By: /s/ Mark Andrews By: /s/ James P. Jenkins ------------------------- ------------------------- Mark Andrews, Chairman & James P. Jenkins CEO Portfolio Manager Castle Brands Inc. 29th Floor 570 Lexington Avenue New York, NY 10022 |
EXHIBIT 10.15
EXECUTION COPY
NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR THE EQUITY SECURITIES FOR WHICH THIS NOTE IS CONVERTIBLE HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR QUALIFIED UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. NONE OF SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SAID ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.
AMENDED AND RESTATED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE
$5,000,000 Date: June 27, 2005
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned Castle Brands Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the "COMPANY"), promises to pay to the order of Mellon HBV SPV LLC ("HOLDER")
the principal amount of Five Million US DOLLARS (US $5,000,000) (the "PRINCIPAL
AMOUNT"), together, with interest on the unpaid balance of the Principal Amount,
on the Maturity Date, and subject to the following provisions.
The following is a statement of the rights of Holder and the conditions to which this Note is subject, and to which Holder, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees:
1. DEFINITIONS.
The capitalized terms in this Note shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement unless otherwise defined herein:
"40% CONVERSION" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(i) below;
"ADDITIONAL STOCK" means any Equity Securities of the Company issued by the Company after the applicable Closing Date but prior to the second anniversary of the applicable Closing Date other than (i) the Notes (as defined in the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement) and the Conversion Shares; (ii) Common Stock issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on or upon conversion of the Preferred Stock of the Company; (iii) Common Stock issued or issuable by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on Common Stock, (iv) any Common Stock issued or issuable (including pursuant to options or warrants) to financial institutions in connection with commercial credit arrangements approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, (v) any Common Stock issued or issuable to employees, officers, or directors of the Company or their respective immediate family members pursuant to currently outstanding or newly created options or warrants that are approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or a committee thereof, (vi) Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Company's 5% Convertible Subordinated Notes due on or about the third anniversary of the Series C Closing Date as defined in the Restated Charter in the aggregate principal amount of E1,374,750, (vii) shares or interests issued or issuable pursuant to any rights or agreements, options, warrants or
convertible securities outstanding as of the date of this Note or the issuance of any of the warrants listed on Section 5.3(a) of the Schedule of Exceptions to the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement or the issuance of any shares of Common Stock upon exercise thereof, (viii) any Equity Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, consolidation, strategic alliance, acquisition or similar business combination approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, (ix) any Equity Securities issued in connection with any recapitalization or similar event by the Company, (x) any Equity Securities that are issued by the Company pursuant to an IPO, and (xi) any Equity Securities issued in connection with strategic transactions involving the Company and other entities, including joint ventures, manufacturing, marketing or distribution arrangements provided that the issuance of shares therein has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;
"CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 below;
"CONVERSION NOTICE" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3 below;
"CONVERSION PRICE" means a price equal to, in the case of conversion of this Note into Conversion Shares, $8.00 per share; provided, however, that (i) in the event that the Company issues or is deemed to issue Additional Stock at a per share purchase price of less than the then in effect Conversion Price, the Conversion Price shall be subject to the following adjustment upon the issuance of any Additional Stock: the new Conversion Price shall be determined by multiplying the Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction, (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding immediately prior to such issuance ("OUTSTANDING COMMON") plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the Company for such issuance would purchase at the Conversion Price then in effect; and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Outstanding Common plus the number of shares of such Additional Stock, and (ii) the Conversion Price shall be proportionately adjusted in the case of any stock dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on Common Stock; for purposes of clarity, "Outstanding Common" shall include all outstanding shares of Common Stock and all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or other convertible instruments of the Company or issuable upon exercise of options, warrants or other rights to acquire Common Stock;
"CONVERSION SHARES" means Common Stock to which Holder shall be entitled under the terms of this Note;
"CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT" means that certain Amended and Restated Convertible Note Purchase Agreement dated as of August 16, 2005, by and among the Company and the Purchasers, and/or their affiliates and assigns, set forth on Exhibit A thereto;
"DEFAULT RATE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 below;
"DISCOUNTED CONVERSION PRICE" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(i) below;
"EQUITY SECURITIES" means (i) any share or interest in the Company,
(ii) any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, with or
without consideration, any share or interest (including any option to purchase
such convertible security) in the Company, (iii) any security carrying any
warrant or right to subscribe to purchase any share, interest or other security
in the Company or (iv) any such warrant or right;
"FINAL CONVERSION" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 below;
"HOLDER" has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Note;
"INTEREST RATE" means the rate of 6% calculated on the basis of a 360 day year based on the number of days elapsed including the first day, but excluding the day on which such calculation is being made; provided that in the absence of an Event of Default and in the event the Company does not complete an IPO by June 30, 2006, the Interest Rate applicable to this Note will increase by 100 basis points as of June 30, 2006; provided further that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Interest Rate will increase to the Default Rate;
"INTEREST NOTE RATE" means the rate of 7.5% calculated on the basis of a 360 day year based on the number of days actually elapsed including the first day but excluding the day on which such calculation is being made; provided that in the absence of an Event of Default and in the event the Company does not complete an IPO by June 30, 2006, the Interest Note Rate will increase by 100 basis points as of June 30, 2006; provided further that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Interest Note Rate will increase to the Default Rate;
"MATURITY DATE" means March 1, 2010 or such earlier date as this Note shall become due and payable in accordance with Section 2.4 or Section 6 below;
"NOTE" means this Convertible Promissory Note due March 1, 2010;
"PRINCIPAL AMOUNT" has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Note; and
"SERIES C PREFERRED CONVERSION" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 below.
2. TIME OF PAYMENT.
2.1 PAYMENT AT MATURITY DATE.
The Principal Amount together with all accrued but unpaid interest shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date, in accordance with the terms of this Note. If the payment of the Principal Amount and interest on this Note becomes due on a day
which is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and any such extension of time shall be included in computing interest in connection with such payment.
2.2 INTEREST PAYMENT.
Interest shall accrue on the Principal Amount at the Interest Rate. Interest accrued but unpaid on the Principal Amount as of the end of each quarter of each calendar year that this Note remains outstanding shall be payable within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter in accordance with the terms of this Note; provided that for the period beginning on the date of this Note and terminating two years from the date of this Note, at the Company's election, the Company may pay interest on this Note by issuing Interest Notes on the same terms as the Initial Note except that interest payable on any Interest Note (i) shall accrue at the Interest Note Rate and (ii) may not be paid in kind.
2.3 NO PREPAYMENT.
Except as set forth in this Note, the Company may not prepay the Principal Amount and/or the accrued but unpaid interest or any part thereof without the prior written consent of the Super Majority Interest.
2.4 MATURITY DATE ACCELERATION.
In the event that any of the holders of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series C Preferred have the right to require the Company to redeem any of their shares of preferred stock, at least forty-five (45) days before the date the Company is required to redeem such stock, the Company shall provide written notice to each Holder describing the number of shares of stock the Company is required to redeem, the redemption price, the date of redemption (the "REDEMPTION DATE") and any other material terms and conditions relating to such redemption. Within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice, holders of at least a majority in interest of the principal amount outstanding on the Notes may notify the Company in writing of their election to accelerate the Maturity Date to the date ten (10) Business Days prior to the Redemption Date. Upon the written election to accelerate the Maturity Date in accordance with the preceding sentence, the Company agrees that it shall pay the then outstanding Principal Amount, all accrued but unpaid interest and other amounts due under this Note prior to the payment of any amount to redeem the Company's preferred stock.
3. APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS.
All payments of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note shall be applied first to any accrued but unpaid interest on this Note then due and payable hereunder, and then to the Principal Amount of this Note then outstanding.
4. CURRENCY.
All payments of Principal Amount or of interest on this Note shall be made in US dollars at the address of Holder indicated on the signature page hereof, or such other place as Holder shall designate in writing to Company.
5. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.
The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Note: (a) The Company's failure to pay the outstanding Principal Amount and accrued interest on this Note on the Maturity Date; (b) the Company's failure to pay any fees related to this Note when due and any such failure to pay shall remain unremedied for five (5) Business Days or (c) an Event of Default under, and as defined in, the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement.
6. REMEDIES.
6.1 REMEDY UPON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT.
Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, (i) this Note shall become due and payable upon the demand of the Super Majority Interest, and upon such demand shall thereafter become automatically due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest, or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Company, and (ii) the Interest Rate shall increase by 400 basis points above the then applicable Interest Rate (the "DEFAULT RATE").
7. CONVERSION.
Subject to the provisions hereof, this Note, unless otherwise provided hereinafter, will be converted into shares of Conversion Shares at any time, and from time to time, in whole, as follows:
7.1 VOLUNTARY CONVERSION.
Any Note may be converted into Conversion Shares, at any time or from time to time, at the option of the holder of such Note. The number of shares of Conversion Shares into which such Note may be converted shall be determined by dividing the principal amount of such Note then outstanding by the Conversion Price, as adjusted and then in effect.
7.2 AUTOMATIC CONVERSION.
(i) Forty percent (40%) of the principal under the Notes shall be converted automatically into Conversion Shares at a 12.5% discount to the then applicable Conversion Price (the "DISCOUNTED CONVERSION PRICE") upon the completion of a Qualified IPO (the "40% CONVERSION"); and
(ii) The remaining principal under the Notes shall be converted automatically into Conversion Shares at the then applicable Conversion Price (the "FINAL CONVERSION") on the first date that is both (A) after the third anniversary of the date of the Initial Closing and (B) the 30th consecutive trading day on a nationally recognized securities exchange or dealer quotation system from and after the consummation of an IPO by the Company on which the closing price of the Company's Common Stock is no less than $20.00 per share (subject to proportionate adjustments for dividends, stock splits, split-ups or other distributions on Common Stock).
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Note, if (i) the 40% Conversion constitutes an issuance of "Additional Common Stock" under the Company's Certificate of Designations of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and Series C Convertible Preferred Stock , as amended from time to time, (the "CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS") requiring an adjustment to the Conversion Price (as defined in the Certificate of Designations) applicable to the Company's Series C Preferred Stock, and (ii) such adjustment to the Series C Preferred Stock Conversion Price has not been waived by the requisite majority of holders of Series C Preferred Stock, then, upon conversion of Series C Preferred Stock into Common Stock (the "SERIES C PREFERRED CONVERSION"), the Conversion Price applicable to the outstanding principal under this Note that was not subject to the 40% Conversion shall be adjusted pursuant to the formula set forth in the definition of Conversion Price in this Note as if the Common Stock being issued upon the 40% Conversion were issued immediately prior to the Series C Preferred Conversion as shares of Additional Stock at the Discounted Conversion Price.
Upon the Final Conversion, this Note, without any further action of the parties, shall cease to be a payment obligation and shall represent only the right to represent the Conversion Shares.
7.3 CONVERSION; SURRENDER OF NOTE.
Any voluntary conversion of this Note shall be by presentation and surrender of this Note to the Company at the principal office of the Company, accompanied by a written notice of conversion (the "CONVERSION NOTICE"). The Conversion Notice shall become effective when received by the Company.
7.4 CONVERSION CLOSING.
Upon presentation and surrender of this Note and the Conversion Notice, the Company shall promptly conduct a Closing to effect the issuance of the Conversion Shares to Holder. At such Closing, the Company shall deliver to Holder validly executed share certificates representing such Conversion Shares.
7.5 DEEMED STOCKHOLDER.
Holder shall not, by virtue hereof, be entitled to any rights of a stockholder in the Company, but will have the rights of a debt holder set forth in the
Convertible Note Purchase Agreement and/or this Note. Upon receipt by the Company of the Conversion Notice, Holder shall be deemed to be holder of the shares issuable upon such conversion notwithstanding that the share transfer books of the Company shall then be closed and that certificates representing such shares shall not then be actually delivered to Holder. The Company shall pay all taxes and other charges that may be payable in connection with the issuance of the shares and the preparation and delivery of stock certificates pursuant to this Section 7 in the name of Holder, but shall not pay any taxes payable by Holder by virtue of the holding, issuance, exercise or sale of this Note or the shares by Holder.
7.6 NO FRACTIONAL SHARES.
No fractional Conversion Shares shall be issued in connection with the conversion of this Note, and the number of shares issued shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded downward) and the amount of principal constituting such fraction shall be paid in cash.
8. WAIVER.
The Company waives presentment for payment, notice of nonpayment, protest, demand, notice of protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration and dishonor, diligence in enforcement and indulgences of every kind.
9. NO WAIVER.
The acceptance by Holder of any payment under this Note which is less than the payment in full of all amounts due and payable at the time of such payment shall not (i) constitute a waiver of or impair, reduce, release or extinguish any right, remedy or recourse of Holder, or nullify any prior exercise of any such right, remedy or recourse, or (ii) impair, reduce, release or extinguish the obligations of any party as originally provided herein.
10. SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE.
This Note and the principal and interest payable hereunder shall be
wholly subordinate in right of payment to all obligations of the Company under
the senior secured notes issued pursuant to that certain Trust Indenture
Agreement dated as of June 1, 2004, between the Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank,
and joined by MHW, Ltd., as collateral agent, and other senior debt subsequently
incurred, subject to the limitations on Company indebtedness set forth in
Section 10.5 of the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement.
11. CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.
The rights, remedies and recourses of Holder, as provided in this Note, shall be cumulative and concurrent and may be pursued separately, successively or together as often as occasion therefore shall arise, at the sole discretion of Holder.
12. GOVERNING LAW.
This Note shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the rules respecting conflicts of law.
13. SEVERABILITY.
If any provision hereof or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance shall, for any reason and to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, neither the application of such provision to any other Person or circumstance nor the remainder of the instrument in which such provision is contained shall be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.
14. INTERPRETATION.
The headings in this Note are included only for convenience and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Note. The words "herein" and "hereof" and other words of similar import refer to this Note as a whole and not to any particular part of this Note.
15. NOTICES.
All notices, demands, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally or by commercial delivery service, or mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) or sent via facsimile (with acknowledgment of complete transmission), to Holder at its address set forth below, or to the Company at its principal executive office (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice).
16. EXCHANGE OR LOSS OF NOTE.
Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Note, and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction) of reasonably satisfactory indemnification, and upon surrender and cancellation of this Note, if mutilated, the Company will execute and deliver a new Note of like tenor and date.
17. SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE.
Without limiting the foregoing or any remedies available to the parties, the parties will be entitled to specific performance of the obligations hereunder and injunctive relief against actual or threatened violations of the obligations of any person subject to this Note.
18. TRANSFER AND ASSIGNMENT.
This Note and the rights conferred hereby shall be transferable by Holder to eligible financial institutions, subject, in whole or in part, to the limitations set forth in
the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement with the written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If this Note should be transferred in part only, the Company shall, upon surrender of this Note for cancellation, execute and deliver new Notes evidencing, separately, the rights and obligations of Holder and the rights and obligations of the transferee to payment and conversion of their respective portions of the principal and interest hereunder into Conversion Shares.
19. ENFORCEABILITY.
This Note shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of both parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. If any provision of this Note shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, neither the validity nor the enforceability of the remainder hereof shall in any way be affected.
20. AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.
Any term of this Note may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority in interest of the principal amount of the Notes outstanding under the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement; provided however that if the amendment or waiver will materially adversely affect any holder(s) of the Notes, then such amendment or waiver will require the consent of the Company and the Super Majority Interest. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 20 shall be binding upon each Holder and each transferee of this Note, the Conversion Shares, each future holder of all such Conversion Shares, and the Company.
21. LIMITATION ON INTEREST.
Nothing contained in this Note shall be deemed to require the payment of interest or other charges by the Company or any other Person in excess of the amount which Holder may lawfully charge under the applicable usury laws. In the event that Holder shall collect moneys which are deemed to constitute interest which would increase the effective Interest Rate to a rate in excess of that permitted to be charged by applicable law, all such sums deemed to constitute interest in excess of the legal rate shall be credited against the Principal Amount then outstanding and the excess shall be returned to the Company.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Amended and Restated Convertible Promissory Note as of the date first written above.
CASTLE BRANDS INC. ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO BY: MELLON HBV SPV LLC By: /s/ Mark Andrews By: /s/ James P. Jenkins -------------------------- -------------------------- Mark Andrews, Chairman & James P. Jenkins CEO Castle Brands Inc. 29th Floor 570 Lexington Avenue New York, NY 10022 |
Exhibit 10.16
EXECUTION COPY
NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR THE EQUITY SECURITIES FOR WHICH THIS NOTE IS CONVERTIBLE HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR QUALIFIED UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. NONE OF SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SAID ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.
CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE
$5,000,000 Date: August 16, 2005
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned Castle Brands Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), promises to pay to the order of Black River Global Credit Fund Ltd. ("HOLDER") the principal amount of Five Million US DOLLARS (US $5,000,000) (the "PRINCIPAL AMOUNT"), together, with interest on the unpaid balance of the Principal Amount, on the Maturity Date, and subject to the following provisions.
The following is a statement of the rights of Holder and the conditions to which this Note is subject, and to which Holder, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees:
1. DEFINITIONS.
The capitalized terms in this Note shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement unless otherwise defined herein:
"40% CONVERSION" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(i) below;
"ADDITIONAL STOCK" means any Equity Securities of the Company issued by the Company after the applicable Closing Date but prior to the second anniversary of the applicable Closing Date other than (i) the Notes (as defined in the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement) and the Conversion Shares; (ii) Common Stock issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on or upon conversion of the Preferred Stock of the Company; (iii) Common Stock issued or issuable by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on Common Stock, (iv) any Common Stock issued or issuable (including pursuant to options or warrants) to financial institutions in connection with commercial credit arrangements approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, (v) any Common Stock issued or issuable to employees, officers, or directors of the Company or their respective immediate family members pursuant to currently outstanding or newly created options or warrants that are approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or a committee thereof, (vi) Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Company's 5% Convertible Subordinated Notes due on or about the third anniversary of the Series C Closing Date as defined in the Restated Charter in the aggregate principal amount of E1,374,750, (vii) shares or interests
issued or issuable pursuant to any rights or agreements, options, warrants or convertible securities outstanding as of the date of this Note or the issuance of any of the warrants listed on Section 5.3(a) of the Schedule of Exceptions to the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement or the issuance of any shares of Common Stock upon exercise thereof, (viii) any Equity Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, consolidation, strategic alliance, acquisition or similar business combination approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, (ix) any Equity Securities issued in connection with any recapitalization or similar event by the Company, (x) any Equity Securities that are issued by the Company pursuant to an IPO, and (xi) any Equity Securities issued in connection with strategic transactions involving the Company and other entities, including joint ventures, manufacturing, marketing or distribution arrangements provided that the issuance of shares therein has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;
"CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 below;
"CONVERSION NOTICE" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3 below;
"CONVERSION PRICE" means a price equal to, in the case of conversion of this Note into Conversion Shares, $8.00 per share; provided, however, that (i) in the event that the Company issues or is deemed to issue Additional Stock at a per share purchase price of less than the then in effect Conversion Price, the Conversion Price shall be subject to the following adjustment upon the issuance of any Additional Stock: the new Conversion Price shall be determined by multiplying the Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction, (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding immediately prior to such issuance ("OUTSTANDING COMMON") plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the Company for such issuance would purchase at the Conversion Price then in effect; and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Outstanding Common plus the number of shares of such Additional Stock, and (ii) the Conversion Price shall be proportionately adjusted in the case of any stock dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on Common Stock; for purposes of clarity, "Outstanding Common" shall include all outstanding shares of Common Stock and all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or other convertible instruments of the Company or issuable upon exercise of options, warrants or other rights to acquire Common Stock;
"CONVERSION SHARES" means Common Stock to which Holder shall be entitled under the terms of this Note;
"CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT" means that certain Amended and Restated Convertible Note Purchase Agreement dated as of August 16, 2005, by and among the Company and the Purchasers, and/or their affiliates and assigns, set forth on Exhibit A thereto;
"DEFAULT RATE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 below;
"DISCOUNTED CONVERSION PRICE" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(i) below;
"EQUITY SECURITIES" means (i) any share or interest in the Company, (ii) any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, with or without consideration, any share or interest (including any option to purchase such convertible security) in the Company, (iii) any security carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to purchase any share, interest or other security in the Company or (iv) any such warrant or right;
"FINAL CONVERSION" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 below;
"HOLDER" has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Note;
"INTEREST RATE" means the rate of 6% calculated on the basis of a 360 day year based on the number of days elapsed including the first day, but excluding the day on which such calculation is being made; provided that in the absence of an Event of Default and in the event the Company does not complete an IPO by September 30, 2006, the Interest Rate applicable to this Note will increase by 100 basis points as of September 30, 2006; provided further that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Interest Rate will increase to the Default Rate;
"INTEREST NOTE RATE" means the rate of 7.5% calculated on the basis of a 360 day year based on the number of days actually elapsed including the first day but excluding the day on which such calculation is being made; provided that in the absence of an Event of Default and in the event the Company does not complete an IPO by September 30, 2006, the Interest Note Rate will increase by 100 basis points as of September 30, 2006; provided further that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Interest Note Rate will increase to the Default Rate;
"MATURITY DATE" means March 1, 2010 or such earlier date as this Note shall become due and payable in accordance with Section 2.4 or Section 6 below;
"NOTE" means this Convertible Promissory Note due March 1, 2010;
"PRINCIPAL AMOUNT" has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Note; and
"SERIES C PREFERRED CONVERSION" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 below.
2. TIME OF PAYMENT.
2.1 PAYMENT AT MATURITY DATE.
The Principal Amount together with all accrued but unpaid interest shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date, in accordance with the terms of this Note. If the payment of the Principal Amount and interest on this Note becomes due on a day
which is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and any such extension of time shall be included in computing interest in connection with such payment.
2.2 INTEREST PAYMENT.
Interest shall accrue on the Principal Amount at the Interest Rate. Interest accrued but unpaid on the Principal Amount as of the end of each quarter of each calendar year that this Note remains outstanding shall be payable within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter in accordance with the terms of this Note; provided that for the period beginning on the date of this Note and terminating two years from the date of this Note, at the Company's election, the Company may pay interest on this Note by issuing Interest Notes on the same terms as the Initial Note except that interest payable on any Interest Note (i) shall accrue at the Interest Note Rate and (ii) may not be paid in kind.
2.3 NO PREPAYMENT.
Except as set forth in this Note, the Company may not prepay the Principal Amount and/or the accrued but unpaid interest or any part thereof without the prior written consent of the Super Majority Interest.
2.4 MATURITY DATE ACCELERATION.
In the event that any of the holders of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series C Preferred have the right to require the Company to redeem any of their shares of preferred stock, at least forty-five (45) days before the date the Company is required to redeem such stock, the Company shall provide written notice to each Holder describing the number of shares of stock the Company is required to redeem, the redemption price, the date of redemption (the "REDEMPTION DATE") and any other material terms and conditions relating to such redemption. Within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice, holders of at least a majority in interest of the principal amount outstanding on the Notes may notify the Company in writing of their election to accelerate the Maturity Date to the date ten (10) Business Days prior to the Redemption Date. Upon the written election to accelerate the Maturity Date in accordance with the preceding sentence, the Company agrees that it shall pay the then outstanding Principal Amount, all accrued but unpaid interest and other amounts due under this Note prior to the payment of any amount to redeem the Company's preferred stock.
3. APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS.
All payments of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note shall be applied first to any accrued but unpaid interest on this Note then due and payable hereunder, and then to the Principal Amount of this Note then outstanding.
4. CURRENCY.
All payments of Principal Amount or of interest on this Note shall be made in US dollars at the address of Holder indicated on the signature page hereof, or such other place as Holder shall designate in writing to Company.
5. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.
The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Note: (a) The Company's failure to pay the outstanding Principal Amount and accrued interest on this Note on the Maturity Date; (b) the Company's failure to pay any fees related to this Note when due and any such failure to pay shall remain unremedied for five (5) Business Days or (c) an Event of Default under, and as defined in, the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement.
6. REMEDIES.
6.1 REMEDY UPON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT.
Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, (i) this Note shall become due and payable upon the demand of the Super Majority Interest, and upon such demand shall thereafter become automatically due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest, or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Company, and (ii) the Interest Rate shall increase by 400 basis points above the then applicable Interest Rate (the "DEFAULT RATE").
7. CONVERSION.
Subject to the provisions hereof, this Note, unless otherwise provided hereinafter, will be converted into shares of Conversion Shares at any time, and from time to time, in whole, as follows:
7.1 VOLUNTARY CONVERSION.
Any Note may be converted into Conversion Shares, at any time or from time to time, at the option of the holder of such Note. The number of shares of Conversion Shares into which such Note may be converted shall be determined by dividing the principal amount of such Note then outstanding by the Conversion Price, as adjusted and then in effect.
7.2 AUTOMATIC CONVERSION.
(i) Forty percent (40%) of the principal under the Notes shall be converted automatically into Conversion Shares at a 12.5% discount to the then applicable Conversion Price (the "DISCOUNTED CONVERSION PRICE") upon the completion of a Qualified IPO (the "40% CONVERSION"); and
(ii) The remaining principal under the Notes shall be converted automatically into Conversion Shares at the then applicable Conversion Price (the "FINAL CONVERSION") on the first date that is both (A) after the third anniversary of the date of the Initial Closing and (B) the 30th consecutive trading day on a nationally recognized securities exchange or dealer quotation system from and after the consummation of an IPO by the Company on which the closing price of the Company's Common Stock is no less than $20.00 per share (subject to proportionate adjustments for dividends, stock splits, split-ups or other distributions on Common Stock).
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Note, if (i) the 40% Conversion constitutes an issuance of "Additional Common Stock" under the Company's Certificate of Designations of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and Series C Convertible Preferred Stock , as amended from time to time, (the "CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS") requiring an adjustment to the Conversion Price (as defined in the Certificate of Designations) applicable to the Company's Series C Preferred Stock, and (ii) such adjustment to the Series C Preferred Stock Conversion Price has not been waived by the requisite majority of holders of Series C Preferred Stock, then, upon conversion of Series C Preferred Stock into Common Stock (the "SERIES C PREFERRED CONVERSION"), the Conversion Price applicable to the outstanding principal under this Note that was not subject to the 40% Conversion shall be adjusted pursuant to the formula set forth in the definition of Conversion Price in this Note as if the Common Stock being issued upon the 40% Conversion were issued immediately prior to the Series C Preferred Conversion as shares of Additional Stock at the Discounted Conversion Price.
Upon the Final Conversion, this Note, without any further action of the parties, shall cease to be a payment obligation and shall represent only the right to represent the Conversion Shares.
7.3 CONVERSION; SURRENDER OF NOTE.
Any voluntary conversion of this Note shall be by presentation and surrender of this Note to the Company at the principal office of the Company, accompanied by a written notice of conversion (the "CONVERSION NOTICE"). The Conversion Notice shall become effective when received by the Company.
7.4 CONVERSION CLOSING.
Upon presentation and surrender of this Note and the Conversion Notice, the Company shall promptly conduct a Closing to effect the issuance of the Conversion Shares to Holder. At such Closing, the Company shall deliver to Holder validly executed share certificates representing such Conversion Shares.
7.5 DEEMED STOCKHOLDER.
Holder shall not, by virtue hereof, be entitled to any rights of a stockholder in the Company, but will have the rights of a debt holder set forth in the
Convertible Note Purchase Agreement and/or this Note. Upon receipt by the Company of the Conversion Notice, Holder shall be deemed to be holder of the shares issuable upon such conversion notwithstanding that the share transfer books of the Company shall then be closed and that certificates representing such shares shall not then be actually delivered to Holder. The Company shall pay all taxes and other charges that may be payable in connection with the issuance of the shares and the preparation and delivery of stock certificates pursuant to this Section 7 in the name of Holder, but shall not pay any taxes payable by Holder by virtue of the holding, issuance, exercise or sale of this Note or the shares by Holder.
7.6 NO FRACTIONAL SHARES.
No fractional Conversion Shares shall be issued in connection with the conversion of this Note, and the number of shares issued shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded downward) and the amount of principal constituting such fraction shall be paid in cash.
8. WAIVER.
The Company waives presentment for payment, notice of nonpayment, protest, demand, notice of protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration and dishonor, diligence in enforcement and indulgences of every kind.
9. NO WAIVER.
The acceptance by Holder of any payment under this Note which is less than the payment in full of all amounts due and payable at the time of such payment shall not (i) constitute a waiver of or impair, reduce, release or extinguish any right, remedy or recourse of Holder, or nullify any prior exercise of any such right, remedy or recourse, or (ii) impair, reduce, release or extinguish the obligations of any party as originally provided herein.
10. SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE.
This Note and the principal and interest payable hereunder shall be wholly
subordinate in right of payment to all obligations of the Company under the
senior secured notes issued pursuant to that certain Trust Indenture Agreement
dated as of June 1, 2004, between the Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank, and
joined by MHW, Ltd., as collateral agent, and other senior debt subsequently
incurred, subject to the limitations on Company indebtedness set forth in
Section 10.5 of the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement.
11. CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.
The rights, remedies and recourses of Holder, as provided in this Note, shall be cumulative and concurrent and may be pursued separately, successively or together as often as occasion therefore shall arise, at the sole discretion of Holder.
12. GOVERNING LAW.
This Note shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the rules respecting conflicts of law.
13. SEVERABILITY.
If any provision hereof or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance shall, for any reason and to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, neither the application of such provision to any other Person or circumstance nor the remainder of the instrument in which such provision is contained shall be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.
14. INTERPRETATION.
The headings in this Note are included only for convenience and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Note. The words "herein" and "hereof" and other words of similar import refer to this Note as a whole and not to any particular part of this Note.
15. NOTICES.
All notices, demands, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally or by commercial delivery service, or mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) or sent via facsimile (with acknowledgment of complete transmission), to Holder at its address set forth below, or to the Company at its principal executive office (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice).
16. EXCHANGE OR LOSS OF NOTE.
Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Note, and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction) of reasonably satisfactory indemnification, and upon surrender and cancellation of this Note, if mutilated, the Company will execute and deliver a new Note of like tenor and date.
17. SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE.
Without limiting the foregoing or any remedies available to the parties, the parties will be entitled to specific performance of the obligations hereunder and injunctive relief against actual or threatened violations of the obligations of any person subject to this Note.
18. TRANSFER AND ASSIGNMENT.
This Note and the rights conferred hereby shall be transferable by Holder to eligible financial institutions, subject, in whole or in part, to the limitations set forth in
the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement with the written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If this Note should be transferred in part only, the Company shall, upon surrender of this Note for cancellation, execute and deliver new Notes evidencing, separately, the rights and obligations of Holder and the rights and obligations of the transferee to payment and conversion of their respective portions of the principal and interest hereunder into Conversion Shares.
19. ENFORCEABILITY.
This Note shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of both parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. If any provision of this Note shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, neither the validity nor the enforceability of the remainder hereof shall in any way be affected.
20. AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.
Any term of this Note may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority in interest of the principal amount of the Notes outstanding under the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement; provided however that if the amendment or waiver will materially adversely affect any holder(s) of the Notes, then such amendment or waiver will require the consent of the Company and the Super Majority Interest. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 20 shall be binding upon each Holder and each transferee of this Note, the Conversion Shares, each future holder of all such Conversion Shares, and the Company.
21. LIMITATION ON INTEREST.
Nothing contained in this Note shall be deemed to require the payment of interest or other charges by the Company or any other Person in excess of the amount which Holder may lawfully charge under the applicable usury laws. In the event that Holder shall collect moneys which are deemed to constitute interest which would increase the effective Interest Rate to a rate in excess of that permitted to be charged by applicable law, all such sums deemed to constitute interest in excess of the legal rate shall be credited against the Principal Amount then outstanding and the excess shall be returned to the Company.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Convertible Promissory Note as of the date first written above.
CASTLE BRANDS INC. ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO BY: BLACK RIVER GLOBAL CREDIT FUND LTD. By: /s/ Mark Andrews By: /s/ Paula M. Weis ------------------------ ------------------------ Mark Andrews, Chairman & Paula M. Weis CEO Authorized Signer Castle Brands Inc. 29th Floor 570 Lexington Avenue New York, NY 10022 |
Exhibit 10.17
DATED DEC 01 2003
BETWEEN
THE ROARING WATER BAY (RESEARCH AND
DEVELOPMENT) COMPANY LIMITED
AND
GSRWB, INC.
LICENCE AGREEMENT
MATHESON ORMSBY PRENTICE
30 Herbert Street
Dublin 2
Ireland
TEL + 353 1 619 9000
FAX + 353 1 619 9010
\MOP_DUBLIN\869259.4
THIS LICENCE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ROARING WATER BAY (RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT) COMPANY LIMITED, an Irish company of Roaring Water Bay House, 4 Herbert Place, Dublin 2, Ireland (hereinafter called "RWBRDCL") of the One Part; and
GSRWB, Inc., a Delaware corporation whose principal place of business is 85 - 47 Eliot Avenue, Suite G, Rego Park, New York, 11374 (hereinafter called "GSRW") of the Other Part.
WHEREAS RWBRDCL is in possession of an invention for which certain Patents (as defined below) have been obtained.
WHEREAS RWBRDCL has agreed to grant GSRW an exclusive license to use the said invention for which the said Patents have been obtained.
IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:-
1 DEFINITIONS
In this Licence Agreement the following words and expressions shall have the following meanings:-
"APPLICATION(S)" means any Application for Letters Patent filed in respect of the Invention, including any renewals, extensions or improvement. "Applications" shall be construed accordingly. "ARBITRATOR" has the meaning set out in Clause 21 hereof. "CALL OPTION" means the option granted by RWBRDCL to GSRW in clause 3 hereof. "CALL OPTION PERIOD" means the duration of this Licence Agreement "CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION" has the meaning set out in Clause 8 hereof. "INVENTION(S)" means the claimed subject matter of any of the Patents listed in Schedule One, including without limit all improvements thereon. "Inventions" shall be construed accordingly. "NET INVOICE PRICE" means the sales price at the time of the subject sale of the Product, excluding all taxes. "NOTICE" has the meaning set out in Clause 3.2 hereof. |
"OPERATIVE DATE" means the 1st day of December 2003. "PARTIES" means the parties to this Licence Agreement. "PATENT(S)" Patents shall be construed accordingly. "Patents" means the Patents referred to in Schedule One. "PRODUCT(S)" means goods manufactured incorporating and/or using the Invention. "Products" shall be construed accordingly. "TERRITORY" means the territory as defined in Schedule Two hereto. "YEAR OF THIS LICENCE means the period of twelve (12) months first AGREEMENT" commencing on the Operative Date or any anniversary of the Operative Date. |
2 GRANT OF LICENCE
2.1 RWBRDCL agrees subject to the terms and conditions of this Licence Agreement to grant to GSRW an exclusive licence to manufacture and sell, as well as the right to sub-licence pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the Invention in the Territory under each and every Patent as may be granted for the term of this Licence Agreement.
BY THIS LICENCE The Roaring Water Bay (Research and Development) Company Limited, an Irish company of Roaring Water Bay House, 4 Herbert Place, Dublin 2, Ireland HEREBY GRANTS to GSRWB, Inc., a Delaware corporation having a principal place of business at 85 - 47 Eliot Avenue, Suite G, Rego Park, New York 11374 of the following Letters Patent of which it is the proprietor that is to say, Nos. IE990967, 990969 and GB2344095 (hereinafter called the "Patent") full and exclusive Licence and authority to make use of the Invention claimed in the specification of the Patent to the intent that such Licence shall endure from the date hereof SUCH LICENCE being SUBJECT TO and with the benefit of this Licence Agreement.
3 CALL OPTION
3.1 Grant of Call Option and all rights, title and interest in the Invention
In consideration of the payment by GSRW of EUR 1 (receipt of which RWBRDCL hereby acknowledges) RWBRDCL hereby grants to GSRW an option to require RWBRDCL to sell during, the Call Option Period, to GSRW all of the outstanding Applications and Patent(s) and the right, title and interest thereon for the aggregate sum of EUR90,000.
3.2 Exercise of Call Option
The Call Option may be exercised at any time during the Call Option Period by notice in writing (the "Notice") served by GSRW on RWBRDCL. RWBRDCL shall sell or
procure the sale of the Applications and Patent(s) and all rights, title and interest in the Invention to GSRW within a period of 30 days from the receipt of the Notice by GSRW.
4 SUB-CONTRACTING
Nothing in this Licence Agreement shall restrict the right of GSRW to enter into any sub contract which permits any sub-contractor to manufacture and sell the Invention provided that if any Confidential Information as defined in Clause 8 hereof is disclosed GSRW shall take all reasonable steps to safeguard the confidential nature of such Confidential Information.
5 ROYALTY
In the period from the _____________ day of __________ to the date of termination of this Licence Agreement, The Roaring Water Bay Spirits Company Limited ("RWBSCL"), as GSRW's subsidiary, shall pay to RWBRDCL as a royalty a sum equal to EIGHT PER CENT (8%) of the Net Invoice Price of all Products sold, or otherwise disposed of by RWBSCL subject to a maximum in each year of EUR30,000 in accordance with the terms of Section 7 hereof.
6 ACCOUNTS
To enable the determination of the sum due as royalties, GSRW shall during the life of this Licence Agreement cause RWBSCL to keep at its principal place of business, true, clear particular and separate accounts and records and permit and in every way facilitate inspection and copies to be taken of them by a representative or representatives of RWBRDCL at reasonable times on giving reasonable notice. Payments shall be transferred and credited to an account of RWBRDCL, at such bank as RWBRDCL may from time to time nominate for the purpose, of the amount due or paid in any manner as may be determined by RWBRDCL from time to time.
7 DUE DATES FOR PAYMENTS
GSRW shall cause RWBSCL on the _____________ day of _____________ and every three (3) months thereafter or such other dates as agreed by the parties from time to time while this Licence Agreement is in force, to render to RWBRDCL a statement showing details of the sum due as royalties and GSRW shall cause RWBSCL to pay the sum due, within thirty (30) days of the date on which each and every such statement is due to be rendered.
8 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT OF INFORMATION
Save as provided at Clause 4 hereof GSRW agrees to keep strictly secret and confidential during the term of any Patent and for two (2) years thereafter, all and any information, acquired from RWBRDCL pursuant to this Licence Agreement (herein referred to as "Confidential Information"), except where disclosure or use of such information is expressly permitted by RWBRDCL, or where such Confidential Information has come into the public domain other than due to an unauthorised act of GSRW.
9 ASSIGNMENT
GSRW shall not grant, assign, sub-licence, mortgage or otherwise charge or convey, voluntarily or involuntarily any rights accruing to GSRW under this Licence Agreement except to its affiliates, without the prior written consent of RWBRDCL. Such consent may be withheld without reason being given.
10 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
10.1 RWBRDCL represents that, the rights licensed hereunder do not infringe the rights of any third party.
10.2 RWBRDCL warrants that it owns, and throughout the term of this Agreement will own, all right, title and interest to the Invention and the Patents, free and clear of any lien or encumbrance and the use of the Invention by RWBSCL will not infringe any rights of third parties in any country of the Territory.
11 IMPROVEMENTS
11.1 Where either party makes any improvement on the Invention, that Party shall own all legal and beneficial rights and interests in any said improvements on the Invention.
11.2 The Parties shall jointly and severally own all legal and beneficial rights and interests in any improvements on the Invention made jointly by the Parties.
11.3 Where either Party makes any improvement on the Invention, that Party shall on reasonable terms offer to disclose said improvement on the Invention to, and permit the use of said improvement on the Invention by the other Party.
12 TERMINATION
If the royalties due hereunder have not been paid within the time allowed by this Licence Agreement or if either party shall breach of any of the representations, warranties, covenants, promises or undertakings herein contained and on its part to be performed or observed and shall not have remedied such breach within thirty (30) days after notice is given to the breaching party by the non-breaching party requiring such remedy or if either party shall have an Examiner appointed over the whole or any part of its assets or an order is made or a resolution passed for winding up of such party unless such order is part of a scheme for reconstruction or amalgamation of such party then the other party may forthwith terminate this Licence Agreement without being required to give any or any further notice in advance of such termination but such termination shall be without prejudice to the remedy of such party to sue for and recover any royalties then due and to pursue any remedy in respect of any previous breach of any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Licence Agreement.
13 DURATION
13.1 Subject to the provisions for termination hereinbefore contained, this Licence Agreement shall operate from the Operative Date and shall continue in force for a period of five (5) years.
13.2 On expiration of this Licence Agreement RWBRDCL may on request enter into a further licence agreement on terms and for a period to be agreed, provided that no such further Licence Agreement shall continue for any period which shall expire later than [one (1) day] prior to the date on which any Patent shall expire.
13.3 RWBRDCL shall notify GSRW in writing of any expiry of this Licence
Agreement no later than thirty (30) day prior to any expiry. If RWBRDCL
fails to so notify GSRW, the Parties shall at the election of GSRW be
deemed to have entered into a further licence agreement for a period of one
(1) year commencing next after any such expiry. The terms of this Licence
Agreement including the provisions of this sub-clause shall apply mutatis
mutandis to any such further licence agreement, provided that no such
further licence agreement shall expire later than one day (1) prior to the
date on which any Patent shall expire. The provisions of this sub-clause
shall not apply where this Licence Agreement or any such further licence
agreement is terminated under Clause 12 hereof or any corresponding term
deemed to be in any such further licence agreement.
13.4 This Licence Agreement shall not be modified, amended or supplemented in any way unless such modification, amendment or supplement is agreed to in writing by each of the Parties hereto.
14 PATENTS AND APPLICATIONS
RWBRDCL shall during the life of this Licence Agreement pay all costs and fees payable in respect of the Applications and do all such acts and things as may be necessary to maintain and keep on foot the Patents including any additional Applications and improvements requested by GSRW and RWBRDCL shall apply for or continue to prosecute any application for any extension of the term of any Patent if so requested by GSRW.
15 INFRINGEMENT
If any infringement action, proceedings or claim of any kind is threatened or instituted against GSRW resulting from the exercise of any rights granted under the Licence Agreement RWBRDCL shall take timely steps to defend such action, proceeding or claims and shall promptly notify GSRW. GSRW shall not be obliged to defend RWBRDCL against any such action proceeding or claim. RWBRDCL shall defend such actions at its own expense. At the request of RWBRDCL GSRW shall permit RWBRDCL to intervene or appear in connection with any action proceeding or claim at the sole expense of RWBRDCL. The rights of RWBRDCL under this Licence Agreement shall in no way be affected by any adverse decision in or with respect to any such action, proceeding or claim.
16 COUNTRIES IN WHICH PATENT APPLICATIONS ARE FILED
RWBRDCL and GSRW shall decide in which countries, if any, any further Applications are to be filed. Each and every further Application for a Patent for the Invention so filed shall be notified to GSRW by RWBRDCL and each such further Application for a Patent for the Invention shall be deemed to be included in Schedule One on the date on which it is filed.
17 FORCE MAJEURE
In the event that either Party is delayed or hindered in the performance of its obligations hereunder by force majeure this Licence Agreement shall remain in suspense until the cause thereof has ceased to delay or hinder. For the purpose of this Licence Agreement, but not by way of limitation, force majeure shall mean any cause beyond the reasonable control of the Party liable to perform unless conclusive evidence to the contrary is provided and shall include strikes, riots and sabotage, acts of war or terrorism, acts of piracy, destruction of essential equipment by fire, explosion, storm, flood, earthquake or other natural disaster, compliance with economic, trade or political sanctions, failure of power supplies or transport facilities.
18 SEVERABILITY
In the event any provision of this Licence Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable or becomes unlawful in its operation or any part thereof, such provision shall not affect the rights and duties of the Parties with regard to the remaining provisions of this Licence Agreement which shall continue as binding.
19 OUTSTANDING ROYALTY ON TERMINATION
On the expiration or sooner termination of this Licence Agreement, GSRW shall pay to RWBRDCL within thirty days (30) following the date of such expiration or sooner termination all royalties outstanding on the date of such expiration or sooner termination.
20 COSTS OF LICENCE AGREEMENT
RWBRDCL agrees to be responsible for the costs incurred in respect of the preparation and recording of this Licence Agreement.
21 ARBITRATION
If any dispute or difference of any kind whatsoever arises or occurs between the Parties in relation to any thing or matter arising under or out of or in connection with this Licence Agreement the Parties shall appoint an arbitrator (the "Arbitrator") and submit such dispute or difference to such arbitrator whose award shall be binding. If the Parties fail to agree on the appointment of an arbitrator within one (1) calendar month of the date on which such dispute or difference arises or occurs either Party may, on giving one (1) calendar months notice to the other Party, refer such dispute or difference to arbitration under the Arbitration Rules of the Chartered Institute of Arbitrators - Irish Branch.
22 GOVERNING LAW
This Licence Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Irish law. The Parties hereby agree that the Courts of Law in Ireland shall have exclusive jurisdiction in any action in respect hereof, and that in the event of such proceeding being commenced service of documents at such address as is the address for the time being of the addressee by prepaid registered post, shall be deemed good service.
23 The Parties hereto agree that (i) this Licence Agreement supersedes, in all respects, the terms and provisions of that certain Licence Agreement, dated November 19, 1999 (the "Original Licence Agreement") by and between RWBRDCL (formerly Roaring Water Bay Vodka Company Limited) and RWBSCL, and (ii) the Original Licence Agreement shall no longer have any force or effect as of the date hereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed, intending that it shall be legally binding upon them their executors, administrators, heirs, estates, successors and assigns.
PRESENT WHEN THE COMMON SEAL of
THE ROARING WATER BAY (RESEARCH AND
DEVELOPMENT) COMPANY LIMITED
was affixed hereto.
/s/ David Phelan ---------------------------------------- Director /s/ Patrick Rigney ---------------------------------------- Director/Secretary |
EXECUTED AS A DEED BY:
FOR AND ON BEHALF OF GSRWB, INC.
/s/ Mark Andrews ------------------------------------- |
SCHEDULE ONE
PATENT PUBLICATIONS
Irish Patent No: IE990967 Date Filed: July 12, 2000 Entitled: "Packaging for a bottle assembly" Irish Patent No: 990969 Date Filed: July 12, 2000 Entitled: "Packaging for a bottle assembly" UK Patent NO: GB2344095 Date Filed: May 31, 2000 Entitled: "Stackable bottles": |
SCHEDULE TWO
For the purposes of this Licence Agreement the Territory is each and every country in the World.
Exhibit 10.20
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") is made as of May 2, 2005 (the "Effective Date"), by and between Castle Brands, Inc, a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and Keith A. Bellinger (the "Executive"). In consideration of the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, the Company and the Executive agree as follows:
1. Definitions.
(a) "Change of Control" shall occur if the Company (a) is a party to a
merger, consolidation or exchange of securities which results in the holders of
voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto failing
to continue to hold at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting
securities of the Company, the surviving entity or a parent of the surviving
entity outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation or exchange, or
(b) sells or disposes of all or substantially all of the Company's assets.
(b) "Disability" shall mean a mental or physical disability because of which Executive cannot continue to perform the essential functions of his position, with or without a reasonable accommodation.
(c) "Successor" shall mean any successor (whether direct or indirect) by purchase, merger, reorganization, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, liquidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.
2. Employment Capacity; Employment at Will.
(a) As of the Effective Date, the Company agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive agrees to serve the Company, as Chief Operating Officer of the Company, with such duties consistent with such capacity as may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the President of the Company. The Executive shall perform all services to be rendered hereunder faithfully, devote his full business time and attention to the duties assigned to him by the Board of Directors of the Company and use his best efforts to promote the business interest of the Company.
(b) Employment of the Executive pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall continue from day to day until terminated by the Company or the Executive, subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
3. Compensation and Benefits. The Company agrees to compensate the Executive for the services rendered by him during his employment as follows:
(a) Salary. Commencing on the Effective Date, the Company shall pay the Executive an annual base salary of $270,000 ("Base Salary"), payable semi-monthly in arrears in accordance with the standard payroll practices of the Company. The Executive's Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually at which times it shall be subject to increase in the discretion of the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an increase in the Executive's Base Salary to an annual base salary of $300,000 will be considered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company ("Compensation Committee") in January 2006, based
on targeted achievements to be decided upon between the Executive and the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.
(b) Bonus. The Executive shall be eligible to receive an incentive performance bonus up to a maximum of 100% of the Executive's Base Salary ("Incentive Performance Bonus"), subject to the successful achievement of a series of goals and objectives to be agreed upon with the Chairman and Chief Executive Office of the Company. The Incentive Performance Bonus will be paid following the end of the Company's fiscal year. For the first year of employment, the first $100,000 of the Incentive Performance Bonus, if any, shall be payable to the Executive in January, 2006, after completion of the review of achievements by the Compensation Committee of the Company, and the balance, if any, shall be payable after the end of the Company's 2005 fiscal year (year ending March 31, 2006). On all subsequent years the Incentive Performance Bonus will be paid following the end of the Company's fiscal year.
(c) Stock Options. The Company shall grant to the Executive 150,000 stock options at a strike price of $8.00 per share, pursuant to a Stock Option Agreement to be entered into between the Company and the Executive. The options shall vest over a four year period with 25% of the shares vesting each year on the anniversary of the Effective Date. Subject to the Executive's prior consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, the Company shall have the right to replace the stock options with an alternate form of compensation that is of the same or greater economic value to the Executive.
(d) Benefits. (i) The Executive shall be permitted to participate in the employee medical, retirement and insurance benefit plans applicable to officers of the Company, and such other plans as may from time to time be made available or applicable to the Executive, consistent with the policies of the Company.
(ii) The Executive shall be permitted to take four (4) weeks of paid vacation annually to be earned and used in accordance with the Company's vacation policy. Accrued vacation not taken in any calendar year may be carried forward or be usable in any subsequent calendar year in accordance with the Company's vacation policy. Paid holidays may be taken in accordance with the holiday policy and schedule of the Company as from time to time in effect.
(iii) The Company shall reimburse the Executive, consistent with the Company's policies, for all reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket travel, business entertainment and other business expenses incurred or expended by him incident to the performance of his duties hereunder.
(e) Car Allowance. The Company shall provide the Executive with a car allowance of $900 per month.
4. Termination and Termination Benefits
(a) Termination for Cause. Executive's employment under this Agreement may be terminated for Cause without further liability on the part of the company upon written notice from Chief Executive officer of any of the following:
(i) the failure by the Executive to perform the Executive's duties or responsibilities under this Agreement (other than any such failure due to physical or mental illness) and which Executive does not remedy within thirty days after receipt of written notice from the Company, which notice identifies the manner in which the Company believes that Executive has not performed his duties and responsibilities;
(ii) a finding by the Company, after notice to the Executive and an opportunity for him to be heard, that the Executive has engaged in any fraud, embezzlement or material act of dishonesty affecting the Company; or
(iii) the Executive's conviction for a felony or any lesser crime that would require his removal from any federal or state license or permit, or which would require his removal from any such Company license or permit.
(b) Termination Without Cause. Subject to the payment of Termination Benefits to the extent provided under Section 4(f), the Executive's employment under this Agreement may be terminated by the Company without Cause upon written notice to the Executive by the Chief Executive Officer.
(c) Termination by Reason of Disability. Subject to the payment of Termination Benefits to the extent provided under Section 4(f), the Executive's employment under this Agreement may be terminated by the Company by Reason of Disability on the 30th day following the delivery to Executive of written notice from the Company that Executive has been terminated by reason of Disability; provided that any such notice given before the close of a continuous period of three (3) months during which Executive shall have been incapable of performing the essential functions of his position by reason of Disability shall be deemed to be provided at the close of such period. The determination that Executive is disabled within the meaning of this Agreement shall be made upon the advice of an independent qualified physician, in the case of a physical disability, or an independent qualified psychiatrist, in the case of a mental disability, who has been selected by the Company with the approval of the Executive, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.
(d) Resignation By the Executive for Good Reason. Subject to the payment of Termination Benefits to the extent provided under Section 4(f), the Executive may resign his employment under this Agreement for Good Reason upon written notice to the Chief Executive Officer. Any of the following shall constitute "Good Reason" for such resignation:
(i) the continued failure by the Company (or any Successor) to perform its obligations under this Agreement for a period of thirty (30) days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Company by the Executive, which demand specifically identifies the manner in which Executive believes that the Company has not performed its obligations;
(ii) a demotion or significant diminution of the Executive's responsibilities and/or duties;
(iii) a material loss of title or office;
(iv) the relocation of Executive's principal work location (other than on a temporary basis) to a location more than fifty (50) miles from Executive's principal Work location as of the Effective Date; or
(v) a Change of Control of the Company.
(e) Resignation by the Executive Without Good Reason. The Executive may resign his employment under this Agreement upon sixty (60) days written notice to the Chief Executive Officer.
(f) Certain Termination Benefits. In the event the Company terminates this Agreement of the Executive's employment with the Company is terminated pursuant to Sections 4(b), 4(c) or 4(d) above, the Company shall provide to the Executive the following termination benefits ("Termination Benefits" ), provided the Executive signs the form of general release attached hereto as Exhibit A:
(i) If the termination occurs on or before the first anniversary of the Effective Date of this Agreement, the Termination Benefits shall consist of (A) continuation of the Executive's Salary at the rate then in effect for a period of six (6) months, (B) the Incentive Performance Bonus with respect to the year in which termination occurs (pro rated for the portion of the year in which the Executive was so employed) and (C) continuation of group health plan benefits ("Continuation Coverage") for a period of six (6) months or such longer period as may be required under federal law. During the first six (6) months of the Continuation Coverage period, the premium costs for the Continuation Coverage shall be shared by the Company and the Executive in the same relative proportion as in effect on the date of termination.
(ii) If the termination occurs after the first anniversary of the Effective Date of this Agreement, the Termination Benefits shall consist of (A) continuation of the Executive's Salary at the rate then in effect for a period of twelve (12) months, (B) the Incentive Performance Bonus with respect to the year in which termination occurs (pro rated for the portion of the year in which the Executive was so employed), and (C) continuation of group health plan benefits for a period of twelve (12) months or such longer period as may be required under federal law. During the first twelve (12) months of the Continuation Coverage period, the premium costs for the Continuation Coverage shall be shared by the Company and the Executive in the same relative proportion as an effect on the date of termination.
(g) Termination Upon Death. This Agreement will terminate automatically upon the death of the Executive. In the event that the employment of the Executive is terminated pursuant to this Section 4(g), the Company will pay to the representative of the Executive the amount of all accrued but unpaid Base Salary to the date of such termination, and the Incentive Performance Bonus with respect to the year in which termination occurs (pro rated for the portion of the year in which the Executive was so employed) in accordance with Company policy.
(h) Other Entitlements. Nothing in this Section 4 shall deprive the Executive of any accrued benefits to which he has acquired a vested right under any employee benefit plan,
stock plan or deferred compensation arrangement, or to any health care continuation coverage to the extent required by applicable law.
5. Nonsolicitation. In consideration of this Agreement and all the provisions contained herein, and in view of the Executive's participation in and access to the unique and valuable information of the current and proposed business activities of the Company in all its aspects, the Executive covenants and agrees that during the term of the Executive's employment (including any subsequent period during which the Executive renders consulting or advisory services to the Company) and thereafter for a period of (i) six months following termination of employment, if such termination occurs on or before the first anniversary of the Effective Date, or (ii) one year following termination of employment, if such termination occurs after the first anniversary of the Effective Date, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly:
(i) solicit or induce, or assist other to solicit or induce, any individual who is an actual or prospective employee, consultant or agent of the Company to terminate his or her employment or prospective employment relationship or offer employment to or hire or otherwise engage any such individual; provided that nothing herein shall prevent general solicitation through advertising or similar means which are not specifically directed at employees of, consultants to or agent of the Company; or
(ii) solicit or induce, or assist others to solicit or induce, any distributors, manufacturers, suppliers, customers or representatives with whom the Company is doing business to terminate or otherwise curtail or impair their business relationship with the Company.
6. Withholding. All payments provided for hereunder shall be reduced by payroll taxes and withholding required by any federal, state or local law, and any additional withholding to which the Executive has agreed in writing.
7. Successors, Assignment, etc. Except as hereinafter set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Executive and the Company and their respective permitted Successors. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or benefits hereunder may be assigned by the Executive. In the event the Company merges or consolidates with or into any other corporation or sells or otherwise transfers substantially all of its assets to another corporation, the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the corporation surviving or resulting from the merger or consolidation or to which such assets are sold or transferred.
8. Enforceability. If any portion or provision of this Agreement shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
9. Notices. Any termination of Executive's employment by the Company or by Executive other than by reason of death shall be communicated by written notice of termination
to the other party hereto. In case of any termination of Executive's employment by the Company for Cause or Disability, or by Executive for Good Reason, such notice shall set forth the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail all facts claimed to provide a basis under the provision indicated. The notice shall be hand delivered or sent by registered or certified mail and mailed to Executive at the last address he has filed with the Company's principal executive offices, or to the Company at its principal executive offices.
10. Entire Agreement; Amendment; Waivers. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior or other understanding, agreements or representations relating thereto. This Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto. Waiver by any part of any breach of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a continuing waiver or as a waiver of any subsequent breach.
11. Governing Law. This Agreement has been executed and delivered in the State of New York and its validity, interpretation, performance and enforcement shall be governed by the laws of said State without regard to principles of conflict of laws.
12. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same document.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Company, by its duly authorized officer, and by the Executive, as of the Effective Date.
CASTLE BRANDS INC.
By: /s/ Mark Andrews ------------------------------------ Name: Mark Andrews Title: Chairman and CEO and President /s/ Keith A. Bellinger ---------------------------------------- Keith A. Bellinger |
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF GENERAL RELEASE
GENERAL RELEASE
1. (a) As a condition to and in consideration of the payments and benefits described in Section 4(f) of the Agreement dated May 2, 2005 between Castle Brands, Inc. and me relating to my employment with Castle Brands, Inc., and for other good and valuable consideration, I, with the intention of binding myself and my heirs, beneficiaries, trustees, administrators, executives, assigns and legal representatives (collectively, the "Releasors"), hereby irrevocably and unconditionally release, remise, and forever discharge Castle Brands Inc. and the Releasees (as hereinafter defined) with respect to any and all agreements, promises, rights, liabilities, claims, and demands of any kind whatsoever (upon any legal or equitable theory, whether contractual, common law, or statutory, under federal, state or local law or otherwise), whether known or unknown, asserted or unasserted, fixed or contingent, apparent or concealed, that the Releasors ever had, now have or hereafter can, shall or may have for, upon, or by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever existing, accruing, arising or occurring at any time on or prior to the date I execute this General Release, including, without limitation, (i) any and all rights and claims arising out of or in connection with my employment by Castle Brands Inc., the terms and conditions of such employment, or the termination of my employment; (ii) any and all contract claims, claims for bonuses, claims for severance allowances or entitlements; (iii) fraud claims, defamation, disparages and other personal injury and tort claims; and (iv) claims under any federal, state, or municipal employee benefit, wage payment, discrimination, or fair employment practices law (e.g., on the basis of sex, religion, age, race, or disability), statute, or regulation, and claims for costs and expenses (including but not limited to experts' fees and attorneys' fees) with respect thereto. This General Release includes, without limitation, any and all rights and claims under the Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the U.S. Pregnancy Discrimination Act, the U.S. Family and Medical Leave Act, the U.S. Fair Labor Standards Act, the U.S. Equal Pay Act, The Workers Adjustment and Notification Act, the Equal Pay Act of 1963, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990, the Civil Rights Act of 1866, the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the New York Conscientious Employee Protection Act, the New York Equal Pay Act, the New York Smokers' Rights Law, the New York Family Leave Act, the New York Genetic Privacy Act, and the New York Constitution, in each case as such laws have been or may be amended. Nothing in this General Release shall deprive me of any compensation that was earned but not paid prior to my termination; accrued benefits to which I have acquired a vested right under any employee benefit plan or policy, stock plan or deferred compensation arrangement; any health care continuation coverage to the extent required by applicable law; or any right that I may have under the Agreement dated May 2, 2005.
(b) For purposes of this General Release, the term "Castle Brands Inc. and the Releasees" includes Castle Brands Inc., its past and present direct and indirect affiliates, successors, assigns, and all of its and their past, present, and future employees, officers, directors, attorneys, agents, and legal representatives, whether acting as agents or in individual capacities,
and this General Release shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding and enforceable by all such entities and individuals.
2. (a) Opportunity to Review. I acknowledge that before signing this General Release, I was given a period of at least 21 days in which to review and consider it. I acknowledge that I was encouraged by Castle Brands, Inc. to review this General Release, and that to the extent I wish to do so I have done so. I further acknowledge that I have read this General Release in its entirety, and that I fully understand the terms and legal effect of this General Release. I am entering into this General Release voluntarily and of my own free will. If I executed this General Release before the end of the 21-day period, such early execution was completely voluntary, and I had reasonable and ample time in which to review this General Release.
(b) Revocability. I agree that, for a period of seven days after I sign this General Release (the "Revocation Period"), I have the right to revoke it by providing notice, in writing (delivered by hand or by overnight mail), to Castle Brands Inc., Attention: Mark Andrews. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this General Release will not become effective and enforceable until after the expiration of the Revocation Period.
Date signed: May 2, 2005
/s/ Keith A. Bellinger ------------------------------------- |
Exhibit 10.21
SUMMARY OF AGREEMENT
WITH
MATTHEW MACFARLANE
1. Title: Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
2. Base Salary: $145,000 per year
3. Bonus Potential: 25%
4. GS will provide a 401K program, initially without company contribution.
5. GS will provide a car allowance in line with our discussion.
6. GS will provide a term Life Insurance Policy in the amount of $500,000, subject to satisfactory physical examination.
7. Stock Options: GS will provide options to purchase 25,000 shares at a price of $6 per share. These options will vest over a 4-year period from date of hire.
8. Change of Control: In the event the company is sold or merged, and there is a change of control, all of your options will vest; and, in the event that you do not receive a comparable position with the new company, you will receive a payment of $75,000.
9. GS will provide you our standard Healthcare Benefits program. Robin Godfrey, our Controller, will provide you with the details and help you get signed up.
10. Sign on Bonus: $10,000.
11. Vacation: 3 weeks
Agreed
/s/ Matthew MacFarlane ---------------------------------------- 12-17-03 |
Exhibit 10.22
NON-COMPETITION DEED
This Non-Competition Deed is made as of the 1st day of DEC., 2003,
BETWEEN
1. GSRWB, INC a company incorporated in the State of Delaware, United States of America ("GSRW")
AND
2. DAVID PHELAN of 17 Terenure Park, Terenure, Dublin 6 ("Mr Phelan").
WHEREAS:
A. Pursuant to a Merger and Acquisition Agreement dated July 31, 2003 between The Roaring Water Bay Spirits Group Limited, The Roaring Water Bay Marketing and Sales Company Limited, Patrick Rigney, David Phelan, Carbery Milk Products Limited, Tanis Investments Limited, Great Spirits Company, LLC, Great Spirits Corp (the "Merger Agreement") inter alia Mr Phelan transferred his Shares in Roaring Water Bay Spirits Group Limited and Roaring Water Bay Spirits Marketing and Sales Company Limited to GSRW.
B. Defined terms herein shall the meaning set out in the Merger Agreement, unless otherwise defined in this Deed. Mr. Phelan has entered into this Deed in connection with the Merger Agreement.
1 COVENANT NOT TO COMPETE OR SOLICIT
1.1 For a period of 2 years after the date of the Merger Agreement (the "Non-Competition Period"), Mr. Phelan shall not, without the prior written consent of GSRW, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, directly or indirectly, as a consultant to, officer, director, independent contractor, shareholder or other owner or participant in any entity engage in the business of the sale and marketing of alcohol products competing directly with the products sold and marketed by RW and RW-UK as at the date of this Deed in Ireland and the United Kingdom.
1.2 During the Non-Competition Period, Mr. Phelan shall not directly or indirectly, solicit, encourage or take any other action which is intended to induce or encourage, or has the effect of inducing or encouraging any employee of RW or RW-UK to terminate his or her employment with RW or RW-UK.
1.3 Mr. Phelan acknowledges that it would be difficult to fully compensate GSRW for damages for any breach of this Agreement. Accordingly, Mr. Phelan specifically agrees that GSRW shall be entitled to temporary and injunctive relief to enforce the provisions of this Section and that such relief may be granted without the necessity to prove actual damages.
2 MISCELLANEOUS
2.1 All notices or communication required or permitted under this Deed shall be made in writing and delivered personally to the other party or sent by certified or registered post, return receipt requested and postage prepaid or express courier with confirmation of delivery to the following addresses (or such other address for a party as shall have been specified by like notice):
(a) if to GSRW, to:
GSRWB, Inc.
Rego Park
Suite G
New York 11374
U.S.A.
Fax No: [_________________________________________]
(b) if to Mr. Phelan, to:
17 Terenure Park
Terenure
Dublin 6W
Ireland
Fax No: [_________________________________________]
2.2 This Deed shall be construed under and governed by the laws of Ireland and the Courts of Ireland shall have exclusive jurisdiction to deal with all disputes arising from or touching upon this Agreement.
2.3 If any provision of this Deed is unenforceable or illegal, the remainder of this Deed shall remain in full force and effect. If any one or more provisions contained in this Deed shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope, activity or subject, such provisions shall be construed by limiting and reducing it so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with existing law.
2.4 This Deed will not be assignable. Subject to the previous sentence, this Deed shall inure to the benefit of GSRW and its successors and assigns.
2.5 This Deed contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties and supersedes all prior discussions, agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. This Deed may not be changed or modified, except by an agreement in writing executed by GSRW and Mr. Phelan.
2.6 The waiver of a breach of any term or provision of this Deed, which must be in writing, shall not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other previous or subsequent breach of this Deed.
2.7 This Deed may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart shall have the same force and effect as an original and shall constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Deed as of the date and year first above written.
EXECUTED AS A DEED BY AND BEHALF
OF GSRW BY:
/s/ Mark Andrews ---------------------------------------- Name: Mark Andrews Title: President |
SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED
BY MR PHELAN
/s/ David D. Phelan ---------------------------------------- Signature /s/ David D. Phelan ---------------------------------------- Print Name /s/ Philip O'Shea ------------------------------------- Witness |
Exhibit 10.23
[LOGO]
CASTLE BRANDS
August 4, 2005
Mr. David Phelan
Executive Vice President, Castle Brands Inc,
Managing Director, Castle Brands Spirits Group Limited
Victoria House
Haddington Road
Dublin 4
Ireland
Dear Dave:
We have informally discussed the advisability of your becoming a consultant to Castle Brands Inc. (the "Company") to provide counsel on a number of initiatives, including the expansion of our international markets and potential acquisitions in Ireland and Europe. As we have discussed, I am writing you this letter to address that move.
In consideration of the payment of one Euro to you, and the mutual covenants, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged, we agree as follows in this letter agreement.
We agree you will become a consultant to the Company on October 1, 2005, for a period of 18 months, and to your simultaneous resignation of your current management positions with the Company and its subsidiaries and your directorships of all the subsidiaries. Your consultancy compensation will be E157,500 per annum plus VAT (at the appropriate rate) to the extent that you are required to charge VAT. You will be paid monthly by direct debit on the 15th of the month to an account designated by you. You will continue on the Company's Board of Directors as a non-executive director, except as provided below, until the earlier of September 30, 2005 or the initiation of the Company's initial public offering.
The provisions of Clause 15 of your Service Agreement, dated December 1, 2003, and your Non-Competition Deed, dated December 1, 2003, shall apply to the consultancy and remain in effect through March 31, 2006. Thereafter, the Non-Competition Deed shall be deemed null and void and the provisions of Clause 15.3.1 of the Service Agreement shall apply to your activities during the remainder of the consultancy. Notwithstanding such Clause, you will be permitted to solicit employment or consulting agreements after March 31, 2006 and if you wish to accept employment or consulting assignments, or engage in any activity, after March 31, 2006, which would violate such provisions, you may request the Company to consent to such proposed activity and continuation of the consultancy. If such consent is not granted within twenty (20) days of written request, you shall be deemed no longer subject to Clause 15.3.1 and shall be entitled to payment of (a) the remaining monthly consultancy payments through March 31, 2007 or (b) an accelerated single payment within ten (10) days of resignation of E10,417 plus VAT, to the extent you are required to charge VAT, times the remaining number of months through March 31, 2007 for which you had not received payment.
Mr. David Phelan
August 4, 2005
Your options would continue to vest through the consulting period and absent a default, you will be deemed to have accrued three years' vesting at the end of the consultancy. The exercise period for your stock options would be extended to December 1, 2008. All appropriate business expenses incurred in the course of performing your duties under the consultancy will be reimbursed according to Company policy upon presentation of required documentation, subject to reasonable review. We are prepared to reimburse you for up to E5,000 of your legal fees in connection with the consultancy.
Pursuant to the terms of the License Agreement dated December 1, 2003, the royalty payments paid to The Roaring Water Bay (Research and Development) Company Limited shall not be affected by your consultancy. The Company warrants that the royalty payments (maximum of E2,500 per month) payable under such License Agreement shall be paid during the term of the consultancy, until such time that your interest in such company is purchased. The Company will purchase your interest in such company on or before the termination of your consultancy pursuant to the License Agreement, whereupon the royalty payments paid to you by The Roaring Water Bay (Research and Development) Company Limited shall cease.
For the remainder of August and September, your focus as an officer of the Company and certain subsidiaries will need to be transitioning your areas of responsibility to Keith Bellinger and agreed managers in Dublin or Europe. Keith will work with you to determine the most effective organization structure for the international markets.
Starting October 1, 2005, and for an additional 18 months of consultancy (through March 31, 2007), your primary focus would be on identifying new opportunities and markets for the Company, on an as agreed basis. Except as requested, the consultancy would no longer be carried on from the Company's Dublin office. With regard to this timing, we believe that it is important for any change of this type to be completed promptly, so that the Company can transition effectively prior to the launch of the proposed public offering.
We understand that you would like to have the amounts due of the 5% Convertible Subordinated Note, dated December 1, 2003, issued to you in the original principal amount of E465,550 and the Subordinated Note, dated December 1, 2003, issued to you in the original principal amount of E133,323 (the "Notes") paid as quickly as possible. While the Company is under no obligation to do so, in the spirit of cooperation we are prepared to pay off the Notes with the proceeds of the public offering within one month after completion of the offering, which we hope to complete later this year. Furthermore, even if we are not able to complete such offering in 2005, we will pay off the outstanding balance of the Notes in four quarterly installments in 2006, beginning January 1, 2006 and ending December 1, 2006, provided such payments would not create a default under any of the Company's credit facilities. We could accelerate that schedule if the public offering were to be completed during 2006.
We will also endeavor to facilitate the transfer of your pension as promptly as practicable.
This letter agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Ireland ("Irish Matters"), except in the case of the aforesaid options and 5% Convertible Subordinated Note, matters pertaining to which shall be governed by Delaware and New York law ("U.S.
Mr. David Phelan
August 4, 2005
Matters"), in each case exclusive of choice of law or conflicts of law, rules, provisions, or principles.
The parties agree that the courts in the City of Dublin shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action or proceeding to settle any dispute between them, that may arise out of or in connection with Irish Matters and, for such purposes, each irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction or such courts. Each of the parties irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any actions, suits or proceedings brought in any court as provided in the preceding sentence of this paragraph, and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court his been brought in an inconvenient forum.
The parties agree that the courts in New York, New York shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action or proceeding to settle any dispute between them, that may arise out of or in connection with U.S. Matters and, for such purposes, each irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts. Each of the parties irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any actions, suits or proceedings brought in any court as provided in the preceding sentence of this paragraph, and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
If the Company determines to announce your resignation generally, the Company and you will agree to a mutually agreeable text of such announcement.
While we can make no assurances with regard to your shares, if there is a good opportunity for you to sell a portion of your shares, we will endeavor to help you do so.
We look forward to working with you in this new relationship. Please indicate your acceptance of the terms hereof by signing and returning the enclosed copy of this letter whereupon this letter agreement shall replace and supersede the Service Agreement and the provisions regarding your tenure as officer and director of the Company and subsidiaries under the Shareholders' Agreement, dated December 1, 2003, shall no longer pertain.
Very best regards, Castle Brands Inc. Castle Brands Spirits Group Limited By: /s/ Mark Andrews By: /s/ Matthew MacFarlane --------------------------------- ------------------------------------- Name: Mark Andrews Name: Matthew MacFarlane Title: Chairman and CEO Title: Chief Financial Officer Accepted and agreed as of the data first written above: |
Mr. David Phelan August 4, 2005 Page 4 /s/ David Phelan ------------------------------------- David Phelan |
Exhibit 10.24
[LOGO]
CASTLE BRANDS
February 15, 2005
Mr. Patrick Rigney
Executive Vice President, Castle Brands Inc.
Managing Director, Castle Brands Spirits Group Limited
Victoria House
Haddington Road
Dublin 4
Ireland
Dear Pat:
Over the last several months, we have informally discussed the advisability of your becoming a consultant to Castle Brands Inc. or its subsidiaries (the "Company") to champion several important initiatives including the identification of attractive agency brands and potential acquisitions. As we have discussed, I am writing you this letter to address that move.
In consideration of the payment of one Euro to you by each of Castle Brands Inc. and Castle Brands Spirits Group Limited, and the mutual covenants, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged, we agree as follows in this letter agreement.
We agree you will become a consultant to the Company on March 11, 2005 and to your simultaneous resignation of your current management positions with the Company and its subsidiaries. Your consultancy compensation will be E157,500 per annum plus VAT (at the appropriate rate) to the extent that you are required to charge VAT. You would be paid monthly by direct debit on the 15th of the month to an account designated by you. You would continue on the Castle Brands Inc.'s Board of Directors as a non-executive director, except as provided below, until the earlier of December 31, 2005, or the initiation of the Company's initial public offering or registration of its shares. We agree that you will resign from the Boards of Directors of the subsidiaries on March 11, 2005.
The provisions of Clause 15 of your Service Agreement, dated December 1, 2003, and your Non-Competition Deed, dated December 1, 2003, shall apply to the consultancy and remain in effect through September 12, 2005, as if set forth herein. Thereafter, the Non-Competition Deed shall be deemed null and void and Clauses 15.2, 15.3.1 and 15.3.2 shall apply to the remainder of the consultancy. In the event that you wish to accept employment or consulting assignments, or engage in any activity, including, but not limited to, entering into competition with the Company or its subsidiaries, you shall give one month's prior written notice to the Company of your intention to accept such employment or consulting assignments or engage in such activity. The Company may then request that you, and on such request you shall, resign as a Director of the
Mr. Patrick Rigney
February 15, 2005
Company. Upon your resignation from the Board of Directors of the Company, whether at the request of the Company or through your own volition, the provisions of Clauses 15.3.1 and 15.3.2(b) shall no longer apply to you and you shall be entitled to a payment of the remaining monthly consultancy payments through June 9, 2006 or an accelerated single payment within ten (10) days of resignation of E10,417 plus VAT, to the extent you are required to charge VAT, times the remaining number of months through June 9, 2006 for which you had not received payment.
Your options would continue to vest through the consulting period and absent a default, you will be deemed to have accrued two years' vesting at the end of the consultancy. The exercise period for your stock options would be extended to December 1, 2008. All appropriate business expenses incurred in the course of performing your duties under the consultancy will be reimbursed according to Company policy upon presentation of required documentation. We are prepared to reimburse you for up to E8,000 plus VAT (at the appropriate rate) of your legal fees in connection with the consultancy.
Pursuant to the terms of the License Agreement, dated December 1, 2003, the royalty payments paid to The Roaring Water Bay (Research and Development) Company Limited shall not be affected by your consultancy. The Company warrants that the royalty payments (maximum of E2,500 per month) payable under such License Agreement shall be paid during the consultancy. The Company will purchase your interest in such company on or before the termination of your consultancy pursuant to the License Agreement, whereupon the royalty payments paid to you by The Roaring Water Bay (Research and Development) Company Limited shall cease.
For March, April and May, your focus will need to be transitioning your areas of responsibility to David Phelan. Since Mr. Phelan will be responsible for the 2005 Plan, people currently reporting to you will report to Mr. Phelan as of March 11, 2005. Starting June 10, 2005, and for the additional twelve months of consultancy, your primary focus would be on identifying new opportunities and markets for the Company, on an as agreed basis. Except as requested, the consultancy would no longer be carried on from the Company's Dublin office. With regard to this timing, we believe that it is important for any change of this type to be completed promptly, so that the Company can transition effectively prior to the launch of the proposed public offering, and so that we can start building our pipeline of agency brands and acquisitions.
We understand that you would like to have the amounts due of the 5% Convertible Subordinated Note, dated December 1, 2003, issued to you in the original principal amount of E465,550 and the Subordinated Note, dated December 1, 2003, issued to you in the original principal amount of E133,323 (the "Notes") paid as quickly as possible. While the Company is under no obligation to do so, in the spirit of cooperation we are prepared to pay off the Notes with the proceeds of the public offering within one month after completion of the offering, which we hope to complete later this year. Furthermore, even if we are not able to complete such offering in 2005, we will pay off the outstanding balance of the Notes in four quarterly installments in 2006, beginning January 1, 2006 and ending December 1, 2006, provided we have entered into the Joint venture with Gosling's, and the $10 million facility from Mellon HBV Alternative
Mr. Patrick Rigney
February 15, 2005
Strategies LLC (or a comparable facility) is available to us. We could accelerate that schedule if the public offering were to be completed during 2006.
We will also use reasonable best efforts to facilitate the transfer of your pension as promptly as practicable.
This letter agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Ireland ("Irish Matters"), except in the case of the aforesaid options and 5% Convertible Subordinated Note, matters pertaining to which shall be governed by Delaware and New York law ("U.S. Matters"), in each case exclusive of choice of law or conflicts of law, rules, provisions, or principles.
The parties agree that the courts in the City of Dublin shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action or proceeding and to settle any dispute between them, that may arise out of or in connection with Irish Matters and, for such purposes, each irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts. Each of the parties irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any actions, suits or proceedings brought in any court as provided in the preceding sentence of this paragraph, and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
The parties agree that the courts in New York, New York shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action or proceeding and to settle any dispute between them, that may arise out of or in connection with U.S. Matters and, for such purposes, each irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts. Each of the parties irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any actions, suits or proceedings brought in any court as provided in the preceding sentence of this paragraph, and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
If the Company determines to announce your resignation generally, the Company and you will agree to a mutually agreeable text of such announcement.
While we can make no assurances with regard to your shares, if there is a good opportunity for you to sell a portion of your shares, we will endeavor to help you do so.
We look forward to working with you in this new relationship and are confident that it will produce important new opportunities for Castle Brands. Please indicate your acceptance of the terms hereof by signing and returning the enclosed copy of this letter whereupon this letter agreement shall replace and supersede the Service Agreement which will have no further force and effect and the provisions regarding your tenure as officer and director of the Company and subsidiaries under the Shareholders Agreement, dated December 1, 2003, shall no longer pertain. While this letter agreement is viewed as binding by the parties, we will also use our best
Mr. Patrick Rigney
February 15, 2005
endeavors to enter into a brief consultancy agreement between now and March 11, 2005, to specify more clearly the focus of the consultancy.
Very best regards, Castle Brands Inc. Castle Brands Spirits Group Limited By: /s/ Mark Andrews By: /s/ Matthew MacFarlane --------------------------------- ------------------------------------ Name: Mark Andrews Name: Matthew MacFarlane Title: Chairman and CEO Title: Chief Financial Officer Accepted and agreed as of the date first written above: By: /s/ Patrick Rigney --------------------------------- Patrick Rigney |
Exhibit 10.25
[LOGO]
CASTLE BRANDS
August 4, 2005
Mr. David Phelan
Executive Vice President, Castle Brands Inc.
Managing Director, Castle Brands Spirits Group Limited
Victoria House
Haddington Road
Dublin 4
Ireland
Dear Dave:
Based on our letter agreement of August 4, 2005 (the "Agreement"), we have mutually agreed that you will become a consultant to Castle Brands Inc. ("CBI"), effective October 1, 2005, on the terms outlined in the accompanying Agreement. This supplemental consulting agreement has been drafted to clarify several items, at the request of our Irish Counsel.
1. CONSULTING STATUS - As a consultant, you will no longer be an employee, as it relates to Irish tax, employment law or employment benefits.
2. TAX RELEASE - As a consultant, you will assume the responsibility for any employment taxes, income taxes or other levies that may become due as a result of your consulting, but with the understanding that we will reimburse you for any VAT payments, to the extent that you are required to charge VAT.
3. RELEASE - As a consultant, you accept payment under the Agreement, in full payment and satisfaction of all of your claims, rights and interests against CBI, its subsidiaries and affiliates, except for any vested benefits under any employment benefit plan(s) to which you may be entitled, and you hereby release and forever discharge CBI, its subsidiaries and affiliates and their respective past and present officers, directors, employees, representatives, agents, attorneys, successors and assigns from all claims and liabilities of any nature, including but not limited to all actions, causes of actions, suits, debts, sums of money, attorneys' fees, costs or other claims whatsoever, known or unknown, at law or in equity, that you now have or will ever have arising out of any event, action or inaction occurring prior to or on the effective date of the Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, you specifically release and discharge any and all claims and causes of action arising from your employment at CBI arising out of all applicable Irish or United States laws and regulations.
Mr. David Phelan
August 4, 2005
We look forward to working with you in this new relationship. Please indicate your acceptance of the terms hereof by signing and returning the enclosed copies of the Agreement and this letter, which will become effective upon execution.
Very best regards, Castle Brands Inc. Castle Brands Spirits Group Limited By: /s/ Mark Andrews By: /s/ Matthew MacFarlane --------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- Name: Mark Andrews Name: Mathew MacFarlane Title: Chairman and CEO Title: Chief Financial Officer Accepted and agreed as of the date first written above: /s/ David Phelan ------------------------------------- David Phelan |
Exhibit 10.26
[LOGO]
CASTLE BRANDS
August 2, 2005
Mr. Pat Rigney
Director, Castle Brands Inc.
Victoria House
Haddington Road
Dublin 4
Ireland
Dear Pat:
Based on our letter agreement of February 15, 2005 (the "Agreement"), we have mutually agreed that you would become a consultant to Castle Brands Inc, ("CBI"), effective March 11, 2005, on the terms outlined in the Agreement. This supplemental consulting agreement has been drafted to clarify several items, at the request of our Irish Counsel.
1. CONSULTING STATUS - As a consultant, you are no longer be an employee, as it relates to Irish tax, employment law or employment benefits.
2. TAX RELEASE - As a consultant, you assume the responsibility for any employment taxes, income taxes or other levies that may become due as a result of your consulting, but with the understanding that we will reimburse you for any VAT payments, to the extent that you are required to charge VAT.
3. RELEASE - As a consultant, you accept payment under the Agreement, in full payment and satisfaction of all of your claims, rights and interests against CBI, its subsidiaries and affiliates, except for any vested benefits under any employment benefit plan(s) & or the loan notes, patent income and payments due to which you may be entitled, and you hereby release and forever discharge CBI, its subsidiaries and affiliates and their respective past and preset officers, directors, employees, representatives, agents, attorneys, successors and assigns from all claims and liabilities of in relation to your employment, including but not limited to all actions, causes of actions, suits, debts, sums of money, attorneys' fees, costs or other claims whatsoever, known or unknown, at law or in equity, that you now have or will ever have arising out of any event, action or inaction occurring prior to or on the effective date of the Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, you specifically release and discharge any and all claims and causes of action arising from your employment at CBI arising out of all applicable Irish or United States laws and regulations.
Mr. Pat Rigney
July 21, 2005
We look forward to continue working with you in this new relationship. Please indicate your acceptance of the terms hereof by signing and returning the enclosed copies of the Agreement and this letter.
Very best regards, Castle Brands Inc. Castle Brands Spirits Group Limited By: /s/ Mark Andrews By: /s/ Matthew MacFarlane ------------------------------------ --------------------------------- Name: Mark Andrews Name: Matthew MacFarlane Title: Chairman and CEO Title: Chief Financial Officer Accepted and agreed as of the date first written above: /s/ Patrick Rigney ---------------------------------------- Patrick Rigney |
Exhibit 10.27
NOTE: PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT ARE THE SUBJECT OF A CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST BY THE REGISTRANT TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. SUCH PORTIONS HAVE BEEN REDACTED AND ARE MARKED WITH A "[*]" IN PLACE OF THE REDACTED LANGUAGE.
SUPPLY AGREEMENT
Date: 19th January, 1998
Parties:
1. 'The Supplier': Carbery Milk Products Limited a company incorporated in Ireland whose registered office is at Ballineen, County Cork, Ireland
2. 'The Customer': The Roaring Water Bay Spirits Company Limited a company incorporated in Ireland whose registered office is at Carrick House, 49 Fitzwilliam Square, Dublin 2.
RECITALS:
(A) The Supplier carries on, inter alia, the business of manufacturing and selling the Products.
(B) The Customer intends, with effect from 1 March, 1998 to carry on the business of manufacturing and selling branded vodkas ant other alcoholic drinks and wishes to purchase the Products from the Supplier for that business, and the Supplier is willing to supply the Products to the Customer, on the terms set out in this Agreement.
Operative Provisions:
1 Interpretation
1.1 In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:
'CREAM LIQUEUR PRODUCTS' means alcohol beverages which contain alcohol and dairy, or alternative fats, which in combination with sweetening and sugars are intended to compete with or replicate existing cream or fat based alcoholic beverages
'FORCE MAJEURE' means, in relation to either party, any circumstances beyond the reasonable control of that party (including, without limitation, any strike, lock-out or other industrial action)
'PRODUCTS' means neutral spirit with an alcohol level as set out in the Specification
'SPECIFICATION' means the specification of the Products described in Schedule I or any other specification of the Products agreed in writing between the Supplier and the Customer from time to time
'PROCESS PROCEDURE' refers to the matters set out in Schedule II
1.2 Any reference in this Agreement to 'writing', or cognate expressions, includes a reference to any communication effected by telex, cable, facsimile transmission or any comparable means.
1.3 The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect its interpretation.
2 Sale of the Products
2.1 During the continuance of this Agreement the Supplier shall sell and the Customer shall exclusively purchase all quantities of the Products and other neutral spirit requirements of the Company required by the Customer subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
2.2 Each order shall specify the quantities of each of the Products by volume and type. The Products or any of them shall be delivered in bulk tanker container form.
2.3
2.3.1 The Customer shall, where the expected requirement for any one year of the Products is greater than twice that set out for that year in clause 5.1 below, inform the Supplier of such projected increased requirements at least six months in advance of that year;
2.3.2 The Customer shall give the supplier not less than three months notice of its estimated requirements of the Products for each month and shall promptly notify the Supplier of any changes in circumstances which may affect its requirements.
2.4 If the Customer's orders for the Products exceed (or it appears from any of the estimates or revised estimates given pursuant to clause 2.3 or 5.1 that they will exceed) the output capacity or stocks of the Supplier, whether produced by the Supplier or obtained by the Supplier from a third party the Supplier shall as soon as practicable notify the Customer and, the customer shall, be entitled to obtain from any other person such quantity of the Products as the Supplier is unable to supply in accordance with the Customer's orders.
2.5 For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that the Supplier is unable to supply sufficient quantities of the Products to the Customer and the Customer, as a result of such inability obtains Products from a third party at a cost greater than that which the Customer would have paid to the Supplier, the Supplier shall forthwith repay the difference in price between the price charged by the third party and the price which would have been charged by the Supplier. Any price negotiated with a third party shall be a price negotiated on a commercial basis and at arms length.
3 Conditions of sale
All sales of the Products sold pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and shall prevail over any other terms and conditions unless this Agreement is varied by the parties hereto. This Agreement shall not be and shall not be deemed to be varied by the parties hereto unless the parties state in writing that this Agreement is so varied.
4 Specification of the products
4.1 All Products sold by the Supplier to the Customer pursuant to this Agreement shall conform in all respects to the Specification.
4.2 The parties shall consult with each other from time to time during the continuance of this Agreement in order to ensure that the Specification is acceptable to both parties, and the Specification may subsequently be changed by agreement in writing by the parties.
4.3 Testing of the Products shall take place in accordance with the provisions of Schedule II.
4.4 If as a result of inspection or testing the Customer is lot satisfied that the Products will comply in all respects with the Specification and the Customer so informs the Supplier within 7 days of inspection of testing, the Supplier shall take such steps as are necessary to ensure compliance.
4.5 The Products shall be marked in accordance with the Customer's instructions and any applicable regulations or requirements of the carrier, and properly packed and secured so as to reach their destination in an undamaged condition in the ordinary course.
5 Orders & Supply
5.1 The Customer projects (but without commitment to purchase) that it will purchase from the Supplier the following quantities of Product in the years set out below (where reference to Year 1 refers to the 12 month period commencing on 1 June, 1998 and reference to each subsequent year refers to each 12 month period thereafter).
No. of Cases Litres of Alcohol ------------ ------------------- Year 1 * * litres p.a. 2 * * litres p.a. 3 * * litres p.a. 4 * * litres p.a. 5 * * litres p.a. |
6 Trade Secrets
6.1 The parties agree that notwithstanding any termination in accordance with clause 12 hereof, they shall not use any name, trademark, trade name or logo of the other party. The Supplier shall not be entitled either by implication or otherwise to any title, or right of interest in any trademarks, trade names, logos or symbols employed, designed, or developed by the Customer in connection with the Products. The Supplier further acknowledges that it is granted no rights in relation to copyright or other rights of whatever nature subsisting in any Product produced or developed by the Customer.
In particular the Supplier acknowledges that all and any sights subsisting in any bottle or graphic representation (including any label on any bottle) belongs to the Customer.
6.2 The Supplier acknowledges that it has no right to sell any brands of vodka or other branded alcoholic product produced or developed by the Customer throughout the world. The Customer acknowledges that the provisions of clause 15.2 do not apply insofar as they relate to Cream Liqueur Products.
7 Manufacture and delivery of the Products
7.1 The Supplier shall use its best endeavours to manufacture and maintain sufficient stocks of the Products to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.
7.2 The Supplier shall ensure delivery of each of the Customer's orders of the Products on the date specified in the order, and time of delivery stall be of the essence.
7.3 Delivery of the Products shall be on a CIF basis and shall take place at the premises of Terra Limited at Institute Road, Bailieboro, Co Cavan or such other location as the Customer may agree with the Supplier. The obligation to store the Products in bonded warehouse storage shall pass from the Supplier to the Customer or its nominee upon delivery of the Products pursuant to clause 7.3 to the Customer or its agents.
7.4 The Supplier shall comply with all applicable regulations or other legal requirements concerning the manufacture and delivery of the Products.
7.5 The Customer, or its nominee, shall be entitled to reject any Products delivered which are not in accordance with the Specification within 14 days of delivery of the Products to the Customer or its nominee as the case may be and failing such rejection, be deemed to have accepted the Products one day after expiry of such 14 day period.
7.6 The Supplier shall supply the Customer or its nominee in good time with any instructions or other information required to enable the Customer or its nominee to accept delivery of the Products.
7.7 If the Customer or its nominee rejects any delivery of the Products which are not in accordance with clause 7.5 the Supplier at its own cost shall forthwith take possession of such Products and remove them from the premises of Terra Limited or from such other location to which such Products were delivered and the Supplier shall within 10 days of being requested to do so by the Customer or its nominee supply replacement Products which are in accordance with the Specification (in which event the Supplier shall not be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement or have any liability to the Customer) or shall notify the Customer or its nominee that it is unable to do so, whereupon the Customer or its nominee shall be entitled to obtain from any other person such quantity of the Products as the Supplier has been unable so to supply, and the provisions of clause 2.5 shall apply accordingly.
7.8 The Supplier on request, shall, at the Suppliers cost, send to the Customer or its nominee samples of the Products or any other Products manufactured by the Supplier.
8 Risk and Property
8.1 Risk of damage to or loss of the Products shall pass to the Customer upon delivery to the Customer or its nominee in accordance with clause 7.3.
8.2 The property in each consignment of the Products delivered shall pass to the Customer upon payment in full for all of the Products contained in such consignment unless payment for such Products is made prior to delivery, when it shall pass to the Customer once payment has been made and the Products have been appropriated to the Customer.
8.3 If the Customer shall sell or otherwise dispose of the Products, or any of them before payment in full by the Customer has been made to the Supplier, the Customer shall in such case hold all monies received by it from such sale or disposal in trust for the Supplier and shall on request furnish the Supplier with the names and addresses of the persons to whom such disposals have been made together with all necessary particulars to enable the Supplier to recover any outstanding sums due from such persons. So long as the property in the Products shall remain in the Supplier, the Customer shall hold the Products as bailee for the Supplier and store the Products so as to clearly show them to be the property of the Supplier, and the Supplier shall have the right in default of payment by the Customer for such Products as and when due, without prejudice to the obligations of the Customer to purchase the Products, to retake possession of the Products (and for that purpose to go upon any premises occupied by the Customer).
Nothing in this clause shall confer any right upon the Customer to return the Products. The Supplier may maintain an action for the price notwithstanding that property in the Products shall have vested in the Customer.
Default by Customer
(a) If the Customer: -
(i) fails to comply with any material term of this Agreement (including stipulations as to payment);
(ii) commits an act of bankruptcy, makes an arrangement or composition with the creditors or suffers any distress or execution; or
(iii) resolves to or is ordered to be wound up or has a receiver or examiner appointed
then, in any such event, the Supplier shall have the right (without prejudice to any other remedies) to cancel any completed order and withhold or suspend delivery of further Products, and to demand payment forthwith of all sums due by the Customer to the Supplier.
(b) In the event the Supplier exercises any rights it may have, under this Agreement to stop goods in transit which have been ordered by the
Customer, the Supplier may at its option resell such Products at public or private sale without notice to the Customer and without affecting the Supplier's rights to hold the Customer liable for any loss or damage caused by breach of contract by the Customer.
9 Warranties and liability
9.1 The Supplier warrants to the Customer that the Products:
9.1.1 will be of satisfactory quality (within the meaning of the Sale of Goods Act, 1893 and the Sale of Goods and Supply of Services Act, 1980 as amended) and fit for any purpose held out by the Supplier;
9.1.2 will be free from defects in design, material and workmanship;
9.1.3 will correspond with the Specification or any relevant sample; and
9.1.4 will comply with all statutory requirements and regulations relating to the sale of the Products;
9.2 Without prejudice to any other remedy, if any Products are not supplied in accordance with this Agreement, then the Customer shall be entitled:
9.2.1 following rejection of Product in accordance with clause 7.5 to require the Supplier to supply replacement Products in accordance with this Agreement within 7 days; or
9.2.2 at the Customer's sole option, require the repayment of any part the price which has been paid for such Products.
9.3 The Supplier shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Customer in full against all liability, loss, damages, costs and expenses (including legal expenses) awarded against or incurred or paid by the Customer as a result of or in connection with:
9.3.1 breach of any warranty given by the Supplier in relation to the Products:
9.3.2 any claim that the Products infringe, or their importation, use or resale, infringes, the patent, copyright, design right, trade mark or other intellectual property rights of any other person, except to the extent that the claim arises from compliance with any Specification supplied by the Customer;
9.3.3 any act or omission of the Supplier or its employees, agents or sub-contractors in supplying or delivering the Products.
9.4 The procedures described in Schedule II shall be employed by the parties in order to facilitate the ascertainment of responsibility for any defect in the products or any failure to comply with the Specification.
9.5 Infringement
The Customer shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Supplier against all damages, penalties, costs and expenses to which the Supplier may become liable as a result of work done or the supply of goods in accordance with the Customer's specifications which involves the infringement of any letters patent, registered design, copyright, trademark or trade name or other rights of confidentiality of information or industrial, commercial or intellectual property.
10 Price of the products
10.1 The price for the Products shall be as set out in Schedule III and is: -
10.1.1 inclusive of any costs of carriage and insurance of the Products; and
10.1.2 exclusive of any value added tax or other applicable sales tax or duty, which shall be added to the sum in question.
10.2 the Supplier shall invoice the Customer by the fifth day after delivery of the Products in respect of each such delivery and the customer or its nominee shall make payment in respect of such deliveries within 60 days of the receipt thereof;
10.3 The price of the Products, until 31 March, 1999 shall be those as set out in Schedule III hereto;
10.4 There shall be no variation in the prices charged by the Supplier as set out in Schedule III prior to 31 March 1999.
10.5 Any proposal to increase prices of the Products shall be notified in writing to the Customer not less than 90 days prior to implementation of such increases.
11 Force majeure
11.1 If either party is affected by Force Majeure it shall promptly notify the other party of the nature and extent of the circumstances in question.
11.2 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, neither party shall be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement, or otherwise be liable to the other, for any delay in performance or the non-performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement, to the extent that the delay or non-performance is due to any Force Majeure of which it has notified the other party, and the time for performance of that obligation shall be extended accordingly.
11.3 If at any time the Supplier claims Force Majeure in respect of its obligations under this Agreement with regard to the supply of the Products, the Customer shall be entitled to obtain from any other person such quantity of the Products as the Supplier is unable to supply.
12 Duration and termination
12.1 This Agreement shall come into force on the date of final completion in accordance with the terms of the Shareholders Agreement referred to at clause 12.6 below and, subject to the following provisions of this clause, shall, continue in force for an initial period of five years, thereafter renewable on terms to be agreed by the parties.
12.2 Either party shall be entitled forthwith to terminate this Agreement by written notice to the other if:
12.2.1 that other party commits any continuing or material breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement and, in the case of such a breach which is capable of remedy, fails to remedy the same within 30 days after receipt of a written notice giving full particulars of the breach and requiring it to be remedied;
12.2.2 an encumbrancer takes possession or a receiver is appointed over any of the property or assets of that other party;
12.2.3 that other party makes any voluntary arrangement with its creditors or becomes subject to an administration order;
12.2.4 that other party goes into liquidation (except for the purposes of an amalgamation, reconstruction or other reorganisation and in such manner that the company resulting from the reorganisation effectively agrees to be bound by or to assume the obligations imposed on that other party under this Agreement);
12.2.5 an examiner is appointed to that other party under Section 2 of the Companies (Amendment) Act, 1990; or
12.2.6 that other party ceases, or threatens to cease, to carry on business;
12.2.7 the Supplier is unable or unwilling to supply the Customer with its full requirements of the Products pursuant to this Agreement.
12.3 Any waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not be considered as a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision.
12.4 The rights to terminate this Agreement given by this clause shall not prejudice any other right or remedy of either party in respect of the breach concerned (if any) or any other breach.
12.5 Upon the termination of this Agreement for any reason, subject as otherwise provided in this Agreement and to any rights or obligations which have accrued prior to termination, neither party shall have any further obligation to the other under this Agreement.
12.6 This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the termination (n accordance with the terms thereof) of a certain Shareholders Agreement dated 19 December, 1997 entered
into between Mr. Patrick Rigney, Mr. David Phelan, Tanis Investment Limited, the Supplier and the Customer.
13 Nature of agreement
13.1 This Agreement is personal to the parties, and neither of than may, without the written consent of the other, assign, mortgage, charge (otherwise than by floating charge) or dispose of any of its rights hereunder, or sub-contract or otherwise delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement;
13.2 Nothing in this Agreement shall create, or be deemed to create, a partnership between the parties.
13.3 This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties with respect to its subject matter, supersedes all previous agreements and understandings between the parties, and may not, without prejudice to the provisions of clause 3 hereof, be modified except by an instrument in writing signed by the duly authorised representatives of the parties.
13.4 If any provision of this Agreement is :held by any court or other competent authority to be void or unenforceable in whole or part, the other provisions of this Agreement and the remainder of the affected provisions Shall continue to be valid.
13.5 (i) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in all respects in accordance with the laws of Ireland;
(ii) In the event that there shall be any dispute between the parties hereto in relation to this Agreement, then any party may serve notice on the others specifying the nature of the dispute and if such dispute is not settled within 60 days from the date of the service of such notice, then either party may serve on the other a notice requiring the matter to be submitted to arbitration. The arbitrator shall be agreed by the parties within 30 days of the date of such notice and failing such agreement the arbitrator shall be determined by the President for the time being of the Law Society. The decision of such arbitrator as to the dispute shall be final and binding on the parties and the provisions of the Arbitration Act, 1954 and 1980 shall apply to such arbitration.
14 Notices and service
14.1 Any notice. or other information required or authorised by this Agreement to be given by either party to the other may be given by hand or sent (by first class pre-paid post, telex, cable, facsimile transmission or comparable means of communication) to the other party at the address of each of the parties hereinbefore referred to.
14.2 Any notice or other information given by post under clause this clause 14 which is not returned to the sender as undelivered shall be deemed to have been given on the third day
after the envelope containing the same was so posted; and proof that the envelope containing any such notice or information was properly addressed, and sent by first class, pre-paid post, and that it has not been so returned to the sender, shall be sufficient evidence that such notice or information has been duly given.
14.3 Any notice or other information sent by telex, cable, facsimile transmission or comparable means of communication shall be deemed to have been duly sent within 24 hours of the date of transmission.
14.4 Service of any legal proceedings concerning or arising out of this Agreement shall be effected by causing the same to be delivered to the company secretary of the party to be served at its registered office, or to such other address as may be notified by the party concerned in writing from time to time.
15 Confidentiality Clause and Covenant
15.1 Each of the Parties hereto irrevocably undertake that they shall keep all information of a confidential nature in particular, but not limited to, that concerning the business, organisation, processes, methods, technology, compositions, systems, techniques used, data, finances, dealings transactions or other affairs of each party hereto confidential and shall not at any time, without prior written consent, disclose or permit the disclosure of any such information to any person, and shall take all steps and do all things that are reasonably necessary or prudent or desirable in order to safeguard the confidentiality of any such information and shall not publish any information so disclosed in written form or verbally, or make use of or divulge to third parties any information so disclosed or any sample of material so provided to it, its directors, employees, agents and consultants by the other party hereto or its employees, agents or representatives concerning or in connection with any manufacturing, marketing or engineering operations or any research, development or testing activities carried out by the Supplier or the Customer in relation to the Products.
15.2 The Supplier shall not during the period of this Agreement do any of the following without the prior written consent of the Customer.
15.2.1 either solely or jointly with or on behalf of any person directly or indirectly carry on or be engaged or interested (except as a holder for investment purposes of securities dealt with on a recognised stock exchange) in any business in Ireland which competes directly or indirectly with the business of the Customer, in so far as it relates to the development, manufacture or supply of vodka or whiskey;
15.2.2 solicit the custom of any person in Ireland who is or has been at any time during the period of this Agreement a customer of the Customer for the purposes of offering to such customer vodka or whiskey which compete directly or indirectly with those manufactured and/or supplied by the Customer; or
15.2.3 solicit or entice away or endeavour to solicit or entice away any director or employee of the Customer save that such restriction shall be without prejudice to
the right of the Customer to terminate arrangements under which any executive personnel of Carbery are seconded to the Customer from time to time;
PROVIDED HOWEVER that nothing herein will preclude or restrict the Supplier from offering any goods similar to those previously supplied by the Customer but subsequently discontinued and not supplied by the Customer at the time when such similar goods are offered by the Supplier. Notwithstanding the above and for the avoidance of doubt, the supply or provision of neutral spirits alcohol, Cream Liqueurs, cream or other raw materials by the Supplier to competitors of the Customer or to any other party or parties is not restricted by this clause 15.2.
16 Severability
Each of the provisions of this Agreement is separate and severable and enforceable accordingly and if at any time any provision is adjudged by any court of competent jurisdiction to be void or unenforceable the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof and of that provision in any other jurisdiction shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
SCHEDULE I
Specification
Specification Standard ------------- -------- Clarity * Organoleptic * Alcohol Strength % v/v * *Diacetyl * *Absorbance (@270mm) * *Aldehydes * *Esters (as Ethyl Acetate) * *Methanol * *Higher Alcohols * *Total Acidity * *Volatile Bases * *Furfural * *Dry Extract * |
*Note: All deliveries made to customer must be accompanied by a Certificate of Conformance.
SCHEDULE II
PROCESS PROCEDURE FOR CUSTOMERS
(1) Bulk Spirit, on ordering is produced to RWBS specifications from the Supplier, Carbery Milk Products.
(2) on arrival from Carbery the product is accompanied by a Certificate of Conformance and weighed to ensure that the correct volume has been received. Samples of 250m1 are retained by Terra and the customer and a sample is lifted for Carbery.
(3) The spirit is then transferred to RWBS premises.
(4) Manufacturing of Vodka commences by transferring the quantity of spirit delivered to a product dilution tank.
(5) This product is diluted with de-ionised water to 55% v/v.
(6) The Product is then manufactured by pumping the 55% v/v spirit through activated carbon beds for approximately 15 mins. At this stage, the product is tested for taste and clarity and when approved is pumped through a final clarifying filter to the final bottling product tank.
(7) The manufactured product in the bottling tank is then diluted with de-ionised water to the desired bottling strength as per specification. Five samples of final product are taken, two samples for Terra, one for retaining and one for testing, two samples for Carbery, one for retaining and one for testing.
(8) All samples following manufacture, including the bulk spirit samples, are sent to Carbery the day after production.
(9) The manufactured product is jointly approved by both Terra and Carbery within three days. If there are any issues regarding the samples a joint decision between all parties will be decided upon. One sample is retained by RWBS. The procedures in this paragraph shall be reviewed by all the parties after the production of the first six batches of the manufactured product.
(10) The approved product is transferred to Terra.
(11) The product is filtered to bottling line and bottled to the required specification. Two samples are retained from the bottling line, one for RWBS and one for Terra.
(12) Once bottling is completed and approved by Terra, the product is then released to meet the customer's order.
SCHEDULE III
PRICES
Year l * per litre Year 2 * per litre Year 3 no greater than * per litre Year 4 & 5 to be agreed |
Signed for and on behalf of
CARBERY MILK PRODUCTS LIMITED
in the presence of:
/s/ Mark Ward AOL Goodbody Solicitors /s/ Colm Leen Dublin 2 ---------------------------------------- Director |
Signed for and on behalf of
THE ROARING WATER BAY SPIRITS COMPANY LIMITED
in the presence of:
/s/ Fergal Brennan Matheson Ormsby Prentice /s/ David Phelan Solicitors ---------------------------------------- 30 Herbert Street Director Dublin 2 /s/ Pat Rigney ---------------------------------------- Director / Secretary |
Exhibit 10.28
NOTE: PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT ARE THE SUBJECT OF A CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT
REQUEST BY THE REGISTRANT TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. SUCH
PORTIONS HAVE BEEN REDACTED AND ARE MARKED WITH A "[*]" IN PLACE OF THE
REDACTED LANGUAGE.
AMENDMENT TO SUPPLY AGREEMENT AND CONSENT
This Amendment and Consent, dated as of March 1, 2003, to Supply Agreement, dated as of January 19, 1998, by and between Carbery Milk Products Limited, a company incorporated in Ireland (the "Supplier") and Castle Brands Spirit Company Limited, a company incorporated in Ireland (formerly The Roaring Water Bay Spirits Company Limited) (the "Customer");
WITNESSETH:
THAT WHEREAS, the Customer and Supplier are parties to that certain Supply Agreement, dated January 19, 1998 (the "Supply Agreement");
WHEREAS, the Supplier and the Customer wish to extend the Supply Agreement and confirm the price of products as defined in the Supply Agreement;
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 15.1 of the Supply Agreement, the Customer wishes to obtain the consent of Supplier to disclose certain information regarding the Supply Agreement and this Amendment to Supply Agreement in the prospectus and the Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be filed by Castle Brands Inc. ("Castle Brands") with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with Castle Brands' initial public offering; and
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. Commencing with March 1, 2003 and continuing through December 31, 2008, the price of products supplied by the Supplier shall be */lpa.
2. Section 12.1 of the Supply Agreement is deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following: "This Agreement, subject to the following provisions of this clause, shall continue through December 31, 2008, thereafter renewable on terms to be agreed by the parties."
3. Section 12.2.7 of the Supply Agreement is hereby deleted.
4. Section 12.6 of the Supply Agreement is hereby deleted.
5. Schedule 2 (1) of the Supply Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following: "Bulk Spirit, on ordering is produced to Castle Brands Spirits Company Limited specifications, including Bulk Spirit distillation of at least five times, from the
Supplier, Carbery Milk Products."
6. Schedule 3 of the Supply Agreement is hereby amended by addition of the following phrase: "commencing on March 1, 2003 ____________________ */lpa.
7. Except as expressly set forth herein the Supply Agreement is ratified and confirmed as amended hereby.
8. In connection with the Castle Brands' initial public offering, Supplier hereby consents to the use of Supplier's name, the filing of the Supply Agreement and this Amendment and Consent and the inclusion of additional related information and disclosures, including the proposed disclosure attached hereto as Exhibit A (or substantially similar disclosure), in the prospectus and the Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be filed by Castle Brands with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Supplier also consents to the inclusion of such disclosure (or substantially similar disclosure) in periodic reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q, and any other documents filed or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission following Castle Brands' initial public offering.
Signed for and on behalf of
CARBERY MILK PRODUCTS LIMITED
in the presence of:
/s/ Dan MacSweeney ----------------------------------- /s/ Liz Barry Director ----------------------------------- /s/ Colm Leen ----------------------------------- Director/Secretary |
Signed for and on behalf of
CASTLE BRANDS SPIRITS
COMPANY LIMITED
in the presence of:
/s/ Matthew MacFarlane ----------------------------------- /s/ Amelia Gary Director ----------------------------------- /s/ Keith A. Bellinger ----------------------------------- Director/Secretary |
EXHIBIT A
BORU VODKA
We have a supply agreement with Carbery Milk Products Limited, a member of the Carbery Group, a large distiller and food producer based in Bandon, Ireland, to provide us with the distilled alcohol used in our Boru Vodka. This supply agreement with Carbery was originally entered into by Roaring Water Bay in 1998 and became ours in 2003, when we acquired Roaring Water Bay and with it, our Boru Vodka brand. The supply agreement provides for Carbery to produce natural spirit for us with specified levels of alcohol content pursuant to specifications set forth in the agreement and at specified prices through its current expiration in _________, in quantities to be designated by us annually. We believe that Carbery has more than enough distilling capacity to meet our needs for Boru Vodka for the foreseeable future. Carbery also produces the flavoring ingredients used in the Boru Vodka flavor extensions and in our Brady's Irish Cream.
From Carbery, the quadruple distilled alcohol is delivered by them to the bottling premises at Terra Limited in Baileyboro, Ireland, where pursuant to our bottling and services agreement with Terra it is filtered in several proprietary ways, pure water is added to achieve the desired proof, and, in the case of the citrus, orange and crazzberry versions of Boru Vodka, flavorings (obtained from Carbery) are added. Each of our Boru Vodka products is then bottled in various sized bottles. We believe that Terra, which also acts as bottler for all of our Irish whiskeys and as producer and bottler of our Brady's Irish cream (and as bottler for Celtic Crossing which is supplied to us by one of Terra's affiliates), has sufficient bottling capacity to meet our current needs, and its facility can be expanded to meet future supply needs, should this be required.
BRADY'S IRISH CREAM
Brady's Irish Cream is produced for us by Terra Limited. Fresh cream is combined with Irish whiskey, grain neutral spirits and various flavorings procured from the Carbery Group, to our specifications and then bottled by Terra in bottles designed for us. We believe that Terra has the capacity to meet our foreseeable supply needs for this brand.
AGREEMENTS WITH CARBERY GROUP AND ITS AFFILIATES
Mr. Leen, one of our directors, is the financial director of the Carbery Group. Since January 1998, we have had a supply agreement with Carbery Milk Products Limited, which is a member of the Carbery Group, pursuant to which it acts as our sole distiller for Boru Vodka in Ireland and the supplier of natural flavors for our products. For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, we purchased approximately E432,046 ($485,706), E346,206 ($421,610) and E405,359 ($761,670) respectively, of goods from Carbery Milk Products Limited. Carbery Milk Products also holds E546,071 ($687,722) principal amount of our 5% Euro denominated notes, which were issued to it in connection with our December 2003 acquisition of Roaring Water
Bay and will convert into shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. In addition, on December 1, 2004, we repaid subordinated indebtedness to Carbery Milk Products also incurred by us in connection with the Roaring Water Bay acquisition in the amount of E111,102 ($138,284).
Exhibit 10.29
CASTLE BRANDS INC.
2003 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
(EFFECTIVE AS OF AUGUST 8, 2003, AS AMENDED FEBRUARY 17, 2004)
SECTION 1. Purpose.
1.1 The purpose of Castle Brands Inc. 2003 Stock Incentive Plan is to enable Castle Brands Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation") and any Parent or Related Company (as defined below) to attract and retain employees, consultants and directors who contribute to the Corporation's success by their ability, ingenuity and industry, and to enable such individuals to participate in the long-term success and growth of the Corporation by giving them an equity interest in the Corporation.
SECTION 2. Types of Awards.
2.1 Awards under the Plan may be in the form of (i) Stock Options (as hereinafter defined), (ii) rights to purchase Restricted Stock of the Corporation (as hereinafter defined); (iii) Deferred Stock (as hereinafter defined); and Stock Appreciation Rights (as hereinafter defined).
2.2 An eligible Participant may be granted one or more types of Awards. Each Award shall be evidenced by a related Award letter or agreement.
SECTION 3. Administration.
3.1 The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation or such other committee appointed either by the Board or by the Compensation Committee of the Board.
3.2 The Committee shall have the authority to grant Awards to eligible Participants under the Plan; to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it shall deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award granted under the Plan; to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan; and to make any other determinations that it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. In particular, and without limiting its authority and powers, the Committee shall have the authority:
(a) to determine whether and to what extent any Award or combination of Awards will be granted hereunder;
(b) to select the Participants to whom Awards will be granted;
(c) to determine the number of shares of Stock of the Corporation to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;
(d) to determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted hereunder, including, but not limited to, any vesting or other restrictions based on performance and such other factors as the Committee may determine, and to determine whether the terms and conditions of the Award are satisfied;
(e) to determine the treatment of Awards upon an Participant's retirement, disability, death, termination for cause or other termination of Employment;
(f) to determine pursuant to a formula or otherwise the Fair Market Value of the Stock on a given date;
(g) to determine that amounts equal to the amount of any dividends declared with respect to the number of shares covered by an Award (including Stock Options) (i) will be paid to the holder of the Award currently, (ii) will be deferred and deemed to be reinvested, (iii) will otherwise be credited to the holder of the Award, or (iv) that the holder of the Award has no rights with respect to such dividends;
(h) to determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Stock and other amounts payable with respect to an Award will be deferred either automatically or at the election of a Participant, including providing for and determining the amount (if any) of deemed earnings on any deferred amount during any deferral period;
(i) to amend the terms of any Award, prospectively or retroactively; provided, however, that no amendment shall impair the rights of the Award holder without his or her consent; and
(j) to substitute new Stock Options for previously granted Stock Options, or for options granted under other plans, in each case including previously granted options having higher option prices.
3.3 All determinations made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final and binding on all persons, including the Corporation and Plan Participants and their beneficiaries or successors.
3.4 The Committee may from time to time delegate to one or more officers of the Corporation, a Parent or any Related Company any or all of its authorities granted hereunder. The Committee shall specify the maximum number of shares that the officer or officers to whom such authority is delegated may issue pursuant to Awards made hereunder.
3.5 Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, to the extent determined to be advisable by the Committee, the terms of the grant of Awards (and, as applicable, any related disposition to the Corporation) under the Plan shall be subject to the prior approval of the Board. Any prior approval of the Board, as provided in the preceding sentence, shall not otherwise limit or restrict the authority of the Committee to grant Awards under the Plan.
SECTION 4. Stock Subject to Plan.
4.1 The total number of shares of Stock reserved and available for distribution under the Plan shall be 2,000,000. The shares of Stock hereunder may consist of authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares. Shares of Stock reserved and available for distribution under the Plan shall be subject to further adjustment as provided below.
4.2 To the extent a Stock Option is surrendered, canceled or terminated without having been exercised, or an Award is surrendered, canceled or terminated without the Award holder having received payment of the Award, or shares awarded are surrendered, canceled, repurchased at less than fair market value or forfeited, the shares subject to such Award shall again be available for distribution in connection with future Awards under the Plan. At no time will the overall number of shares issued under the Plan plus the number of shares covered by outstanding Awards under the Plan exceed the aggregate number of shares authorized under the Plan. At no time will the number of shares issued under the Plan to any individual plus the number of shares covered by a previous award to such individual under the Plan with respect to a Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right, whether or not outstanding, exceed the maximum number of shares which may be distributed with respect to Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan to any individual.
4.3 In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the Corporation's assets, recapitalization (collectively, a "Reorganization"), Stock dividend, Stock split, spin-off, split-up, split-off, distribution of assets (including cash) or other change in corporate structure affecting the Stock, the Committee may in its sole discretion, in such manner as it deems equitable, adjust any and all of (i) the number of shares of Stock or other securities of the Corporation (or number and kind of other securities or property) with respect to which Awards may be granted, (ii) the aggregate number of shares of Stock available for distribution under the Plan to any single individual with respect to a Stock Option awarded hereunder (iii) the aggregate number of shares of Stock that relate to Stock Appreciation Rights that may be granted to any single individual hereunder, (iv) the number of shares of Stock or other securities of the Corporation (or number and kind of other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, and (v) the grant or exercise price with respect to any Award or, if deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award in consideration for the cancellation of such Award. In addition, in the event of a Reorganization, the Committee shall have the right to cause the Corporation, and all Awards shall be subject to such right, to repurchase or cash-out all Awards upon such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate in its sole discretion.
SECTION 5. Eligibility.
Any employee, director, consultant, officer, advisor of the Corporation, its Parent, if any, or a Related Company or other individual is eligible to be designated a Participant under the Plan by the Committee, in its sole discretion, to the extent such eligibility does not prevent the Plan and Awards from having the exemption from registration provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, to the extent applicable.
SECTION 6. Stock Options.
6.1 The Stock Options awarded under the Plan may be of two types: (i) Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto; and (ii) Non-Qualified Stock Options. To the extent that any Stock Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it shall constitute a Non-Qualified Stock Option; provided that such Stock Option (or portion thereof) otherwise complies with the Plan's requirements relating to Non-Qualified Stock Options. In no event shall any member of the Committee, the Corporation, its Parent, if any, or any Related Company or their respective employees, officers or directors, have any liability to any Participant or any other person due to the failure of a Stock Option to qualify for any reason as an Incentive Stock Option.
6.2 Stock Options granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by the related Award letter or agreement and shall be subject to the foregoing and following terms and conditions and to such other terms and conditions, not inconsistent therewith, as the Committee shall determine:
(a) Option Price. The option price per share of Stock purchasable under a Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee.
(b) Option Term. The term of each Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee, but in no case shall the term of a Stock Option exceed ten years.
(c) Exercisability. Stock Options shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee; but in no event shall an Option be exercisable more than ten years after the date it is granted. If the Committee provides that any Stock Option is exercisable only in installments, the Committee may waive such installment exercise provisions at any time in whole or in part.
(d) Method of Exercise. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in an Award letter or agreement, Stock Options may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the option period, to the extent then exercisable, by giving written notice of exercise to the Corporation specifying the number of shares to be purchased, accompanied by payment of the purchase price. Payment of the purchase price shall be made in such manner as the Committee may provide in the Award letter or agreement, which may include cash (including cash equivalents), delivery of unrestricted shares of Stock owned by the Participant for at least six months (or such other period as established from time to time by the Committee) or subject to Awards hereunder, any other manner permitted by law as determined by the Committee, or any combination of the foregoing. The Committee may provide that all or part of the shares received upon the exercise of a Stock Option which are paid for using Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock shall be restricted or deferred in accordance with the original terms of the Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock so used.
(e) No Stockholder Rights. A Participant shall have neither rights to dividends (other than amounts credited in accordance with Section 3.2(g) above) nor other rights of a stockholder with respect to shares subject to a Stock Option until the Participant has given written notice of exercise, has paid for such shares of Stock, and if applicable has satisfied any other conditions imposed by the Committee pursuant to the Plan.
(f) Surrender Rights. The Committee may provide that options may be surrendered for cash upon any terms and conditions set by the Committee.
(g) Non-transferability. No Stock Option shall be transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. During the Participant's lifetime, all Stock Options shall be exercisable only by the Participant.
(h) Termination of Employment. If a Participant's Employment with the Corporation, its Parent, or a Related Company terminates by reason of death, disability, retirement, voluntary or involuntary termination or otherwise, the Stock Option shall be exercisable to the extent determined by the Committee. The Committee may provide that, notwithstanding the option term determined pursuant to Section 6.2(b) above, a Stock Option which is outstanding on the date of a Participant's death shall remain outstanding for an additional period after the date of such death.
6.3 Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.2 above, no Incentive Stock Option shall (i) have an option price which is less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of the award of the Incentive Stock Option (or, in the case of a Participant who owns Stock possessing more than 10% of the total voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation (or its Parent or subsidiary corporation) (a "10% shareholder"), have an option price which is less than 110% of the fair market value of the Stock on the date of grant), (ii) be exercisable more than ten years (or, in the case of a 10% shareholder, five years) after the date such Incentive Stock Option is awarded, or (iii) be awarded more than ten years after the date of the adoption of the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, only employees of the Corporation or a Parent or subsidiary of the Corporation (as defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f)), respectively, of the Code) shall be eligible to receive Awards of Incentive Stock Options. By accepting an Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan, each such Participant agrees, and any agreement or letter evidencing such option grant shall so provide, that he or she will notify the Corporation in writing immediately after such Participant disposes of Stock acquired upon the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option either (i) within two years after the date of grant of such Incentive Stock Option or (ii) within one year after the transfer of such Stock to the Participant.
SECTION 7. Restricted Stock.
Subject to the following provisions, all Awards of rights to purchase Restricted Stock shall be in such form and shall have such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine:
(a) The Restricted Stock Award shall specify the number of rights to purchase and number of shares of Restricted Stock that may be purchased, the price, if any, to be paid by the recipient of the rights to purchase Restricted Stock (which shall in no event be less than par value), and the date or dates on which, or the conditions upon the satisfaction of which, the Restricted Stock will vest. The vesting of Restricted Stock may be conditioned upon the completion of a specified period of service with the Corporation or a Related Company, upon the attainment of specified performance goals or upon such other criteria as the Committee may determine.
(b) Stock certificates representing the Restricted Stock awarded to a Participant shall be registered in the Participant's name, but the Committee may direct that such certificates be held by the Corporation on behalf of the Participant. Except as may be permitted by the Committee, no share of Restricted Stock may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Participant until such share has vested in accordance with the terms of the Restricted Stock Award. At the time Restricted Stock vests, a certificate for such vested shares shall be delivered to the Participant (or his or her designated beneficiary in the event of death) free of all restrictions.
(c) The Committee may provide that the Participant shall have the right to vote or receive dividends on Restricted Stock. The Committee may provide that Stock received as a dividend on, or in connection with a stock split of, Restricted Stock shall be subject to the same restrictions as the Restricted Stock.
(d) Except as may be provided by the Committee, in the event of an Participant's termination of Employment before all of his or her Restricted Stock has vested, or in the event any conditions to the vesting of Restricted Stock have not been satisfied prior to any deadline for the satisfaction of such conditions set forth in the Award, the shares of Restricted Stock which have not vested shall be forfeited, and the Committee shall provide that (i) the purchase price paid by the Participant with respect to such shares shall be returned to the Participant or (ii) a cash payment equal to such Restricted Stock's Fair Market Value on the date of forfeiture, if lower, shall be paid to the Participant.**
(e) The Committee may waive, in whole or in part, any or all of the conditions to receipt of, or restrictions with respect to, any or all of the Participant's Restricted Stock.
SECTION 8. Deferred Stock Awards.
Subject to the following provisions, all Awards of Deferred Stock shall be in such form and shall have such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine:
(a) The Deferred Stock Award shall specify the number of shares of Deferred Stock to be awarded to any Participant and the duration or the period (the "Deferral Period") during which, and the conditions under which, receipt of the Stock will be deferred. The Committee may condition the Award of Deferred Stock, or receipt of Stock or cash at the end of the Deferral Period, upon the attainment of specified performance goals or such other criteria as the Committee may determine.
(b) Except as may be permitted by the Committee, Deferred Stock Awards may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered during the Deferral Period.
(c) At the expiration of the Deferral Period, the Participant (or his or her designated beneficiary in the event of death) shall receive (i) certificates for the number of shares of Stock equal to the number of shares covered by the Deferred Stock Award, (ii) cash equal to the fair market value of such Stock or (iii) a combination of shares and cash, as the Committee may determine.
(d) Except as may be provided by the Committee, in the event of a Participant's termination of Employment before the end of the Deferral Period, his or her Deferred Stock Award shall be forfeited.
(e) The Committee may waive, in whole or in part, any or all of the conditions to receipt of, or restrictions with respect to, Stock or cash under a Deferred Stock Award.
SECTION 9. Stock Appreciation Rights.
9.1 Grants. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have the sole and complete authority to determine which Participants shall be granted Stock Appreciation Rights, the number of shares of Stock to be covered by each Stock Appreciation Right Award, the reference price thereof and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise thereof. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in tandem with Stock Option Awards, in addition to another Award or unrelated to another Award. Stock Appreciation Rights granted in tandem with or in addition to an Award may be granted either at the same time as the Award or at a later time.
9.2 Exercise and Payment. A Stock Appreciation Right shall entitle the Participant to receive an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock to which the Award relates on the date of exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right over the amount specified by the Committee. The Committee shall determine whether a Stock Appreciation Right shall be settled in cash, shares of Stock or a combination of cash and Stock.
9.3 Other Terms and Conditions. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award letter or agreement, the Committee shall determine, at or after the grant of a Stock Appreciation Right, the term, methods of exercise, methods and form of settlement, and any other terms and conditions of and Stock Appreciation Right. Any such determination by
the Committee may be changed by the Committee from time to time and may govern the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Rights granted or exercised prior to such determination as well as Stock Appreciation Rights granted or exercised thereafter. The Committee may impose such conditions or restrictions on the exercise of any Stock Appreciation Right as it shall deem appropriate.
9.4 Tax Withholding.
9.5 Each Participant shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award (or portion thereof) first becomes includible in the Participant's income for applicable tax purposes, pay to the Corporation, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of, any federal, state, local or other taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the Award (or portion thereof). The obligation of the Corporation under the Plan shall be conditioned on such payment or arrangements, and the Corporation (and, where applicable, any Parent or any Related Company), shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant including, but not limited to, the right to withhold shares of stock otherwise deliverable to the Participant with respect to any Awards hereunder.
9.6 To the extent permitted by the Committee, and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may provide, a Participant may irrevocably elect to have the withholding tax obligation or any additional tax obligation with respect to any Awards hereunder satisfied by (i) having the Corporation withhold shares of Stock otherwise deliverable to the Participant with respect to the Award, (ii) delivering to the Corporation shares of unrestricted Stock, or (iii) through any combination of withheld and delivered shares of Stock, as described in (i) and (ii).
SECTION 10. Amendments and Termination.
The Board or the Committee may amend, alter or discontinue the Plan at any time. No such action of the Board or the Committee shall require the approval of the stockholders of the Corporation, unless such stockholder approval is required by applicable law or by the rules or regulations of any securities exchange or regulatory agency. No amendment or discontinuation of the Plan shall adversely affect any Award previously granted without the Award holder's written consent. To the extent necessary to enable options granted hereunder to constitute Incentive Stock Options, any amendments to the provisions of this Plan relating to Incentive Stock Options shall require stockholder approval before such amendments are effective.
SECTION 11. Change in Control.
11.1 Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant or by amendment (with the holder's consent) of such grant, in the event of the earliest to occur (after the Effective Date of the Plan) of (i) the occurrence of a Change in Control, or (ii) the publication or dissemination of an announcement of action intended to result in a Change in Control, and solely with respect to Awards held by an individual in service with the Corporation or a Related Company at the time of any such event described in (i) above:
(a) all outstanding Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights awarded under the Plan shall become fully exercisable and vested; and
(b) the restrictions and deferral limitations applicable to any outstanding Restricted Stock and Deferred Stock Awards under the Plan shall lapse and such shares and Awards shall be deemed fully vested.
11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, neither the initial public offering of the Stock of the Corporation, nor the temporary holding of the Corporation securities by an underwriter pursuant to an offering of such securities, shall be deemed to constitute, or otherwise be treated as, an event described in clauses (i) or (ii) of Section 12.1 above.
SECTION 12. General Provisions.
12.1 Each Award under the Plan shall be subject to the requirement that, if at any time the Committee shall determine that (i) the listing, registration or qualification of the Stock subject or related thereto upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or (ii) the consent or approval of any government regulatory body or (iii) an agreement by the recipient of an Award with respect to the disposition of Stock is necessary or desirable (in connection with any requirement or interpretation of any federal or state securities law, rule or regulation) as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of such Award or the issuance, purchase or delivery of Stock thereunder, such Award shall not be granted or exercised, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or agreement shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee.
12.2 Nothing set forth in this Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements. Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the granting of any Award hereunder shall confer upon any Participant any right to continued Employment and shall not lessen or affect the Corporation or any other entity's right to terminate the Employment of such Participant.
12.3 Determinations by the Committee under the Plan relating to the form, amount, and terms and conditions of Awards need not be uniform, and may be made selectively among persons who receive or are eligible to receive Awards under the Plan, whether or not such persons are similarly situated.
12.4 No member of the Board or the Committee, nor any officer or employee of the Corporation, its Parent or a Related Company acting on behalf of the Board or the Committee, shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation taken or made with respect to the Plan, and all members of the Board and the Committee, and all officers or employees of the Corporation, its Parent and Related Companies acting on their behalf, shall, to the extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and protected by the Corporation in respect of any such action, determination or interpretation.
12.5 Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, all securities of the Corporation acquired by a Participant under this Plan or otherwise shall be subject to a shareholders agreement, which shall be entered into concurrently with the acquisition of the
securities by the Participant.
SECTION 13. Effective Date and Duration.
The Plan shall be effective on August 8, 2003, subject to approval by the Corporation's stockholders (the "Effective Date"). No Awards of Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, rights to purchase Restricted Stock, or Deferred Stock shall be made under the Plan after August 8, 2013.
SECTION 14. Definitions.
As used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
"Award" shall mean and Stock Option Award, Restricted Stock Award, Deferred Stock Award or Stock Appreciation Right Award.
"Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
"Change in Control" shall mean any of the following events:
(a) the reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Corporation with one or more corporations as a result of which the Stock of the Corporation is exchanged for or converted into cash or property or securities not issued by the Corporation, whether or not the reorganization, merger or consolidation shall have been affirmatively recommended to the Corporation's stockholders by a majority of the members of the Board;
(b) the sale or disposition, in or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the Corporation's consolidated property or assets or of more than 35% of the voting stock of the Corporation to any "person" or "group" as defined in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, unless such person had beneficial ownership of at least 10% of the voting stock of the Corporation as of the effective date of this Plan other than in connection with the private placement of securities of the Corporation pursuant to the Confidential Private Placement Memorandum dated September, 2003; or
(c) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period were members of the Board cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof (unless the election, or the nomination for election by the Corporation's stockholders, of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of such period).
"Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or any successor thereto.
"Committee" shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee appointed either by the Board or by the Compensation Committee of the Board.
"Deferred Stock" shall mean any Stock granted pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan.
"Employment" shall be deemed to refer to (i) a Participant's employment if the Participant is an employee of the Corporation, its Parent or a Related Company; (ii) a Participant's services as a consultant, if the Participant is a consultant to the Corporation, its Parent or a Related Company; (iii) a Participant's services as a non-employee director, if the Participant is a non-employee member of the Board; and (iv) a Participant's service as an advisor, if the Participant is an advisor to the Corporation, its Parent or a Related Company.
"Fair Market Value" shall mean on a given date, (i) if there should be
a public market for the Stock on such date, the arithmetic mean of the
high and low prices of the Stock as reported on such date on the
composite tape of the principle national securities exchange on which
such shares of Stock are listed or admitted to trading, or, if the
Stock is not listed or admitted on any national securities exchange,
the arithmetic mean of the per share closing bid price and per share
closing asked price of the Stock on such date as quoted on the
National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System
(or such market in which such prices are regularly quoted) (the
"NASDAQ"), or, if no sale of Stock shall have been reported on the
composite tape of any national securities exchange or quoted on the
NASDAQ on such date, then the immediately preceding date on which
sales of the Shares have been so reported or quoted shall be used, and
(ii) if there should not be a public market for the Stock on such
date, the fair market value of the of the Stock shall be the value
established by the Committee in good faith.
"Incentive Stock Option" shall mean any Stock Option granted pursuant to Section 6 of the Plan that satisfies the requirements for treatment as an Incentive Stock Option pursuant to Section 422 of the Code.
"Non-Qualified Stock Option" shall mean a Stock Option granted pursuant to Section 6 of the Plan that does not constitute an Incentive Stock Option.
"Parent" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 424(e) of the Code.
"Participant" shall mean an employee, director, consultant, officer, advisor of the Corporation, its Parent, if any, or a Related Company or other individual as designated by the Committee, in its sole discretion, to the extent such designation does not prevent the Plan does not prevent the Plan and Awards from having the exemption from registration provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, to the extent applicable.
"Plan" shall mean the the Corporation 2003 Stock Incentive Plan.
"Related Company" shall mean at the time of grant any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity in which the Corporation owns, directly or indirectly, more than a 50% beneficial ownership interest.
"Restricted Stock" shall mean any Stock granted under Section 7 of the Plan.
"Stock" shall mean shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Corporation.
"Stock Appreciation Right" shall mean a stock appreciation right granted pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan.
"Stock Options" shall collectively refer to Incentive Stock Options and Non-Qualified Stock Options.
SECTION 15. Governing Law.
The validity, construction and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan and any Award Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
[remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follow]
Castle Brands Inc.
By: /s/ Mark Andrews ------------------------------------ Name: Mark Andrews Title. President and Chief Executive Officer |
Exhibit 10.30
AMENDMENT TO THE CASTLE BRANDS INC.
2003 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
The Castle Brands Inc., 2003 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan") is amended to add the following paragraph as Section 12.6:
"12.6 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, to the extent necessary to permit Awards to be treated as not providing for the deferral of compensation, within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A and the rules, regulations and guidance thereunder, in no event (i) shall an Award's exercise price or reference price be less than the fair market value of the Stock underlying such Award on the date the Award is granted or (ii) shall an Award provide for the further deferral of compensation other than the deferral of recognition of income until the later of the
date such Award is exercised or disposed of."
Exhibit 10.31
MHW, LTD.
ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE IMPORTERS, DISTRIBUTORS, & SERVICES
272 PLANDOME ROAD, MANHASSET, NEW YORK 11030
TEL: (516) 869-9170 FAX: (516) 869-9171
As of December 1, 2004
Mr. Mark Andrews
Chief Executive Officer
Castle Brands Inc.
570 Lexington Avenue
29th Floor
New York, NY 10022
Dear Mr. Andrews:
I am writing with reference to our understanding and agreement concerning certain Distribution Services to be rendered by MHW, Ltd. ("MHW") to Castle Brands (USA) Corp. ("CB"). Effective December 1, 2004, MHW Ltd. (MHW) will serve as the importer and national distributor for CB brands "Knappogue Castle Whiskey", "Celtic Crossing Liquor", "Boru Vodka", "Sea Wynde Rum", "British Royal Navy Imperial Rum", "Brady's Irish Cream", "Pallini Limoncello" and "Gosling's Rum" and ship to these wholesalers in various states (registered by MHW) designated and approved by CB from stock delivered and owned by CB at duly licensed public beverage alcohol warehouses including Western Carriers, Inc. in New Jersey (or shipped direct to wholesalers in the case of Direct Import orders). MHW will receive orders from your customers, take title to such products as are necessary to fill orders, coordinate pick-up from the warehouse, then invoice (at prices agreed upon with CB and properly filed with state agencies), collect, and deposit the remittances into one MHW account designated for CB. MHW will also file all required state reports to the applicable state agencies and pay all relevant beverage excise taxes. On a weekly basis (or as necessary) MHW will remit "Funds Due" CB.
It is agreed that MHW will earn a monthly service fee of $4,900.00 plus $1.00 per case on all cases sold during the month. Additional brands can be added if mutually agreed upon. Both parties agree to periodically re-visit the monthly fee and adjust it accordingly based upon the number of brands, markets covered, and cases sold. The term of this agreement shall commence December 1, 2004 through March 31, 2006 and shall continue automatically thereafter on a month to month basis unless specifically terminated by either party with at least four months prior written notice.
"Funds Due" CB are defined as the net wholesale selling price received less any applicable warehousing, ocean freight, delivery, federal & state (if applicable) taxes / duties, registration fees, insurance, promotional expenses, sales broker commission payments, etc. and the MHW service fee. At the express request of CB (and availability of Funds Due), MHW may also process supplier payments pertaining to CB brands imported by MHW on behalf of CB. Otherwise, CB shall satisfy all product supplier obligations. Any advances given to MHW for costs associated with CB brands will be credited to your account. MHW will keep you informed
on the status of sales, receivables, collections, cash balances, and expenses associated with your activity and file reports as required by Section 7(b) of Distributor Agreement dated March 17, 1998, between CB and Gaelic Heritage Company Limited.
As agreed, in the event a wholesaler refuses to pay on an order shipped to one of your accounts, MHW will not be liable for the payment. However, we will take necessary actions to try and secure payment from the wholesaler. In the event CB instructs MHW to institute legal action to collect the outstanding monies, MHW will agree to do so and to prosecute such action fully, in consultation with but at the sole cost of CB. Title to any products subject to contested sales as described above shall revert from MHW to CB.
In consideration of the services to be performed by MHW, CB hereby agrees to indemnify MHW and its officers, directors and employees and hold it harmless against any claims, actions, demands, liabilities, damages, losses, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) arising out of, or arising from MHW's performance of its obligations, pursuant to this service agreement, for claims brought by third parties for product liability, infringement of intellectual property rights, or non-compliance with regulatory requirements. This indemnification does not cover any third party claims or actions against CB and/or its designated distributor or MHW arising through the act, omission, neglect of MHW, its officers, directors, employees, servants or agents.
If you are in agreement with these terms, please sign below. This letter replaces the April 15, 1998, May 2, 2002 and December 1, 2003 letters between this firm and CB or its predecessors.
We look forward to continuing to work with you and enjoying a mutually prosperous relationship.
Sincerely,
MHW Ltd.
By: /s/ John F. Beaudette ------------------------------ John F. Beaudette President |
ACCEPTED and AGREED to,
By: /s/ Mark E. Andrews, III ----------------------------------------- Name: Mark E. Andrews, III Title: Chairman and CEO Company: Castle Brands (USA) Corp. |
EXHIBIT 10.32
SUBLEASE
SUBLEASE (this "Sublease"), dated as of June 24, 2004, by and between SILVERCREST ASSET MANAGEMENT GROUP, LLC, a New York limited liability company, successor in interest to James C. Edwards & Co., Inc., having an office at 1330 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019 ("Sublandlord"), and CASTLE BRANDS (USA) CORP., a Delaware corporation, having an address at 85-47 Elliot Avenue, Suite G, Rego Park, NY 11374, ("Subtenant").
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, pursuant to a lease by and between 570 Lexington Avenue Company, LP, a New York limited liability company ("Landlord"), as landlord, and Sublandlord, as tenant, dated as of April____, 1998, (the "Master Lease"), Landlord did demise and let unto Sublandlord, and Sublandlord did hire and take from Landlord, certain premises consisting of the entire rentable area of the twenty-ninth (29th) floor, as more particularly identified in the Master Lease, in a building known as and by the street address of 570 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York (the "Building"); and
WHEREAS, Subtenant acknowledges and represents that it has received and reviewed the Master Lease, a current copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A and made a part hereof, except as hereinafter provided; and
WHEREAS, Sublandlord wishes to sublet to Subtenant, and Subtenant desires to hire and rent from Sublandlord the premises as more particularly described on the floor plan attached to the Master Lease which consists of all the premises demised to Sublandlord under the Master Lease (the "Premises") and Subtenant is desirous of hiring and taking the Premises from Sublandlord, upon the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby agree as follows:
1. TERM. Sublandlord hereby subleases to Subtenant, and Subtenant hereby hires from Sublandlord, the Premises for the purposes, and in compliance with the terms, set forth in Article 2 of the Master Lease, for a term commencing on the date Sublandlord delivers vacant possession thereof to Subtenant, on not less than fifteen (15) days' prior notice, subject to, and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Sublease, which date shall in no event be later than August 15, 2004, and ending, unless sooner terminated pursuant to any of the provisions of the Master Lease, this Sublease or pursuant to applicable law, on March 30, 2008 (the "Expiration Date"), upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Sublease. The provisions of this Section 1 shall be regarded as an "express provision to the contrary" within the meaning of Section 223-a of the Real Property Law of the State of New York.
2. BASE RENT. Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord as and for base rent ("Base Rent") for the Premises the amounts set forth on Exhibit C attached hereto and made a part hereof, payable in advance and without notice or demand, commencing on the sixty-first (61st)
day after the Commencement Date (the "Rent Commencement Date") and on the first day of each month during the term of this Sublease, except that Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord the first full monthly installment with Subtenant's execution and return of this Sublease. If the Rent Commencement Date shall occur on a date other than the first (1st) day or any calendar month then the Base Rent in respect of such month shall be appropriately prorated based on the actual number of days in such month.
3. ADDITIONAL RENT.
(a) In addition to the Base Rent set forth above, commencing on the Commencement Date, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord as additional rent ("Additional Rent"), the following:
(i) additional rent equal to one hundred percent (100%) ("Subtenant's Proportionate Share") of all amounts payable by Sublandlord, if any, pursuant to the Master Lease for Operating Expenses (defined in the Master Lease), except that for purposes of this Sublease the Base Operating Year (as defined in the Master Lease) shall be the calendar year ended December 31, 2005;
(ii) additional rent equal to Subtenant's Proportionate Share of all amounts payable by Sublandlord on account of electricity, as set forth in Article 13 of the Master Lease, which is currently $1,438.41 per month as indicated on the escalation statement attached hereto as Schedule 1, and which is subject to adjustment as provided in the Master Lease;
(iii) additional rent equal to Subtenant's Proportionate Share of any Taxes (as defined in the Master Lease) as set forth in Section 27.01 of the Master Lease, except that for purposes of this Sublease, Subtenant's Base Taxes shall be deemed to be actual Taxes for the period July 1, 2004 to June 30, 2005;
(iv) additional rent equal to Subtenant's Proportionate Share of any and all additional rent payable by Sublandlord under any other provisions of the Master Lease during the term of this Sublease (other than amounts payable as a result of Sublandlord's breach of the Master Lease, which breach is not caused by or attributable to a breach by Subtenant of this Sublease);
(v) the cost of any additional services or materials requested of Landlord by or on behalf or at the request of Subtenant; and
(vi) any other amounts payable by Subtenant pursuant to the provisions of this Sublease.
(b) The aforesaid Additional Rent shall be payable by Subtenant to Sublandlord upon the later of (i) five (5) days prior to the date Sublandlord, as tenant under the Master Lease, is required to make a corresponding payment, if any, for each item of Additional Rent, to the Landlord, or (ii) twenty (20) days after presentation by Sublandlord to Subtenant of the bills therefor, whether issued during or after the term of this Sublease. This paragraph 3 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease.
(c) Base Rent and Additional Rent is referred to in this Sublease collectively as "Rent".
(d) Attached hereto and made a part hereof as Schedule 1 are copies of Sublandlord's most recent bills received from the Landlord reflecting the current amounts charged under the Master Lease to Sublandlord for Operating Expense, Taxes and electricity charges.
4. PAYMENT OF RENT. All Rent shall be paid to Sublandlord, or as Sublandlord may direct by notice to Subtenant, in lawful money of the United States of America which shall be legal tender for payment of all debts and dues, public and private, at the time of payment, at the principal office of Sublandlord, or such other place as Sublandlord may by notice designate, without any abatement, deduction, set-off or counterclaim whatsoever, except to the extent expressly provided in this Sublease or incorporated herein from the Master Lease. Sublandlord shall have the same remedies for default in the payment of Additional Rent as for default in the payment of Base Rent.
5. CONDITION OF PREMISES.
(a) The Premises are hereby sublet and shall be delivered "broom clean" to Subtenant on an "as-is" basis on the Commencement Date, free of all liens, occupants and personal property (other than the Furnishings (as hereinafter defined)). Acceptance of the Premises by Subtenant shall be conclusive evidence that the Subtenant has inspected the Premises and found them to be satisfactory for Subtenant's occupancy as of the date of this Sublease except as to latent defects and provided that Subtenant shall be afforded an opportunity to inspect the Premises before taking possession and any patent defects due to damage subsequent to such inspection and prior to delivery of possession or found upon such inspection shall be repaired.
(b) Neither Sublandlord nor Sublandlord's agents or representatives have made any representations, warranties or promises with respect to the condition, quality, permitted use, restrictions, value or adequacy of the Premises and no rights, easements or licenses are granted by Sublandlord or acquired by Subtenant, by implication or otherwise, except as expressly set forth in this Sublease.
6. RIGHTS OF SUBTENANT. Subtenant shall be entitled to the benefit of all of the rights and remedies of the tenant and all of the obligations of Landlord pursuant to the Master Lease with respect to the Building and the Premises including, but not limited to, Landlord's obligations to repair and restore and provide or render work and services, if any, and Subtenant acknowledges and agrees that such obligations are and shall be the responsibility of Landlord and not those of Sublandlord. In the event Landlord shall fail or refuse to comply with any of the terms of the Master Lease affecting the Premises or the use or occupancy thereof by Subtenant or anyone claiming by, under or through Subtenant, Subtenant may notify Sublandlord, and Sublandlord, at Subtenant's request, shall take any action reasonably requested by Subtenant in accordance with the Master Lease to enforce the provisions of the Master Lease against Landlord, all at Subtenant's sole cost and expense (unless the Landlord's failure or refusal to comply is as a result of Sublandlord's default under the Master Lease with respect to an
obligation not assumed by Subtenant under this Sublease in which case
Sublandlord shall cure its default). If Sublandlord shall fail to take any
action reasonably requested by Subtenant to enforce the rights of Sublandlord or
the obligations of Landlord or obtain a recovery against Landlord, in each
instance, with respect to the Master Lease, the Premises and/or the Building, as
set forth above, then, upon seven (7) days prior notice to Sublandlord,
Subtenant shall have the right, in its own name (or in the name of the
Sublandlord, if Subtenant cannot bring an action, proceeding or make demand in
its own name due to lack of privity or otherwise, or if Subtenant shall have
obtained Sublandlord's prior written approval of the use of its name, not to be
unreasonably withheld or delayed, and Subtenant shall indemnify and hold
Sublandlord harmless from and against any and all damages, losses, penalties,
fines, costs or expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys'
fees and costs, which Sublandlord may incur or be subject to as a result of any
action taken by Subtenant in accordance with this paragraph, provided, however,
that if Subtenant retains counsel reasonably satisfactory to Sublandlord for the
prosecution of any action or proceeding or demand, Subtenant shall not have to
pay Sublandlord's counsel fees to monitor such action, proceeding or demand),
and at its own cost, to compel performance by Landlord pursuant to the terms of
the Master Lease. Subtenant shall have no claim against Sublandlord by reason of
Landlord's failure or refusal to comply with any of the terms of the Master
Lease and no such failure or refusal shall be deemed a constructive eviction
hereunder (unless the Landlord's failure or refusal to comply is as a result of
Sublandlord's default under the Master Lease with respect to an obligation not
assumed by Subtenant under this Sublease). This Sublease shall remain in full
force and effect notwithstanding Landlord's failure or refusal to comply with
any of the terms of the Master Lease, and Subtenant shall pay the Rent provided
in this Sublease without any abatement, deduction, set-off or counterclaim,
Subtenant's sole remedy being the right to have Sublandlord enforce the
provisions of the Master Lease against Landlord at Subtenant's cost as set forth
above, except if and to the extent that Sublandlord shall be entitled to and
actually receives an abatement for Landlord's action or inaction under the terms
of the Master Lease or at law or in equity occurring during the term of this
Sublease, then Subtenant shall be entitled to, and receive, a proportionate
abatement in Rent under this Sublease. Subtenant shall look solely to Landlord
(i) to provide any and all services and utilities required to be provided by
Landlord under the Master Lease, (ii) to make any of the repairs or restorations
that Landlord has agreed to make under the Master Lease, (iii) to comply with
any laws or requirements of public authorities with which Landlord has agreed in
the Master Lease to comply, and (iv) to take any action with respect to the
operation, administration, or control of the Building or any of its public or
common areas that the Landlord has agreed in the Master Lease to take; and
Subtenant shall not, under any circumstances, seek to require or require
Sublandlord to provide any of such services or utilities, make such repairs or
restorations, comply with such laws or requirements, or take such action, nor
shall Subtenant make any claim upon Sublandlord for any damages, costs or
expenses which arise by reason of the negligence, whether by omission or
commission, or intentional, willful or tortious acts of Landlord, unless
Subtenant is not permitted to make such claim directly against Landlord (in
which case any judgment obtained by Subtenant with respect to same shall be
satisfied solely out of any recovery Sublandlord or Subtenant acting in the name
of Sublandlord in accordance with the terms of this Sublease may obtain from
Landlord with respect to same, and not out of the personal assets of
Sublandlord), or unless Sublandlord fails to perform its obligations under this
paragraph 6 with respect thereto. Furthermore, Sublandlord shall have no
liability to Subtenant by reason of any inconvenience, annoyance, interruption
or
injury to business or operations arising from Landlord's making any repairs, alterations or changes which Landlord is required or permitted by the Master Lease, or required by law, to make in or to any portion of the Building and/or the Premises, or in or to the fixtures, equipment or appurtenances of the Building and/or the Premises; provided however, Subtenant shall not be prohibited from exercising its rights to enforce the provisions of the Master Lease in accordance with the terms of this Section 6.
7. REMEDIES. In addition to such rights and remedies as it may have pursuant to applicable law, if Subtenant shall default under this Sublease, Sublandlord shall have against Subtenant all of the rights and remedies granted to Landlord pursuant to the Master Lease in the event of a default by Sublandlord, as tenant under the Master Lease. In addition to the other rights Sublandlord may have under the Master Lease (as incorporated in this Sublease), this Sublease or pursuant to applicable law, if Subtenant shall default under this Sublease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods, then Sublandlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, without notice to Subtenant in a case of emergency and otherwise after five (5) days notice to Subtenant, without waiving or releasing Subtenant from any obligations hereunder, to perform any such obligation of Subtenant in such manner and to such extent as Sublandlord shall reasonably deem necessary. Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord within twenty (20) days after notice from Sublandlord (with reasonable evidence of the amounts incurred), any and all actual, reasonable costs incurred by Sublandlord in so doing, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees and costs, together with interest thereon (compounded monthly) at a rate of interest equal to the lesser of twelve percent (12%) per annum or the highest legal rate from the date such costs were incurred until the date Sublandlord is reimbursed.
8. PROVISIONS OF THE MASTER LEASE.
(a) This Sublease is in all respects subject to the terms and conditions of the Master Lease. Except as otherwise provided in this Sublease, the terms, provisions, covenants, stipulations, conditions, rights, obligations, remedies and agreements contained in the Master Lease are incorporated in this Sublease by reference and are made a part hereof as if herein set forth at length and each and every provision, term, condition and covenant of the Master Lease binding upon or inuring to the benefit of Landlord thereunder shall, in respect of this Sublease, bind or inure to the benefit of Sublandlord against Subtenant, and each provision of the Master Lease binding upon or inuring to the benefit of Sublandlord, as tenant thereunder shall, in respect of this Sublease, bind or inure to the benefit of Subtenant against Sublandlord, with the same force and effect as though those provisions were completely set forth in this document. For the purpose of incorporation by reference of provisions of the Master Lease into this Sublease, the words "Lessor" or "Landlord" or "Owner" (whether or not capitalized) wherever used in the Master Lease, shall be construed to mean "Sublandlord" and the words "Lessee" or "Tenant" (whether or not capitalized) wherever used in the Master Lease shall be construed to mean "Subtenant", and the words "Premises" or "Demised Premises" (whether or not capitalized), or words of similar import, wherever used in the Master Lease, shall be construed to mean "Premises" as defined in this Sublease, the words "Agreement", "lease", "Lease", or words of similar import, wherever they appear in the Master Lease, shall be construed to mean this Sublease, the word "rent" and words of similar import, wherever used in the Master Lease, shall be construed to mean the Rent payable under this Sublease, the words "term", "Commencement Date" and "Expiration Date", or words of similar import, wherever used in the Master Lease,
shall be construed to mean, respectively, the term of this Sublease and the
dates set for the beginning and the end of the term of this Sublease, and the
words "sublease", "sublet" or "subtenant", or words of similar import, wherever
used in the Master Lease, shall be construed to refer to sub-subleases,
sub-sublettings and sub-subtenants, respectively, and any prohibitions on
assignment of the Master Lease by Sublandlord, as tenant under the Master Lease,
shall be deemed to prohibit Subtenant from assigning this Sublease. To the
maximum extent possible, the provisions of the Master Lease incorporated by
reference into this Sublease shall be construed as consistent with and
complementary to the other provisions of this Sublease, but in the event of any
inconsistency, those provisions of this Sublease not incorporated by reference
from the Master Lease shall control. Subtenant covenants and agrees to perform
and observe and to be bound by, all terms, covenants, obligations and conditions
of the Master Lease and the use thereof applicable to the tenant thereunder
except as provided to the contrary in this Sublease. Notwithstanding anything in
this Sublease to the contrary, Subtenant covenants and agrees not to do or
commit or suffer to be done or committed or fail to do any acts or things, or
create or suffer to be created, any conditions that might create or result in a
default or breach on the part of Sublandlord under any of the terms, covenants
or conditions of the Master Lease or render Sublandlord liable for any charge,
cost or expense thereunder (other than for "Sublease Profits", if any, under
Section 12.7 of the Master Lease).
(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Sublease to the contrary, for purposes of incorporation by reference into this Sublease, the following provisions of the Master Lease are deemed deleted from the Master Lease and are expressly not incorporated into this Sublease, except as otherwise provided below in this subparagraph (b):
Article 1; Section 3.5, 7.7, 19.1, 19.2, 19.3, Article 22, Article 26,
Section 28.8, Articles 31, 34 and 35.
For purposes of the following provisions of the Master Lease, the term "Landlord", as used therein, shall mean Landlord only and not Sublandlord:
Section 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 6.1(B), 6.2, Article 8, Section 10.1, 10.2, 10.3 and Article 28 and Section 37.2.
The provisions of Article 7 of the Master Lease shall not apply to any leasehold mortgage having Sublandlord as the mortgagor, and Sublandlord represents that there is no leasehold mortgage encumbering Sublandlord's leasehold interest in the Master Lease.
Sublandlord shall not object to any alteration of the Demised Premises, assignment of this Sublease or sub-subletting of the Demised Premises, in whole or in part, if Landlord consents thereto in accordance with the terms of the Master Lease.
Nothing contained herein shall obligate Subtenant for (or relieve Sublandlord of its obligations, if any, with respect to) removal of any existing alterations or installations made by, or for Sublandlord prior to the Commencement Date of this Sublease upon the expiration or sooner termination of the term of this Sublease.
(c) In order to facilitate the coordination of the provisions of this Sublease with those of the Master Lease, the time periods contained in the provisions of the Master Lease
that are incorporated by reference into this Sublease and for which the same
action must be taken under both the Master Lease and this Sublease (such as, for
example and without limitation, the time period for the curing of a default
under this Sublease that is also a default under the Master Lease, or for the
response to a request by Subtenant to Sublandlord which also requires Landlord's
consent), are changed for the purpose of incorporation by reference by
shortening or lengthening, as appropriate, that period in each instance by two
(2) business days such that in each instance Subtenant shall have that much less
time to observe or perform hereunder than Sublandlord has, as the tenant under
the Master Lease, and Sublandlord shall have that much more time to observe,
perform, consent, approve, or otherwise act hereunder than Landlord has under
the Master Lease.
9. INSURANCE.
(a) Subtenant shall, at its expense, obtain and keep in force and effect during the term of this Sublease such insurance as is required to be carried by Sublandlord as tenant under the Master Lease. Such insurance shall name Sublandlord, Landlord and such other persons as Sublandlord shall designate as additional insureds as their interest may appear.
(b) On or prior to the date Subtenant first enters into the Premises (whether or not for the commencement of its ordinary business in the Premises), Subtenant shall deliver to Sublandlord appropriate certificates of insurance, including evidence of the waiver of subrogation required pursuant to the Master Lease and covering Subtenant's contractual indemnity pursuant to paragraph 10 of this Sublease, and the insurance required to be carried by Subtenant pursuant to this paragraph 9. Evidence of each renewal or replacement of a policy shall be delivered to Sublandlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of such policy.
10. INDEMNITY. In addition to any indemnification provisions incorporated herein from the Master Lease, Subtenant shall indemnify Landlord and Sublandlord, and Landlord's and Sublandlord's respective members, directors, officers, shareholders, employees, agents, lenders and managing agents ("Sublandlord Indemnified Parties") against, and hold the Sublandlord Indemnified Parties harmless from, all claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements and court costs) which any of the Sublandlord Indemnified Parties may incur, pay or be subject to by reason of (i) the nonperformance or non-observance by Subtenant of the terms, covenants, obligations and conditions of this Sublease or the Master Lease (as applicable to Subtenant), and (ii) any tortious act or negligence on the part of Subtenant, its agents, contractors, servants, employees, invitees or licensees, and any claims made or damages suffered or incurred as a result of Subtenant's or its agents, contractors, servants, employees, invitees or licensees, occupancy of the Premises and/or the Building. Nothing contained herein is intended to require Subtenant to indemnify any party from any claim or liability arising from the negligence or intentional misconduct of the indemnitee.
11. BROKER. Subtenant and Sublandlord hereby represent and warrant to each other that neither has dealt with any broker or real estate agent in connection with this Sublease other than CB Richard Ellis ("CB") and Trammell Crow Company ("Trammell Crow") (CB and Trammel Crow being referred to herein, collectively as the "Broker"). Subtenant and Sublandlord hereby agree to indemnify, defend and hold the other harmless from and against any
and all claims, losses, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements), resulting from any claims that may be made against the other by any brokers, agents or persons claiming a commission, fee or other compensation by reason of this Sublease, other than Broker, if the same shall arise or result or claim to arise or result by, through or on account of any act of the Subtenant or Sublandlord, as the case may be. Sublandlord shall pay any fees due Broker in accordance with a separate agreement between Sublandlord and Trammell Crow. The foregoing notwithstanding, Sublandlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Subtenant harmless with respect to any claims for fees, commission or other similar compensation made by the Broker relating to this Sublease. The indemnity provisions of this paragraph will survive cancellation of this Sublease for lack of Landlord's consent.
12. SUBORDINATION. This Sublease is subject and subordinate to the Master
Lease as well as to all of the instruments and matters to which the Master Lease
is subordinate. If Landlord shall take over all right, title and interest of
Sublandlord under this Sublease, Subtenant shall attorn to Landlord pursuant to
the then executory provisions of this Sublease, except that Landlord shall not
(i) be liable for any previous act or omission of Sublandlord under this
Sublease, (ii) be subject to any offset, not expressly provided in this
Sublease, which thereto accrued to Subtenant against Sublandlord, or (iii) be
bound by any previous modification of this Sublease not delivered to Landlord or
by any previous prepayment by Subtenant of more than one month's Rent. Subject
to the provisions of Section 25(a) of this Sublease, if the term of the Master
Lease is terminated prior to the Expiration Date, this Sublease shall thereupon
be terminated automatically. In such event, provided Subtenant is not in
monetary default hereunder, the Rent (hereinafter defined) for the month in
which such termination occurs shall be pro-rated based on the actual number of
days in such month unless such termination was the result of a default by
Subtenant hereunder.
13. NOTICES. Any notice or other communication by either party to the
other relating to this Sublease (other than a bill or statement for Rent due
sent by Sublandlord, provided that this provision shall not be deemed to require
Sublandlord to send any bill or statement of Rent due) shall be in writing and
shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt when delivered to the
recipient party in person (against signed receipt) or three (3) days after being
mailed by United States Registered or Certified Mail, return receipt requested,
postage prepaid, or the next business day when sent by nationally recognized
overnight courier regularly maintaining a record of receipt, and addressed: (a)
if to Sublandlord, at the address hereinabove set forth, Attention: Martin
Jaffe, with a copy sent in the same manner to Joseph D'Angelo, Esq., Wolf,
Block, Schorr and Solis-Cohen LLP, 250 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10177, or
(b) if to Subtenant prior to its initial occupancy of the Premises, at the
address set forth at page 1 of this Sublease, and after its initial occupancy of
the Premises at the address hereinabove set forth, in either case, with a copy
sent in the same manner to Joel B. Singer, Esq., 100 West 57th Street, New York,
NY 10019. Either party may by notice to the other party designate a different
address within the United States to which notices shall be sent.
14. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING. In addition to any restrictions on subleasing and/or assigning set forth in the Master Lease and incorporated into this Sublease by reference, Subtenant expressly covenants and agrees that it shall not assign, mortgage, pledge or encumber this Sublease nor sublet the Premises or any part thereof, nor suffer or permit the Premises or any part thereof to be used or occupied by others, except with the prior written
consent of Landlord, to the extent required under the Master Lease, and of Sublandlord, which consent Sublandlord agrees not to unreasonably withhold, delay or condition provided Landlord has consented (if required under the Master Lease). If this Sublease be assigned, or if the Premises or any part thereof be sublet or occupied by anyone other than Subtenant, Sublandlord may, after default by Subtenant, collect rent from the assignee, subtenant or occupant, and apply the net amount collected to the Rent reserved in this Sublease, but no such assignment, subletting, occupancy, or collection by Sublandlord shall be deemed a waiver of the covenant set forth above or the acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupant as subtenant or a release of Subtenant from the further performance by Subtenant of covenants and agreements on the part of Subtenant contained in this Sublease. Sublandlord covenants and agrees to respond to any request for consent from Subtenant pursuant to this paragraph 14 within the same period of time as the Landlord has to respond to such a request from Sublandlord, as tenant under the Master Lease.
15. HOLDOVER. Subtenant expressly assumes the obligations of Sublandlord to Landlord in the event possession of the Premises is not surrendered at the Expiration Date or sooner termination of the term of this Sublease by Subtenant or anyone claiming under or through Subtenant, including, without limitation, the payment to Sublandlord of the greater of (i) two (2) times the Rent payable under the Master Lease for the month prior to such termination and (ii) the then fair market rental value for the Premises, as set forth in Article 20 of the Master Lease, and all additional rent payable pursuant to the Master Lease, as well as payment to the Landlord of any damages and costs, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney's fees, payable by Sublandlord as a result thereof.
16. CONSENT OF LANDLORD. Anything contained in this Sublease to the
contrary notwithstanding, this Sublease is subject to the written consent
("Consent") of Landlord to this Sublease, and notwithstanding the execution of
this Sublease by the parties hereto, the term of this Sublease shall not
commence until Sublandlord receives Landlord's Consent. Subtenant agrees to
provide to Landlord promptly, any financial information of Subtenant reasonably
requested by Landlord in connection with the issuance of such consent or
evaluation of Subtenant. If Landlord fails to deliver the Consent, on Landlord's
standard form and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to Sublandlord and
Subtenant, within thirty (30) days after this Sublease is submitted to Landlord
for its consent by Sublandlord (provided such delay is not caused by Subtenant's
failure to submit information requested by Landlord, in which event such thirty
(30) day period shall be extended one (1) day for each day of delay caused by
Subtenant's failure to provide such information), Subtenant shall have the
right, commencing on the thirty first (31st) day, to terminate this Sublease by
providing not less than five (5) days' prior written notice to Sublandlord prior
to receipt of the Consent by Sublandlord. Upon the expiration of such five (5)
day period, provided Landlord's Consent has not been obtained, this Lease shall
terminate, Subtenant shall receive a refund of all amounts paid by Subtenant to
Sublandlord on account of this Sublease, without any deduction or setoff
whatsoever and there shall be no further liability on the part of Sublandlord or
Subtenant under this Sublease. Sublandlord agrees to deliver a fully executed
copy of this Sublease to Landlord for Landlord's consent (with a copy to
Subtenant), within three (3) business days after Sublandlord's receipt of an
original of this Sublease executed by Subtenant. Landlord's Consent shall be
obtained by Sublandlord at no cost or expense to Subtenant.
It is a condition of this Sublease that the Landlord's written consent to
this Sublease contain the agreement of the Landlord that Castle Brands, (USA)
Corp., the "Subtenant" named herein may, on prior notice to Landlord and
Sublandlord in accordance with the terms of the Master Lease: (i) sublet the
Demised Premises (without any subdivision of the Demised Premises into more than
one separate independently serviceable unit of space, through construction of
demising walls, separate entrances and the like) to an "Affiliate" or
"Subsidiary" of Subtenant; or (ii) assign this Sublease to a "Successor". A
"Successor" of Subtenant shall mean: (A) a corporation, a partnership, limited
liability company or other entity in which, or with which Subtenant is merged or
consolidated, in accordance with applicable statutory provisions for merger or
consolidation, provided that by operation of law or by effective provisions
contained in the instruments of merger or consolidation, the liabilities of the
entities participating in such merger or consolidation are assumed by the entity
surviving such merger or created by such consolidation, or (B) a corporation or
other entity acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of Subtenant
including, without limitation, Subtenant's interest in this Sublease. A
"Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation or other entity that is owned or
controlled by Subtenant. An "Affiliate" shall mean any corporation or other
entity that owns or controls Subtenant or is owned or controlled by the same
person or entity that owns and controls Subtenant or a shareholder, manager,
member or joint venture partner of the Subtenant. Acquisition by Subtenant, of a
substantial portion of the assets, together with the assumption of all or
substantially all of the obligations and liabilities of any corporation or other
entity, shall be deemed a merger of such corporation or other entity into
Subtenant for the purposes hereof. In addition, a transfer, sale, pledge or
other disposition of fifty percent or more of the stock of Subtenant and a
transfer of a majority voting or ownership interest in any other entity that is
the Subtenant whether in one or a series of transactions shall be permitted
without Landlord's consent (i) by and between the individuals who are now
existing shareholders (or members) of Subtenant, to or with any member of the
immediate family of an existing shareholder or member of Subtenant by gift,
testate or intestate succession or sale, or to or with a family limited
liability company or other entity or person(s) for estate planning purposes,
(ii) involving an initial public offering of stock or shares traded on a
national securities exchange, or (iii) to effect a statutory change in form or
organization from a limited liability company to corporation or otherwise.
17. ENTIRE AGREEMENT/SUBLANDLORD'S CONSENT. This Sublease contains the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior negotiations, conversations, correspondence and agreements. There are no representations or warranties that are not set forth herein. No waiver, modification or termination of this Sublease or any portion thereof shall be valid or effective unless in writing signed by the parties hereto. In any instance in which Sublandlord is required by any provision of this Sublease or applicable law not unreasonably to withhold consent or approval, Subtenant's sole remedy if Sublandlord unreasonably withholds such consent or approval shall be an action for specific performance or injunction requiring Sublandlord to grant such consent or approval, all other remedies which would otherwise be available being hereby waived by Subtenant subject to the understanding that if Landlord consents to any matter Sublandlord will not refuse to consent.
18. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The terms, conditions and covenants of this Sublease shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of Sublandlord and Subtenant and their respective successors, and except as otherwise provided in this Sublease, their assigns.
19. GOVERNING LAW. This Sublease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York as if it were a contract negotiated, entered into and wholly performed within the State of New York, and without regard to principles of conflicts of law.
20. COUNTERPARTS. This Sublease may be executed in any number of counterparts and/or by facsimile, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument, binding on the parties as if all parties had signed one document on the same signature page, and the signature of any party to any counterpart shall be deemed a signature to, and may be appended or attached to, any other counterpart by Sublandlord.
21. NO OFFER. The submission of this Sublease is not and shall not be deemed an offer. This Sublease is submitted to Subtenant for its review and discussion purposes only and neither Subtenant nor Sublandlord shall be bound unless and until Subtenant and Sublandlord shall execute and deliver a copy of this Sublease.
22. SECURITY.
(a) Subject to the terms of this Section 22, Subtenant shall, upon its execution and return of this Sublease to Sublandlord, deposit with Sublandlord as security for the full and faithful performance and observance by Subtenant of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Sublease, and any modifications hereof, the sum of $50,000.00 in cash ("Security"). If this Sublease has not been terminated for a default of Subtenant, or if Subtenant is not then in default of its obligations under this Sublease, the Security shall be reduced to $35,000.00 eighteen (18) months after the term of this Sublease commences.
(b) Sublandlord may, at its sole option, retain, use or apply the whole or any part of the Security to the extent required for payment of any:
(1) Base Rent;
(2) Additional Rent;
(3) other sums as to which Subtenant is obligated to pay under this Sublease;
(4) sums which Sublandlord may expend or may be required to expend by reason of Subtenant's default after any required notice and the expiration of any applicable grace or cure period under this Sublease;
(5) loss or damage that Sublandlord may suffer by reason of Subtenant's default, including, without limitation, any damages incurred by Sublandlord; and
(6) all costs, if any, incurred by Sublandlord in connection with the cleaning or repair of the Premises.
(c) In no event shall Sublandlord be obligated to apply the Security, or any portion thereof. Sublandlord's right to bring an action or special proceeding to recover damages or otherwise to obtain possession of the Premises before or after any default or termination of this Sublease shall not be affected by Sublandlord's holding of the Security.
(d) The Security shall not be nor be deemed (1) a limitation on Sublandlord's damages or other rights and remedies available under this Sublease, or at law or in equity; (2) a payment of liquidated damages, or (3) an advance payment of Base Rent or Additional Rent.
(e) If Sublandlord uses, applies or retains all or any portion of the Security, Subtenant shall restore and replenish the Security to the amount required originally deposited hereunder within five (5) days after written demand from Sublandlord.
(f) Sublandlord shall keep the Security separate or segregated from its own funds, and shall not commingle the Security with its own funds, as required by law in an interest bearing bank account with the accrued interest (less a 1% administrative fee to be retained by Sublandlord) to belong to the Subtenant. Sublandlord shall have no fiduciary responsibilities or trust obligations whatsoever with regard to the Security and shall not assume the duties of a trustee for the Security.
(g) If Subtenant shall fully and faithfully comply with all of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Sublease, and any modifications hereof, any part of the Security then not used, applied or retained by Sublandlord shall be returned to Subtenant within thirty (30) days after Subtenant has discharged all of its then known obligations under this Sublease, and any modifications hereof. In no event shall the release of the Security, or any portion thereof, by Sublandlord be deemed to release Subtenant from any liability under this Sublease, or affect Subtenant's indemnification obligations under this Sublease, which arise, accrue or first become known to Sublandlord after the release of any remaining Security (or such interest thereon).
(h) Subtenant shall not, and shall not attempt to, assign, pledge or otherwise encumber the Security, and Sublandlord and its successors and assigns shall not be bound by any, or any attempted, assignment, pledge or other encumbrance.
(i) In the event of a sale, assignment or transfer of Sublandlord's interest in the Master Lease, Sublandlord shall transfer the Security to the purchaser, assignee or transferee, as the case may be, and upon the purchaser, assignee or transferee assuming in writing the obligations of Sublandlord under this Sublease accruing from and after the date of such assignment and assumption (including, but not limited to obligations as to the security deposit). Sublandlord shall thereupon automatically be released by Subtenant from all liability for the return of the Security, and Subtenant agrees to look solely to the purchaser, assignee or transferee for the return of the Security.
(j) The payment by Subtenant and acceptance by Sublandlord of the Security submitted by Subtenant shall not render this Sublease effective unless and until Subtenant and Sublandlord shall have executed and each shall have received a fully executed copy of this Sublease.
(k) For purposes of this Sublease, the phrase "Letter of Credit" shall mean a clean, unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit which (i) is issued by a bank or other institution satisfactory to Sublandlord having a retail office in New York County, New York at which office the Letter of Credit may be presented for payment, (ii) is for an amount equal to the Security, (iii) is for a period of one (1) year from the date of issuance thereof, and thereafter automatically renewable each year thereafter with a final expiration no earlier than December 31, 2010, (iv) is payable to Sublandlord (Attention: Martin Jaffe) upon presentation only of a sight draft, (v) provides that prior to the expiration or termination thereof, the issuer thereof will provide notice to Sublandlord of the non-renewal or termination thereof at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration or termination thereof, (vi) is freely transferable by Sublandlord without cost to Sublandlord, and (vii) is otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to Sublandlord.
(l) In lieu of the cash Security, Subtenant shall have the right to deposit and maintain with Sublandlord during the entire term of this Sublease a Letter of Credit in the amount of the Security. If (i) any default beyond applicable notice and cure periods occurs under this Sublease, or (ii) Sublandlord transfers its right, title and interest under the Master Lease to a third party and the issuer of the Letter of Credit does not consent to the transfer of such Letter of Credit to such third party or if Subtenant at its expense, upon request of Sublandlord, fails or refuses to replace the Letter of Credit delivered to Sublandlord with a Letter of Credit issued to such third party or (iii) Sublandlord receives notice or becomes aware that the issuer of the Letter of Credit does not intend to renew it prior to the expiration thereof, and Subtenant shall fail to provide a replacement Letter of Credit no later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit then in Sublandlord's possession then in any of such events, Sublandlord may, at its option, draw down the Letter of Credit then in its possession in full prior to the expiration thereof and the proceeds thereof shall then be held and maintained by Sublandlord as the Security. Subtenant shall pay all costs and expenses related to or in any way arising out of the performance by Subtenant of its obligations under this paragraph, including, without limitation, the issuance, delivery, replacement, draw upon, transfer, maintenance or other matters relating to the Letter of Credit, it being understood that Sublandlord shall incur no cost or expense in connection therewith. The foregoing notwithstanding, if there is an assignment or other transfer of Sublandlord's interest in this Sublease and the Security is held in the form of a Letter of Credit, then Subtenant shall not be responsible for the payment of any transfer charges of the issuer for changing the beneficiary and Sublandlord shall surrender the Letter of Credit that it holds to the issuer thereof for such purpose. If the Letter of Credit requires the applicant to pay any transfer charges, then Sublandlord shall reimburse Subtenant therefor.
23. FURNISHINGS. Sublandlord hereby grants to Subtenant a license ("License"), for the term of this Sublease and at no additional cost to Subtenant, to use and have the benefit of the furniture, furnishings, telephone equipment and other personal property located in the Premises on the date of this Sublease more particularly described on Exhibit D-1 attached hereto and made a part hereof (collectively, the "Furnishings"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the items more particularly described on Exhibit D-2 attached hereto and made a part hereof, shall not be deemed to be Furnishings, shall remain the sole property of Sublandlord and shall be removed by Sublandlord prior to the Commencement Date. The Furnishings are provided to Subtenant "as is" and "where is" and Sublandlord makes no representation or warranty with respect to such Furnishings, including, without limitation, fitness for a particular purpose, except that Sublandlord represents that it owns the Furnishings free and clear and that the same are not
subject to any lease or any security agreement. Subtenant hereby releases Sublandlord from all, and shall indemnify and hold Sublandlord harmless from and against any, losses, liabilities, claims, damages, and injuries caused by, arising out of or relating to, the use of the Furnishings by Subtenant or its employees, agents, contractors, sub-subtenants, officers or any other person claiming by, through or under Subtenant. Subtenant may dispose of the Furnishings as it sees fit without liability to Sublandlord for any Furnishings missing or replaced at the end of the Term.
24. INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
25. SUBLANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS. Sublandlord hereby represents and warrants to, and covenants and agrees with, Subtenant as follows:
(a) Sublandlord covenants and agrees that Sublandlord will not surrender or terminate or take any action which would cause the termination of the Master Lease without the prior written consent of Subtenant. In the event of a fire, casualty or condemnation which would trigger any right of Sublandlord to cancel or terminate the Lease, Sublandlord agrees that it shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with Subtenant in exercising Sublandlord's rights, as tenant, under the Master Lease. Sublandlord's liability for breach of the first sentence of this paragraph shall survive any termination of this Sublease for lack of Landlord's consent (other than a termination of this Sublease for Subtenant's default), provided that the reason for Landlord's refusal to grant its consent was because the Master Lease was terminated by Sublandlord in violation of the first sentence of this paragraph.
(b) Sublandlord warrants and represents to Subtenant that the Master Lease attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true, correct and complete copy of the Master Lease, is in full force and effect, and has not been modified or amended except as expressly set forth herein.
(c) Sublandlord covenants and agrees that it shall not default in the payment of its obligations to Landlord under the Master Lease, or otherwise cause a default beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods under the Master Lease.
(d) Sublandlord represents that it has received no written notice claiming a violation of any applicable laws, governmental rules or regulations with respect to the Premises.
(e) Sublandlord represents that it has not received any notice from Landlord alleging a default by Sublandlord under the Master Lease that has not been cured, and, to Sublandlord's knowledge, there is no default on the part of either Sublandlord or Landlord under the Master Lease.
(f) Existing HVAC, plumbing and all other electrical and mechanical systems serving the Premises are in working order.
(g) Sublandlord is not the debtor, defendant or respondent in any pending bankruptcy, foreclosure, lease termination, landlord/tenant, insolvency, receivership or other creditors' action or proceeding.
[Signatures follow on next page.]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Sublease on or as of the day and year first above.
SUBLANDLORD:
SILVERCREST ASSET MANAGEMENT GROUP LLC
By: /s/ Martin Jaffe ------------------------------------------ Name: Martin Jaffe Title: Chief Operating Officer |
SUBTENANT:
CASTLE BRANDS (USA) CORP.
By: /s/ Amelia Gary ----------------------------------------- Name: Amelia Gary Title: VP - Finance |
EXHIBIT A
Copy of the Master Lease Attached
EXHIBIT B
Floor Plan of the Premises Attached
EXHIBIT C
Base Rent Schedule
PERIOD ANNUAL BASE RENT MONTHLY BASE RENT From Rent Commencement Date through the $147,440.00 $12,286.67 Expiration Date |
EXHIBIT D-1
Inventory of Furnishings
1. Desks (10)
2. Credenzas (10)
3. Desk Chairs (12)
4. Visitor Chairs (12)
5. Glass Table Reception (1)
6. Meeting Room Chairs (6)
7. Meeting Room Table (1)
8. 5 Draw Files (13)
9. 3 Draw Files (18)
10. Small Glass or Wood End Tables (5)
11. Microwave (1)
12. Water Cooler (1)
13. Refrigerator (1)
14. Over-Head Storage (7)
15. PC Stands (6)
16. Lucent Phone System (1)
17. Lucent Voicemail System (1)
18. Phones (14)
19. SMC Ethernet Switch 24 Port (1)
20. Desk Top PC (1) and Television (1) in Conference Room
EXHIBIT D-2
Items Retained by Sublandlord
FURNITURE TO SILVERCREST LOCATION 1 Desk Jerry Bogert's Office 2 Leather Reception chairs Reception Area 1 Couch (green) Jerry Bogert's Office 1 Chair (green) Jerry Bogert's Office All desk top PC's (other than the Desk Top PC identified Per Office in No. 20 in Exhibit D-1) All printers Per Office All servers Server Closet 3 Water color paintings Jerry Bogert's Office 2 Pen and Ink Architectural drawings Jerry Bogert's Office 3 Photos Jerry Bogert's Office 2 Paintings Conference Room 1 Water color painting Conference Room 2 Photos Bart's Office 2 Photos Bob's Office 1 Water color painting Bob's Office 1 Poster with Postage Stamps Dave's Office 3 Prints Empty Office 3 Prints Empty Office |
SCHEDULE 1
Escalation Statement
Exhibit 10.33
DATED THE __ DAY OF ____________ 2004
JENNIFER DUNNE
AND
CASTLE BRANDS SPIRITS COMPANY
LIMITED
SUB-LEASE
FOR LETTING OF PREMISES AT FIRST FLOOR,
VICTORIA HOUSE,
HADDINGTON ROAD, DUBLIN 4
Gill Traynor
Solicitors
39/41 Sundrive Road,
DUBLIN 12
THIS INDENTURE OF SUB-LEASE made the __ day of June 2004 BETWEEN (1) JENNIFER DUNNE of 39 Hampton Park, St. Helen's, Booterstown, County Dublin (hereinafter called "The Landlord" which expression shall where the context so admits or requires include her executors administrators and assigns)
AND
(2) CASTLE BRANDS SPIRITS COMPANY LIMITED a limited liability company having its registered office at 4 Herbert Place Herbert Street Dublin 2 (hereinafter called "the Tenant" which expression shall where the context so admits or requires include its successors and permitted assigns)
WITNESSETH as follows:
A. In this Lease and In any Schedules hereto the following expressions shall have the meaning assigned to them respectively that is to say:
"the landlord" shall include the person or persons for the time being entitled to the reversion immediately expectant on the determination of the Term.
"the tenant" shall include the Tenant's successors in title and permitted assigns.
"the demised premises" means the premises demised by this sub-lease as more particularly described in the First Schedule hereto and shall be deemed to include the fixtures and fittings and rights hereby demised.
"the rent" means the yearly sums set out in the Second Schedule hereto.
"the term" means the term of 4 years and 9 months commencing on the 31st May 2004 and expiring on the 28th February 2009.
"the head lease" means the Lease dated the 21st day of May 2004 made between (1) Sean Dunne of the First Part, (2) Victoria House Management Company Limited of the Second Part and (3) the Landlord of the Third Part.
"the superior landlord" means the person or persons for the time being entitled to the reversion immediately expectant on the determination of the Head Lease.
The masculine shall include the feminine and neuter and vice versa and the singular, the plural and vice versa.
Where obligations are undertaken by more than a single person same shall be deemed to be joint and several obligations.
Any covenant by the Tenant not to do or omit an act or thing shall be construed as if it were a covenant not to do or omit or permit or suffer such act or thing to be done or omitted.
B. In consideration of the Rent and of the other payments to be hereby made and of the covenants on the part of the Tenant and conditions hereinafter contained the Landlord HEREBY DEMISES unto the Tenant ALL THAT AND THOSE the Demised Premises together with the rights therein specified excepting and reserving as therein provided TO HOLD the same unto the Tenant for the Term YIELDING AND PAYING therefor yearly and proportionately for any fraction of a year the Rent such Rent to be paid by equal quarterly payments in advance on the 31st day of May, 31st day of August, 30th day of November and 28th day of February in each year of the term hereby granted by Banker's Order or such other method as the Landlord may reasonably require, the first of such quarterly payments (if not already made) to be made on the execution hereof.
C. The Tenant hereby covenants with the Landlord as follows:
1. To pay the Rent on the days and in the manner herein prescribed without any deductions.
2. Notwithstanding Clause C5 hereunder, to pay to the Landlord (or to the person or company nominated by the Landlord) from time to time on demand without any deduction or abatement the sum payable by the Landlord to the Superior Landlord pursuant to the Head Lease in respect of Insurance premium and Service Charge in respect of the Demised Premises (as defined in the Head Lease) payable by the Landlord to the Superior Landlord on foot of the Head Lease.
3. To pay to the Landlord on demand without any deductions such amounts as may be incurred in the procurement and provision of services including, but not limited to, security services, security alarm fire extinguishers and such other services as the Landlord shall from time to time deem necessary.
4. To pay and discharge to the Landlord pending a separate valuation of the Demised Premises (if such be the case) all rates, taxes, duties, charges, assessment, Impositions and outgoings whatsoever whether parliamentary, parochial, local or of any other description (and whether or not of an entirely novel character) which are now or may at any time hereafter be charged, taxed, assessed, levied or imposed upon or payable in respect of the Demised Premises on demand.
5. To pay to the suppliers thereof all charges for electricity and telephone (including meter rents) consumed in the Demised Premises during the term.
6. To comply with the covenants and obligations on the part of the Landlord contained in the Sixth Schedule to the Head Lease (save for the rent thereby reserved and other payments thereby covenanted to be made and save for the covenants at Clauses 3, 4, 5, 6, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 and 20 thereof) in so far as the same relate to the Demised Premises and to keep the interior of the Demised Premises (excluding any structural parts of the Demised Premises) including the glass in the windows, all locks, sash cords, electric, gas, telephone, central heating system, air conditioning systems and other fittings and installations, cables and all
additional fittings, drainage and sanitary fittings, appliances and pipes in good and tenantable repair order condition but excluding damage caused by or arising from any of the insured risks, save where the insurance has been rendered void by the action or default of the Tenant and to keep the Landlord effectually indemnified against all claims in respect thereof and to keep the windows and chimneys clean and keep clean and free from blockages, wash basins, lavatory basins, drains, sewers and gulley traps serving the Demised Premises and pay for any damage thereto or expenses of cleaning the same caused by the negligence of or the misuse by the Tenant, his licencees, servants or agents.
7. To pay to the Landlord the stamp duty on this Lease and Counterpart thereof.
8. To yield up the Demised Premises (including all fixtures and fittings therein and in particular the floor coverings thereof) on expiry or sooner determination of the Term in its present state end condition and to make good all damage occasioned.
9. (a) Not to transfer assign underlet mortgage charge hold in trust for another part with nor share possession or control or occupation of part only of the Demised Premises without the prior consent in writing (which shall not be unreasonably withheld) of the Landlord and the Superior Landlord and not to hold in trust for another part with nor share possession or control or occupation of the whole of the Demised Premises.
(b) Not to transfer assign underlet mortgage or charge the whole of the Demised Premises without the prior consent in writing (which shall not be unreasonably withheld) or the Landlord and the Superior Landlord.
10. Not without prior consent in writing of the Landlord to make any alterations to the Demised Premises whatsoever save in accordance with the provisions and procedures set out in the Head Lease and save for such alterations agreed/approved in advance and in accordance with such specifications submitted to the Landlord prior to the execution of this sub-lease and on expiry or sooner determination hereof to yield up the Demised Premises fully reinstated to its present state and condition in accordance with clause 8 hereof.
11. Not to use or occupy or allow to be used or occupied the Demised Premises otherwise than for the purpose of the provision of and the marketing and sale of Alcoholic Spirits and such related office and commercial business and for general commercial offices.
12. To pay to the Landlord any VAT payable on the Rent payable under this Lease.
D. It is hereby agreed and declared by and between the Landlord and Tenant as follows:
1. All rights hereby reserved to and covenants made with the Landlord shall be deemed to extend to the Superior Landlord.
2. This Lease is granted subject to the provisos contained at the First Schedule of the Head Lease mutatis mutandis in so far as the same relate to the Demised Premises.
3. For a period of six months before the expiry of the term hereby created commencing 31st May 2004 to permit the Landlord or agent appointed by the Landlord access to the premises with prospective tenants/assignees at all reasonable times and a reasonable notice to the Tenant causing minimal obstruction to the Tenant's business for the purpose of re-letting same.
4. That if the rent hereby reserved or any part thereof shall be unpaid for twenty-one days after becoming payable (whether formally demanded or not) or if any covenant on the Tenant's part to be performed or observed is breached it shall be lawful for the Landlord at any time thereafter to re-enter upon the premises in the name of the whole and thereupon this Lease shall absolutely determine but without prejudice to any claim by the Landlord in respect of any antecedent breach of any covenant or provision herein contained.
E. The Landlord covenants with the Tenant:
1. That so long as the Tenant complies with the covenants on its part herein contained the Tenant may enjoy the Demised Premises peaceably during the term without any interruption by the Landlord.
2. To pay the rent reserved under the Head Lease.
IT IS HEREBY CERTIFIED:
1. That the consideration of for this Lease is wholly attributable to property which is not residential property and that the transaction effected by this instrument does not form part of a larger transaction or series of transactions in respect of which the amount or value or the aggregate amount or value of the consideration (other than rent) which is not residential property exceeds E10,000.00.
2. That Section 53 (Lease combined with Building Agreement for dwelling house/apartment) of the Slamp Duties Consolidation Act 1999 does not apply to this instrument.
3. That the Demised Premises are situate in the County Borough of Dublin.
4. That for the purposes of Section 29 of the Companies Act, 1990 that the Landlord and the Tenant are not bodies corporate connected with one another in a manner which would require this transaction to be ratified by resolution of either.
IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have executed this Lease the day and year first herein written.
FIRST SCHEDULE
(The Demised Premises)
ALL THAT AND THOSE office premises comprising the entire first floor of Victoria House, Haddington Road, Dublin 4 being the hereditaments and premises comprised in and demised by the Head Lease and more particularly described in the Third Schedule thereto EXCEPTING AND RESERVING unto the Landlord and the Superior Landlord the exceptions and reservations excepted and reserved in the Head Lease and excepting and reserving unto the Landlord and the Superior Landlord and such others as may be authorized by the Landlord from time to time the right of ingress, egress and regress in through and from the Demised Premises in the event of an emergency.
SECOND SCHEDULE
(The Rent)
E80,000.00 per annum for the first year of the Term; E114,000.00 for the second year of the Term; E114,000.00 for the third year of the Term; E114,000.00 for the fourth year of the Term; and E85,612.00 for the last 9 months of the Term.
SIGNED SEALED AND DELIVERED
By the Landlord in the presence of
PRESENT when the Common Seal of
the TENANT was affixed hereto:
/s/ David Phelan ---------------------------------------- Director /s/ Patrick Rigney ---------------------------------------- Director/Secretary |
Exhibit 10.34
(CRESCENT LOGO)
OFFICE LEASE
BETWEEN
CRESCENT REAL ESTATE EQUITIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
("LANDLORD")
AND
GREAT SPIRITS COMPANY L.L.C.
("TENANT")
Table of Contents
PAGE ---- 1. Basic Lease Information.............................................. 1 2. Lease Grant.......................................................... 2 3. Term: Adjustment of Commencement Date; Possession.................... 2 4. Rent................................................................. 3 5. Compliance with Laws: Use............................................ 6 6. Security Deposit..................................................... 7 7. Services to be Furnished by Landlord................................. 7 8. Use of Electrical Services by Tenant................................. 8 9. Leasehold Improvements............................................... 8 10. Repairs and Alterations.............................................. 9 11. Entry by Landlord.................................................... 10 12. Assignment and Subletting............................................ 10 13. Liens................................................................ 11 14. Indemnity and Waiver of Claims....................................... 11 15. Insurance............................................................ 12 16. Waiver of Subrogation................................................ 12 17. Casualty Damage...................................................... 13 18. Condemnation......................................................... 13 19. Events of Default.................................................... 13 20. Remedies............................................................. 14 21. Limitation of Liability.............................................. 16 22. No Waiver............................................................ 16 23. Tenant's Right to Possession......................................... 16 24. Relocation........................................................... 16 25. Holding Over......................................................... 16 26. Subordination to Mortgages: Estoppel Certificate..................... 17 27. Attorneys' Fees...................................................... 17 28. Notice............................................................... 17 29. Reserved Rights...................................................... 18 30. Surrender of Premises................................................ 18 31. Hazardous Materials.................................................. 18 32. Miscellaneous........................................................ 19 |
EXHIBITS AND RIDERS
EXHIBIT A-1 OUTLINE AND LOCATION OF PREMISES EXHIBIT A-2 LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY EXHIBIT B RULES AND REGULATIONS EXHIBIT C COMMENCEMENT LETTER EXHIBIT D WORK LETTER EXHIBIT E PARKING AGREEMENT RIDER NO. 1 OPTION TO EXTEND |
OFFICE LEASE
This Office Lease (the "Lease") is entered into, and shall be effective, as of the 24th day of February, 2000 (the "Effective Date"), by and between CRESCENT REAL ESTATE EQUITIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership ("Landlord") and GREAT SPIRITS COMPANY L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("Tenant").
1. BASIC LEASE INFORMATION. The key business terms used in this Lease are defined as follows:
A. "Building" shall mean the building located at 1331 Lamar, Houston, Texas 77010, and commonly known as "4 Houston Center".
B. "Rentable Square Footage of the Building" is deemed to be 674,246 square feet.
C. "Premises" shall mean the area shown on EXHIBIT A-1 to this Lease. The Premises are located on floor eleven and known as suite number 1125. The "Rentable Square Footage of the Premises" is deemed to be 1,016 square feet. If the Premises include one or more floors in their entirety, all corridors and restroom facilities located on such full floor(s) shall be considered part of the Premises. Landlord and Tenant stipulate and agree that the Rentable Square Footage of the Building and the Rentable Square Footage of the Premises are correct and shall not be remeasured.
D. "Base Rent":
Annual Rate Monthly Period Per Square Foot Base Rent ------ --------------- --------- April 1, 2000 to March 31, 2001 $15.28 $1,293.71 |
E. "Tenant's Pro Rata Share" is equal to the Rentable Square Footage of the Premises divided by the Rentable Square Footage of the Building and currently equals .001506868%.
F. "Term": The period of 12 months starting on the Commencement Date.
G. "Commencement Date": April 1, 2000.
H. "Security Deposit": None.
I. "Guarantor(s)": None.
J. "Permitted Use": Office and related uses.
K. "Notice Addresses":
Tenant:
On or after the Commencement Date, notices shall be sent to Tenant at the Premises. Prior to the Commencement Date, notices shall be sent to Tenant at the following address:
1331 Lamar, Suite 900 Houston, Texas 77010 Attention: Vicki Arbuthnot Telephone: (713) 750-0033 Facsimile: (713) 756-6150 Landlord: With a copy to: Crescent Real Estate Equities Post Oak Central Limited Partnership 909 Fannin, Suite 100 2000 Post Oak Blvd., Suite 1950 Houston, Texas 77010 Houston, Texas 77056 Attention: Property Manager Attn: Director of Asset Management Telephone: (713) 655-5505 Houston Region Facsimile: (713) 652-2041 |
L. "Rent Address": Rent (defined in SECTION 4.A.) is payable to the order
of Crescent Real Estate Equities Limited Partnership at the following address:
P.O. Box 844785, Dallas, Texas 75284-4785 or by wire transfer to Bank of
America, Dallas, Texas, ABA# 111-0000-25, Account #163-076-7129.
M. "Business Day(s)" are Monday through Friday of each week, exclusive of New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the day after Thanksgiving and Christmas Day ("Holidays"). Landlord may designate additional Holidays, provided that the additional Holidays are commonly recognized by other office buildings in the area where the Building is located.
N. "Landlord Work" means the work, if any, that Landlord is obligated to perform in the Premises pursuant to a separate work letter agreement (the "Work Letter"), if any, attached as EXHIBIT D. If a Work Letter is not attached to this Lease or if an attached Work Letter does not require Landlord to perform any work, the occurrence of the Commencement Date shall not be conditioned upon the performance of work by Landlord and, accordingly, SECTION 3.B shall not be applicable to the determination of the Commencement Date.
O. "Law(s)" means all applicable statutes, codes, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations of any municipal or governmental entity, now or hereafter adopted, including but not limited to the Americans with Disabilities Act ("ADA") and all laws pertaining to the environment, including but not limited to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Sections 9601 et. seq. ("CERCLA").
P. "Normal Business Hours" for the Building are 7:30 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. on Business Days and 9:00 A.M. to 1:00 P.M. on Saturdays.
Q. "Property" means the Building and the parcel(s) of land on which it is located as more fully described on EXHIBIT A-2 together with all other buildings and improvements located thereon; and at Landlord's discretion, the Building garage and other improvements serving the Building, if any, and the parcel(s) of land on which they are located.
2. LEASE GRANT. Landlord leases the Premises to Tenant and Tenant leases the Premises from Landlord, together with the right in common with others to use any portions of the Property that are designated by Landlord for the common use of tenants and others, such as sidewalks, common corridors, elevator foyers, restrooms, vending areas and lobby areas (the "Common Areas").
3. TERM: ADJUSTMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE; POSSESSION.
A. TERM. The term of this Lease shall commence on the Effective Date and,
unless terminated early in accordance with this Lease, continue through the last
day of the Term specified in SECTION 1.F. (the "Expiration Date"). However, if
Landlord is required to Substantially Complete (defined in SECTION 3.B.) any
Landlord Work prior to the Commencement Date under the terms of a Work Letter:
(1) the date set forth in SECTION 1.G. as the "Commencement Date" shall instead
be defined as the "Target Commencement Date" by which date Landlord will
use reasonable efforts to Substantially Complete the Landlord Work; and (2) the actual "Commencement Date" shall be the date on which the Landlord Work is Substantially Complete, as determined pursuant to SECTION 3.B. In such circumstances, the Expiration Date will instead be postponed by the number of days between the Target Commencement Date and the actual Commencement Date. If Landlord is delayed in delivering possession of the Premises or any other space due to any reason, including Landlord's failure to Substantially Complete the Landlord Work by the Target Commencement Date, the holdover or unlawful possession of such space by any third party, or for any other reason, such delay shall not be a default by Landlord, render this Lease void or voidable, or otherwise render Landlord liable for damages. If Landlord is so delayed and was not required to Substantially Complete the Landlord Work before the Commencement Date, the Commencement Date shall be postponed until the date Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant free from occupancy by any third party, and the Expiration Date shall be postponed by an equal number of days. Promptly after the determination of the Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into a commencement letter agreement in the form attached as EXHIBIT C. If Tenant fails to execute such commencement letter agreement, the Commencement Date shall be deemed to be the date on which the Landlord Work is Substantially Complete or the date that Landlord delivered possession of the Premises to Tenant as set forth above. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease to the contrary, if the Expiration Date would occur on a date other than the last day of a calendar month, then the Expiration Date shall be automatically extended to the last day of such calendar month.
B. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. The Landlord Work shall be deemed to be "Substantially Complete" on the date that all Landlord Work has been performed, other than any details of construction, mechanical adjustment or any other similar matter, the noncompletion of which does not materially interfere with Tenant's use or occupancy of the Premises. However, if Landlord is delayed in the performance of the Landlord Work as a result of any Tenant Delay(s) (defined below), the Landlord Work shall be deemed to be Substantially Complete on the date that Landlord could reasonably have been expected to Substantially Complete the Landlord Work absent any Tenant Delay. "Tenant Delay" means any act or omission of Tenant or its agents, employees, vendors or contractors that actually delays the Substantial Completion of the Landlord Work, including, without limitation: (1) Tenant's failure to furnish information or approvals within any time period specified in this Lease, including the failure to prepare or approve preliminary or final plans by any applicable due date; (2) Tenant's selection of equipment or materials that have long lead times after first being informed by Landlord in writing that the selection may result in a delay; (3) changes requested or made by Tenant to previously approved plans and specifications; or (4) performance of work in the Premises by Tenant or Tenant's contractor(s) during the performance of the Landlord Work.
C. ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES. Subject to Landlord's obligation, if any, to perform Landlord Work, Landlord's repair obligations under SECTION 10.B., and any latent defects in the Premises or the Landlord Work of which Tenant notifies Landlord within one year of taking possession and occupancy of the Premises, the Premises are accepted by Tenant in "as is" condition and configuration. By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant agrees that the Premises are in good order and satisfactory condition, and that there are no representations or warranties by Landlord regarding the condition of the Premises or the Building.
D. POSSESSION OF PREMISES PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT DATE. Tenant shall not take
possession of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date except with the prior
written consent of Landlord. If Tenant takes possession of the Premises or
commences business activities at the Premises before the Commencement Date with
Landlord's permission, such possession and occupancy shall be subject to the
terms and conditions of this Lease and Tenant shall pay Rent (defined in SECTION
4.A.) to Landlord for each day of possession before the Commencement Date.
However, except for the cost of services requested by Tenant (e.g., freight
elevator usage), Tenant shall not be required to pay Rent for any days of
possession before the Commencement Date during which Tenant, with the written
consent of Landlord, is in possession of the Premises for the sole purpose of
performing improvements or installing furniture, equipment or other personal
property.
4. RENT.
A. PAYMENTS. As consideration for this Lease, commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Landlord, without any setoff or deduction, the total amount of Base Rent and Additional Rent due for the Term. "Additional Rent" means all sums (exclusive of Base Rent) that Tenant is required to pay Landlord. Additional Rent and Base Rent are sometimes collectively referred to as "Rent." Tenant shall pay and be liable for
all rental, sales and use taxes (but excluding income taxes), if any, imposed upon or measured by Rent under applicable Law. Base Rent and recurring monthly charges of Additional Rent shall be due and payable in advance on the first day of each calendar month without notice or demand, provided that the installment of Base Rent for the first full calendar month of the Term shall be payable upon the execution of this Lease by Tenant. All other items of Rent shall be due and payable by Tenant on or before 30 days after billing by Landlord. All payments of Rent shall be by good and sufficient check or by other means (such as automatic debit or electronic transfer) acceptable to Landlord. If the Term commences on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, the monthly Base Rent and the OE Payment (defined in SECTION 4.B.) for the month shall be prorated on a daily basis based on a 360 day calendar year. Landlord's acceptance of less than the correct amount of Rent shall be considered a payment on account of the earliest Rent due. No endorsement or statement on a check or letter accompanying a check or payment shall be considered an accord and satisfaction, and either party may accept such check or payment without such acceptance being considered a waiver of any rights such party may have under this Lease or applicable Law. Tenant's covenant to pay Rent is independent of every other covenant in this Lease.
B. OPERATING EXPENSES. Tenant shall pay Tenant's Pro Rata Share of the amount of Operating Expenses (defined in SECTION 4.D.) for each calendar year during the Term (the "OE Payment"). No later than January 1 of each calendar year, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a good faith estimate of the OE Payment for such calendar year during the Term. On or before the first day of each month, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a monthly installment equal to one-twelfth of Landlord's estimate of the OE Payment. If Landlord determines that its good faith estimate of the OE Payment was incorrect, Landlord may provide Tenant with a revised estimate. After its receipt of the revised estimate, Tenant's monthly payments shall be based upon the revised estimate. If Landlord does not provide Tenant with an estimate of the OE Payment by January 1 of a calendar year, Tenant shall continue to pay monthly installments based on the most recent estimate(s) until Landlord provides Tenant with the new estimate. Upon delivery of the new estimate, an adjustment shall be made for any month for which Tenant paid monthly installments based on the previous year's estimate(s). Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of any underpayment within 30 days after receipt of the new estimate. Any overpayment shall be refunded to Tenant within 30 days or credited against the next due future installment(s) of Additional Rent. The obligation of Tenant to pay the OE Payment as provided herein shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
C. RECONCILIATION OF OPERATING EXPENSES. Within 120 days after the end of each calendar year or as soon thereafter as is practicable, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with a statement of the actual Operating Expenses and the OE Payment for such calendar year. If the estimated OE Payment paid by Tenant for such calendar year is more than the actual OE Payment for such calendar year, Landlord shall apply any overpayment by Tenant against Rent due or next becoming due, provided if the Term expires before the determination of the overpayment, Landlord shall refund any overpayment to Tenant after first deducting the amount of Rent due. If the estimated OE Payment paid by Tenant for the prior calendar year is less than the actual OE Payment for such year, Tenant shall pay Landlord, within 30 days after its receipt of the statement of Operating Expenses and the OE Payment, any underpayment for the prior calendar year.
D. OPERATING EXPENSES DEFINED. "Operating Expenses" means all costs and expenses incurred or accrued in each calendar year in connection with the ownership, operation, maintenance, management, repair and protection of the Property which are directly attributable or reasonably allocable to the Building, including Landlord's personal property used in connection with the Property and including, but not limited to, all costs and expenditures relating to the following:
(1) Operation, maintenance, repair and replacements of any part of the Property, including the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, vertical transportation, fire prevention and warning and security systems; materials and supplies (such as light bulbs and ballasts); equipment and tools; floor, wall and window coverings; personal property; required or beneficial easements; and related service agreements and rental expenses.
(2) Administrative and management fees, including accounting, information and professional services (except for negotiations and disputes with specific tenants not affecting other parties); management office(s); and wages, salaries, benefits, reimbursable expenses and taxes (or allocations thereof) for full and part time personnel involved in operation, maintenance and management.
(3) Janitorial service; window cleaning; waste disposal; gas, water and sewer and other utility charges (including add-ons); and landscaping, including all applicable tools and supplies.
(4) Property, liability and other insurance coverages carried by Landlord, including deductibles and risk retention programs and an allocation of a portion of the cost of blanket insurance policies maintained by Landlord and/or its affiliates.
(5) Real estate taxes, assessments, business taxes, excises, association dues, fees, levies, charges and other taxes of every kind and nature whatsoever, general and special, extraordinary and ordinary, foreseen and unforeseen, including interest on installment payments, which may be levied or assessed against or arise in connection with ownership, use, occupancy, rental, operation or possession of the Property (including, without limitation, personal property taxes for property that is owned by Landlord and used in connection with the operation, maintenance and repair of the Property), or substituted, in whole or in part, for a tax previously in existence by any taxing authority, or assessed in lieu of a tax increase, or paid as rent under any ground lease. Real estate taxes do not include Landlord's income, franchise or estate taxes (except to the extent such excluded taxes are assessed in lieu of taxes included above).
(6) Compliance with Laws, including license, permit and inspection fees; and all expenses and fees, including attorneys' fees and court costs, incurred in negotiating or contesting real estate taxes or the validity and/or applicability of any governmental enactments which may affect Operating Expenses; provided Landlord shall credit against Operating Expenses any refunds received from such negotiations or contests to the extent originally included in Operating Expenses (less Landlord's costs).
(7) Security services, to the extent provided or contracted for by Landlord.
(8) Goods and services purchased from Landlord's subsidiaries and affiliates to the extent the cost of same is generally consistent with rates charged by unaffiliated third parties for similar goods and services (except no such limitation shall apply in emergencies).
(9) Depreciation (or amortization) of capital expenditures incurred: (A) to conform with Laws; (B) to provide or maintain building standards (other than building standard tenant improvements); or (C) with the intention of promoting safety or reducing or controlling increases in Operating Expenses, such as lighting retrofit and installation of energy management systems. Such expenditures shall be depreciated or amortized uniformly over a reasonable period of time determined by Landlord, together with interest on the undepreciated or unamortized balance at the Prime Rate (hereinafter defined) (as of the date incurred) plus 2%.
(10) Electrical services used in the operation, maintenance and use of the Property; sales, use, excise and other taxes assessed by governmental authorities on electrical services supplied to the Property, and other costs of providing electrical services to the Property.
E. EXCLUSIONS FROM OPERATING EXPENSES. Operating Expenses exclude the following expenditures:
(1) Leasing commissions, attorneys' fees and other expenses related to leasing tenant space and constructing improvements for the sole benefit of an individual tenant.
(2) Goods and services furnished to an individual tenant of the Building above building standard which are separately reimbursable directly to Landlord in addition to Operating Expenses.
(3) Repairs required because of casualty or condemnation damage to the extent of insurance or condemnation proceeds actually received by Landlord.
(4) Except as provided in SECTION 4.D(9), depreciation, amortization, interest payments on any
encumbrances on the Building and the cost of capital improvements or additions and replacements.
F. PRORATION OF OPERATING EXPENSES; ADJUSTMENTS. If Landlord incurs Operating Expenses for the Property together with one or more other buildings or properties, whether pursuant to a reciprocal easement agreement, common area agreement or otherwise, the shared costs and expenses shall be equitably prorated and apportioned by Landlord between the Property and the other buildings or properties. If the Building is not 100% occupied during any calendar year or if Landlord is not supplying services to 100% of the total Rentable Square Footage of the Building at any time during a calendar year, Operating Expenses shall be determined as if the Building had been 100% occupied and Landlord had been supplying services to 100% of the Rentable Square Footage of the Building during that calendar year. The extrapolation of Operating Expenses under this Section shall be performed by Landlord by adjusting the cost of those components of Operating Expenses that are impacted by changes in the occupancy of the Building.
G. AUDIT RIGHTS. Within 60 days (the "Audit Election Period") after Landlord furnishes its statement of actual Operating Expenses for any calendar year, Tenant may, at its expense during Landlord's normal business hours, elect to audit Landlord's Operating Expenses for such calendar year only, subject to the following conditions: (1) there is no uncured event of default under this Lease; (2) the audit shall be prepared by an independent certified public accounting firm of recognized national standing; (3) in no event shall any audit be performed by a firm retained on a "contingency fee" basis; (4) the audit shall commence within 30 days after Landlord makes Landlord's books and records available to Tenant's auditor and shall conclude within 60 days after commencement; (5) the audit shall be conducted where Landlord maintains its books and records and shall not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of Landlord's business; (6) Tenant and its accounting firm shall treat any audit in a confidential manner and shall each execute Landlord's confidentiality agreement for Landlord's benefit prior to commencing the audit; and (7) the accounting firm's audit report shall, at no charge to Landlord, be submitted in draft form for Landlord's review and comment before the final approved audit report is delivered to Landlord, and any reasonable comments by Landlord shall be incorporated into the final audit report. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right to conduct an audit if Landlord furnishes to Tenant an audit report for the calendar year in question prepared by an independent certified public accounting firm of recognized national standing (whether originally prepared for Landlord or another party). This paragraph shall not be construed to limit, suspend, or abate Tenant's obligation to pay Rent when due, including the OE Payment. Landlord shall credit any overpayment determined by the approved audit against the next sums due and owing by Tenant or, if no further Rent is due, refund such overpayment directly to Tenant. Likewise, Tenant shall pay Landlord any underpayment determined by the approved audit within 30 days of determination. The foregoing obligations shall survive the Expiration Date. If Tenant does not give written notice of its election to audit Landlord's Operating Expenses during the Audit Election Period, Landlord's Operating Expenses for the applicable calendar year shall be deemed approved for all purposes, and Tenant shall have no further right to review or contest the same.
5. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS: USE. The Premises shall be used only for the Permitted Use and for no other use whatsoever. Tenant shall not use or permit the use of the Premises for any purpose which is illegal, creates obnoxious odors (including but not limited to tobacco smoke), noises or vibrations, is dangerous to persons or property, could increase Landlord's insurance costs, or which, in Landlord's reasonable opinion, unreasonably disturbs any other tenants of the Building or interferes with the operation of the Building. Except as provided below, the following uses are expressly prohibited in the Premises: government offices or agencies; personnel agencies; collection agencies; credit unions; data processing, telemarketing or reservation centers; medical treatment and health care; restaurants and other retail; customer service offices of a public utility company; or any other purpose which would, in Landlord's reasonable opinion, impair the reputation or quality of the Building, overburden any of the Building systems, Common Areas or parking facilities (including but not limited to any use which would create a population density in the Premises which is in excess of the density which is standard for the Building), impair Landlord's efforts to lease space or otherwise interfere with the operation of the Property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following ancillary uses are permitted in the Premises only so long as they do not, in the aggregate, occupy more than 10% of the Rentable Square Footage of the Premises or any single floor (whichever is less): (A) the following services provided by Tenant exclusively to its employees: schools, training and other educational services; credit unions; and similar employee services; and (B) the following services directly and exclusively supporting Tenant's business telemarketing; reservations; storage; data processing; debt collection; and
similar support services. Tenant shall comply with all Laws, including the ADA, regarding the operation of rules business and the use, condition, configuration and occupancy of the Premises and the use of the Common Areas. Tenant, within 10 days after receipt, shall provide Landlord with copies of any notices Tenant receives regarding a violation or alleged violation of any Laws. Tenant shall comply with the rules and regulations of the Building attached as EXHIBIT B and such other reasonable rules and regulations (or modifications thereto) adopted by Landlord from time to time. Tenant shall also cause its agents, contractors, subcontractors, employees, customers, and subtenants to comply with all rules and regulations.
6. SECURITY DEPOSIT. The Security Deposit shall be delivered to Landlord upon the execution of this Lease by Tenant and shall be held by Landlord without liability for interest (unless required by Law) as security for the performance of Tenant's obligations. The Security Deposit is not an advance payment of Rent or a measure of Tenant's liability for damages. Landlord may, from time to time, without prejudice to any other remedy, use all or a portion of the Security Deposit to satisfy past due Rent or to cure any uncured default by Tenant. If Landlord uses the Security Deposit, Tenant shall on demand restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Landlord shall return any unapplied portion of the Security Deposit to Tenant within 30 days after the later to occur of: (A) the determination of the OE Payment for the final year of the Term; (B) the date Tenant surrenders possession of the Premises to Landlord in accordance with this Lease; or (C) the Expiration Date. If Landlord transfers its interest in the Premises, Landlord may assign the Security Deposit to the transferee and, following the assignment, Landlord shall have no further liability for the return of the Security Deposit. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its other accounts.
7. SERVICES TO BE FURNISHED BY LANDLORD.
A. STANDARD SERVICES. Landlord agrees to furnish Tenant with the following services during the Term:
(1) Water service for use in the lavatories on each floor on which the Premises are located.
(2) Heat and air conditioning in season during Normal Business Hours, at such temperatures and in such amounts as required by governmental authority or as Landlord determines are standard for the Building. Tenant, upon such advance notice as is reasonably required by Landlord, and subject to the capacity of the Building systems, may request HVAC service during hours other than Normal Business Hours. Tenant shall pay Landlord the standard charge for the additional service as determined by Landlord from time to time.
(3) Maintenance and repair of the Property as described in SECTION 10.B.
(4) Janitor service five days per week (excluding Holidays), as determined by Landlord. If Tenant's use, floor covering or other improvements require special services in excess of the standard services for the Building, Tenant shall pay the additional cost attributable to the special services.
(5) Elevator service, subject to proper authorization and Landlord's policies and procedures for use of the freight elevator(s) in the Building.
(6) Exterior window washing at such intervals as determined by Landlord.
(7) Electricity to the Premises for general office use, in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions in ARTICLE 8.
B. SERVICE INTERRUPTIONS. Landlord's failure to furnish, or any interruption or termination of, services due to the application of Laws, the failure of any equipment, the performance of repairs, improvements or alterations, or the occurrence of any other event or cause whether or not within the reasonable control of Landlord (a "Service Failure") shall not render Landlord liable to Tenant, constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant, give rise to an abatement of Rent, nor relieve Tenant from the obligation to fulfill any covenant or agreement. In no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage, including the theft of Tenant's Property (defined in
ARTICLE 15), arising out of or in connection with the failure of any security services, personnel or equipment.
C. THIRD PARTY SERVICES. If Tenant desires any service which Landlord has not specifically agreed to provide in this Lease, such as private security systems or telecommunications services serving the Premises, Tenant shall procure such service directly from a reputable third party service provider ("Provider") for Tenant's own account. Tenant shall require each Provider to comply with the Building's rules and regulations, all Laws, and Landlord's reasonable policies and practices for the Building. Tenant acknowledges Landlord's current policy that requires all Providers utilizing any area of the Building outside the Premises to be approved by Landlord and to enter into a written agreement acceptable to Landlord prior to gaining access to, or making any installations in or through, such area. Accordingly, Tenant shall give Landlord advance written notice sufficient for such purposes.
8. USE OF ELECTRICAL SERVICES BY TENANT.
A. LANDLORD'S ELECTRICAL SERVICE. Landlord shall furnish building standard electrical service to the Premises sufficient to operate customary lighting, office machines and other equipment of similar low electrical consumption. Landlord may, at any time and from time to time, calculate Tenant's actual electrical consumption in the Premises either by a survey conducted by a reputable consultant selected by Landlord, or through separate meters installed, maintained and read by Landlord, all at Tenant's expense. The cost of any electrical consumption in excess of that which Landlord determines is standard for the Building shall be paid by Tenant in accordance with SECTION 8.D.
B. SELECTION OF ELECTRICAL SERVICE PROVIDER. Landlord reserves the right to select the provider of electrical services to the Building and/or the Property. To the fullest extent permitted by Law, Landlord shall have the continuing right, upon 30 days written notice, to change such utility provider and install a submeter for the Premises at Tenant's expense. All charges and expenses incurred by Landlord due to any such changes in electrical services, including maintenance, repairs, installation and related costs, shall be included in the electrical services costs referenced in SECTION 4.D(10), unless paid directly by Tenant.
C. SUBMETERING. If submetering is installed for the Premises, Landlord may
charge for Tenant's actual electrical consumption monthly in arrears at
commercially reasonable rates determined by Landlord (plus, to the fullest
extent permitted by applicable Laws, Landlord's then quoted administrative fee
for such submetering), except as to electricity directly purchased by Tenant
from third party providers after obtaining Landlord's consent to the same. Even
if the Premises are submetered, Tenant shall remain obligated to pay Tenant's
Pro Rata Share of the cost of electrical services as provided in SECTION
4.D(10), except that Tenant shall be entitled to a credit against electrical
services costs equal to that portion of the amounts actually paid by Tenant
separately and directly to Landlord which are attributable to building standard
electrical services submetered to the Premises.
D. EXCESS ELECTRICAL SERVICE. Tenant's use of electrical service shall not exceed, either in voltage, rated capacity, use beyond Normal Business Hours or overall load, that which Landlord deems to be standard for the Building. If Tenant requests permission to consume excess electrical service, Landlord may refuse to consent or may condition consent upon conditions that Landlord reasonably elects (including, without limitation, the installation of utility service upgrades, meters, submeters, air handlers or cooling units). The costs of any approved additional consumption (to the extent permitted by Law), installation and maintenance shall be paid by Tenant.
9. LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS. All improvements to the Premises (collectively, "Leasehold Improvements") shall be owned by Landlord and shall remain upon the Premises without compensation to Tenant. However, Landlord, by 10 days' written notice to Tenant, may require Tenant to remove, at Tenant's expense, any or all of the following on or before the Expiration Date (or earlier termination): (1) Cable (defined in SECTION 10.A.) installed by or for the benefit of Tenant and located in the Premises or other portions of the Building; (2) any Leasehold Improvements that are performed by or for the benefit of Tenant and, in Landlord's reasonable judgment, are of a nature that would require removal and repair costs that are materially in excess of the removal and repair costs associated with standard office improvements; and (3) Tenant's personal property (collectively, "Tenant's Removable Property"). Except as otherwise designated by Landlord, Tenant's Removable Property shall be removed by Tenant before the Expiration Date or date of termination of this Lease, if earlier than the Expiration Date, provided that upon Landlord's prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, Tenant may remain in the Premises for up to five days after the Expiration Date for the sole purpose of removing Tenant's
Removable Property. Tenant's possession of the Premises for such purpose shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, including the obligation to pay Rent on a per diem basis at the rate in effect for the last month of the Term. Tenant shall repair damage caused by the installation or removal of Tenant's Removable Property. If Tenant fails to remove any of Tenant's Removable Property, Landlord may, to the fullest extent permitted by Law: (1) treat such Tenant's Removable Property as abandoned by Tenant with full rights of ownership in Landlord; (2) remove and store such Tenant's Removable Property at Tenant's expense with reimbursement by Tenant to Landlord upon demand; and/or (3) sell or dispose of such Tenant's Removable Property without delivering any proceeds to Tenant. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, any unused portion of Tenant's Security Deposit may be applied to offset Landlord's costs set forth in the preceding sentence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant, at the time it requests approval for a proposed Alteration (defined in SECTION 10.C.), may request in writing that Landlord advise Tenant whether the Alteration or any portion of the Alteration will be designated as Tenant's Removable Property.
10. REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS.
A. TENANT'S REPAIR OBLIGATIONS. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly perform all maintenance and repairs to the Premises that are not Landlord's express responsibility under this Lease, and shall keep the Premises in good condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Tenant's repair obligations include, without limitation, repairs to: (1) floor covering and/or raised flooring; (2) interior partitions; (3) doors; (4) the interior side of demising walls; (5) electronic, phone and data cabling and related equipment (collectively, "Cable") that is installed by or for the benefit of Tenant and located in the Premises or other portions of the Building; (6) supplemental air conditioning units, private showers and kitchens, including hot water heaters, plumbing, dishwashers, ice machines and similar facilities serving Tenant exclusively; (7) phone rooms used exclusively by Tenant; (8) Alterations performed by contractors retained by Tenant, including related HVAC balancing; and (9) all of Tenant's furnishings, trade fixtures, equipment and inventory. All work shall be performed in accordance with the rules and procedures described in SECTION 10.C. below. If Tenant fails to make any repairs to the Premises for more than 15 days after notice from Landlord (although notice shall not be required if there is an emergency and any notice of default given pursuant to SECTION 19.B. describing such failure shall be deemed to constitute such notice), Landlord may make the repairs, and Tenant shall pay the reasonable cost of the repairs to Landlord within 30 days after receipt of an invoice, together with an administrative charge in an amount equal to 15% of the cost of the repairs.
B. LANDLORD'S REPAIR OBLIGATIONS. Landlord shall keep and maintain in good repair and working order and make repairs to and perform maintenance upon: (1) structural elements of the Building; (2) standard mechanical (including HVAC), electrical, plumbing and fire/life safety systems serving the Building generally; (3) Common Areas; (4) the roof of the Building; (5) exterior windows of the Building; and (6) elevators serving the Building. Landlord shall promptly make repairs (considering the nature and urgency of the repair) for which Landlord is responsible. If any of the foregoing maintenance or repair is necessitated due to the acts or omissions of any Tenant Party, Tenant shall pay the costs of such repairs or maintenance to Landlord within 30 days after receipt of an invoice, together with an administrative charge in an amount equal to 15% of the cost of the repairs.
C. ALTERATIONS. Tenant shall not make alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises or install any Cable in the Premises or other portions of the Building (collectively, "Alterations") without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord in each instance, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. However, Landlord's consent shall not be required for any Alteration that satisfies all of the following criteria (a "Minor Alteration"): (1) is of a cosmetic nature such as painting, wallpapering, hanging pictures and installing carpeting; (2) is not visible from outside the Premises or Building; (3) will not affect the systems or structure of the Building; and (4) does not require work to be performed inside the walls or above the ceiling of the Premises. However, even though consent is not required, the performance of Minor Alterations shall be subject to all the other provisions of SECTION 10.C. Prior to starting work on any non-Minor Alteration, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with plans and specifications reasonably acceptable to Landlord; names of contractors reasonably acceptable to Landlord (provided that Landlord may designate specific contractors with respect to Building systems); copies of contracts; necessary permits and approvals; evidence of contractor's and subcontractor's insurance in amounts reasonably required by Landlord; and any security for performance that is reasonably required by Landlord. Changes to the plans and specifications must also be submitted to Landlord for its approval. Alterations shall be constructed in a good and workmanlike manner using materials of a quality that is at least equal
to the quality designated by Landlord as the minimum standard for the Building. Landlord may designate reasonable rules, regulations and procedures for the performance of work in the Building and, to the extent reasonably necessary to avoid disruption to the occupants of the Building, shall have the right to designate the time when Alterations may be performed. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within 30 days after receipt of an invoice for sums paid by Landlord for third party examination of Tenant's plans for Alterations. In addition, within 30 days after receipt of an invoice from Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord its then-quoted standard fee for Landlord's oversight and coordination of any Alterations. Upon completion, Tenant shall furnish "as-built" plans (except for Minor Alterations), completion affidavits, full and final waivers of lien and receipts bills covering all labor and materials. Tenant shall assure that the Alterations comply with all insurance requirements and Laws. Landlord's approval of an Alteration shall not be a representation by Landlord that the Alteration complies with applicable Laws or will be adequate for Tenant's use. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is not an architect or engineer, and that the Alterations will be designed and/or constructed using independent architects, engineers and contractors selected by Landlord. Accordingly, Landlord does not guarantee or warrant that the applicable construction documents will comply with Laws or be free from errors or omissions, nor that the Alterations will be free from defects, and Landlord will have no liability therefor.
11. ENTRY BY LANDLORD. Landlord, its agents, contractors and representatives may enter the Premises to inspect or show the Premises, to clean and make repairs, alterations or additions to the Premises, and to conduct or facilitate repairs, alterations or additions to any portion of the Building, including other tenants' premises. Except in emergencies or to provide janitorial and other Building services after Normal Business Hours Landlord shall provide Tenant with reasonable prior notice of entry into the Premises, which may be given orally. If reasonably necessary for the protection and safety of Tenant and its employees, Landlord shall have the right to temporarily close all or a portion of the Premises to perform repairs, alterations and additions. However, except in emergencies, Landlord will not close the Premises if the work can reasonably be completed on weekends and after Normal Business Hours; provided, however, that Landlord is not required to conduct work on weekends or after Normal Business Hours if such work can be conducted without closing the Premises. Entry by Landlord for any such purposes shall not constitute constructive eviction or entitle Tenant to an abatement or reduction of Rent.
12. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.
A. LANDLORD'S CONSENT REQUIRED. Except in connection with a Permitted
Transfer (defined in SECTION 12.E.), Tenant shall not assign, transfer or
encumber any interest in this Lease or sublease or allow any third party to use
any portion of the Premises (collectively or individually, a "Transfer") without
the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld if Landlord does not elect to exercise its termination rights under
SECTION 12.B below. Without limitation, Tenant agrees that Landlord's consent
shall not be considered unreasonably withheld if: (1) the proposed transferee's
financial condition does not meet the criteria Landlord uses to select Building
tenants having similar leasehold obligations; (2) the proposed transferee is a
governmental agency or present occupant of the Building, or Landlord is
otherwise engaged in lease negotiations with the proposed transferee for other
premises in the Building; (3) any uncured event of default exists under this
Lease (or a condition exists which, with the passage of time or giving of
notice, would become an event of default); (4) any portion of the Building or
Premises would likely become subject to additional or different Laws as a
consequence of the proposed Transfer; (5) the proposed transferee's use of the
Premises conflicts with the Permitted Use or any exclusive usage rights granted
to any other tenant in the Building; (6) the use, nature, business, activities
or reputation in the business community of the proposed transferee (or its
principals, employees or invitees) are not acceptable to Landlord; (7) either
the Transfer or any consideration payable to Landlord in connection therewith
adversely affects the real estate investment trust (or pension fund or other
ownership vehicle) qualification tests applicable to Landlord or its affiliates;
or (8) the proposed transferee is or has been involved in litigation with
Landlord or any of its affiliates. Tenant shall not be entitled to receive
monetary damages based upon a claim that Landlord unreasonably withheld its
consent to a proposed Transfer and Tenant's sole remedy shall be an action to
enforce any such provision through specific performance or declaratory judgment.
Any attempted Transfer in violation of this Article is voidable at Landlord's
option. Consent by Landlord to one or more Transfer(s) shall not operate as a
waiver of Landlord's rights to approve any subsequent Transfers. In no event
shall any Transfer or Permitted Transfer release or relieve Tenant from any
obligation under this Lease.
B. CONSENT PROCEDURE: TERMINATION. As part of its request for Landlord's consent to a Transfer, Tenant shall provide Landlord with financial statements for the proposed transferee, a complete copy of the
proposed assignment, sublease and other contractual documents and such other information as Landlord may reasonably request. Landlord shall, by written notice to Tenant within 30 days of its receipt of the required information and documentation, either: (1) consent to the Transfer by the execution of a consent agreement in a form reasonably designated by Landlord or reasonably refuse to consent to the Transfer in writing; or (2) exercise its right to terminate this Lease with respect to the portion of the Premises that Tenant is proposing to assign or sublet. Any such termination shall be effective on the proposed effective date of the Transfer for which Tenant requested consent. Tenant shall pay Landlord a review fee of $750 for Landlord's review of any Permitted Transfer or requested Transfer, provided if Landlord's actual reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees) exceed $750, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for its actual reasonable costs and expenses in lieu of a fixed review fee.
C. PAYMENT TO LANDLORD. If the aggregate consideration paid to Tenant for a Transfer exceeds that payable by Tenant under this Lease (prorated according to the transferred interest), Tenant shall pay Landlord 50% of such excess (after deducting therefrom reasonable leasing commissions and reasonable costs of tenant improvements in connection with the Transfer). Tenant shall pay Landlord for Landlord's share of any excess within 30 days after Tenant's receipt of such excess consideration. If Tenant is in Monetary Default (defined in SECTION 19.A.), Landlord may require that all sublease payments be made directly to Landlord, in which case Tenant shall receive a credit against Rent in the amount of any payments received (less Landlord's share of any excess).
D. CHANGE IN CONTROL OF TENANT. Except for a Permitted Transfer, if Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, and if the entity which owns or controls a majority of the voting shares/rights at any time changes for any reason (including but not limited to a merger, consolidation or reorganization), such change of ownership or control shall constitute a Transfer. The foregoing shall not apply so long as, both before and after the Transfer, Tenant is an entity whose outstanding stock is listed on a recognized security exchange, or if at least 80% of its voting stock is owned by another entity, the voting stock of which is so listed; provided, however, that Tenant shall give Landlord written notice at least 30 days prior to the effective date of such change in ownership or control.
E. NO CONSENT REQUIRED. Tenant may assign its entire interest under this Lease to a successor to Tenant by purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization without the consent of Landlord, provided that all of the following conditions are satisfied (a "Permitted Transfer"): (l) no event of default shall have occurred under this Lease; (2) Tenant's successor shall own all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant; (3) Tenant's successor shall have a net worth which is at least equal to the greater of Tenant's net worth at the date of this Lease or Tenant's net worth as of the day prior to the proposed purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization; (4) no portion of the Building or Premises would likely become subject to additional or different Laws as a consequence of the proposed Transfer; (5) Tenant's successor's use of the Premises shall not conflict with the Permitted Use or any exclusive usage rights granted to any other tenant in the Building; (6) neither the Transfer nor any consideration payable to Landlord in connection therewith adversely affects the real estate investment trust (or pension fund or other ownership vehicle) qualification tests applicable to Landlord or its affiliates; (7) Tenant's successor is not and has not been involved in litigation with Landlord or any of its affiliates; and (8) Tenant shall give Landlord written notice at least 30 days prior to the effective date of the proposed purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization. Tenant's notice to Landlord shall include information and documentation showing that each of the above conditions has been satisfied. If requested by Landlord, Tenant's successor shall sign a commercially reasonable form of assumption agreement.
13. LIENS. Tenant shall not permit mechanic's or other liens to be placed upon the Property, Premises or Tenant's leasehold interest in connection with any work or service done or purportedly done by or for the benefit of Tenant. If a lien is so placed, Tenant shall, within 10 days of notice from Landlord of the filing of the lien, fully discharge the lien by settling the claim which resulted in the lien or by bonding or insuring over the lien in the manner prescribed by the applicable lien Law. If Tenant fails to discharge the lien, then, in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord, Landlord may bond or insure over the lien or otherwise discharge the lien. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any amount paid by Landlord to bond or insure over the lien or discharge the lien, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees within 30 days after receipt of an invoice from Landlord.
14. INDEMNITY AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS.
A. TENANT'S INDEMNITY. Except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of any Landlord Parties (defined below), Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord, its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, Mortgagee(s) (defined in ARTICLE 26) and agents (collectively, "Landlord Parties") harmless against and from all liabilities, obligations, damages penalties, claims, actions, costs, charges and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and other professional fees, which may be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against any Landlord Parties that arise out of or in connection with any damage or injury occurring in the Premises or any acts or omissions (including violations of Law) of any Tenant Parties (defined below) or any of Tenant's transferees, contractors or licensees. The foregoing indemnities, waivers and obligations to defend of Tenant contained in this ARTICLE 14 are independent of, and will not be limited by each other or any insurance obligations in this Lease (whether or not complied with).
B. LANDLORD'S INDEMNITY. Except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of any Tenant Parties (defined below), Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant, its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees and agents (collectively, "Tenant Parties") harmless against and from all liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties, claims, actions, costs, charges and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and other professional fees, which may be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against any Tenant Parties that arise out of or in connection with the acts or omissions (including violations of Law) of any Landlord Parties or any of Landlord's contractors.
15. INSURANCE. Tenant shall carry and maintain the following insurance ("Tenant's Insurance"), at its sole cost and expense: (1) Commercial General Liability Insurance applicable to the Premises and its appurtenances providing, on an occurrence basis, a minimum combined single limit of $5,000,000.00 (coverage in excess of $1,000,000.00 may be provided by way of an umbrella/excess liability policy); (2) All Risk Property insurance, including flood and earthquake, subject to a replacement cost valuation policy covering all of Tenant's trade fixtures, equipment, furniture and other personal property within the Premises ("Tenant's Property"); (3) Business Interruption insurance written on an actual loss sustained form or subject to sufficient limits to address reasonably anticipated business interruption losses; (4) Business Automobile Liability insurance to cover all owned, hired and nonowned automobiles owned or operated by Tenant providing a minimum combined single limit of $1,000,000.00; (5) Workers' Compensation Insurance as required by the state in which the Premises is located and in amounts as may be required by applicable statute; and (6) Employers Liability Coverage of at least $500,000.00 per occurrence. Any company writing any of Tenant's Insurance shall have an A.M. Best rating of not less than A-VIII. All Commercial General Liability and Business Automobile Liability Insurance policies shall name Tenant as a named insured and Landlord (or any successor), Landlord's Mortgagee (if any), and their respective members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, and agents, and other designees of Landlord as the interest of such designees shall appear, as additional insureds. If any aggregate limit is reduced because of losses paid to below 75% of the limit required by this Lease, Tenant will notify Landlord in writing within 10 days of the date of reduction. All policies of Tenant's Insurance shall contain endorsements that the insurer(s) shall give Landlord and its designees at least 30 days' advance written notice of any change, cancellation, termination or lapse of insurance. Tenant shall provide Landlord with a certificate of insurance evidencing Tenant's Insurance prior to the earlier to occur of the Commencement Date or the date Tenant is provided with possession of the Premises for any reason, and upon renewals at least 10 days prior to the expiration of the insurance coverage. All of Tenant's Insurance policies, endorsements and certificates will be on forms and with deductibles and self-insured retention, if any, reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Landlord shall maintain All Risk property insurance on the Building at replacement cost value, as reasonably estimated by Landlord. Except as specifically provided to the contrary, the limits of either party's insurance shall not limit such party's liability under this Lease.
16. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant each waive, and shall cause their respective insurance carriers to waive any and all rights (by way of subrogation or otherwise) of recovery, claim, action or causes of action against the other and their respective trustees, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, agents, and employees, for any loss or damage that may occur to Landlord or Tenant or any party claiming by, through or under Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, with respect to Tenant's Property, the Building, the Premises, any additions or improvements to the Building or Premises, or any contents thereof, INCLUDING ALL RIGHTS (BY WAY OF SUBROGATION OR OTHERWISE) OF RECOVERY, CLAIMS, ACTIONS OR CAUSES OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF THE NEGLIGENCE OF ANY LANDLORD PARTIES OR THE NEGLIGENCE OF ANY TENANT PARTIES, which loss or damage is (or would have been, had the insurance required by this Lease been carried) covered by insurance.
17. CASUALTY DAMAGE.
A. REPAIR OR TERMINATION BY LANDLORD. If all or any part of the Premises is damaged by fire or other casualty, Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord in writing. During any period of time that all or a material portion of the Premises is rendered untenantable as a result of a fire or other casualty, the Rent shall abate for the portion of the Premises that is untenantable and not used by Tenant. Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease if: (1) the Building shall be damaged so that, in Landlord's reasonable judgment, substantial alteration or reconstruction of the Building shall be required (whether or not the Premises has been damaged); (2) Landlord is not permitted by Law to rebuild the Building in substantially the same form as existed before the fire or casualty; (3) the Premises have been materially damaged and there is less than 2 years of the Term remaining on the date of the casualty; (4) any Mortgagee requires that the insurance proceeds be applied to the payment of the mortgage debt; or (5) an uninsured loss of the Building occurs. Landlord may exercise its right to terminate this Lease by notifying Tenant in writing within 90 days after the date of the casualty. If Landlord does not terminate this Lease, Landlord shall commence and proceed with reasonable diligence to repair and restore the Building and/or the Premises to substantially the same condition as existed immediately prior to the date of damage; provided, however, that Landlord shall only be required to reconstruct building standard leasehold improvements existing in the Premises as of the date of damage, and Tenant shall be required to pay the cost for restoring any other leasehold improvements. However, in no event shall Landlord be required to spend more than the insurance proceeds received by Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable for any loss or damage to Tenant's Property or to the business of Tenant resulting in any way from the fire or other casualty or from the repair and restoration of the damage. Landlord and Tenant hereby waive the provisions of any Law relating to the matters addressed in this Article, and agree that their respective rights for damage to or destruction of the Premises shall be those specifically provided in this Lease.
B. TIMING FOR REPAIR: TERMINATION BY EITHER PARTY. If all or any portion of the Premises is untenantable as a result of fire or other casualty, Landlord shall, with reasonable promptness, cause an architect or general contractor selected by Landlord to provide Landlord and Tenant with a written estimate of the amount of time required to substantially complete the repair and restoration of the Premises and make the Premises tenantable again, using standard working methods ("Completion Estimate"). If the Completion Estimate indicates that the Premises cannot be made tenantable within 270 days from the date the repair and restoration is started, then regardless of anything in SECTION 17.A. above to the contrary, either party shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to the other of such election within 10 days after receipt of the Completion Estimate. Tenant, however, shall not have the right to terminate this Lease if the fire or casualty was caused by the negligence or intentional misconduct of any Tenant Parties or any of Tenant's transferees, contractors or licensees.
18. CONDEMNATION. Either party may terminate this Lease if the whole or any material part of the Premises is taken or condemned for any public or quasi-public use under Law, by eminent domain or private purchase in lieu thereof (a "Taking"). Landlord shall also have the right to terminate this Lease if there is a Taking of any portion of the Building or Property which would leave the remainder of the Building unsuitable for use as an office building in a manner comparable to the Building's use prior to the Taking. In order to exercise its right to terminate this Lease, Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, must provide written notice of termination to the other within 45 days after the terminating party first receives notice of the Taking. Any such termination shall be effective as of the date the physical taking of the Premises or the portion of the Building or Property occurs. If this Lease is not terminated, the Rentable Square Footage of the Building, the Rentable Square Footage of the Premises and Tenant's Pro Rata Share shall, if applicable, be appropriately adjusted by Landlord. In addition, Rent for any portion of the Premises taken or condemned shall be abated during the unexpired Term effective when the physical taking of the portion of the Premises occurs. All compensation awarded for a Taking, or sale proceeds, shall be the property of Landlord, any right to receive compensation or proceeds being expressly waived by Tenant. However, Tenant may file a separate claim at its sole cost and expense for Tenant's Property and Tenant's reasonable relocation expenses, provided the filing of the claim does not diminish the award which would otherwise be receivable by Landlord.
19. EVENTS OF DEFAULT. Tenant shall be considered to be in default of this Lease upon the occurrence of any of the following events of default:
A. Tenant's failure to pay when due all or any portion of the Rent ("Monetary Default").
B. Tenant's failure (other than a Monetary Default) to comply with any term, provision or covenant of this Lease, if the failure is not cured within 10 days after written notice to Tenant. However, if Tenant's failure to comply cannot reasonably be cured within 10 days, Tenant shall be allowed additional time (not to exceed an additional 10 days) as is reasonably necessary to cure the failure so long as: (1) Tenant commences to cure the failure within 10 days, and (2) Tenant diligently pursues a course of action that will cure the failure and bring Tenant back into compliance with this Lease. However, if Tenant's failure to comply creates a hazardous condition, the failure must be cured immediately upon notice to Tenant. In addition, if Landlord provides Tenant with notice of Tenant's failure to comply with any particular term, provision or covenant of this Lease on more than two (2) occasions during any 12 month period, Tenant's subsequent violation of the same term, provision or covenant shall, at Landlord's option, be an incurable event of default by Tenant.
C. Tenant or any Guarantor becomes insolvent, files a petition for protection under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (or similar law) or a petition is filed against Tenant or any Guarantor under such laws and is not dismissed within 45 days after the date of such filing, makes a transfer in fraud of creditors or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts when due.
D. The leasehold estate is taken by process or operation of Law.
E. In the case of any ground floor or retail tenant, Tenant does not take possession of, or abandons or vacates all or any portion of the Premises.
F. Tenant is in default beyond any notice and cure period under any other lease or agreement with Landlord, including, without limitation, any lease or agreement for parking.
20. REMEDIES.
A. LANDLORD'S REMEDIES. Upon any default, Landlord shall have the right without notice or demand (except as provided in ARTICLE 19) to pursue any of its rights and remedies at Law or in equity, including any one or more of the following remedies:
(1) Terminate this Lease, in which case Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises, Landlord may, in compliance with applicable Law and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel and remove Tenant, Tenant's Property and any parties occupying all or any part of the Premises. Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand the amount of all past due Rent and other losses and damages which Landlord may suffer as a result of Tenant's default, whether by Landlord's inability to relet the Premises on satisfactory terms or otherwise, including, without limitation, all Costs of Reletting (defined below) and any deficiency that may arise from reletting or the failure to relet the Premises. "Costs of Reletting" shall include commercially reasonable costs, losses and expenses incurred by Landlord in reletting all or any portion of the Premises, including the cost of removing and storing Tenant's furniture, trade fixtures, equipment, inventory or other property, repairing and/or demolishing the Premises, removing and/or replacing Tenant's signage and other fixtures, making the Premises ready for a new tenant, including the cost of advertising, commissions, architectural fees, legal fees and leasehold improvements (even if amortized over a new lease term which exceeds the balance of the Term), and any allowances and/or concessions provided by Landlord.
(2) Terminate Tenant's right to possession of the Premises and change the locks, without judicial process, and, in compliance with applicable Law, expel and remove Tenant, Tenant's Property and any parties occupying all or any part of the Premises. If Landlord terminates Tenant's possession of the Premises under this SECTION 20.A(2), Landlord shall have no obligation to post any notice and Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to tender to Tenant a key for new locks installed in the Premises. Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) relet all or any part of the Premises, without notice to Tenant, for a term that may be greater or less than the balance of the Term and on such conditions (which may include concessions, free rent and alterations of the Premises) and for such uses as Landlord in its absolute discretion shall determine. Landlord may collect and
receive all rents and other income from the reletting. Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand all past due Rent, all Costs of Reletting and any deficiency arising from the reletting or failure to relet the Premises. Landlord shall not be responsible or liable for the failure to relet all or any part of the Premises or for the failure to collect any Rent. The re-entry or taking of possession of the Premises shall not be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of termination is given to Tenant.
(3) Cure such event of default for Tenant at Tenant's expense (plus a 15% administrative fee).
(4) Withhold or suspend payment of sums Landlord would otherwise be obligated to pay to tenant under this Lease or any other agreement.
(5) Require all future payments to be made by cashier's check, money order or wire transfer after the first time any check is returned for insufficient funds, or the second time any sum due hereunder is more than five (5) days late.
(6) In lieu of calculating damages under SECTIONS 20.A(1) or 20.A(2) above, Landlord may elect to receive as damages the sum of (a) all Rent accrued through the date of termination of this Lease or Tenant's right to possession, and (b) an amount equal to the total Rent that Tenant would have been required to pay for the remainder of the Term discounted to present value at the Prime Rate (defined in SECTION 20.B.) then in effect, minus the then present fair rental value of the Premises for the remainder of the Term, similarly discounted, after deducting all anticipated Costs of Reletting.
B. TENANT NOT RELIEVED FROM LIABILITIES. Unless expressly provided in this Lease, the repossession or re-entering of all or any part of the Premises shall not relieve Tenant of its liabilities and obligations under this Lease. No right or remedy of Landlord shall be exclusive of any other right or remedy. Each right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any other right and remedy now or subsequently available to Landlord at Law or in equity. If Landlord declares Tenant to be in default, Landlord shall be entitled to receive interest on any unpaid item of Rent at a rate equal to the lesser of 18% per annum or the highest rate permitted by Law. In addition, if Tenant fails to pay any item or installment of Rent when due, Tenant shall pay Landlord an administrative fee equal to 5% of the past due Rent, provided that Tenant shall be entitled to a grace period of 5 days for the first 2 late payments of Rent in a given calendar year. For purposes hereof, the "Prime Rate" shall be the per annum interest rate publicly announced as its prime or base rate by a federally insured bank selected by Landlord in the state in which the Building is located. Forbearance by Landlord to enforce one or more remedies shall not constitute a waiver of any default.
C. MITIGATION OF DAMAGES. Upon termination of Tenant's right to possess the Premises, Landlord shall, to the extent required by Law (and no further), use objectively reasonable efforts to mitigate damages by reletting the Premises. Landlord shall not be deemed to have failed to do so if Landlord refuses to lease the Premises to a prospective new tenant with respect to whom Landlord would be entitled to withhold its consent pursuant to SECTION 12.A., or who (1) is an affiliate, parent or subsidiary of Tenant; (2) is not acceptable to any Mortgagee of Landlord; (3) requires improvements to the Premises to be made at Landlord's expense; or (4) is unwilling to accept lease terms then proposed by Landlord, including: (a) leasing for a shorter or longer term than remains under this Lease; (b) re-configuring or combining the Premises with other space, (c) taking all or only a part of the Premises; and/or (d) changing the use of the Premises. Notwithstanding Landlord's duty to mitigate its damages as provided herein, Landlord shall not be obligated to give any priority to reletting Tenant's space in connection with its leasing of space in the Building.
D. LANDLORD'S LIEN. To secure Tenant's obligations under this Lease, Tenant grants Landlord a contractual security interest on all of Tenant's furniture, fixtures and equipment now or hereafter situated in the Premises and all proceeds therefrom, including insurance proceeds (collectively, "Collateral"). No Collateral shall be removed from the Premises without Landlord's prior written consent until all of Tenant's obligations are fully satisfied (except in the ordinary course of business and then only if replaced with items of same value and quality). Upon any event of default, Landlord may, to the fullest extent permitted by Law and in addition to any other remedies provided herein, enter upon the Premises and take possession of any Collateral without being held liable
for trespass or conversion, and sell the same at public or private sale, after giving Tenant at least 5 days' written notice (or more if required by Law) of the time and place of such sale. Such notice may be sent with or without return receipt requested. Unless prohibited by Law, any Landlord Party may purchase any Collateral at such sale. The proceeds from such sale, less Landlord's expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and other expenses, shall be credited against Tenant's obligations. Any surplus shall be paid to Tenant (or as otherwise required by Law) and any deficiency shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand. Upon request, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a financing statement sufficient to perfect the foregoing security interest or Landlord may file a copy of this Lease as a financing statement, as permitted under Law.
21. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED IN THIS LEASE, THE LIABILITY OF LANDLORD (AND OF ANY SUCCESSOR LANDLORD) TO TENANT SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE INTEREST OF LANDLORD IN THE PROPERTY. TENANT SHALL LOOK SOLELY TO LANDLORD'S INTEREST IN THE PROPERTY FOR THE RECOVERY OF ANY JUDGMENT OR AWARD AGAINST LANDLORD. No LANDLORD PARTY SHALL BE PERSONALLY LIABLE FOR ANY JUDGMENT OR DEFICIENCY. BEFORE FILING SUIT FOR AN ALLEGED DEFAULT BY LANDLORD, TENANT SHALL GIVE LANDLORD AND THE MORTGAGEE(S) (DEFINED IN ARTICLE 26) WHOM TENANT HAS BEEN NOTIFIED HOLD MORTGAGES (DEFINED IN ARTICLE 26) ON THE PROPERTY, BUILDING OR PREMISES, NOTICE AND REASONABLE TIME TO CURE THE ALLEGED DEFAULT. TENANT HEREBY WAIVES ALL CLAIMS AGAINST ALL LANDLORD PARTIES FOR CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES ALLEGEDLY SUFFERED BY ANY TENANT PARTIES, INCLUDING LOST PROFITS AND BUSINESS INTERRUPTION.
22. NO WAIVER. Either party's failure to declare a default immediately upon its occurrence, or delay in taking action for a default shall not constitute a waiver of the default, nor shall it constitute an estoppel. Either party's failure to enforce its rights for a default shall not constitute a waiver of its rights regarding any subsequent default. Receipt by Landlord of Tenant's keys to the Premises shall not constitute an acceptance or surrender of the Premises.
23. TENANT'S RIGHT TO POSSESSION. Tenant shall, and may peacefully have, hold and enjoy the Premises without hindrance from Landlord or any person lawfully claiming through Landlord, subject to the terms of this Lease, provided Tenant pays the Rent and fully performs all of its covenants and agreements. This covenant and all other covenants of Landlord shall be binding upon Landlord and its successors only during its or their respective periods of ownership of the Building, and shall not be a personal covenant of any Landlord Parties.
24. RELOCATION. Landlord may, upon 60 days' notice to Tenant, relocate the Premises to any other premises within the Building ("Relocated Premises") on a date of relocation (the "Relocation Date") specified therein. The Relocated Premises shall in all respects be substantially the same or better, as reasonably determined by Landlord, in area, finish, and appropriateness for the Permitted Use. In such event, all reasonable expenses of moving Tenant and decorating the Relocated Premises with substantially the same leasehold improvements shall be at the expense of Landlord, including the physical move, telephone installation and other costs set forth below. All moving costs (including the cost to relocate phones, computers and other systems of similar nature), all costs of reprinting stationery, cards and other printed material bearing Tenant's address at the Premises if such address changes due to the relocation (but only the quantity existing immediately prior to the relocation) and all other out-of-pocket costs directly incurred by Tenant in connection with relocation to the Relocated Premises, including but not limited to reasonable decorating and design costs, shall be paid by Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of third party invoices therefor. Within 5 business days following receipt of Landlord's relocation notice, Tenant shall have the option, effective as of the Relocation Date, either to enter into an appropriate lease amendment relocating the Premises, or to terminate this Lease. Failure of Tenant to choose either option shall constitute Tenant's election to relocate. If Tenant elects to relocate, Landlord shall have the option to tender the Relocated Premises to Tenant on any date within a 30 day period prior to or after the Relocation Date, in which event the date of tender of possession of the Relocated Premises shall become the Relocation Date. From the Relocation Date through the Expiration Date, the aggregate Base Rent for the Relocated Premises shall be the same as for the original Premises.
25. HOLDING OVER. Except for any permitted occupancy by Tenant under ARTICLE 8, if Tenant or any party claiming by through or under Tenant fails to surrender the Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, continued occupancy of the Premises shall be that of a tenancy at sufferance. Tenant's occupancy of the Premises during the holdover shall be subject to all the terms and provisions of this Lease and Tenant shall pay an
amount (on a per month basis without reduction for partial months during the holdover) equal to 200% of the greater of: (1) the sum of the Base Rent and Additional Rent due for the period immediately preceding the holdover; or (2) the fair market gross rental for the Premises as reasonably determined by Landlord. No holdover by Tenant or payment by Tenant after the expiration or early termination of this Lease shall be construed to extend the Term or prevent Landlord from immediate recovery of possession of the Premises by summary proceedings or otherwise. In addition to the payment of the amounts provided above, if Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises to a new tenant, or to perform improvements for a new tenant, as a result of Tenant's holdover and Tenant fails to vacate the Premises within 15 days after Landlord notifies Tenant of Landlord's inability to deliver possession, or perform improvements, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all damages, including without limitation, consequential damages, that Landlord suffers from the holdover.
26. SUBORDINATION TO MORTGAGES; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE. Tenant accepts this Lease
subject and subordinate to any mortgage(s), deed(s) of trust, ground lease(s) or
other lien(s) now or subsequently affecting the Premises, the Building or the
Property, and to renewals, modifications, refinancings and extensions thereof
(collectively, a "Mortgage"). The party having the benefit of a Mortgage shall
be referred to as a "Mortgagee." This clause shall be self-operative, but upon
request from a Mortgagee, Tenant shall execute a commercially reasonable
subordination agreement in favor of the Mortgagee. In lieu of having the
Mortgage be superior to this Lease, a Mortgagee shall have the right at any time
to subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease. If requested by a
successor-in-interest to all or a part of Landlord's interest in this Lease,
Tenant shall, without charge, attorn to the successor-in-interest. However, in
the event of attornment after a foreclosure sale or deed in lieu of foreclosure,
no purchaser of such sale, grantee of such deed, or immediate transferee from
such purchaser or grantee shall be: (i) liable for any act, omission or default
of Landlord; (ii) subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have
against Landlord; (iii) liable for or bound by any Base Rent or Additional Rent
which Tenant might have paid for more than the current month to Landlord; (iv)
if the Premises is more than 10,000 RSF, bound by any modification, amendment,
surrender or termination of this Lease without Mortgagee's written consent
(other than any modification, amendment, surrender or termination that does not
require Mortgagee's consent under that certain Deed of Trust, Leasehold Deed of
Trust, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing and Assignment of Leases and Rents
recorded at County Clerk File No. T966808 in the Official Public Records of Real
Property of Harris County, Texas and any recorded amendments thereof); (v)
liable for or obligated to cure any defaults of Landlord which occurred prior to
the time that Mortgagee succeeded to the interest of Landlord under this Lease;
(vi) liable, bound or responsible for or with respect to the retention,
application and/or return to Tenant of any security deposit or cleaning deposit
paid to Landlord under this Lease, whether or not still held by Landlord, unless
and until Mortgagee has actually received for its own account the full amount of
such security deposit or cleaning deposit, or (vii) liable for or bound by any
agreement of Landlord with respect to the completion of any improvements to the
Project or Premises or for the payment or reimbursement to Tenant of any
contribution to the cost of the completion of any such improvements. Tenant
shall, within 5 days after receipt of a written request from Landlord, execute
and deliver an estoppel certificate to those parties as are reasonably requested
by Landlord (including a Mortgagee or prospective purchaser). The estoppel
certificate shall include a statement certifying that this Lease is unmodified
(except as identified in the estoppel certificate) and in full force and effect,
describing the dates to which Rent and other charges have been paid,
representing that, to the best of Tenant's knowledge, there is no default (or
stating the nature of the alleged default) and certifying other matters with
respect to this Lease that may reasonably be requested.
27. ATTORNEYS' FEES. If either party institutes a suit against the other for violation of or to enforce any covenant or condition of this Lease, or if either party intervenes in any suit in which the other is a party to enforce or protect its interest or rights, the prevailing party shall be entitled to all of its costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees.
28. NOTICE. If a demand, request, approval, consent or notice (collectively, a "notice") shall or may be given to either party by the other, the notice shall be in writing and delivered by hand or sent by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested, or sent by overnight or same day courier service, or sent by facsimile, at the party's respective Notice Address(es) set forth in Article 1, except that if Tenant has vacated the Premises (or if the Notice Address for Tenant is other than the Premises, and Tenant has vacated such address) without providing Landlord a new Notice Address, Landlord may serve notice in any manner described in this Article or in any other manner permitted by Law. Each notice shall be deemed to have been received or given on the earlier to occur of actual delivery (which, in the case of delivery by facsimile, shall be deemed to occur at the time of delivery indicated on the electronic confirmation of the facsimile) or the date on which delivery is refused, or, if Tenant has vacated the
Premises or the other Notice Address of Tenant without providing a new Notice Address, three (3) days after notice is deposited in the U.S. mail or with a courier service in the manner described above. Either party may, at any time, change its Notice Address by giving the other party written notice of the new address in the manner described in this Article.
29. RESERVED RIGHTS. This Lease does not grant any rights to light or air over or about the Building. Landlord excepts and reserves exclusively to itself the use of: (A) roofs, (B) telephone, electrical and janitorial closets, (C) equipment rooms, Building risers or similar areas that are used by Landlord for the provision of Building services, (D) rights to the land and improvements below the floor of the Premises, (E) the improvements and air rights above the Premises, (F) the improvements and air rights outside the demising walls of the Premises, (G) the areas within the Premises used for the installation of utility lines and other installations serving occupants of the Building, and (H) any other areas designated from time to time by Landlord as service areas of the Building. Landlord has the right to change the Building's name or address. Landlord also has the right to make such other changes to the Property and Building as Landlord deems appropriate, provided the changes do not materially affect Tenant's ability to use the Premises for the Permitted Use. Landlord shall also have the right (but not the obligation) to temporarily close the Building if Landlord reasonably determines that there is an imminent danger of significant damage to the Building or of personal injury to Landlord's employees or the occupants of the Building. The circumstances under which Landlord may temporarily close the Building shall include, without limitation, electrical interruptions, hurricanes and civil disturbances. A closure of the Building under such circumstances shall not constitute a constructive eviction nor entitle Tenant to an abatement or reduction of Rent.
30. SURRENDER OF PREMISES. At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or Tenant's right of possession, Tenant shall remove Tenant's Property from the Premises, and quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord, broom clean, and in good order, condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Tenant shall also be required to remove Tenant's Removable Property in accordance with ARTICLE 9. If Tenant fails to remove any of Tenant's Property within 2 days after the termination of this Lease or of Tenant's right to possession, Landlord, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, shall be entitled (but not obligated) to remove and store Tenant's Property. Landlord shall not be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping of Tenant's Property. Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon demand, the expenses and storage charges incurred for Tenant's Property. In addition, if Tenant fails to remove Tenant's Property from the Premises or storage, as the case may be, within 30 days after written notice, Landlord may deem all or any part of Tenant's Property to be abandoned, and title to Tenant's Property shall be deemed to be immediately vested in Landlord.
31. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. No Hazardous Material (hereinafter defined) (except for de minimis quantities of household cleaning products and office supplies used in the ordinary course of Tenant's business at the Premises and that are used, kept and disposed of in compliance with Laws) shall be brought upon, used, kept or disposed of in or about the Premises or the Building by any Tenant Parties or any of Tenant's transferees, contractors or licensees without Landlord's prior written consent, which consent may be withheld in Landlord's sole and absolute discretion. Tenant's request for such consent shall include a representation and warranty by Tenant that the Hazardous Material in question (A) is necessary in the ordinary course of Tenant's business, and (B) shall be used, kept and disposed of in compliance with all Laws. If Contamination (hereinafter defined) occurs as a result of an act or omission of any Tenant Party, Tenant shall, at its expense, promptly take all actions necessary to comply with Laws and to return the Premises, the Building, the Property and/or any adjoining or affected property to its condition prior to such Contamination, subject to Landlord's prior written approval of Tenant's proposed methods, times and procedures for remediation. Tenant shall provide Landlord reasonably satisfactory evidence that such actions shall not adversely affect any Landlord Party or contaminated property. Landlord may require that a representative of Landlord be present during any such actions and/or that such actions be taken after business hours. If Tenant fails to take and diligently prosecute any necessary remediation actions within 30 days after written notice from Landlord or an authorized governmental agency (or any shorter period required by any governmental agency), Landlord may take such actions and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord therefor, plus a 15% administrative fee, within 30 days of Landlord's invoice. For purposes of this ARTICLE 31, a "Hazardous Material" is any substance (Y) the presence of which requires, or may hereafter require, notification, investigation or remediation under any Laws; or (Z) which is now or hereafter defined, listed or regulated by any governmental authority as a "hazardous waste", "extremely hazardous waste", "solid waste", "toxic substance", "hazardous substance", "hazardous material" or "regulated substance", or otherwise regulated under any Laws. "Contamination" means any release or disposal of a Hazardous Material in, on, under, at or from the Premises, the Building or the Property which may result in any liability, fine,
use restriction, cost recovery lien, remediation requirement or other government or private party action or imposition affecting any Landlord Party. For purposes of this Lease, claims arising from Contamination shall include diminution in value, restrictions on use, adverse impact on leasing space, and all costs of site investigation, remediation, removal and restoration work, including response costs under CERCLA and similar statutes.
32. MISCELLANEOUS.
A. GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION AND VENUE; SEVERABILITY; PARAGRAPH HEADINGS. This Lease and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be interpreted, construed and enforced in accordance with the Laws of the state in which the Building is located and Landlord and Tenant hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction and proper venue of such state. If any term or provision of this Lease shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected, and each provision of this Lease shall be valid and enforced to the fullest extent permitted by Law. The headings and titles to the Articles and Sections of this Lease are for convenience only and shall have no effect on the interpretation of any part of this Lease.
B. RECORDING. Tenant shall not record this Lease or any memorandum without Landlord's prior written consent.
C. FORCE MAJEURE. Whenever a period of time is prescribed for the taking of an action by Landlord or Tenant, the period of time for the performance of such action shall be extended by the number of days that the performance is actually delayed due to strikes, acts of God, shortages of labor or materials, war, civil disturbances and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the performing party ("Force Majeure"). However, events of Force Majeure shall not extend any period of time for the payment of Rent or other sums payable by either party or any period of time for the written exercise of an option or right by either party.
D. TRANSFERABILITY; RELEASE OF LANDLORD. Landlord shall have the right to transfer and assign, in whole or in part, all of its rights and obligations under this Lease and in the Building and/or Property referred to herein, and upon such transfer Landlord shall be released from any further obligations hereunder, and Tenant agrees to look solely to the successor in interest of Landlord for the performance of such obligations.
E. BROKERS. Tenant represents that it has(1) in connection with this Lease. Tenant shall indemnify and hold the Landlord Parties harmless from all claims of any other brokers claiming to have represented Tenant in connection with this Lease. Landlord agrees to indemnify and hold the Tenant Parties harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming to have represented Landlord in connection with this Lease.
F. AUTHORITY; JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY. Tenant covenants, warrants and represents that: (1) each individual executing, attesting and/or delivering this Lease on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so on behalf of Tenant; (2) this Lease is binding upon and enforceable against Tenant; and (3) Tenant is duly organized and legally existing in the gate of its organization and is qualified to do business in the state in which the Premises are located. If there is more than one Tenant, or if Tenant is comprised of more than one party or entity, the obligations imposed upon Tenant shall be joint and several obligations of all the parties and entities. Notices, payments and agreements given or made by, with or to any one person or entity shall be deemed to have been given or made by, with and to all of them.
G. TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE; RELATIONSHIP; SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. Time is of the essence with respect to Tenant's exercise of any expansion, renewal or extension rights or other options granted to Tenant. This Lease shall create only the relationship of landlord and tenant between the parties, and not a partnership, joint venture or any other relationship. This Lease and the covenants and conditions in this Lease shall inure only to the benefit of and be binding only upon Landlord and Tenant and their permitted successors and assigns.
H. SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATIONS. The expiration of the Term, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, shall not relieve either party of any obligations which accrued prior to or which may continue to accrue after the
expiration or early termination of this Lease. Without limiting the scope of the prior sentence, it is agreed that Tenant's obligations under SECTIONS 4.A, 4.B, 8, 14, 20, 25, 30 and 31 shall survive the expiration or early termination of this Lease.
I. BINDING EFFECT. Landlord has delivered a copy of this Lease to Tenant for Tenant's review only, and the delivery of it does not constitute an offer to Tenant or an option. This Lease shall not be effective against any party hereto until an original copy of this Lease has been signed by such party. The term of this Lease shall commence on the Effective Date and end, unless sooner terminated in accordance with the terms hereof, on the Expiration Date.
J. FULL AGREEMENT; AMENDMENTS. This Lease contains the parties' entire agreement regarding the subject matter hereof. All understandings, discussions, and agreements previously made between the parties, written or oral, are superseded by this Lease, and neither party is relying upon any warranty, statement or representation not contained in this Lease. This Lease may be modified only by a written agreement signed by Landlord and Tenant. The exhibits and riders attached hereto are incorporated herein and made a part of this Lease for all purposes.
K. TAX WAIVER. TENANT WAIVES ALL RIGHTS PURSUANT TO ALL LAWS TO PROTEST APPRAISED VALUES OR RECEIVE NOTICE OR REAPPRAISAL REGARDING THE PROPERTY (INCLUDING LANDLORD'S PERSONALTY), IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER LANDLORD CONTESTS SAME.
L. WAIVER OF CONSUMER RIGHTS. TENANT HEREBY WAIVES ALL ITS RIGHTS UNDER THE TEXAS DECEPTIVE TRADE PRACTICES - CONSUMER PROTECTION ACT, SECTION 17.41 ET. SEQ. OF THE TEXAS BUSINESS AND COMMERCE CODE, A LAW THAT GIVES CONSUMERS SPECIAL RIGHTS AND PROTECTIONS. AFTER CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY OF TENANT'S OWN SELECTION, TENANT VOLUNTARILY CONSENTS TO THIS WAIVER.
M. TENANT'S SECURITY. Tenant shall (1) lock the doors to the Premises and take other reasonable steps to secure the Premises and the personal property of all Tenant Parties and any of Tenant's transferees, contractors or licensees in the Common Areas and parking facilities of the Building and Property, from unlawful intrusion, theft, fire and other hazards; (2) keep and maintain in good working order all security devices installed in the Premises by or for the benefit of Tenant (such as locks, smoke detectors and burglar alarms), which shall be integrated with any other Building security systems; and (3) cooperate with Landlord and other tenants in the Building on security matters. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is not a guarantor of the security or safety of the Tenant Parties or their property, and that such matters are the responsibility of Tenant and the local law enforcement authorities.
Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.
LANDLORD
CRESCENT REAL ESTATE EQUITIES LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP,
a Delaware limited partnership
By: Crescent Real Estate Equities, Ltd.,
a Delaware corporation, its General
Partner
By: /s/ Jane B. Page ------------------------------------ Jane B. Page, Vice President Houston Region--Asset Management |
TENANT
GREAT SPIRITS COMPANY L.L.C.,
a Delaware limited liability company
By: /s/ Mark Andrews ------------------------------------ Mark Andrews Title: President |
EXHIBIT A-1
OUTLINE AND LOCATION OF PREMISES
[Diagram]
EXHIBIT A-2
LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY
All of Block 131, South Side Buffalo Bayou ("S.S.B.B."), City of Houston, Harris County, Texas, being that property bounded by the center lines of Caroline and Austin Streets and McKinney and Lamar Avenues in the City of Houston, Harris County, Texas.
All of Block 132, S.S.B.B., City of Houston, Harris County, Texas, being that property bounded by the center lines of San Jacinto and Caroline Streets and McKinney and Lamar Avenues in the City of Houston, Harris County, Texas.
All of those air rights, as hereinafter defined in the easements abutting Blocks 131 and 132, being a portion of those rights conveyed by the City of Houston to Houston Center corporation by one or more of three (3) Quitclaim Deeds, the first dated August 26, 1971, recorded in Volume 8575, Page 518 of the Deed Records of Harris County, Texas, the second dated December 18, 1973, recorded under film Code No. 000-00-0000 in the Official Public Records of Real Property of Harris County, Texas, and the third dated January 7, 1977, recorded under Film Code No. 156-190-1502 in the Official Public Records of Real Property of Harris County, Texas, all of such Deeds being authorized by City of Houston Ordinance No. 70-1881 passed on October 28, 1970, the air rights conveyed by said Quitclaim Deeds being the City of Houston easement rights between a plane 20 feet above the crowns of the existing streets and a plane 500 feet above such street crowns, in certain streets including those surrounding Blocks 131 and 132, except all rights in the South one-half of McKinney Avenue abutting Block 132 adjoining the Hornberger Tract which is described as Lot 11 and West 16.67 feet of Lot 5.
EXHIBIT B
RULES AND REGULATIONS
(1) Tenant and Tenant's employees shall have access to the Premises 24 hours a day, seven days per week. On Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays, and on other days between the hours of 6:00 P.M. and 8:00 A.M. the following day, or such other hours as Landlord shall determine from time to time, access to the Building and/or to the passageways, entrances, exits, shipping areas, halls, corridors, elevators or stairways and other areas in the Building may be restricted and access gained by use of a key to the outside doors of the Building, or pursuant to such security procedures Landlord may from time to time impose. All such areas, and all roofs, are not for use of the general public and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building and its tenants provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom Tenant deals in the normal course of Tenant's business unless such persons are engaged in activities which are illegal or violate these Rules. No Tenant and no employee or invitee of Tenant shall enter into areas reserved for the exclusive use of Landlord, its employees or invitees. Tenant shall keep doors to corridors and lobbies closed except when persons are entering or leaving.
(2) Tenant shall not paint, display, inscribe, maintain or affix any sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name, notice, lettering or direction on any part of the outside or inside of the Building, or on any part of the inside of the Premises which can be seen from the outside of the Premises, without the prior consent of Landlord, and then only such name or names or matter and in such color, size, style, character and material as may be first approved by Landlord in writing. Landlord shall prescribe the suite number and identification sign for the Premises (which shall be prepared and installed by Landlord at Tenant's expense). Landlord reserves the right to remove at Tenant's expense all matter not so installed or approved without notice to Tenant.
(3) Tenant shall not in any manner use the name of the Building for any purpose other than that of the business address of the Tenant, or use any picture or likeness of the Building, in any letterheads, envelopes, circulars, notices, advertisements, containers or wrapping material without Landlord's express consent in writing.
(4) Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed in the Premises near the glass of any door, partition, wall or window which may be unsightly from outside the Premises, and Tenant shall not place or permit to be placed any article of any kind on any window ledge or on the exterior walls. Blinds, shades, awnings or other forms of inside or outside window ventilators or similar devices, shall not be placed in or about the outside windows in the Premises except to the extent, if any, that the character, shape, color, material and make thereof is first approved by the Landlord.
(5) Furniture, freight and other large or heavy articles, and all other deliveries may be brought into the Building only at times and in the manner designated by Landlord, and always at the Tenant's sole responsibility and risk. All damage done to the Building by moving or maintaining such furniture, freight or articles shall be repaired by Landlord at Tenant's expense. Landlord may inspect items brought into the Building or Premises with respect to weight or dangerous nature. Landlord may require that all furniture, equipment, cartons and similar articles removed from the Premises or the Building be listed and a removal permit therefor first be obtained from Landlord. Tenant shall not take or permit to be taken in or out of other entrances or elevators of the Building, any item normally taken, or which Landlord otherwise reasonably requires to be taken, in or out through service doors or on freight elevators. Tenant shall not allow anything to remain in or obstruct in any way, any lobby, corridor, sidewalk, passageway, entrance, exit, hall, stairway, shipping area, or other such area. Tenant shall move all supplies, furniture and equipment as soon as received directly to the Premises, and shall move all such items and waste (other than waste customarily removed by Building employees) that are at tiny time being taken from the Premises directly to the areas designated for disposal. Any hand-carts used at the Building shall have rubber wheels.
(6) Tenant shall not overload any floor or part thereof in the Premises, or Building, including any public corridors or elevators therein bringing in or removing any large or heavy articles, and Landlord may direct and control the location of safes and all other heavy articles and require supplementary supports at Tenant's expense of such material and dimensions as Landlord may deem necessary to properly distribute the weight.
(7) Tenant shall not attach or permit to be attached additional locks or similar devices to any door or window, change existing locks or the mechanism thereof, or make or permit to be made any keys for any door other than those provided by Landlord. If more than two keys for one lock are desired, Landlord will provide them upon payment therefor by Tenant. Tenant, upon termination of its tenancy, shall deliver to the Landlord all keys of offices, rooms and toilet rooms which have been furnished Tenant or which the Tenant shall have had made, and in the event of loss of any keys so furnished shall pay Landlord therefor.
(8) If Tenant desires signal, communication, alarm or other utility or similar service connections installed or changed, Tenant shall not install or change the same without the prior approval of Landlord, and then only under Landlord's direction at Tenant's expense. Tenant shall not install in the Premises any equipment which requires more electric current than Landlord is required to provide under this Lease, without Landlord's prior approval, and Tenant shall ascertain from Landlord the maximum amount of load or demand for or use of electrical current which can safely be permitted in the Premises, taking into account the capacity of electric wiring in the Building and the Premises and the needs of tenants of the Building, and shall not in any event connect a greater load than such safe capacity.
(9) Tenant shall not obtain for use upon the Premises ice, drinking water, towel, janitor and other similar services, except from persons approved by the Landlord. Any person engaged by Tenant to provide janitor or other services shall be subject to direction by the manager or security personnel of the Building.
(10) The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other such apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein and the expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this Rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose employees or invitees shall have caused it.
(11) The janitorial closets, utility closets, telephone closets, brown closets, electrical closets, storage closets, and other such closets, rooms and areas shall be used only for the purposes and in the manner designated by Landlord, and may not be used by tenants, or their contractors, agents, employees, or other parties without Landlord's prior written consent.
(12) Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules. Tenant shall not at any time manufacture, sell, use or give away, any spirituous, fermented, intoxicating or alcoholic liquors on the Premises, except in the normal course of business as an importer and marketer of spirits, nor permit any of the same to occur (except in connection with occasional social or business events conducted in the Premises which do not violate any Laws nor bother or annoy any other tenants). Tenant shall not at any time sell, purchase or give away, food in any form by or to any of Tenant's agents or employees or any other parties on the Premises, nor permit any of the same to occur (other than in lunch rooms or kitchens for employees as may be permitted or installed by Landlord, which does not violate any laws or bother or annoy any other tenant).
(13) Tenant shall not make any room-to-room canvass to solicit business or information or to distribute any article or material to or from other tenants or occupants of the Building and shall not exhibit, sell or offer to sell, use, rent or exchange any products or services in or from the Premises unless ordinarily embraced within the Tenant's use of the Premises specified in the Lease.
(14) Tenant shall not waste electricity, water, heat or air conditioning or other utilities or services, and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to assure the most effective and energy efficient operation of the Building and shall not allow the adjustment (except by Landlord's authorized Building personnel) of any controls. Tenant shall keep corridor doors closed and shall not open any windows, except that if the air circulation shall not be in operation, windows which are openable may be opened with Landlord's consent. As a condition to claiming any deficiency in the air-conditioning or ventilation services provided by Landlord, Tenant shall close any blinds or drapes in the Premises to prevent or minimize direct sunlight.
(15) Tenant shall conduct no auction, fire or "going out of business sale" or bankruptcy sale in or from the Premises, and such prohibition shall apply to Tenant's creditors.
(16) Tenant shall cooperate and comply with any reasonable safety or security programs, including fire drills and air raid drills, and the appointment of "fire wardens" developed by Landlord for the Building, or required by Law. Before leaving the Premises unattended, Tenant shall close and securely lock all doors or other means of entry to the Premises and shut off all lights and water faucets in the Premises (except heat to the extent necessary to prevent the freezing or bursting of pipes).
(17) Tenant will comply with all municipal, county, state, federal or other government laws, statutes, codes, regulations and other requirements, including without limitation, environmental, health, safety and police requirements and regulations respecting the Premises, now or hereinafter in force, at its sole cost, and will not use the Premises for any immoral purposes.
(18) Tenant shall not (i) carry on any business, activity or service except
those ordinarily embraced within the permitted use of the Premises specified in
the Lease and more particularly, but without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, shall not (ii) install or operate any internal combustion engine,
boiler, machinery, refrigerating (except a refrigerator in the kitchen or
employee break room), heating or air conditioning equipment in or about the
Premises, (iii) use the Premises for housing, lodging or sleeping purposes or
for the washing of clothes, (iv) place any radio or television antennae other
than inside of the Premises, (v) operate or permit to be operated any musical or
sound producing instrument or device which may be heard outside the Premises,
(vi) use any source of power other than electricity, (vii) operate any
electrical or other device from which may emanate electrical or other waves
which may interfere with or impair radio, television, microwave, or other
broadcasting or reception from or in the Building or elsewhere, (viii) bring or
permit any bicycle or other vehicle, or dog (except in the company of a blind
person or except where specifically permitted) or other animal or bird in the
Building, (ix) make or permit objectionable noise or odor to emanate from the
Premises, (x) do anything in or about the Premises tending to create or maintain
a nuisance or do any act tending to injure the reputation of the Building, (xi)
throw or permit to be thrown or dropped any article from any window or other
opening in the Building, (xii) use or permit upon the Premises anything that
will invalidate or increase the rate of insurance on any policies of insurance
now or hereafter carried on the Building or violate the certificates of
occupancy issued for the premises or the Building, (xiii) use the Premises for
any purpose, or permit upon the Premises anything, that may be dangerous to
persons or property (including but not limited to flammable oils, fluids,
paints, chemicals, firearms or any explosive articles or materials) nor (xiv) do
or permit anything to be done upon the Premises in any way tending to disturb
any other tenant at the Building or the occupants of neighboring property.
(19) If the Building shall now or hereafter contain a building garage, parking structure or other parking area or locally, the following Rules shall apply in such areas or facilities:
(i) Parking shall be available in areas designated generally for tenant parking 24 hours a day, seven days per week, for such daily or monthly charges as Landlord may establish from time to time. In all cases, parking for Tenant and its employees and visitors shall be on a "first come, first served," unassigned basis, with Landlord and other tenants at the Building, and their employees and visitors, and other persons to whom Landlord shall grant the right or who shall otherwise have the right to use the same, all subject to these Rules, as the same may be amended or supplemented, and applied on a non-discriminatory basis. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Landlord reserves the right to assign specific spaces, and to reserve spaces for visitors, small cars, handicapped individuals, and other tenants, visitors of tenants or other persons, and Tenant and its employees and visitors shall not park in any such assigned or reserved spaces. Landlord may restrict or prohibit full size vans and other large vehicles.
(ii) In case of any violation of these provisions, Landlord may refuse to permit the violator to park, and may remove the vehicle owned or driven by the violator from the Building without liability whatsoever, at such violator's risk and expense. Landlord reserves the right to close all or a portion of the parking areas or facilities in order to make repairs or perform maintenance services, or to alter, modify, re-stripe or renovate the same, or if required by casualty, strike, condemnation, act of God, Law or governmental requirement, or any other reason beyond Landlord's reasonable control. In the event access is denied for any reason, any monthly parking charges shall be abated to the extent access is denied, as Tenant's sole recourse. Tenant acknowledges that such parking areas or facilities may be operated by an independent contractor not affiliated with Landlord, and
Tenant acknowledges that in such event, Landlord shall have no liability for claims arising through acts or omissions of such independent contractor, if such contractor is reputable.
(iii) Hours shall be 7:30 AM. to 6:00 P.M., Monday through Friday, and 9:00
A.M. to 1:00 P.M. on Saturdays, or such other hours as may be
reasonably established by Landlord or its parking operator from time
to time; cars must be parked entirely within the stall lines, and only
small cars may be parked in areas reserved for small cars; all
directional signs and arrows must be observed; the speed limit shall
be 5 miles per hour; spaces reserved for handicapped parking must be
used only by vehicles properly designated; every parker is required to
park and lock his own car; washing, waxing, cleaning or servicing of
any vehicle is prohibited; parking spaces may be used only for parking
automobiles; parking is prohibited in areas: (a) not striped or
designated for parking, (b) aisles, (c) where "no parking" signs are
posted, (d) on ramps, and (e) loading areas and other specially
designated areas. Delivery trucks and vehicles shall use only those
areas designated therefor.
EXHIBIT C
COMMENCEMENT LETTER
Re: Office Lease dated ____________________, 200_, (the "Lease") between CRESCENT REAL ESTATE EQUITIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP ("Landlord") and GREAT SPIRITS COMPANY L.L.C. ("Tenant") for Premises, the Rentable Square Footage of which is 1,016, located on the 11th floor of 4 Houston Center. Unless otherwise specified, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meanings as in the Lease.
Landlord and Tenant agree that:
1. Except for punchlist items if any, Landlord has fully completed all Landlord Work required under the terms of the Lease.
2. The Premises are usable by Tenant as intended; Landlord has no further obligation to perform any Landlord Work or other construction (except punchlist items), and Tenant acknowledges that both the Building and the Premises are satisfactory in all respects.
3. The Commencement Date of the Lease is __________________, 20__.
4. The Expiration Date of the Lease is the last day of __________________, ____.
5. Tenant's Address at the Premises after the Commencement Date is:
Attention:_________________________
Telephone: ________________________
Facsimile: ________________________
All other terms and conditions of the Lease are ratified and acknowledged to be unchanged.
EXECUTED as of _________________, 200_.
(ATTACH APPROPRIATE SIGNATURES)
EXHIBIT D
NONE
EXHIBIT E
PARKING AGREEMENT
This Parking Agreement (the "Agreement") is attached as an Exhibit to an Office Lease (the "Lease") between CRESCENT REAL ESTATE EQUITIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, as Landlord, and GREAT SPIRITS COMPANY L.L.C., as Tenant, for Premise, the Rentable Square Footage of which is 1,016, located on the 11th floor of the Building. Unless otherwise specified, all capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the same meanings as in the Lease. In the event of any conflict between the Lease and this Agreement, the latter shall control.
1. Within 30 days after the Commencement Date (and with respect to any future permits, within 30 days after the delivery of additional Rentable Square Footage of the Premises applicable to such future permits), Tenant may elect to take, by giving Landlord written notice within such 30 day period, and Landlord shall then provide up to one (1) unreserved permit allowing access to unreserved spaces in the 4 Houston Center Garage (the "Parking Facilities"), and one (1) additional unreserved permit allowing access to unreserved spaces in the Parking Facilities on a month-to-month basis. During the Term (including any renewal or extension), Tenant shall pay Landlord's quoted monthly contract rate (as set from time to time) for each unreserved permit, plus any taxes thereon. Landlord's quoted monthly contract rate is currently set as $146.00 for each unreserved permit in the Parking Facilities. Tenant's failure to pay for any of the above-referenced parking permits as provided for herein shall be an event of default under the Lease.
2. Tenant may permanently return, all or any, of the parking permits that it has timely elected to take by giving Landlord thirty (30) days' written notice of the effective date of the return. Upon such effective date, Landlord's obligation to provide, and Tenant's obligation to pay for, such returned permits shall terminate. Prior to such effective date, Tenant shall return any key-card, sticker, or other identification or entrance enabling device provided by Landlord. Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant, and Tenant shall have no right to, any packing permits that are returned or that Tenant does not timely elect to take.
3. Tenant shall at all times comply with all Laws respecting the use of the Parking Facilities. Landlord reserves the right to adopt, modify, and enforce reasonable rules and regulations governing the use of the Parking Facilities from time to time including any key-card, sticker, or other identification or entrance systems and hours of operations. Landlord may refuse to permit any person who violates such rules and regulations to park in the Parking Facilities, and any violation of the rules and regulations shall subject the car to removal from the Parking Facilities.
4. Tenant may validate visitor parking by such method or methods as Landlord may approve, at the validation rate from time to time generally applicable to visitor parking. Unless specified to the contrary above, the parking spaces for the parking permits provided hereunder shall be provided on an unreserved, "first-come, first-served" basis. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has arranged or may arrange for the Parking Facilities to be operated by an independent contractor, not affiliated with Landlord. In such event, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall have no liability for claims arising through acts or omissions of such independent contractor. Except for intentional acts or gross negligence, Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever for any damage to vehicles or any other items located in or about the Parking Facilities, nor for any personal injuries or death arising out of any matter relating to the Parking Facilities, and in all events, Tenant agrees to seek recovery from its insurance carrier and to require Tenant's employees to seek recovery from their respective insurance carriers for payment of any losses sustained in connection with any use of the Parking Facilities. Tenant hereby waives on behalf of its insurance carriers all rights of subrogation against Landlord or Landlord's agents. Landlord reserves the right to assign specific parking spaces, and to reserve parking spaces for visitors, small cars, handicapped persons and for other tenants, guests of tenants or other parties, with assigned and/or reserved spaces. Such reserved spaces may be relocated as determined by Landlord from time to time, and Tenant and persons designated by Tenant hereunder shall not park in any such assigned or reserved parking spaces. Landlord also reserves the right to close all or any portion of the Parking Facilities, at its discretion or if required by casualty, strike, condemnation, repair, alteration, act of God, Laws, or other reason beyond Landlord's reasonable control; provided, however, that except for matters beyond Landlord's reasonable control, any such closure shall be temporary in nature. If Tenant's use of any parking permit is precluded for any reason, Tenant's sole remedy for any period during which Tenant's use of any parking permit is precluded shall be abatement of parking charges for such precluded permits. Tenants shall not assign its rights under this Agreement except in connection with a Permitted Transfer.
5. Except as may be expressly set forth to the contrary in Paragraph 1 of this Agreement, if Tenant fails to pay any charges for parking permits as provided herein, or otherwise defaults in its performance of any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement, such default shall constitute an event of default under the Lease, and in addition to any rights or remedies available to Landlord in the event of a default under the Lease, Landlord shall have the right to cancel this Agreement and/or remove any vehicles from the Parking Facilities. In addition, any default under the Lease shall constitute a default under this Agreement.
6. TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE TO TENANT OR TENANT'S PROPERTY (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE TO TENANT'S AUTOMOBILES OR THE CONTENTS THEREFOR DUE TO THEFT, VANDALISM, OR ACCIDENT) ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO TENANT'S USE OF THE PARKING FACILITIES OR EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHTS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER OR NOT SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE RESULTS FROM LANDLORD'S ACTIVE NEGLIGENCE OR NEGLIGENT OMISSION. THE LIMITATION ON LANDLORD'S LIABILITY UNDER THE PRECEDING SENTENCE SHALL NOT APPLY, HOWEVER, TO LOSS OR DAMAGE ARISING DIRECTLY FROM LANDLORD'S WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.
7. WITHOUT LIMITING THE PROVISIONS OF PARAGRAPH 6 ABOVE, TENANT HEREBY VOLUNTARILY RELEASES, DISCHARGES, WAIVES, AND RELINQUISHES ANY AND ALL ACTIONS OR CAUSES OF ACTION FOR PERSONAL INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE OCCURRING TO TENANT ARISING AS A RESULT OF USING THE PARKING FACILITIES, OR ANY ACTIVITIES INCIDENTAL THERETO, WHEREVER OR HOWEVER THE SAME MAY OCCUR, AND FURTHER AGREES THAT TENANT WILL NOT PROSECUTE ANY CLAIM FOR PERSONAL INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE AGAINST LANDLORD OR ANY OF ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS, SERVANTS, OR EMPLOYEES FOR ANY SUCH CAUSE OF ACTION. IT IS THE INTENTION OF TENANT BY THIS INSTRUMENT, TO EXEMPT AND RELIEVE LANDLORD FROM LIABILITY FOR PERSONAL INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE CAUSED BY NEGLIGENCE.
Tenant acknowledges that it has read the provisions of PARAGRAPH 7, has been fully and completely advised of the potential dangers of parking in the Parking Facilities, and is fully aware of the legal consequences of this instrument.
RIDER NO. 1
OPTION TO EXTEND
A. RENEWAL PERIOD. Tenant may, at its option, extend the Term for one renewal period(s) of one year each (the "RENEWAL PERIOD(S)") by written notice to Landlord (the "RENEWAL NOTICE") given no earlier than 3 nor later than 2 months prior to the expiration of the Term (as it may have been extended or preceding Renewal Period, as applicable), provided that at the time of such notice and at the commencement of such Renewal Period, (i) Tenant remains in occupancy of the Premises, and (ii) no uncured Event of Default exists under the Lease (and no condition exists which, with the passage of time and/or giving of notice, would be an Event of Default). Such Renewal Period shall commence upon the expiration date of the initial Term (or preceding Renewal Period, as applicable). The Base Rent payable during the Renewal Period shall be at Landlord's then-quoted Building rental rates for the Premises, including any projected rate increases over the applicable Renewal Period. However, in no event shall the Base Rent for any Renewal Period be less than the Base Rent during the last year of the Term (or preceding Renewal Period, as applicable). Except as provided in this Rider No. 1, all terms and conditions of the Lease shall continue to apply during the Renewal Period(s).
B. ACCEPTANCE. Within 30 days of the Renewal Notice, Landlord shall notify Tenant of the Base Rent for such Renewal Period (the "RENTAL NOTICE"). Tenant may accept the terms set forth in the Rental Notice by written notice (the "ACCEPTANCE NOTICE") to Landlord given within 15 days after receipt of the Rental Notice. If Tenant timely delivers its Acceptance Notice, Tenant shall, within 15 days after receipt, execute a lease amendment confirming the Base Rent and other terms applicable during the Renewal Period. If Tenant fails timely (i) to deliver its Acceptance Notice or (ii) to execute and return the required lease amendment, then this Option to Extend shall automatically expire and be of no further force or effect. In addition, this Option to Extend shall terminate upon assignment of this Lease or subletting of all or any part of the Premises.
Rider No. 1 Page 1
Exhibit 10.35
FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE (this "Amendment") is entered into between CRESCENT REAL ESTATE EQUITIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership ("Landlord"), and GREAT SPIRITS COMPANY L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("Tenant"),with reference to the following:
A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease dated effective as of February 24, 2000 (the "Lease") covering approximately 1,016 square feet of rentable area on the eleventh (11th) floor (the "Premises") of 4 Houston Center, Houston, Texas (the "Building").
B. Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease as set forth below. Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Amendment, capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the same meanings as in the Lease.
FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. First Extension Period. The term of the Lease is extended for a period of one (1) year (the "First Extension Period") commencing on April 1, 2001, and expiring on March 31, 2002.
2. Base Rent. Commencing on April 1, 2001, and continuing through the First Extension Period, Tenant shall, at the time and place and in the manner provided in the Lease, pay to Landlord as Base Rent for the Premises the amounts set forth in the following rent schedule, plus any applicable tax thereon:
PREMISES
MONTHLY FROM THROUGH RATE BASE RENT ------------- -------------- ------ --------- April 1, 2001 March 31, 2002 $16.75 $1,418.17 |
3. Operating Expenses. Commencing on April 1, 2001, and continuing through the First Extension Period, Tenant shall continue to pay Tenant's Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses payable under Article 4 of the Lease. Tenant hereby confirms that its Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses equals 0.1506868%, which is the percentage that the Rentable Square Footage of the Premises (i.e., 1,016 square feet) bears to the Rentable Square Footage of the Building (i.e., 674,246 square feet). Tenant shall not be entitled to any free rent period, construction allowance, tenant improvements or other work to the Premises, or any other economic incentives that may have been provided to Tenant in connection with entering into the Lease.
4. Condition of Premises. Tenant accepts the Premises in its "as-is" condition.
5. Option to Extend. By extending the Term of the Lease for the First Extension Period, Tenant has exercised its option to extend the lease set forth in Rider No. 1 of the Lease. Therefore, Tenant's option to extend set forth in Rider No. 1 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety.
6. Assignment and Subletting. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, Tenant may not assign the Lease (either absolutely or collaterally) or sublet the Premises to any person or entity that would cause an adverse effect on the real estate investment trust (or pension fund or other ownership vehicle) qualification tests applicable to Landlord or its affiliates.
7. Consent. This Amendment is subject to, and conditioned upon, any required consent or approval being unconditionally granted by Landlord's mortgagee(s). If any such consent shall be denied, or granted subject to an unacceptable condition, this Amendment shall be null and void and the Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.
8. No Broker. Tenant represents and warrants that it has not been represented by any broker or agent in connection with the execution of this Amendment. Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and its designated property management, construction and marketing firms, and their respective partners, members, affiliates and subsidiaries, and all of their respective officers, directors, shareholders, employees, servants, partners, members, representatives, insurers and agents from and against all claims (including costs of defense and investigation) of any broker or agent or similar party claiming by, through or under Tenant in connection with this Amendment.
9. Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to Tenant's execution and delivery to Landlord of this Amendment. If Tenant fails to execute and deliver a signed copy of this Amendment to Landlord by 5:00 p.m. (in the city in which the Premises is located) on February 26, 2001, this Amendment shall be deemed null and void and shall have no force or effect, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord. Landlord's acceptance, execution and return of this Amendment shall constitute Landlord's agreement to waive Tenant's failure to meet such deadline.
10. Miscellaneous. This Amendment shall become effective only upon full execution and delivery of this Amendment by Landlord and Tenant. This Amendment contains the parties' entire agreement regarding the subject matter covered by this Amendment, and supersedes all prior correspondence, negotiations, and agreements, if any, whether oral or written, between the parties concerning such subject matter. There are no contemporaneous oral agreements, and there are no representations or warranties between the parties not contained in this Amendment. Except as modified by this Amendment, the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, and the Lease, as modified by this Amendment, shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their successors and permitted assigns.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
LANDLORD AND TENANT enter into this Amendment on March 14, 2001.
LANDLORD: CRESCENT REAL ESTATE EQUITIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership By: Crescent Real Estate Equities, Ltd., a Delaware corporation, its General Partner By: /s/ Robert H. Boykin, Jr. ------------------------------------ Robert H. Boykin, Jr. Vice President Leasing & Marketing TENANT: GREAT SPIRITS COMPANY L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company By: /s/ Mark Andrews ------------------------------------ Name: Mark Andrews Title: President |
Exhibit 10.36
SECOND AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE
THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE (this "AMENDMENT") is entered into between CRESCENT REAL ESTATE EQUITIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership ("LANDLORD"), and GREAT SPIRITS COMPANY L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("TENANT"), with reference to the following:
A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease dated effective as of February 24, 2000; and that certain First Amendment to Office Lease dated March 14, 2001 (as amended, the "LEASE") covering approximately 1,016 square feet of rentable area on the eleventh (11th ) floor (the "PREMISES") of 4 Houston Center, Houston, Texas (the "BUILDING").
B. Landlord and Tenant now desire to further amend the Lease as set forth below. Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Amendment, capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the same meanings as in the Lease.
FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. SECOND EXTENSION PERIOD. The Term of the Lease is extended for a period of one (1) year (the "SECOND EXTENSION PERIOD"), commencing on April 1, 2002, and expiring on March 31, 2003.
2. BASE RENT. Commencing on April 1, 2002, and continuing through the Second Extension Period, Tenant shall, at the time and place and in the manner provided in the Lease, pay to Landlord as Base Rent for the Premises the amounts set forth in the following rent schedule, plus any applicable tax thereon:
PREMISES
ANNUAL RATE PER SQUARE MONTHLY FROM THROUGH FOOT BASE RENT ------------- -------------- ------ --------- April 1, 2002 March 31, 2003 $17.30 $1,464.73 |
3. OPERATING EXPENSES. Commencing on April 1, 2002, and continuing through the Second Extension Period, Tenant shall continue to pay Tenant's Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses payable under Article 4 of the Lease. Tenant shall not be entitled to any free rent period, construction allowance, tenant improvements or other work to the Premises, or any other economic incentives that may have been provided to Tenant in connection with entering into the Lease.
4. CONDITION OF PREMISES. Tenant accepts the Premises in its "as-is" condition. 5. NO BROKER. Tenant represents and warrants that it has not been |
represented by any broker or agent in connection with the execution of this Amendment. Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and its designated property management,
construction and marketing firms, and their respective partners, members, affiliates and subsidiaries, and all of their respective officers, directors, shareholders, employees, servants, partners, members, representatives, insurers and agents from and against all claims (including costs of defense and investigation) of any broker or agent or similar party claiming by, through or under Tenant in connection with this Amendment.
6. TIME OF THE ESSENCE. Time is of the essence with respect to Tenant's execution and delivery to Landlord of this Amendment. If Tenant fails to execute and deliver a signed copy of this Amendment to Landlord by 5:00 p.m. (in the city in which the Premises is located) on January 25, 2002, this Amendment shall be deemed null and void and shall have no force or effect, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord. Landlord's acceptance, execution and return of this Amendment shall constitute Landlord's agreement to waive Tenant's failure to meet such deadline.
7. MISCELLANEOUS. This Amendment shall become effective only upon full execution and delivery of this Amendment by Landlord and Tenant. This Amendment contains the parties' entire agreement regarding the subject matter covered by this Amendment, and supersedes all prior correspondence, negotiations, and agreements, if any, whether oral or written, between the parties concerning such subject matter. There are no contemporaneous oral agreements, and there are no representations or warranties between the parties not contained in this Amendment. Except as modified by this Amendment, the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, and the Lease, as modified by this Amendment, shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their successors and permitted assigns.
LANDLORD AND TENANT enter into this Amendment on January 30, 2002.
LANDLORD: CRESCENT REAL ESTATE EQUITIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership By: Crescent Real Estate Equities, Ltd. a Delaware corporation, its General Partner By: /s/ Robert H. Boykin, Jr. ------------------------------------ Robert H. Boykin, Jr. Vice President Leasing & Marketing TENANT: GREAT SPIRITS COMPANY L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company By: /s/ Mark Andrews ------------------------------------ Name: Mark Andrews Title: President |
Exhibit 10.37
THIRD AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE
THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE (this "AMENDMENT") is entered into between CRESCENT REAL ESTATE EQUITIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership ("LANDLORD"), and GREAT SPIRITS COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("TENANT"), with reference to the following:
A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease dated effective as of February 24, 2000; that certain First Amendment to Office Lease dated March 14, 2001; and that certain Second Amendment to Office Lease dated January 30, 2002 (as amended, the "LEASE"), covering approximately 1,016 square feet of Rentable Square Footage on the floor 11 (the "PREMISES") of 4 Houston Center, Houston, Texas (the "BUILDING").
B. Landlord and Tenant now desire to further amend the Lease as set forth below. Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Amendment, capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the same meanings as in the Lease.
FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. THIRD EXTENSION PERIOD. The Term is extended for a period of one (1) year (the "THIRD EXTENSION PERIOD") commencing on April 1, 2003, and expiring on March 31, 2004.
2. BASE RENT. Commencing on April 1, 2003, and continuing through the Third Extension Period, Tenant shall, at the time and place and in the manner provided in the Lease, pay to Landlord as Base Rent for the Premises the amounts set forth in the following rent schedule, plus any applicable tax thereon:
PREMISES
MONTHLY FROM THROUGH RATE BASE RENT ------------- -------------- ------ --------- April 1, 2003 March 31, 2004 $12.00 $1,016.00 |
3. OPERATING EXPENSES. Commencing on April 1, 2003, Tenant shall continue to pay Tenant's Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses payable under ARTICLE 4 of the Lease. Tenant shall not be entitled to any free rent period, construction allowance, tenant improvements or other work to the Premises, or any other economic incentives that may have been provided to Tenant in connection with entering into the Lease.
4. CONDITION OF PREMISES. Tenant accepts the Premises in its "as-is" condition. 5. METHOD OF CALCULATION. The Lease is amended to provide that a |
new SECTION 32.N is added as follows:
N. METHOD OF CALCULATION. Tenant is knowledgeable and experienced in commercial transactions and does hereby acknowledge and agree that the provisions of this Lease for determining charges and amounts payable by Tenant are commercially reasonable and valid and constitute satisfactory methods for determining such charges and amounts as required by Section 93.004 (assessment of charges) of the Texas Property Code, as enacted by House Bill 2186, 77th Legislature. TENANT FARTHER VOLUNTARILY AND KNOWINGLY WAIVES (TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW) ALL RIGHTS AND BENEFITS OF TENANT UNDER SUCH SECTION 93.004, AS IT NOW EXISTS OR AS IT MAY BE HEREAFTER AMENDED OR SUCCEEDED.
6. CONSENT. This Amendment is subject to, and conditioned upon, any required consent or approval being unconditionally granted by Landlord's mortgagee(s). If any such consent shall be denied, or granted subject to an unacceptable condition, this Amendment shall be null and void and the Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.
7. NO BROKER. Tenant represents and warrants that it has not been represented by any broker or agent in connection with the execution of this Amendment. Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and its designated property management, construction and marketing firms, and their respective partners, members, affiliates and subsidiaries, and all of their respective officers, directors, shareholders, employees, servants, partners, members, representatives, insurers and agents from and against all claims (including costs of defense and investigation) of any broker or agent or similar party claiming by, through or under Tenant in connection with this Amendment.
8. TIME OF THE ESSENCE. Time is of the essence with respect to Tenant's execution and delivery to Landlord of this Amendment. If Tenant fails to execute and deliver a signed copy of this Amendment to Landlord by 5:00 p.m. (in the city in which the Premises is located) on March 26, 2003, this Amendment shall be deemed null and void and shall have no force or effect, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord. Landlord's acceptance, execution and return of this Amendment shall constitute Landlord's agreement to waive Tenant's failure to meet such deadline.
9. MISCELLANEOUS. This Amendment shall become effective only upon full execution and delivery of this Amendment by Landlord and Tenant. This Amendment contains the parties' entire agreement regarding the subject matter covered by this Amendment, and supersedes all prior correspondence, negotiations, and agreements, if any, whether oral or written, between the parties concerning such subject matter. There are no contemporaneous oral agreements, and there are no representations or warranties between the parties not contained in this Amendment. Except as modified by this Amendment, the teams and provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, and the Lease, as modified by this Amendment, shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their successors and permitted assigns.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
LANDLORD AND TENANT enter into this Amendment on March 28, 2003.
LANDLORD: CRESCENT REAL ESTATE EQUITIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership By: Crescent Real Estate Equities, Ltd., a Delaware corporation, its General Partner By: /s/ Robert H. Boykin, Jr. ------------------------------------ Robert H. Boykin, Jr. Regional Vice President Leasing & Marketing Houston Region TENANT: GREAT SPIRITS COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company By: /s/ Robin Godfrey ------------------------------------ Name: Robin Godfrey Title: Controller |
Exhibit 10.38
FOURTH AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE
THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE (this "Amendment") is entered into between CRESCENT REAL ESTATE EQUITIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership ("LANDLORD"), and GREAT SPIRITS CORP., a Delaware corporation ("TENANT"), successor by merger to Great Spirits Company LLC, with reference to the following:
A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease dated effective as of February 24, 2000; that certain First Amendment to Office Lease dated March 14, 2001; that certain Second Amendment to Office Lease dated January 30, 2002; and that certain Third Amendment" to Office Lease dated March 28, 2003 (as amended, the "LEASE"), covering approximately 1,016 square feet of Rentable Square Footage (the "PREMISES") on floor 11 of 4 Houston Center, 1331 Lamar, Houston, Texas 77010 (the "BUILDING").
B. Landlord and Tenant now desire to further amend the Lease as set forth below. Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Amendment, capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the same meanings as in the Lease.
FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. FOURTH EXTENSION PERIOD. The Term is extended for a period of one (1) year (the "FOURTH EXTENSION PERIOD") commencing on April 1, 2004, and expiring on March 31, 2005.
2. BASE RENT. Commencing on April 1, 2004, and continuing through the Fourth Extension Period, Tenant shall, at the time and place and in the manner provided in the Lease, pay to Landlord as Base Rent for the Premises the amounts set forth in the following rent schedule, plus any applicable tax thereon:
PREMISES
MONTHLY FROM THROUGH RATE BASE RENT ------------- -------------- ------ --------- April 1, 2004 March 31, 2005 $10.50 $889.00 |
3. OPERATING EXPENSES. Commencing on April 1, 2004, Tenant shall continue to pay Tenant's Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses payable under ARTICLE 4 of the Lease. Tenant shall not be entitled to any free rent period, construction allowance, tenant improvements or other work to the Premises, or any other economic incentives that may have been provided to Tenant in connection with entering into the Lease.
4. CONDITION OF PREMISES. Tenant accepts the Premises in its "as-is" condition.
5. CONSENT. This Amendment is subject to, and conditioned upon, any required consent or approval being unconditionally granted by Landlord's mortgagee(s). If any such consent shall be denied, or granted subject to an unacceptable condition, this Amendment shall be null and void and the Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.
6. NO BROKER. Tenant represents and warrants that it has not been represented by any broker or agent in connection with the execution of this Amendment. Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and its designated property management, construction and marketing firms, and their respective partners, members, affiliates and subsidiaries, and all of their respective officers, directors, shareholders, employees, servants, partners, members, representatives, insurers and agents from and against all claims (including costs of defense and investigation) of any broker or agent or similar party claiming by, through or under Tenant in connection with this Amendment.
7. TIME OF THE ESSENCE. Time is of the essence with respect to Tenant's execution and delivery to Landlord of this Amendment. If Tenant fails to execute and deliver a signed copy of this Amendment to Landlord by 5:00 p.m. (in the city in which the Premises is located) on March 31, 2004, this Amendment shall be deemed null and void and shall have no force or effect, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord. Landlord's acceptance, execution and return of this Amendment shall constitute Landlord's agreement to waive Tenant's failure to meet such deadline.
8. MISCELLANEOUS. This Amendment shall become effective only upon full execution and delivery of this Amendment by Landlord and Tenant. This Amendment contains the parties' entire agreement regarding the subject matter covered by this Amendment, and supersedes all prior correspondence, negotiations, and agreements, if any, whether oral or written, between the parties concerning such subject matter. There are no contemporaneous oral agreements, and there are no representations or warranties between the parties not contained in this Amendment. Except as modified by this Amendment, the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, and the Lease, as modified by this Amendment, shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their successors and permitted assigns.
[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
LANDLORD AND TENANT enter into this Amendment on March 23, 2004.
LANDLORD: CRESCENT REAL ESTATE EQUITIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership By: Crescent Real Estate Equities, Ltd. a Delaware corporation, its General Partner By: /s/ Robert H. Boykin, Jr. ------------------------------------ Robert H. Boykin, Jr. Regional Vice President Leasing & Marketing Houston Region TENANT: GREAT SPIRITS COMPANY L.L.C. a Delaware limited liability company, successor by merger to Great Spirits Company LLC By: /s/ Matthew F. MacFarlane ------------------------------------ Name: Matthew F. MacFarlane Title: CFO |
Exhibit 10.39
FIFTH AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE
THIS FIFTH AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE (this "AMENDMENT") is entered into between CRESCENT HC INVESTORS, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("LANDLORD"), and CASTLE BRANDS (USA) CORP. (formerly known as Great Spirits Corp., successor-by-merger to Great Spirits Company L.L.C.), a Delaware corporation ("TENANT"), with reference to the following:
A. Crescent Real Estate Equities Limited Partnership
(predecessor-in-interest to Landlord) and Great Spirits Company L.L.C.
(predecessor-in-interest to Tenant) entered into that certain Office Lease dated
effective as of February 24, 2000; that certain First Amendment to Office Lease
dated March 14, 2001; that certain Second Amendment to Office Lease dated
January 30, 2002; that certain Third Amendment to Office Lease dated March 28,
2003; and that certain Fourth Amendment to Office Lease dated March 23, 2004 (as
amended, the "LEASE") covering approximately 1,016 square feet of Rentable
Square Footage on floor 11 (the "PREMISES") of 4 Houston Center, Houston, Texas
(the "BUILDING").
B. Landlord and Tenant now desire to further amend the Lease as set forth below. Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Amendment, capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the same meanings as in the Lease.
FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. FIFTH EXTENSION PERIOD. The Term is extended for a period of one (1) year (the "FIFTH EXTENSION PERIOD") commencing on April 1, 2005, and expiring on March 31, 2006.
2. BASE RENT. Commencing on April 1, 2005, and continuing through the Fifth Extension Period, Tenant shall, at the time and place and in the manner provided in the Lease, pay to Landlord as Base Rent for the Premises the amounts set forth in the following rent schedule, plus any applicable tax thereon:
PREMISES
ANNUAL BASE RATE MONTHLY FROM THROUGH PER SQUARE FOOT BASE RENT ---- ------- ---------------- --------- April 1, 2005 March 31, 2006 $11.50 $973.67 |
3. OPERATING EXPENSES. Commencing on April I, 2005, Tenant shall continue to pay Tenant's Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses payable under Article 4 of the Lease.
4. CONDITION OF PREMISES. Tenant accepts the Premises in its "as-is" condition.
5. ERISA REPRESENTATION. The Lease is amended to provide that a new Section 31.0 is added as follows:
O. ERISA REPRESENTATION. Tenant represents that (a) neither Tenant nor any entity controlling or controlled by Tenant owns a five percent (5%) or more interest (within the meaning of Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 84-14) in JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. ("JPMORGAN") or any of JPMorgan's affiliates, and (b) neither JPMorgan, nor any of its affiliates, owns a five percent (5%) or more interest in Tenant or any entity controlling or controlled by Tenant.
6. CONSENT. This Amendment is subject to, and conditioned upon, any required consent or approval being unconditionally granted by Landlord's mortgagee(s). If any such consent shall be denied, or granted subject to an unacceptable condition, this Amendment shall be null and void and the Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.
7. NO BROKER. Tenant represents and warrants that it has not been represented by any broker or agent in connection with the execution of this Amendment. Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and its designated property management, construction and marketing firms, and their respective partners, members, affiliates and subsidiaries, and all of their respective officers, directors, shareholders, employees, servants, partners, members, representatives, insurers and agents from and against all claims (including costs of defense and investigation) of any broker or agent or similar party claiming by, through or under Tenant in connection with this Amendment.
8. TIME OF THE ESSENCE. Time is of the essence with respect to Tenant's execution and delivery to Landlord of this Amendment. If Tenant fails to execute and deliver a signed copy of this Amendment to Landlord by 5:00 p.m. (in the city in which the Premises is located) on March 31, 2005, this Amendment shall be deemed null and void and shall have no force or effect, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord. Landlord's acceptance, execution and return of this Amendment shall constitute Landlord's agreement to waive Tenant's failure to meet such deadline.
9. MISCELLANEOUS. This Amendment shall become effective only upon full execution and delivery of this Amendment by Landlord and Tenant. This Amendment contains the parties' entire agreement regarding the subject matter covered by this Amendment, and supersedes all prior correspondence, negotiations, and agreements, if any, whether oral or written, between the parties concerning such subject matter. There are no contemporaneous oral agreements, and there are no representations or warranties between the parties not contained in this Amendment. Except as modified by this Amendment, the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, and the Lease, as modified by this Amendment, shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their successors and permitted assigns.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
LANDLORD AND TENANT enter into this Amendment on June 21, 2005.
LANDLORD:
CRESCENT HC INVESTORS, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership
By: Crescent HCI GP, LLC,
A Delaware limited liability company,
its General Partner
By: /s/ Robert H. Boykin, Jr. ------------------------------------- Robert H. Boykin, Jr. Senior Vice President Leasing |
TENANT:
CASTEL BRANDS (USA) CORP.
(formerly known as Great Spirits Corp.,
successor-by-merger to Great Spirits
Company L.L.C.), a Delaware corporation
By: /s/ Matthew F. MacFarlane ------------------------------------- Name: Matthew F. MacFarlane Title: Chief Financial Officer |
Exhibit 10.40
FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL
TRUST INDENTURE
BETWEEN
CASTLE BRANDS (USA) CORP.
AS ISSUER
AND
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
AS INDENTURE TRUSTEE
DATED AS OF AUGUST 15 , 2005
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page ---- ARTICLE ONE DEFINITIONS, EXHIBITS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 1.1 Definitions Generally...................................... 2 ARTICLE TWO AMENDMENTS TO ORIGINAL INDENTURE AND ORIGINAL NOTES Section 2.1 Amendment and Restatement of the Indenture................. 2 Section 2.2 Amendment and Restatement of Original Notes................ 2 ARTICLE THREE MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Section 3.1 Severability............................................... 2 Section 3.2 Counterparts............................................... 3 |
-1
FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL TRUST INDENTURE
This FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL TRUST INDENTURE (the "First Supplemental Indenture") is made and entered into as of August 15, 2005, by and between CASTLE BRANDS (USA) CORP., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Issuer"), and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, authorized to accept and execute trusts of the character herein set out, with a payment office in Dallas, Texas (the "Trustee") and is joined in by MHW, LTD., a New York corporation serving as the Collateral Agent under the Security Documents (as defined herein).
WITNESSETH
WHEREAS:
A. The Issuer and the Trustee, joined by the Collateral Agent, have heretofore entered into a Trust Indenture dated as June 1, 2004 (the "Original Indenture") authorizing the issuance of up to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) of the Issuer's 8% Senior Secured Notes, Series 2004, due May 31, 2007 (the "Original Notes").
B. The Issuer has heretofore issued Four Million Six Hundred Sixty Thousand Dollars ($4,660,000) of Original Notes.
C. The Issuer desires to amend the terms of the Original Notes (i) to extend the maturity date from May 31, 2007 to May 31, 2009, and (ii) to increase the interest rate payable on the Original Notes from eight percent (8%) to nine percent (9%) (hereinafter referred to as the "Amended Notes").
D. The Issuer desires to amend the terms of the Original Indenture (i) to authorize a maximum of Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) of Amended Notes to be issued thereunder (inclusive of the $4,660,000 of outstanding Original Notes being amended hereby) and (ii) to amend and restate the Original Indenture to conform to the terms of the Amended Notes.
E. The Issuer and the Trustee, joined by the Collateral Agent, are permitted by Section 11.2 of the Original Indenture to make such amendments to the Original Notes and Original Indenture with the consent of two-thirds or more of the beneficial owners of the Original Notes, referred to in the Original Indenture as a "Supermajority of Owners."
F. The Issuer and the Trustee, joined in by the Collateral Agent and having obtained the consent of a Supermajority of Owners, now wish to enter into this First Supplemental Indenture to amend and restate the Original Indenture and the Original Notes.
NOW THEREFORE, THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:
ARTICLE ONE
DEFINITIONS, EXHIBITS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 1.1 Definitions Generally.
All terms capitalized but not otherwise defined in this First Supplemental Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the First Amended and Restated Indenture. In this First Supplemental Indenture, the following terms have the following meanings unless the context hereof clearly requires otherwise:
"AMENDED NOTES" mean as defined in Recital C.
"FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED INDENTURE" means the First Amended and Restated Indenture of Trust originally dated as of June 1, 2004, and as amended and restated as of August 15, 2005, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, as executed by the Trustee and the Issuer with the joinder of the Collateral Agent.
"FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE" means as defined in the introductory paragraph hereto.
"ORIGINAL INDENTURE" means as defined in Recital A.
"ORIGINAL NOTES" mean as defined in Recital A.
ARTICLE TWO
AMENDMENTS TO ORIGINAL INDENTURE AND ORIGINAL NOTES
Section 2.1 Amendment and Restatement of the Indenture.
The Original Indenture is hereby amended and restated as set forth in the First Amended and Restated Indenture attached hereto as EXHIBIT A, and all references to "Indenture" contained in the Amended Notes, any subsequent supplemental indenture, in the Parent Guaranty, in the Security Documents or in any related documents, shall for all purposes refer to the First Amended and Restated Indenture.
Section 2.2 Amendment and Restatement of Original Notes.
The Original Notes are hereby amended and restated as set forth on Exhibit "A" to the First Amended and Restated Indenture.
ARTICLE THREE
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
Section 3.1 Severability.
If any provision of this First Supplemental Indenture shall be held or deemed to be or shall, in fact, be inoperative or unenforceable as applied in any particular case in any jurisdiction or jurisdictions or in all jurisdictions or in all cases because it conflicts with any other provisions of any constitution or statute or rule of public policy, or for any other reason, such circumstances shall not
have the effect of rendering the provision in question inoperative or unenforceable in any other case or circumstance, or of rendering any other provisions herein contained invalid, inoperative of unenforceable to any extent whatever.
Section 3.2 Counterparts.
This First Supplemental Indenture may be simultaneously executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the day and year first written above.
Attest: CASTLE BRANDS (USA) CORP. /s/ Amelia Gary By: /s/ Mark E. Andrews ------------------------------------- ------------------------------------ Name: Mark E. Andrews Title: Chairman & CEO Attest: JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee /s/ Mary Jane Henson By: /s/ Carol Logan ------------------------------------- ------------------------------------ Name: Carol Logan Title: Vice President Joined in by MHW, LTD., as Collateral Agent: By: /s/ John F. Beaudette --------------------------------- Name: John F. Beaudette Title: President |
Exhibit 10.41
CASTLE BRANDS (USA) CORP.
9 % SENIOR SECURED NOTES, SERIES 2004
DUE MAY 31, 2009
FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED
TRUST INDENTURE
ORIGINAL DATED AS OF JUNE 1 , 2004
AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF AUGUST 15, 2005
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page ---- ARTICLE 1 DEFINED TERMS................................................. 3 1.1 Special Definitions........................................... 3 ARTICLE 2 FORM, EXECUTION, ISSUE AND DELIVERY OF NOTES.................. 9 2.1 Issue of Notes................................................ 9 2.2 Authentication of Physical Notes; Denominations of Notes; Form; Custody.............................................. 9 2.3 Registration of Owners........................................ 9 2.4 Exchange of Physical Notes.................................... 9 2.5 Pledges....................................................... 10 2.6 Proof of Ownership............................................ 10 2.7 Transfer of Beneficial Interest in the Notes.................. 10 2.8 Valid Obligations............................................. 10 2.9 Execution and Delivery........................................ 11 2.10 Payments...................................................... 11 ARTICLE 3 PAYMENTS OF INTEREST AND PRINCIPAL............................ 11 3.1 Payment by Issuer............................................. 11 3.2 Issue Taxes................................................... 11 3.3 Required Payments............................................. 11 3.4 Registered Owner List......................................... 12 ARTICLE 4 ACCOUNTS...................................................... 13 4.1 Payment Account............................................... 13 4.2 Collection Account............................................ 13 ARTICLE 5 RECEIPT, DISTRIBUTION AND APPLICATION OF TRUST ESTATE......... 13 5.1 Application of the Payment Account When No Event of Default is Continuing.............................................. 13 5.2 Application of Payments During Continuance of an Event of Default.................................................... 13 5.3 Amounts Held by Trustee....................................... 14 5.4 Allocation of Payments........................................ 14 5.5 Method of Payment to Owners................................... 14 ARTICLE 6 EVIDENCE OF ACTS OF OWNERS.................................... 15 6.1 Execution by Note Owners or Agents............................ 15 6.2 Future Owners Bound........................................... 15 ARTICLE 7 INDENTURE DEFAULTS - REMEDIES................................. 15 7.1 Indenture Events of Default................................... 15 7.2 Acceleration of Notes......................................... 16 7.3 Annulment of Acceleration of Notes............................ 16 7.4 Default Remedies.............................................. 16 7.5 Other Enforcement Rights...................................... 17 7.6 Effect of Sale, etc........................................... 18 |
-1
7.7 Restoration of Rights and Remedies............................ 18 7.8 Application of Sale Proceeds and Deficiency................... 19 7.9 Cumulative Remedies........................................... 19 7.10 Limitations on Suits.......................................... 19 ARTICLE 8 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS......................................... 20 8.1 Financial Statements.......................................... 20 8.2 Existence, Compliance and Insurance........................... 20 8.3 Further Assurances............................................ 21 8.4 Performance of Obligations.................................... 21 8.5 Filings to Perfect Security Interests......................... 21 ARTICLE 9 NEGATIVE COVENANTS............................................ 21 9.1 Mergers, Etc.................................................. 21 9.2 Proceeds of Notes............................................. 21 9.3 Transactions with Affiliates.................................. 22 9.4 Jurisdiction of Incorporation................................. 22 ARTICLE 10 THE TRUSTEE................................................... 22 10.1 Certain Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee................ 22 10.2 Trustee's Compensation and Expenses........................... 23 10.3 Certain Rights of Trustee..................................... 24 10.4 Status of Monies Received..................................... 25 10.5 Resignation of Trustee........................................ 26 10.6 Removal of Trustee............................................ 26 10.7 Successor Trustee............................................. 26 10.8 Appointment of Successor Trustee.............................. 26 10.9 Merger or Consolidation of Trustee............................ 26 10.10 Acceptance of Appointment by Successor Trustee................ 27 10.11 Conveyance upon Request of Successor Trustee.................. 27 10.12 Co-Trustee and Collateral Agent............................... 27 10.13 Registrar..................................................... 28 ARTICLE 11 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES, WAIVERS.............................. 28 11.1 Supplemental Indentures Without Note Owners' Consent.......... 28 11.2 Waivers and Consents by Owners; Supplemental Indentures with Consent.................................................... 28 11.3 Notice of Supplemental Indenture.............................. 29 11.4 Solicitation of Note Owners................................... 29 11.5 Opinion of Counsel Conclusive as to Supplemental Indentures... 29 11.6 Effect of Supplemental Indentures............................. 29 ARTICLE 12 DISCHARGE AND UNCLAIMED FUNDS................................. 30 12.1 Satisfaction and Discharge of Agreement....................... 30 12.2 Return of Unclaimed Monies.................................... 30 ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS................................................. 30 13.1 Successors and Assigns........................................ 30 |
-2
13.2 Unenforceability of Provision................................. 31 13.3 Communications................................................ 31 13.4 Governing Law................................................. 33 13.5 Limitation on Interest........................................ 33 13.6 Counterparts.................................................. 33 13.7 Headings, etc.; Gender........................................ 33 13.8 Amendments.................................................... 34 13.9 Benefits of Agreement Restricted to Parties and Owners........ 34 13.10 Waiver of Notice.............................................. 34 13.11 Non-Recourse Persons.......................................... 34 13.12 Additional Financing Statement Filings........................ 34 13.13 Officers' Certificate and Opinions of Counsel; Statements to be Contained Therein....................................... 34 13.14 No Oral Agreements............................................ 35 Exhibit A Form of Note Exhibit B Instruction for Transfer of Registration Request |
TRUST INDENTURE
FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST INDENTURE dated as of August 15, 2005 (the "Indenture"), between CASTLE BRANDS (USA) CORP., a Delaware corporation (the "Issuer"), and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association and the indenture trustee hereunder (the "Trustee"; including any other Person serving as a successor or co-trustee hereunder), and is joined in by MHW, LTD., a New York corporation as the Collateral Agent hereunder and under the Security Documents (as defined herein).
RECITALS:
WHEREAS, the defined terms used in this Indenture shall have the respective meanings set forth in Section 1.1 unless elsewhere defined or the context shall otherwise require;
WHEREAS, the Issuer and Trustee, joined by the Collateral Agent, have entered into a First Supplemental Indenture dated of even date herewith ("First Supplemental Indenture") which amends and restates, as set forth below, the Trust Indenture entered into as of June 1, 2004.
WHEREAS, the Issuer is authorized by law, and deems it necessary to borrow money for its proper legal purposes and to grant a continuing security interest in certain of its Property to secure the payment thereof, and to that end, in the exercise of said authority, has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture providing for the issue of senior secured promissory notes;
WHEREAS, the Issuer has executed and delivered the Security Documents thereby granting continuing security interests in the Collateral;
-3
WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the issuance from time to time of its Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) of its 9% Senior Secured Notes, Series 2004 on the terms herein provided and to be secured by the Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents;
WHEREAS, the Notes will be issued in the form set forth as Exhibit A in the aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000, and the Issuer will sell uncertificated beneficial interests in the Notes to Persons who will become the Owners thereof and the beneficiaries under this Indenture; and
WHEREAS, all acts and proceedings required by law and by the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Issuer necessary to make the Notes, when executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer, and all acts and proceedings required by law and by the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Issuer necessary to constitute this Indenture a legal, valid and binding agreement for the uses and purposes herein set forth, in accordance with its terms, have been done and taken; and the Issuer has duly authorized, executed and delivered this Indenture;
NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH, that to secure the prompt and
complete payment of the principal of and interest on the Notes, the payment of
all other sums owing hereunder and under all Security Documents and the
performance of the covenants contained herein and in all Security Documents, and
in consideration of the premises and of the covenants contained herein, and the
purchase of beneficial interests in the Notes by the Owners, the Issuer has
hereby granted, bargained, sold, conveyed, assigned, transferred, mortgaged,
affected, pledged, set over, confirmed, granted a continuing security interest
in, and does hereby grant, bargain, sell, convey, assign, transfer, mortgage,
affect, pledge, set over, confirm, grant a continuing security interest to the
Trustee (subject to Section 12.1), all of its right, title and interest in, to
and under (i) all accounts and subaccounts established under this Indenture and
(ii) all funds now or hereafter paid or deposited or required to be paid or
deposited to or with the Trustee pursuant to any term hereof or any term of the
Security Documents or the Parent Guaranty (all such Properties, including
without limitation all properties hereafter specifically subjected to the lien
of this Indenture by any indenture supplement hereto, being hereinafter
collectively referred to as the "Trust Estate").
TO HAVE AND TO HOLD, all and singular, the Trust Estate for the uses and purposes, and subject to the terms and provisions set forth in this Indenture, unto the Trustee and its successors and assigns in trust forever.
IN TRUST NEVERTHELESS, under and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth and for the equal and proportionate, unless otherwise stated herein, benefit and security of the Owners from time to time of the Outstanding Notes and for the enforcement of the prompt and complete payment when due of all sums due in connection with the Outstanding Notes from time to time, this Indenture and each of the Security Documents and for the performance and observance by the Issuer of the covenants, obligations and conditions to be performed and observed by the Issuer;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that these presents are upon the condition that if the
Issuer, its successors or assigns, shall satisfy the conditions set forth in
Section 12.1 for a release of the Trust Estate in full, then this Indenture, and
the estates and rights assigned to the Trustee and in the Security Documents,
shall cease, terminate and be void; otherwise they shall remain and be in full
force and effect;
IT IS HEREBY FURTHER COVENANTED AND AGREED that the Trust Estate is to be held and applied by the Trustee for the benefit of the Owners, subject to the further covenants, agreements, conditions, uses and trust hereafter set forth. The Issuer, for itself and its successors and assigns, does hereby covenant and agree with the Trustee for the benefit of all present and future Owners, or any of them, as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINED TERMS
1.1 Special Definitions. For purposes of this Indenture, capitalized terms
shall have the respective meanings (i) set forth below, (ii) set forth in the
Section or other part of this Indenture following such term, or (iii) provided
for in the Security Documents (such definitions to be equally applicable to both
the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):
Affiliate -- at any time, and with respect to any Person, any other Person that at such time directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries Controls, or is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person. As used in this definition, "Control" means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise (and "Controlled" shall be construed accordingly). Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any reference to an "Affiliate" is a reference to an Affiliate of the Issuer.
Amended Note - has the meaning set forth in the First Supplemental Indenture.
Business Day -- means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York, New York and any other city where the Trustee shall have a corporate trust office administering any of its duties under this Indenture are authorized to close by law or executive order of a regulatory or administrative issuer having jurisdiction in connection therewith.
Closing Date -- the date of the initial issuance of a Note (but excluding a Note issued in substitution for an outstanding Note). One or more Notes may be issued from time to time hereunder.
Collateral - as defined in the Security Documents.
Collateral Agent - as defined in the Security Documents; initially, MHW, Ltd.
Collection Account -- has the meaning set out in Section 4.2.
Contested in Good Faith -- actively contested in good faith by appropriate actions or proceedings provided that the action to be taken will not result in any risk of imposition of civil or criminal penalties on the Trustee or the Owners of the Notes or substantial danger of sale, forfeiture or loss of a material part of the Collateral.
Debt -- for any Person the sum of the following (without duplication):
(i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or evidenced by
bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments (including principal,
interest, fees and charges); (ii) all obligations
of such Person (whether contingent or otherwise) in respect of bankers' acceptances, letters of credit, surety or other bonds and similar instruments; (iii) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of Property; (iv) all obligations under leases which shall have been, or should have been, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capital leases in respect of which such Person is liable; (v) all Debt (as described in the other clauses of this definition) and other obligations of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Debt or other obligation is assumed by such Person; and (vi) all Debt (as described in the other clauses of this definition) and other obligations of others guaranteed by such Person or in which such Person otherwise assures a creditor against loss of the debtor or obligations of others.
Default Rate - ten percent (10%) per annum.
Event of Default -- has the meaning set out in Section 7.1.
Excepted Liens -- (i) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet due or which are being Contested In Good Faith; (ii) Liens in connection with workmen's compensation, unemployment insurance or other social security, old age pension or public liability obligations not yet due or which are being Contested In Good Faith; (iii) operators', vendors', carriers', warehousemen's, repairmen's, mechanics', workmen's, materialmen's, or other like Liens arising by operation of law in the ordinary course of business or statutory landlord's liens (so long as no action has been taken to file or enforce such Liens) or which are being Contested In Good Faith; (iv) deposits of cash or securities to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (v) other Liens expressly permitted by the Security Documents.
First Supplemental Indenture - has the meaning set forth in the second recital to this Agreement.
GAAP -- generally accepted accounting principles and practices which are recognized as such in the United States by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or any generally recognized successor) as in effect from time to time.
Governmental Authority -- the country, the state, county, city and political subdivisions in which any Person or such Person's Property is located or which exercises jurisdiction over any such Person or such Person's Property, and any court, agency, department, commission, board, body, bureau or instrumentality of any of them including monetary authorities which exercises jurisdiction over any such Person or such Person's Property. Unless otherwise specified, all references to Governmental Authority herein shall mean a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over, where applicable, the Issuer, the Parent or any of their Property or the Trustee or any Note Owner.
Governmental Requirements - meaning any applicable law, statute, code, ordinance, order, determination, rule, regulation, publication, judgment, decree, injunction, franchise, permit, registration, consent, approval, certificate, license, authorization or other directive or requirement (whether or not having the force of law), of any Governmental Authority.
Indenture -- this Indenture, as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended in accordance with the provisions hereof.
Interest Payment Date - each May 31st and November 30th of each year, with the first Interest Payment Date being November 30, 2004 and the last Interest Payment Date being the Maturity Date.
Issuer -- has the meaning set out in the first paragraph of this Indenture and includes any successor to the Issuer by way of merger, consolidation, conversion or transfer of all or substantially all assets of the Issuer.
Investment Grade -- a rating equal to or higher than "BBB-" by
Standard & Poor's Rating Services, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies,
Inc. or any successor thereto or equal to or higher than "Baa3" by Moody's
Investors Service, Inc. or any successor thereto and equal to or higher
than "BBB-" by Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co. or any successors thereto
(if Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co. is then rating the applicable security)
or a comparable rating by another nationally recognized statistical rating
organization, which rating and organization are approved by the Issuer.
Lien -- any interest in Property securing an obligation owed to, or a claim by, a Person other than the owner of the Property, whether such interest is based on the common law, statute or contract, and including but not limited to the security interest or lien arising from a mortgage, encumbrance, pledge, conditional sale or other title retention agreement, trust receipt or a lease, consignment or bailment for security purposes.
Majority of Owners -- at any time, Owners of more than fifty percent (50%) of the beneficial interest in the aggregate principal amount owed by the Issuer pursuant to all Notes then Outstanding.
Maturity Date - May 31, 2009.
Notes - any or all of the Notes executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.
Opinion of Counsel -- an opinion of outside counsel (which may from time to time serve as counsel for the Issuer, for the Trustee or for an Owner) reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, which opinion is in scope, form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee.
Original Note - has the meaning as set forth in the First Supplemental Indenture.
Outstanding -- when used with reference to Notes shall mean, as of any particular time, all Notes executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by Trustee to the Depository under this Indenture, except:
(a) Notes theretofore cancelled;
(b) Notes for the payment or prepayment of which moneys in the necessary amount shall have been deposited in trust with the Trustee; and
(c) Notes in lieu of or in substitution for which other Notes shall have been delivered pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.
Owner - A Person who is the owner of a beneficial interest in the
Notes and who is registered as such with the Registrar as provided in
Section 2.3.
Owner Register - as defined in Section 2.3.
Parent - Castle Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation and owner of all the capital stock of Issuer.
Parent Guaranty - Guaranty of even date herewith executed by the Parent to the Trustee for the benefit of the Owners.
Payment Account - has the meaning set out in Section 4.1.
Permitted Investments -- (a) direct obligations of the United States
of America (including obligations issued or held in book-entry form on the
books of the Department of the Treasury of the United States of America and
certificates or other instruments evidencing ownership interests in such
direct obligations of the United States of America such as CATS, TIGRS,
Treasury Receipts and Stripped Treasury Coupons) which mature within one
(1) year after the acquisition thereof; (b) obligations for which the
timely payment of the principal thereof are fully guaranteed by the United
States of America or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, which
mature within one (1) year after the acquisition thereof; (c) certificates
of deposit of, or time deposits in, any bank (including any Trustee) or
trust company organized under the laws of the United States of America or
any state thereof whose unsecured obligations are accorded one of the two
highest ratings by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of The
McGraw Hill Companies, Inc. or Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and by Duff
& Phelps Credit Rating Co. (if such unsecured obligations are rated by Duff
& Phelps Credit Rating Co.) and which have at least Five Hundred Million
Dollars ($500,000,000) of stated capital and surplus, maturing within
ninety (90) days after the acquisition thereof; (d) readily marketable
commercial paper of corporations doing business in and incorporated under
the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof given on the
date of the investment a credit rating of at least P-l by Moody's Investor
Services, Inc., or A-1 by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of
The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc. and D-1 by Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.
(if Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co. is then rating such commercial paper)
in each case due within 90 days after the date of the making of the
investment; and (e) investments in a money-market fund (including any fund
for which a Trustee or any Affiliate of a Trustee serves as adviser or
sponsor or otherwise receives compensation with respect to such fund) rated
AAA or better by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of The
McGraw Hill Companies, Inc. or Aaa by Moody's Investors Services, Inc. and
having the equivalent rating from Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co., if such
investments are then rated by Duff & Phelps Rating Co. (or equivalent
categories that may be established by such rating services).
Person -- an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association or organization, government, governmental agency or governmental subdivision.
Pledge Creditors -- has the meaning set out in Section 2.5
Property -- any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, and whether tangible or intangible.
Registered Owner List - a list as of any day, certified by a Responsible Officer of the Registrar, setting forth the name, address, tax identification number, principal amount of Notes beneficially owned, amount of interest and principal payment due or coming due (if applicable), wire transfer instructions (if applicable) and any other information reasonably requested by the Trustee, with respect to each Owner of a Note.
Registrar - the Person serving as registrar and transfer agent of the Issuer under Article 2 of this Indenture. Initially, the Parent shall be the Registrar. The provisions regarding resignation, removal and succession of the Trustee shall also apply to the resignation, removal and succession of the Registrar.
Responsible Officer -- with respect to any corporation, the president, the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, or the chief operating officer; and with respect to any Trustee which is a corporation or banking association, any vice president, corporate trust officer or other officer, in each case employed within the corporate trust department of such Trustee and who has direct supervisory responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
Security -- has the same meaning as in Section 2(1) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Security Documents - means the (i) Collateral Agreement among the Company, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee, (ii) the Security Agreement (MHW, Ltd) between the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, and (iii) the General Security Agreement (Castle Brands [USA], Corp.) among the Company, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee, each originally dated as of June 1, 2004, and each being amended by a First Amendment of even date herewith.
Stub Interest - interest accrued on a Note from the Closing Date on which it is first issued to but not including the next regularly scheduled Interest Payment Date of such Note.
Supermajority of Owners -- at any time, Owners of sixty-six and 2/3 percent (66 2/3%) or more of the beneficial interest in the aggregate principal amount owed by the Issuer pursuant to all Notes then Outstanding.
Trust Estate -- has the meaning set out in the granting clause hereof.
Trustee -- has the meaning set out in the first paragraph of this Indenture. The Trustee shall also serve as paying agent.
UCC -- the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York or in any other jurisdiction the laws of which are applicable to the Collateral.
Written Request -- with respect to any Person a written order or request signed in the name of such Person by a Responsible Officer of such Person (if a corporation) or by a general or managing partner of such Person (if a partnership) or by the manager of such Person (if a limited liability company) or by the individual (if such Person is an individual).
ARTICLE 2
FORM, EXECUTION, ISSUE AND DELIVERY OF NOTES
2.1 Issue of Notes. The Issuer has authorized the issue and sale from time to time of a maximum of Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) aggregate original principal amount of its 9% Senior Secured Notes, Series 2004 due May 31, 2009. Physical Notes shall be issuable as fully registered Notes in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Owners. The Owners' beneficial interests in the Notes shall not be evidenced by physical certificates, but shall be registered and maintained by the Registrar in book-entry form.
2.2 Authentication of Physical Notes; Denominations of Notes; Form; Custody.
(a) Authentication. Only such of the physical Notes as shall have been executed by a Responsible Officer of the Issuer and which bear thereon a certificate in the form of authentication set forth in Exhibit A executed by the Trustee, shall be valid, and the authentication by the Trustee upon any such Note executed on behalf of the Issuer as aforesaid shall be conclusive evidence that the Note so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.
(b) Denominations. The Notes and the beneficial interests therein shall be issued from time to time in denominations of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) and multiples thereof.
(c) Form. All physical Notes shall be issued in the form of the Notes attached hereto as Exhibit A, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinabove provided. Each Note shall be dated its respective Closing Date.
(d) Custody. The Trustee shall maintain custody of the physical Notes, and no physical Notes shall ever be issued other than in the name of the Trustee.
2.3 Registration of Owners. The Registrar shall maintain a register (the "Owner Register"), showing the name, address, tax identification number, and the principal amount of the Notes beneficially owned (in denominations of $ 5,000 or multiples thereof) by (i) each Person to whom the Issuer has sold a beneficial interest in the Notes as certified to the Registrar by a Responsible Officer of the Issuer and (ii) each Person who is a transferee of a beneficial interest in the Notes pursuant to Section 2.7. The Person shown as an Owner on the Owner Register, as certified to the Trustee by the Registrar, shall be deemed and treated as the owner and holder of a Note for all purposes of this Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be affected by any notice or knowledge to the contrary.
2.4 Exchange of Physical Notes. The Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more new Notes payable to the Trustee in exchange therefor, of like tenor for a like aggregate principal amount in authorized denominations, such that the outstanding aggregate principal amount of physical Notes held by the Trustee is at all times equal to the outstanding aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests in the Notes owned by Owners. All physical Notes surrendered for exchange or replacement shall be canceled by the Trustee and delivered to the Issuer. If an Amended Note is issued in substitution and cancellation of an Original Note on any date other than an Interest Payment Date, the interest payable on such Amended Note on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date shall include all unpaid interest on the Original Note at
the rate provided for in the Original Note accrued through the date of such Original Note's cancellation as well as interest accrued on the Amended Note issued in replacement therefor at the rate provided for in the Amended Note from the date of its issuance to but not including such next succeeding Interest Payment Date.
2.5 Pledges. With the permission of the Issuer which will not be unreasonably withheld, Owners may grant security interests in and pledge their beneficial interest in the Notes to secure obligations owed to third Persons ("Pledge Creditors"). Upon receiving a Written Request from the Issuer and the Owner to register a grant of a security interest in the Owner's beneficial interest in the Notes, the Registrar shall note in the Owner Register the name of the Pledge Creditor, its address and tax identification number, the name of the Owner and principal amount of beneficial interest in the Notes owned by Owner and which have been pledged to the Pledge Creditor. Upon acceptance of such Written Request and, except to the extent that the Owner, Pledge Creditor, Issuer and Registrar have otherwise agreed in writing, the Pledge Creditor shall be treated as the registered owner for all purposes of this Indenture and shall be in control of the Notes so noted on the Owner Register.
2.6 Proof of Ownership. Beneficial ownership interests in the Notes will not be certificated or represented by negotiable instruments, but will be maintained by the Registrar and transferred by book-entry procedures in accordance with Article 8 of the UCC and the Securities Transfer Association Rules. The Registrar shall mail a statement of ownership to each initial Owner and to each Person who subsequently becomes an Owner within three (3) Business Days following entry of such Owner's name on the Owner Registry. If any Owner or Pledge Creditor desires proof of ownership of its beneficial interest or of the registration of its security interest in the Notes, the Registrar shall, upon receiving a Written Request therefor from the Owner or Pledge Creditor, certify as of the date requested the principal amount of beneficial interest in the Notes owned by such Owner or pledged to such Pledge Creditor.
2.7 Transfer of Beneficial Interest in the Notes. Any Owner of a Note may
transfer all or part of its beneficial interest in the Notes in increments of
$5,000 by delivering to the Issuer, with a copy to the Registrar, a written
instruction requesting registration of transfer in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit B ("Transfer of Registration Request"), appropriately completed and duly
executed by the Owner and its proposed transferee. Upon receiving such Transfer
of Registration Request approved by a Responsible Officer of the Issuer, the
Registrar shall amend the Owner Register by deducting from the transferor
Owner's account the principal amount of beneficial interest in the Notes to be
transferred pursuant to the Transfer of Registration Request and crediting the
account of the transferee Owner with such principal amount so transferred.
NEITHER THE ISSUER NOR THE REGISTRAR SHALL BE REQUIRED TO REGISTER THE TRANSFER
OF ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE NOTES UNLESS, IN THE REASONABLE JUDGMENT OF
THE ISSUER AND (UNLESS WAIVED) IN RELIANCE UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE
TO IT, SUCH TRANSFER IS NOT IN VIOLATION OF ANY SECURITIES, ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE
OR OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS.
2.8 Valid Obligations. All Notes executed, authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in replacement of, other Notes as provided in this Indenture shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt as such other Notes, shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and Security Documents to the same extent as the Notes in exchange for or replacement of which they were executed and delivered, and the rights of Owners of the beneficial interests in the Notes to payments with respect thereto and to the benefits and privileges of this Indenture and the Security Documents shall not be affected by such exchange or replacement.
2.9 Execution and Delivery. The Notes may be typewritten, printed or lithographed or produced by any other means acceptable to the Trustee, and shall be signed on behalf of the Issuer by the manual signature of one of its Responsible Officers. In the case that any of the officers who shall have signed or sealed any of the Notes shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Issuer before the Notes so signed shall have been delivered by or on behalf of the Issuer, such Notes may nevertheless be delivered and issued and, upon such delivery and issue, shall be binding upon the Issuer as though those who signed or sealed the same had continued to be such officer or officers.
2.10 Payments. All payments of interest, principal and other amounts due on the Notes shall be made by the Issuer to the Trustee, and by the Trustee in turn to the Owners, proportionate to the principal amount of Notes owned by each as shown on the Owner Register; provided however, if more than one Note shall be issued on different Closing Dates, then the Stub Interest due on each Note shall be paid only to those Owners certified by the Registrar as the Owners of each such Note. All payments of interest and principal on the Notes shall be made by the Issuer to or upon the order of the Trustee on the dates and at the times provided for such payment under this Indenture and the Notes by transfer of immediately available funds. Provided that the Trustee has received timely sufficient funds from the sources described in this Indenture to make such payment and a Registered Owner List, each such payment to the Trustee shall be valid and effective to fully satisfy and discharge all liability of the Issuer with respect to its liability on the Notes to the extent of the sum or sums so paid.
ARTICLE 3
PAYMENTS OF INTEREST AND PRINCIPAL
3.1 Payment by Issuer. The Issuer shall pay all amounts due with respect to the Notes (without any presentment of any such Notes and without any notation of such payment being made thereon) in lawful money of the United States of America to the Trustee as provided for in this Indenture. In any case where the date of maturity of principal of, and interest on, the Notes or the date fixed for any prepayment (in whole or in part) of the Notes is not a Business Day, then payment of such principal of, and interest on, the Notes need not be made on such date but in no event shall be made later than the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date or the date fixed for such prepayment. Each Owner agrees that the Trustee, in its individual capacity, shall not be liable to the Owner of any Note for any amounts payable under any Note or this Indenture. The Notes may be prepaid at any time without premium or penalty.
3.2 Issue Taxes. The Issuer will pay all taxes, assessments and charges in connection with the issuance and sale of the Notes by the Issuer and in connection with any modification of the Notes and will save the Trustee and each holder of any Note harmless without limitation as to time against any and all liabilities with respect to all such taxes. The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 3.2 shall survive the payment or prepayment of the Notes and the termination of this Indenture.
3.3 Required Payments.
(a) Principal and Interest. Accrued interest on the Notes shall be due and payable (i) on each Interest Payment Date, (ii) on the date of any prepayment of any Note being prepaid, (iii)
on the Maturity Date and (iv) upon acceleration of the Notes pursuant to Article
7. If not earlier prepaid at the discretion of the Issuer, all principal on the
Notes is due on the Maturity Date.
(b) Amortization Schedules. No principal on the Notes is required to be paid, deposited or reserved by the Issuer pursuant to any amortization or sinking fund schedule, all principal on the Notes being due on the Maturity Date.
(c) Record Dates for Payments to Owners. All payments of principal and interest shall be made to Persons who are Owners as set out on the Owner Register on the fifteenth (15th) day, whether or not a Business Day, preceding the date when such payment is due (each such date being a "Record Date").
3.4 Registered Owner List. The Registrar shall deliver a Registered Owner List to the Trustee at least ten (10) days prior to the date on which any payment is to be made, any communication is to be delivered, or any other action or thing is to be taken, by the Trustee with respect to the Owners. With respect to any payments, the Registered Owner List shall reflect the Owners of the Notes as of the pertinent Record Date, and the Trustee shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon such Registered Owner List in effecting payment. Upon receiving a Written Request from the Trustee, the Registrar shall deliver a Registered Owner List to the Trustee on the next succeeding Business Day.
ARTICLE 4
ACCOUNTS
4.1 Payment Account. The Trustee shall establish an account styled the "Payment Account" (the "Payment Account") subject to the Trustee's sole dominion and control. All funds representing payments for interest and principal on the Notes received by the Trustee from the Issuer and by transfers from the Collection Account pursuant to Section 4.2 below shall be credited to the Payment Account and shall be applied toward payment of interest and principal on the Notes. The Issuer shall have no obligation to maintain any minimum or reserve amounts in the Payment Account.
4.2 Collection Account. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and the exercise by the Trustee of any rights or remedies under Article 7 of this Indenture, the Trustee shall establish an account styled the "Collection Account" (the "Collection Account") subject to the Trustee's sole dominion and control. Each payment received by the Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of the Security Documents, in connection with the Collateral or the Parent Guaranty shall be deposited by the Trustee in the Collection Account, shall be held in trust by it as part of the Trust Estate and shall be applied pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.2 below. From time to time the Trustee may, and upon receiving written direction from a Supermajority of Owners shall, transfer all or part of funds credited to the Collection Account to the Payment Account to effect payment to Owners.
ARTICLE 5
RECEIPT, DISTRIBUTION AND APPLICATION OF TRUST ESTATE
5.1 Application of the Payment Account When No Event of Default is Continuing. So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee shall apply any amounts in the Payment Account as follows:
first, to the accrued unpaid interest due and payable to the Owners allocated pursuant to Section 5.4; and
second, to the principal due at maturity and upon prepayments of principal, if any, allocated pursuant to Section 5.4, and
third, the balance, if any, of such payment remaining shall be distributed to the Issuer or its assigns.
5.2 Application of Payments During Continuance of an Event of Default. All monies held or realized in connection with the Security Documents, the Collateral or the Parent Guaranty, or otherwise by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent after an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, as well as all payments or amounts thereafter received by the Trustee as part of the Trust Estate while any such Event of Default shall be continuing, shall be applied by the Trustee as follows:
first, so much of such monies, payments or amounts as shall be required to reimburse the Trustee and the Collateral Agent for their services and the costs and expenses of foreclosure or suit, if any, and the retaking, holding, preparing for sale, liquidation or other disposition of the Collateral and reasonable attorneys fees and legal expenses incurred by the Trustee;
second, to any Owners for all theretofore unreimbursed payments paid by the then existing or prior Owners pursuant to any indemnity or security furnished to the Trustee shall be distributed to such Owners ratably, without priority of one over the other, in the proportion that the amount of each such unreimbursed payment of each such Owner bears to the aggregate amount of all such unreimbursed payments by all such Owners;
third, so much of such monies, payments or amounts remaining as shall be required to pay the unpaid principal balance due on all Outstanding Notes, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall be distributed to the Owners of such Notes without priority of one such Owner over another, and allocated pursuant to Section 5.4; and
fourth, the balance, if any, of such monies, payments or amounts shall be distributed to the Issuer or its assigns.
5.3 Amounts Held by Trustee. Any amounts held by the Trustee in the Payment Account or Collection Account, or pursuant to any other provision hereof or any provision of any Security Document and which have not been applied or distributed pursuant to the other provisions of this Indenture, may, upon Written Request of the Issuer (or upon oral request of the Issuer, promptly confirmed in writing), be invested by the Trustee from time to time in Permitted Investments. All Permitted Investments shall be held in the name of the Trustee and control thereof shall be maintained by the Trustee as provided in Section 8-106 of the UCC. Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, any income realized as a result of any such Permitted Investment, net of the Trustee's reasonable fees and expenses in making such Permitted Investment, shall be held and applied by the Trustee in the same manner as the principal amount of such Permitted Investment is to be applied and any losses, net of earnings and such reasonable fees and expenses, shall be charged against the principal amount invested. The Trustee shall not be liable for any loss resulting from any investment required to be made by it under this Indenture other than by reason of its willful misconduct or negligence, and any such investment may be sold (without regard to its maturity or whether it is sold at a loss) by the Trustee without instructions whenever the Trustee reasonably believes that such sale is necessary to make a payment required by this Indenture.
5.4 Allocation of Payments. Except for Stub Interest which shall be paid as set forth in Section 2.10, each payment applied to the Outstanding Notes pursuant to Articles 3, 4 or 5 shall be allocated among the Owners in proportion to the respective outstanding principal amounts owed to each such Owner by the Issuer. Following an Event of Default, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Trustee shall report all payments to Owners as first being applied to reduce principal, and if all principal due on the Notes has been paid, as next being applied to reduce accrued interest due on the Notes.
5.5 Method of Payment to Owners. The principal of and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable to the Owners of the Notes pursuant to this Indenture will be payable at the office of the Trustee in United States dollars in immediately available funds on the due date thereof. Owners of Notes aggregating $500,000 or more in principal amount desiring payment in immediately available funds may provide wire transfer information to the Registrar in writing on or prior to the record date for such payment. The Registrar shall be responsible for timely communicating wire transfer instructions to the Trustee along with the Registered Owner List. Otherwise, the Trustee will effect delivery, unless the Owner otherwise requests in writing to accept payment at the office of the Trustee, of all amounts payable to such Owner by means of a check or
draft from a depository banking account maintained with the Trustee in its individual capacity, mailed first class to such Owner to its address shown on the Registered Owner List.
ARTICLE 6
EVIDENCE OF ACTS OF OWNERS
6.1 Execution by Note Owners or Agents. Any request, consent, demand, authorization, direction, notice, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Owners of the Notes may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor and may be signed or executed by such Owners in person or by agent or agents duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer.
6.2 Future Owners Bound. Any request, consent, demand, authorization, direction, notice, waiver or other action of Owners shall bind every future Owner in respect of anything done or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Issuer in pursuance of such action irrespective of any representations made to or information received by such future Owner from any Person.
ARTICLE 7
INDENTURE DEFAULTS - REMEDIES
7.1 Indenture Events of Default. One or more of the following events shall constitute an " Event of Default":
(a) the Issuer shall default in the payment or prepayment when due of any principal of or interest on any Note and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of twenty (20) Business Days; or
(b) any representation, warranty or certification at any time made herein or in any Security Document or any certificate furnished to the Trustee or Collateral Agent pursuant to the provisions hereof or any Security Document, shall prove to have been materially false or misleading as of the time made or furnished, or the Issuer shall default in the performance of any of its other material obligations hereunder or under the Security Documents, and such misstatement, breach or default shall continue unremedied by Issuer (or shall continue unwaived by the Majority of Owners) for a period of sixty (60) days after notice thereof has been given by the Trustee to the Issuer; or
(c) the Issuer shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as such debts become due; or
(d) the Issuer shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, custodian, trustee or liquidator of itself or of all or a substantial part of its Property, (ii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iii) commence a voluntary case under the United States Bankruptcy Code (as now or hereafter in effect), (iv) file a petition seeking to take advantage of any other law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding-up, liquidation or composition or readjustment of debts, or (v) fail to oppose in a timely and appropriate manner, or acquiesce in writing to, any petition filed against it in an involuntary case under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or (vi) take any corporate action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or
(e) a proceeding or case shall be commenced, without the application or consent of the Issuer, in any court of competent jurisdiction, seeking (i) its liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or winding-up, or the composition or readjustment of its debts, (ii) the appointment of a trustee, receiver, custodian, liquidator or the like of the Issuer of all or any substantial part of its assets, or (iii) similar relief in respect of the Issuer under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding-up, or composition or adjustment of debts, and such proceeding or case shall continue undismissed, or an order, judgment or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered and continue unstayed and in effect, for a period of ninety (90) days; or (iv) an order for relief against the Issuer shall be entered in an involuntary case under the United States Bankruptcy Code.
7.2 Acceleration of Notes.
(a) Acceleration by Trustee. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee may, and at the written direction of a Supermajority of Owners shall, declare the entire principal of and all interest accrued on all the Notes then Outstanding to be, and such Notes shall thereupon become, immediately due and payable together with all interest accrued thereon. In such case, all Outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without any presentment, demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of acceleration or intention to accelerate or any other notice or declaration of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Issuer, and the Issuer will forthwith pay to the Trustee for the benefit of all Owners of the Notes then Outstanding the entire principal of and interest accrued on the Notes.
(b) Nonwaiver and Expenses. No course of dealing on the part of the Owners or Trustee or any delay or failure on the part of any Owner or the Trustee to exercise any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or otherwise prejudice any of their rights, powers and remedies.
7.3 Annulment of Acceleration of Notes. If a declaration of acceleration is made pursuant to Section 7.2 by the Trustee, then a Majority of Owners may, by written instrument filed with the Issuer and the Trustee, rescind and annul such declaration. If a declaration of acceleration is made pursuant to Section 7.2 at the written direction of a Supermajority of Owners, then a Supermajority of Owners may, by written instrument filed with the Issuer and the Trustee, rescind and annul such declaration, and the consequences thereof; provided, that no such rescission and annulment shall (i) extend to or affect any subsequent Event of Default or (ii) impair any right in connection therewith.
7.4 Default Remedies. If an Event of Default exists,
(a) the Trustee may, and upon receiving a written direction of a Supermajority of Owners shall, (i) exercise all of the rights and remedies granted to such Trustee hereunder, and/or (ii) by itself, or by direction given to the Collateral Agent cause it to, exercise all of the rights and remedies granted under each of the Security Documents, and/or (iii) by itself, or by direction given to the Collateral Agent cause it to, exercise all of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code. The Trustee or the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Trustee may take possession of all or any part of the Collateral to the exclusion of the Issuer and all Persons claiming under the Issuer; and
(b) the Trustee may itself or by direction given to the Collateral Agent exercise all other rights and remedies permitted by law or in equity.
7.5 Other Enforcement Rights.
(a) The Trustee may, but unless first requested so to do by a Supermajority of Owners and furnished with indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it pursuant to Article 10 hereof shall not (subject to the provisions of Section 10.1) be under any obligation to, proceed to protect and enforce this Indenture, the Notes, the Parent Guaranty and any Security Document by suit or suits or proceedings in equity, at law or in bankruptcy, and whether for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement herein or therein provided, or for foreclosure or orderly liquidation thereunder, or for the appointment of a receiver or receivers for the foreclosure thereunder, or for the appointment of a receiver or receivers for the Trust Estate or other Collateral or any part thereof, for the recovery of judgment for the obligations hereby secured or for the enforcement of any other proper, legal or equitable remedy available under applicable law.
(b) In case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and there shall be pending any case or proceedings for the bankruptcy or for the reorganization or arrangement of the Issuer, the Trustee may file such proof of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and of the Owners allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer, irrespective of whether the principal of all of the Notes shall then be due and payable as therein expressed, by proceedings for the prepayment thereof, by declaration or otherwise, the Trustee shall be entitled and empowered to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes, and any other sum or sums owing thereon or pursuant thereto or pursuant hereto, and to collect and receive any or other Property payable or deliverable on any such claim, and to distribute the same as provided in Section 5.3; and any receiver, custodian, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy, trustee or debtor in reorganization or trustee or debtor in any proceedings for the adoption of an arrangement is hereby authorized by each Owner, to make such payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Owners, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for compensation and expenses, including reasonable external counsel fees, incurred by it up to the date of such distribution; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize or empower the Trustee to consent to accept or adopt, on behalf of any Owner, any plan of reorganization or readjustment of the Issuer affecting the Notes or the rights of any Owner, or to authorize or empower the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Owner in any such proceedings.
(c) The Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints the Trustee and the Collateral Agent as the Issuer's attorney-in-fact and proxy, with full authority in the place and stead of the Issuer and in the name of the Issuer or otherwise, from time to time during the continuance of an Event of Default in the Trustee's discretion, to take any action and to execute any instrument which the Trustee may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Indenture or the Security Documents, including, without limitation: (a) to ask, demand, collect, sue for, recover, compound, receive and give acquittance and receipts for monies due and to become due under or in respect of any of the Collateral; and (b) to file any claims or take any action or institute any proceedings which the Trustee may deem necessary or desirable for the collection of any of the Collateral or otherwise to enforce the rights of the Trustee with respect to any of the Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall have the
right to receive, collect and endorse all checks made payable to the Issuer or the Issuer's order. If the Issuer fails to perform any act or to take any action which hereunder or under any Security Document the Issuer is required (or has the right) to perform or take, or to pay any money which hereunder or under any other Security Document the Issuer is required to pay, the Trustee and\or the Collateral Agent, in the Issuer's name or in its own name, may (but shall not be obligated to) following notice to the Issuer perform or cause to be performed such act or take such action or pay such money, and any expenses so incurred, and any money so paid by the Trustee and\or the Collateral Agent, shall be a demand obligation owing by the Issuer and shall bear interest from the date of making such payment until paid at the Default Rate. Upon making any such payment, the Trustee and\or Collateral Agent shall be subrogated to all of the rights of the Person receiving such payment, which rights will be held by the Trustee and\or Collateral Agent to secure the obligations secured hereby.
(d) Anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, a Supermajority of Owners shall have the right, at any time, by an instrument or instruments in writing, executed and delivered to Trustee and\or Collateral Agent, after providing indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee and Collateral Agent, to direct the method and place of conducting all proceedings to be taken by the Trustee and\or Collateral Agent in connection with the enforcement of the terms and conditions of this Indenture and the Security Documents; provided, however, that such direction shall not violate the express provisions of this Indenture or applicable law.
7.6 Effect of Sale, etc.
(a) Any sale or sales pursuant to the provisions hereof or of any other Security Document, whether under the power of sale granted hereby or thereby or pursuant to any legal proceedings, shall operate to divest the Issuer of all right, title, interest, claim and demand whatsoever, either at law or in equity, of, in and to the Trust Estate or other Collateral, or any part thereof, so sold, and any Property so sold shall be free and clear of any and all rights of redemption by, through or under the Issuer. At any such sale, any Owner may bid for and purchase the Property sold and may make payment therefor as set forth below, and any Owner so purchasing any such Property, upon compliance with the terms of sale may hold, retain and dispose of such Property without further accountability.
(b) The receipt by any Trustee, or by any Person authorized under any judicial proceedings to make any such sale, of the proceeds of any such sale shall be a sufficient discharge to any purchaser of the Trust Estate or other Collateral, or of any part thereof, sold as aforesaid; and no such purchaser shall be bound to see to the application of such proceeds, or be bound to inquire as to the authorization, necessity or propriety of any such sale.
7.7 Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee shall have instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture or under any other Security Document and such proceeding shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or shall have been determined adversely to such Trustee, then and in every such case such Trustee, the Issuer and the Owners of the Notes shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder or under any Security Document, and thereafter all rights and remedies of such Trustee shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.
7.8 Application of Sale Proceeds and Deficiency. The proceeds of any exercise of rights with respect to the Trust Estate or any other Collateral, or any part thereof, and the proceeds and the avails of any remedy hereunder shall be deposited with the Trustee and applied as described in Sections 4.2 and 5.2. In the event that at any time and from time to time the payments then collected by the Trustee and the proceeds of any sale, collection or realization of or upon Collateral are insufficient to pay all the obligations secured by this Indenture, the Issuer shall be liable for the deficiency, together with interest thereon at the Default Rate, together with the costs of collection and the reasonable fees and disbursements of any attorneys employed to collect such deficiency.
7.9 Cumulative Remedies. No delay or omission of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or of any one or more of the Owners to exercise any right or power hereunder or under any Security Document in connection with any Event of Default or failure of performance on the part of the Issuer shall exhaust or impair any such right or power or prevent its exercise during the continuance of Event of Default. No waiver by any Trustee, the Collateral Agent, or the Owners, of any such Event of Default, whether such waiver be full or partial, shall extend to or be taken to affect any subsequent default, or to impair the rights resulting therefrom except as may be otherwise expressly provided herein. No remedy hereunder or under any Security Document is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy but each and every remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any and every other remedy given hereunder or under any Security Document or otherwise existing; nor shall the giving, taking or enforcement of any other or additional security, any guarantees or the Collateral for the payment of the obligations secured under this Indenture operate to prejudice, waive or affect the security of this Indenture or any Security Document or any rights, powers or remedies hereunder or under any Security Document, nor shall the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or any Owner be required to first look to, enforce or exhaust such other or additional security, Collateral or guaranties. All covenants, conditions, provisions, warranties, guaranties, indemnities and other undertakings of the Issuer contained in this Indenture, or in any document referred to herein or in any agreement supplementary hereto or in any Security Documents shall be deemed cumulative to and not in derogation or substitution of any of the terms, covenants, conditions, or agreements of the Issuer herein contained. To the extent of overlap of any security interest or lien granted hereunder or under any Security Document on any particular Collateral, the Trustee may elect to exercise or cause the Collateral Agent to exercise rights and remedies under either or, if appropriate, both of such security interests or liens.
7.10 Limitations on Suits. No Owner shall have the right to institute any suit, action or proceeding at law or in equity, for the enforcement of any trust or power granted to the Trustee under this Indenture or any Security Document or for any other remedy under or upon this Indenture, the Notes, or any Security Document, unless (a) a Supermajority of Owners shall have made Written Request upon the Trustee to exercise the powers herein granted or to institute such action, suit or proceeding in its own name; (b) such Owners shall have offered to the Trustee the security and indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it as provided under Section 10.3(f); and (c) the Trustee shall have refused or failed to comply with such Written Request for a period of thirty (30) days after such Written Request shall have been received by it. Such notification, request, offer of indemnity and refusal or failure are hereby declared, in every case, to be conditions precedent to the exercise by any Owner of any remedy hereunder; it being understood and intended that no one or more Owners of Notes shall have any right in any manner whatever by its or their action to enforce any right under this Indenture, the Notes or any Security Document, except in the manner herein provided, and that all judicial proceedings to enforce any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or any other Security Document shall be instituted, had and maintained in the manner herein or any other Security
Document provided and for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Owners of the Outstanding Notes.
ARTICLE 8
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
The Issuer covenants and agrees that until payment in full of all Notes issued hereunder:
8.1 Financial Statements. The Issuer shall, at its sole expense, deliver, or shall cause to be delivered, to the Registrar for distribution to the Owners, as reflected on the most recent Registered Owners List, with a copy to the Trustee:
(a) Within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer the audited statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flow, of the Issuer for such fiscal year, and the related balance sheet of the Issuer as at the end of such fiscal year, and setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the preceding fiscal year, accompanied by (i) the related opinion of independent public accountants then engaged by the board of directors of the Company to conduct its annual audit.
(b) Within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarterly periods of each fiscal year of the Issuer the unaudited statements of operations and cash flows of the Issuer for such period and for the period from the beginning of the respective fiscal year to the end of such period, and the related balance sheets as at the end of such period, and setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding period in the preceding fiscal year, prepared in accordance with GAAP, as at the end of, and for, such period (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments).
(c) The Trustee shall not be under any duty to check or verify any financial statements, cash flows, balance sheets or other reports furnished pursuant to this section, or to check, verify or compare any of such statements or reports previously or subsequently furnished, its sole duty with respect thereto being to distribute same to the Owners upon Written Request.
8.2 Existence, Compliance and Insurance. The Issuer shall: (i) preserve and maintain its corporate existence and all of its material rights, privileges, licenses and franchises reasonably necessary for the conduct of its business as determined in good faith by its board of directors; (ii) keep proper books of record and account; (iii) comply with relevant Governmental Requirements if failure to comply with such requirements would have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Issuer; (iv) pay and discharge, or make appropriate reserves for, all material taxes, Liens, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed on it or on its income or profits or on any material part of its Property except for any such tax, Lien, assessment, charge, levy, account payable or claim, the payment of which is being Contested In Good Faith; (v) permit the Trustee or a representative of a Majority of Owners to visit and inspect, under the Issuer's guidance, any of the material Properties of the Issuer, and to examine all of its books of account, records, reports and other relevant papers; and (vi) keep, or cause to be kept, insured all material Property of a character usually insured by Persons engaged in the same or similar business similarly situated against loss or casualty.
8.3 Further Assurances. The Issuer will cure promptly any defects in the creation and issuance of the Notes and the execution and delivery of the Security Documents and this Indenture. The Issuer at its expense will promptly execute and deliver or cause to be executed or delivered to the Trustee upon request all such other documents, agreements (including, without limitation, account control agreements) and instruments to comply with or accomplish the covenants and agreements of the Issuer in the Security Documents and this Indenture, or to further evidence and more fully describe the Collateral intended as security for the Notes, or to correct any omissions in the Security Documents, or to state more fully the security obligations set out herein or in any of the Security Documents, all as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith.
8.4 Performance of Obligations. The Issuer will pay the Notes according to the reading, tenor and effect thereof; and the Issuer will perform every act and discharge all of the obligations to be performed and discharged by it under the Security Documents.
8.5 Filings to Perfect Security Interests. The Issuer will cause this
Indenture, any and all supplemental indentures, mortgages, security agreements,
instruments of further assignment, financing statements and continuation
statements at all times to be kept recorded and filed in such manner and in such
places as may be required by law to fully preserve and protect the rights of the
Owners and the Trustee hereunder and of the Trustee and Collateral Agent under
the Security Documents. The Issuer will, at its expense and at any time and from
time to time, promptly execute and deliver or cause to be executed or delivered
all further instruments and documents and take all further action that may be
necessary or desirable or that the Trustee may request in order to (a) perfect
and protect the Liens and other rights created or purported to be created by the
Security Documents; (b) enable the Trustee and/or Collateral Agent to exercise
and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder in respect of the Collateral; or
(c) otherwise effect the purposes of this Indenture and the Security Documents,
including, without limitation: (i) executing and filing such supplements to this
Indenture and such financing or continuation statements (or amendments thereto)
as may be necessary or desirable or that the Trustee may reasonably request in
order to perfect and preserve the Liens created or purported to be created
hereby or thereby; and (ii) furnishing to the Trustee from time to time such
other information in connection with the Collateral as the Trustee may
reasonably request, all in reasonable detail.
ARTICLE 9
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
The Issuer covenants and agrees that, until payment in full of Notes issued hereunder, all interest thereon and all other amounts payable by the Issuer hereunder, without the prior written consent of the Required Owners:
9.1 Mergers, Etc. The Issuer will not merge into or with or consolidate with any other Person, or sell, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its Property to any other Person unless (i) such Person is an entity created under the laws of the United States of America or one of its states, (ii) such Person assumes in writing all obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents, and (iii) this Indenture and the Notes continue to be in full force and effect.
9.2 Proceeds of Notes. Neither the Issuer nor any Person acting on behalf of the Issuer has taken or will take any action which might cause any of the Security Documents to violate
Regulation T, U or X or any other regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
9.3 Transactions with Affiliates. The Issuer will not enter into any transaction, including, without limitation, any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of Property or the rendering of any service, with any Affiliate unless such transactions are otherwise permitted under this Indenture or the Security Documents and are upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to it than it would obtain in a comparable arm's length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate.
9.4 Jurisdiction of Incorporation. The Issuer shall not change the jurisdiction of its incorporation to another jurisdiction unless the Issuer has given the Trustee not less than 60 days prior written notice and the Issuer has complied with Section 8.5 above and the Security Documents to continue the perfection of the security interests in the Collateral in such other jurisdiction.
ARTICLE 10
THE TRUSTEE
10.1 Certain Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee.
(a) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default of which the Trustee has or is deemed to have notice hereunder:
(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to such Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture or Security Documents; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.
(b) In case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing of which the Trustee has or is deemed to have notice, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and under each of the Security Documents for the benefit of the Owners, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.
(c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligence or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(i) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by an officer of the Trustee unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining material facts; and
(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith after an Event of Default shall have occurred in
accordance with the direction of a Majority or Supermajority of Owners, as applicable, relating to the method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee.
(d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
(e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture and any Security Documents relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to any Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 10.1.
10.2 Trustee's Compensation and Expenses. The Issuer hereby covenants and agrees:
(a) to pay to the Trustee compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder and under the Security Documents to which the Trustee is a party in accordance with terms agreed to from time to time (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law regarding compensation of a trustee of an express trust);
(b) to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture, any other agreement relating to the Notes to which it is a party or in complying with any request by the Borrower with respect to the Notes, including the reasonable compensation, expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel, except any such expense, disbursement or advance attributable to the Trustee's negligence or bad faith; and
(c) to indemnify, defend and hold the Trustee and its directors, officers, employees and agents (collectively with the Trustee, the "Indemnitees") harmless from and against every loss, liability or expense, including without limitation damages, fines, suits, actions, demands, penalties, costs, out-of-pocket or incidental expenses, legal fees and expenses, the allocated costs and expenses of in-house counsel and legal staff and the costs and expenses of defending or preparing to defend against any claim (collectively, "Losses"), that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against, any Indemnitee for or in respect of the Trustee's (1) execution and delivery of this Indenture and the Security Documents, (2) compliance or attempted compliance with or reliance upon any instruction or other direction upon which the Trustee is authorized to rely pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, and (3) performance of any act or duty under this Indenture or the Security Documents, except in the case of such performance only and with respect to any Indemnitee to the extent that such Losses resulted from such Indemnitee's negligence or willful misconduct.
In the event the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in any proceedings which result from the occurrence or continuance of an Event of Default under Sections 7.1(d) or 7.1(e), the expenses so incurred and compensation for services so rendered are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the United States Bankruptcy Code or equivalent law.
As security for the performance of the obligations of the Borrower under this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the lien securing the Notes, which it may exercise through a right of
setoff, upon all property or funds held or collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture. The obligations of the Borrower to make the payments described in this Section shall survive discharge of this Indenture, the resignation or removal of the Trustee and payment in full of the Notes.
10.3 Certain Rights of Trustee. Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.1:
(a) The Trustee shall not be responsible for any recitals herein or for insuring all or any portion of the Trust Estate nor shall the Trustee be bound to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any covenants, conditions or agreement contained herein. Except in the case of an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge, the Trustee shall be deemed to have knowledge of an Event of Default only upon receipt of written notice thereof from the Issuer or any Owner.
(b) The Trustee makes no representation, or warranty as to the validity, sufficiency or enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes, or any Security Documents, or as to the title, operation, merchantability or fitness for use, value of the Collateral or any substitute therefor. The Trustee shall not be accountable to any Person for the use or application of any of the Notes of the proceeds thereof or for the use or application of any Collateral or the proceeds thereof which shall be released from the Lien and security interest in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Security Documents.
(c) The Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice request, direction, consent, order, bond, note or other paper or document believed by it, in good faith, to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.
(d) Any request, direction or authorization by the Issuer shall be sufficiently evidenced by a request, direction or authorization in writing, delivered to the Trustee, and signed in the name of such party by a Responsible Officer; and any resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any committee thereof shall be sufficiently evidenced by a copy of such resolution certified by its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary to have been duly adopted and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to such Trustee.
(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel, appraisers, accountants and other skilled persons to be selected by such Trustee, and the written advice of any thereof shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.
(f) The Trustee shall not be under any obligation to take any action to protect, preserve or enforce any rights or interests in the Collateral or to take any action towards the execution or enforcement of the trusts hereunder or under the Security Documents or the Parent Guaranty, whether on its own motion or on the request or direction of any other Person, unless the Issuer or one or more Owners shall offer and furnish security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee as to its terms, coverage, duration, amount and otherwise with respect to the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.
(g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request,
direction, consent, order, bond, note or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by a Majority of Owners and such Owners shall have tendered funds to pay expenses to be incurred in performing such duties.
(h) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents (including without limitation the Collateral Agent) or attorneys, and such Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed by it with due care.
(i) The Trustee need not post any bond for the performance of its duties or any action taken under this Indenture.
(j) In the event the Trustee receives inconsistent or conflicting requests and indemnity from two or more groups of Owners, each representing less than a Majority of Owners, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee, in its sole discretion, may determine what action, if any, shall be taken.
(k) The Trustee's immunities and protections from liability and its right to indemnification in connection with the performance of its duties under this Indenture shall extend to the Trustee's officers, directors, agents, attorneys and employees. Such immunities and protections and right to indemnification, together with the Trustee's right to compensation, shall survive the Trustee's resignation or removal, the defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and final payment of the Notes.
(l) The permissive right of the Trustee to take the actions permitted by this Indenture shall not be construed as an obligation or duty to do so.
(m) Except for information provided by the Trustee concerning the Trustee, the Trustee shall have no responsibility for any information in any offering memorandum or other disclosure material distributed with respect to the offer and sale of the Notes, and the Trustee shall have no responsibility for compliance with any state or federal securities laws in connection with the Notes or such offering.
(n) The Trustee shall have no duty to collect, preserve, exercise or enforce rights in the Collateral (against prior parties or otherwise), except as expressly provided herein or in the Security Documents.
10.4 Status of Monies Received. All monies received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received, but, if the Trustee is a bank, need not be segregated in any manner from any other monies, except to the extent required by law, and may be deposited by such Trustee under such general conditions as may be (if Trustee is a bank) prescribed by law and Trustee's trust department, and Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any monies received by it hereunder. The Trustee may, in its individual banking capacity, become an Owner of the Notes and may join in any action which any Owner may be entitled to take with like effect as if it were not Trustee. The Trustee may, in its individual banking capacity, be interested in any financial transaction with the Issuer or any of its Affiliates; and the Trustee may act as an indenture trustee, collateral agent, escrow agent, depository or
otherwise in respect of the Issuer or any of its Affiliates, or as trustee or agent for any committee of Owners, all with the same rights which it would have if not were not the Trustee hereunder.
10.5 Resignation of Trustee. The Trustee may resign and be discharged of the trusts hereby created by mailing notice to the Issuer and to all Owners of Notes specifying the time and date (not earlier than thirty (30) days after the date of such notice) when such resignation shall take effect. Such resignation shall take effect upon the appointment, qualification and acceptance of a successor trustee as herein provided.
10.6 Removal of Trustee. Prior to the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default hereunder, or after the curing or waiver of any such Event of Default, the Issuer may remove the Trustee, with or without cause, and shall appoint a successor Trustee. In the event there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default hereunder, a Majority of Owners may remove the Trustee, with or without cause, and shall appoint a successor Trustee. In each instance such removal and appointment shall be accomplished by an instrument or concurrent instruments in writing signed by the Issuer or a Majority of Owners, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee, the Issuer and all Owners. No such resignation shall take effect until the appointment, qualification and acceptance of a successor trustee as herein provided.
10.7 Successor Trustee. Each Trustee appointed in succession of the Trustee named in this Indenture shall be a trust company, banking corporation, bank or banking association organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof, in good standing and having unimpaired capital and surplus aggregating at least $100,000,000, if there be such a trust company, banking corporation or banking association qualified, able and willing to accept the trusts upon reasonable or customary terms.
10.8 Appointment of Successor Trustee. If the Trustee shall have given notice of resignation pursuant to Section 10.5 or if notice of removal shall have been given to the Trustee pursuant to Section 10.6 and such notice does not appoint a successor Trustee or if such notice of removal appointed a successor Trustee and such successor shall not have accepted such appointment within fifteen (15) days after the giving of such notice of removal, a successor Trustee may be appointed by a Majority of Owners with the consent of the Issuer not to be unreasonably withheld. If no such appointment shall have been made within twenty-five (25) days after the giving of such notice of resignation or the giving of such notice of removal, a successor Trustee may be appointed by application of the retiring Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, to any court of competent jurisdiction. The Issuer shall give written notice of each resignation or removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to each Owner. Each such notice shall include the name and address of the applicable corporate trust office of the successor Trustee.
10.9 Merger or Consolidation of Trustee. Any corporation into which the Trustee or any successor to it in the trusts created by this Indenture, may be merged or consolidated or with which it or any successor to it may be consolidated or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which such Trustee or any successor to it shall be a party or any state or national bank or trust company succeeding to the corporate trust business of the Trustee as a whole or substantially as a whole (provided such corporation which is a successor to the Trustee shall be a corporation bank or banking association organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, having unimpaired capital and surplus aggregating at least $100,000,000 and such corporation which is a successor to any other Trustee shall be permitted by law to perform its
obligations hereunder), shall be the successor to such Trustee under this Indenture without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. The Issuer covenants that in case of any such merger, consolidation or transfer of the corporate trust business it will, upon the request of the merged, consolidated or transferred corporation, execute, acknowledge and cause to be recorded or filed suitable instruments in writing to confirm the estates, rights and interests of such corporation as such Trustee under this Indenture.
10.10 Acceptance of Appointment by Successor Trustee. Any new Trustee appointed pursuant to any of the provisions hereof shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Issuer and the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment; and thereupon such new Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the estates, Properties, rights, powers and trusts of its predecessor in the rights hereunder with like effect as if originally named as Trustee herein (including possession of the Notes as Depository); but, nevertheless upon the Written Request of the Issuer or the successor Trustee, the Trustee ceasing to act, upon payment of fees and expenses due to it, shall execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee, upon the trusts herein expressed, all the estates, Properties, rights, powers, and trusts of the Trustee so ceasing to act, and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver any of the Property of the Trust Estate Notes and monies held by such Trustee to the successor Trustee so appointed in its or his place. Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee as provided in this Section 10.9, the successor Trustee shall give to the Owners written notice of the succession of such Trustee to the trusts hereunder. Neither failure so to mail nor any defect in the notice so mailed shall affect the sufficiency of the proceedings in question.
10.11 Conveyance upon Request of Successor Trustee. Should any deed, conveyance or instrument in writing from the Issuer be required by any successor Trustee for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such new Trustee such estates, Properties, rights, powers and trusts, then upon request of such successor Trustee any and all such deeds, conveyances and instruments in writing shall be made, executed, acknowledged and delivered, and, if and where appropriate, shall be caused to be recorded and filed by the Issuer.
10.12 Co-Trustee and Collateral Agent.
(a) Delivery of Documents. Anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, if, at any time or times, in order to conform with any law of any jurisdiction in which the Issuer or Collateral Agent shall then own or hold any Collateral, the Trustee shall be advised by counsel satisfactory to it that it is necessary or prudent in the interest of the Owners so to do, the Trustee shall execute and deliver any and all instruments and agreements necessary or proper to appoint, on behalf of the Trustee, the Owners and the Issuer, another trust company, banking corporation or banking association, or one or more other Persons approved by the Trustee, to act as co-trustee hereunder, jointly with the Trustee, or as Collateral Agent; and the trust company, banking corporation or banking association, or the Person or Persons so appointed shall be such co-trustee or Collateral Agent, with such powers, duties and discretion as shall be specified in the said instruments or agreements of appointment, executed as aforesaid. It shall not be necessary for any Owner or the Issuer or any other Person other than the Trustee to execute and deliver any such instruments or agreements.
(b) Exercise of Powers. The rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Trustee, any co-trustee and Collateral Agent shall be conferred and imposed upon,
and exercised or performed jointly or separately by the Trustee and any co-trustee, or jointly or separately by the Trustee (and any co-trustee) and Collateral Agent.
(c) Resignation of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee. Each co-trustee or Collateral Agent may resign and may be removed by the Trustee, and the successors to such co-trustee or Collateral Agent may be appointed by the Trustee as set forth in subsection (a) of this Section 10.12.
10.13 Registrar. The provision of this Article 10 (other than the provisions of Sections 10.7 and 10.9), including without limitation the right to indemnification, shall govern the rights, duties, responsibilities and immunities of the Registrar to the maximum extent applicable.
ARTICLE 11
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES, WAIVERS
11.1 Supplemental Indentures Without Note Owners' Consent. The Issuer and the Trustee from time to time and at any time, subject to the restrictions in this Indenture contained, may, without consent from Owners, enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto and which thereafter shall form a part hereof for any one or more or all of the following purposes:
(a) to add to the Trust Estate held by the Trustee pursuant to the terms hereof additional Property hereafter acquired by the Issuer and intended to be subjected to this Indenture, and to correct and amplify the description of any Property subject to this Indenture; and
(b) to cure any ambiguity or cure, correct or supplement any defective provisions of this Indenture or any supplement hereto, provided, that the same shall in no respect be materially adverse to the interests of the Owners.
The Issuer covenants to perform all requirements of any such supplemental indenture. No restrictions or obligations imposed upon the Issuer may, except as otherwise proved in this Indenture, be waived or modified by such supplemental indentures or otherwise.
11.2 Waivers and Consents by Owners; Supplemental Indentures with Consent. Except as provided in Section 11.1 above or this Section 11.2, no waivers may be granted with respect to any provision hereof or any of the Security Documents nor may any amendments be made to this Indenture or any of the Security Documents without the express written consent of a Majority of Owners. Upon the waiver or consent of a Majority of Owners: (i) the Trustee shall execute an appropriate instrument permitting any Person to take any action prohibited, or omit the taking of any action required, by any of the provisions of this Indenture or any indenture supplemental hereto, or (ii) the Issuer and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding, changing or eliminating any provisions of this Indenture or of any indenture supplemental hereto or modifying in any manner the rights of the Owners of the Notes or the rights and obligations of the Issuer hereunder; provided, that no such waiver, consent or supplemental indenture or amendment shall (A) impair or affect the right of any Owner to receive payments of the principal of and payments of the interest with respect to any Note, as herein provided including, without limitation, the timing of any such payment or the principal amount of any Note or rate of interest thereon, without the consent of a Supermajority of Owners, (B) permit the creation of any Lien with respect to any of the Trust Estate without the consent of a Supermajority of Owners, (C) deprive any Owner of the benefit of the Liens held by the Trustee and Collateral Agent pursuant
to the terms of this Indenture or any Security Document without the consent of a Supermajority of Owners, (D) reduce the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes the Owners of which are required by this Section 11.2 or any other provision of this Indenture to consent to any action, waiver or supplemental indenture or amendment without the consent of a Supermajority of Owners, or (E) modify the rights, duties, privileges or immunities of the Trustee, without the written consent of the Trustee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless every affected Owner consents, no supplemental Indenture shall create any preference or priority of any Owner over any other Owner with respect to right of payment or right to participate on a proportional basis in any payments or benefits under this Indenture, the Notes or the Security Documents, or in any other way deprive an Owner of the right of parity with all other Owners with respect to right of payment or security therefor.
11.3 Notice of Supplemental Indenture. Promptly after the execution by the Issuer and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture or promptly after the execution by the Trustee of an appropriate instrument or permission pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.2, the Trustee shall give written notice, setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture or instrument, together with a conformed copy thereof, to each Owner. Any failure of the Trustee to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture or instrument.
11.4 Solicitation of Note Owners. So long as there are any Notes Outstanding, the Issuer will not solicit, request or negotiate for or with respect to any proposed waiver or amendment of any of the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless each Owner shall be informed thereof by the Issuer and shall be afforded the opportunity of considering the same and shall be supplied by the Issuer with sufficient information to enable it to make an informed decision with respect thereto. The Issuer will not, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way of supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise, to any Owner as consideration for or as an inducement to entering into by any Owner of any waiver or amendment of any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any Note unless such remuneration is concurrently offered to be paid, on the same terms, ratably to the Owners of all Notes then Outstanding even if such holder did not consent to such waiver or amendment. Such remuneration will not be inferred from the participation by a holder of the Notes in an existing or future loan to or investment in or with the Issuer or any of its Affiliates.
11.5 Opinion of Counsel Conclusive as to Supplemental Indentures. The Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Issuer in the execution of any such supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make the further agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained, and the Trustee may receive an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to the provisions of this Article 11 complies with the requirements of this Article 11.
11.6 Effect of Supplemental Indentures. Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article 11, this Indenture shall be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, duties and obligations under this Indenture of the Issuer, the Trustee and all Owners shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modification and amendment, and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.
ARTICLE 12
DISCHARGE AND UNCLAIMED FUNDS
12.1 Satisfaction and Discharge of Agreement. If at any time (a) the Issuer shall pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on all Notes hereunder by paying or causing to be paid as provided in Articles 4 and 5 the principal of and interest on all Notes issued hereunder, as and when the same become due and payable or (b) all Owners' interests in the Notes shall have been repurchased by the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer and the Notes canceled as herein provided; and if the Issuer shall also pay or cause to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Issuer (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of the Trustee), and the Issuer shall fully and faithfully discharge, and cause to be faithfully discharged, every other obligation herein and in each of the Security Documents (including, without limitation, the Parent Guaranty) contained, then and in that case this Indenture shall cease, determine, and become null and void, and thereupon the Trustee shall, upon Written Request of the Issuer forthwith execute or cause to be executed proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction of and discharging this Indenture and releasing all Liens held by it pursuant to the terms hereof and any Security Document. The satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture shall be without prejudice to the rights of the Trustee under Section 10.2 to charge and be reimbursed by the Issuer for any expenditures which it may thereafter incur in connection herewith.
12.2 Return of Unclaimed Monies. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Indenture, any monies deposited with any Trustee in trust for the payment of the principal of or interest on any Notes and remaining unclaimed for two (2) years after the last date on which any such principal or interest payment shall have become due and payable (whether monthly, at maturity or upon optional or required prepayment or by declaration as provided in this Indenture), shall then be repaid to the Issuer upon its Written Request, unless otherwise required by mandatory provisions of applicable escheat or abandoned property laws, and the Owners, unless otherwise required by mandatory provisions of applicable escheat or abandoned property laws, shall thereafter be entitled to look only to the Issuer for repayment thereof, and all liability of such Trustee with respect to such monies shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that before the repayment of such monies to the Issuer, as aforesaid, such Trustee shall (at the cost of the Issuer) first mail to all Owners at their addresses as set forth in the notice that said monies remain unclaimed and that, after a date named in said notice, which date shall not be less than ten (10) or more than twenty (20) days after the date of the first mailing of such notice, the balance of such monies then unclaimed will be returned to the Issuer. In the event of the repayment of any such monies to the Issuer as aforesaid, the Owners in respect of which such monies were deposited shall thereafter be deemed to be unsecured creditors of the Issuer for amounts equivalent to the respective amounts deposited for the payment of such Notes and so repaid to the Issuer (without interest thereon and subject to applicable escheat and abandoned property laws).
ARTICLE 13
MISCELLANEOUS
13.1 Successors and Assigns. Whenever any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the successors and assigns of such party; and all the covenants, promises and agreements in this Indenture contained by or on behalf of the Issuer, by or on behalf of the Trustee or by or on behalf of an Owner, shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of such parties whether so expressed or not.
13.2 Unenforceability of Provision.
(a) Partial Invalidity. Any provision of this Indenture that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
(b) Trustee Rights and Issuer Obligations. All rights of the Trustee and all obligations of the Issuer hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of any lack of validity or enforceability of any of the Security Documents or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto or any change in the terms of or any amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Security Documents or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto.
13.3 Communications. All communications provided for herein shall be in writing or by telecommunication device capable of creating a written record and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered by courier or actually received by such Person listed below at its address set forth below:
If to the Issuer:
If by mail:
Castle Brands (USA) Corp.
85-47 Eliot Avenue
Rego Park, New York 11374
Attn: Mark Andrews, President
If by telecopier: (718) 533-7610
If to the Trustee:
If by mail:
JPMorgan Chase Bank
700 Lavaca, 2nd Floor
Austin, Texas 78701
Telephone: (512) 479-2575
Attn: Cary Gilliam
If by telecopier: (512) 479-2553
If to the Registrar:
If by mail:
Castle Brands, Inc.
85-47 Eliot Avenue
Rego Park, New York 11374
Attn: Mark Andrews, President
If by telecopier: (718) 533-7610
If to the Collateral Agent:
If by mail:
MHW, Ltd.
272 Plandome Road, Suite 100
Manhasset, New York 11030
Attn: John F. Beaudette, President
If by telecopier: (516) 869-9171
or to any such party at such other address as such party may designate by notice duly given in accordance with this Section to the other party.
Where this Indenture provides for any communication or delivery to Owners, such communication or delivery shall be deemed to have been given when actually received or on the second Business Day after such communication or delivery is deposited as first class mail with the U.S. Postal Service, addressed to such Owner at its last address as it appears in the Owner Register.
13.4 Governing Law. This Indenture and the Notes (including, but not limited to, the validity and enforceability hereof and thereof) shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the state of New York other than conflict of law rules thereof that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such state.
13.5 Limitation on Interest. It is the intent of the parties hereto to
comply strictly with applicable usury laws, and the parties hereto stipulate and
agree that none of the terms and provisions contained in this Indenture, the
Notes or any Security Documents shall ever be construed to create a contract to
pay, for the use, forbearance or detention of money, interest in excess of the
maximum amount of interest permitted to be charged by applicable law from time
to time in effect. If any excess of interest in such respect is hereby provided
for or shall be adjudicated to be so provided, in this Indenture, in any Note or
otherwise in connection with the Security Documents, the provisions of this
Section 13.5 shall govern and prevail, and neither the Issuer nor any present or
future guarantors, endorsers, or other Persons hereafter becoming liable for
payment of the Notes shall ever be obligated to pay the excess amount of such
interest. Each of the Trustee and the Owners of the Notes expressly disavows any
intention to charge, collect or contract for excessive unearned interest or
finance charges. If the Trustee or any Owner shall receive, collect or apply
monies which are deemed to constitute interest which would otherwise increase
the interest on such Note to an amount in excess of that permitted to be charged
by applicable law then in effect, all such sums deemed to constitute interest in
excess of such legal limit shall be applied to reduce the principal balance
thereof then outstanding or immediately returned to the Issuer or the other
payor thereof upon such determination. All sums paid or agreed to be paid to the
Trustee or any Owner for the use, forbearance or detention of sums due hereunder
shall, to the extent permitted by law applicable to such party, be amortized,
prorated, allocated and spread throughout the full term of the indebtedness
evidenced by the Notes until payment in full so that the rate or amount of
interest on account of any indebtedness hereunder does not exceed the maximum
amount allowed by such applicable law. If at any time and from time to time (i)
the amount of interest payable to any holder of a Note on any date shall be
pursuant to this Section 13.5 be limited and (ii) in respect of any subsequent
interest computation period the amount of interest otherwise payable to such
holder would be less than the amount of interest payable to such holder computed
at the maximum lawful rate applicable to such holder, then the amount of
interest payable to such holder in respect to such subsequent interest
computation period shall continue to be computed at the maximum lawful rate
applicable to such holder until the total amount of interest payable to such
holder shall equal the total amount of interest which would have been payable to
such holder if the total amount of interest had been computed without giving
effect to this Section 13.5. As used in this section the term "applicable law"
means the laws of the State of New York or the laws of the United States of
America, whichever laws allow the greater rate of interest, as such laws now
exist or may be changed or amended or come into effect in the future.
13.6 Counterparts. This Indenture and any supplements hereto may be executed, acknowledged and delivered in any number of counterparts, each of such counterparts constituting an original but all together only one Indenture; provided, however, that this Indenture shall not be deemed to be delivered until at least one counterpart shall have been executed by the Issuer and the Trustee and a counterpart so executed shall have been delivered to the Trustee at its principal place of business specified in Section 13.3.
13.7 Headings, etc.; Gender. Any headings or captions preceding the text of the several sections hereof are intended solely for convenience of reference and shall not constitute a part of this
Indenture nor shall they affect its meaning, construction or effect. Each covenant contained in this Indenture shall be construed (absent an express contrary provision therein) as being independent of each and every other covenant contained herein and compliance with any one covenant shall not (absent such an express contrary provision) be deemed to excuse compliance with any and all other covenants. All references herein or in any Security Document to the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall also include and refer to each other gender not so referred to.
13.8 Amendments. This Indenture may, subject to the provisions of Article 11 hereof, from time to time and at any time, be amended or supplemented by an instrument or instruments in writing executed by the parties hereto.
13.9 Benefits of Agreement Restricted to Parties and Owners. Nothing in this Indenture expressed or implied is intended or shall be construed to give to any Person other than the Issuer, the Trustee, and the Owners, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Indenture or any covenant, condition or provision therein or herein contained; and all such covenants, conditions and provisions are and shall be held to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Issuer, the Trustee, and the Owners.
13.10 Waiver of Notice. Whenever in this Indenture the giving of notice is required, the giving of such notice may be waived in writing by the Person or Persons entitled to receive such notice.
13.11 Non-Recourse Persons. No recourse shall be had for the payment of any amount owing in respect of any obligation of, or claim hereunder or in connection herewith against, any employee, officer, director, or agent of the Issuer, Trustee, any co-trustee or Collateral Agent; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not relieve any such person or entity from any liability they might otherwise have under applicable law.
13.12 Additional Financing Statement Filings. The Issuer hereby authorizes the Trustee and Collateral Agent to file, without the signature of the Issuer where permitted by law, one or more financing or continuation statements, and amendments thereto, relating to the Collateral. The Issuer further agrees that a carbon, photographic or other reproduction of any Security Document or any financing statement describing any Collateral is sufficient as a financing statement and may be filed in any jurisdiction the Trustee or Collateral Agent may deem appropriate.
13.13 Officers' Certificate and Opinions of Counsel; Statements to be Contained Therein.
(a) Upon any request, application or demand by the Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee a certificate signed by one of its Responsible Officers stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with, that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and shall be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent (to which a legal opinion is reasonably appropriate) have been complied with, except that in the case of any such request, application or demand as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular request, application or demand, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.
(b) Each certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include (i) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition, (ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based, (iii) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with, and (iv) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.
(c) Any certificate, statement or opinion of an officer of the Issuer may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of or representations by counsel, unless such officer has actual knowledge that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate, statement or opinion may be based as aforesaid are erroneous. Any certificate, statement or opinion of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon information with respect to which is in the possession of the Issuer, upon the certificate, statement or opinion of or representations by a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Issuer, unless such counsel has actual knowledge that the certificate, statement or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate, statement or opinion may be based as aforesaid are erroneous.
13.14 No Oral Agreements. THE INDENTURE, NOTES, PARENT GUARANTY AND SECURITY DOCUMENTS EMBODY THE ENTIRE AGREEMENT AND UNDERSTANDING AMONG THE PARTIES AND SUPERSEDE ALL OTHER AGREEMENTS AND UNDERSTANDINGS BETWEEN SUCH PARTIES RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND THEREOF. THE SECURITY DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amended and Restated Indenture to be duly executed and attested by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the day and year first written above.
Attest: CASTLE BRANDS (USA) CORP. /s/ Amelia Gary By: /s/ Mark E. Andrews ------------------------------------- ------------------------------------ Name: Mark E. Andrews Title: Chairman & CEO Attest: JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee /s/ Mary Jane Henson By: /s/ Carol Logan ------------------------------------- ------------------------------------ Name: Carol Logan Title: Vice Pesident Joined in by MHW, LTD., as Collateral Agent: By: /s/ John F. Beaudette --------------------------------- Name: John F. Beaudette Title: President |
EXHIBIT A
CASTLE BRANDS (USA) CORP.
No. ___________
9 % SENIOR SECURED NOTE, SERIES 2004, DUE MAY 31, 2009
NON-NEGOTIABLE
$_______________ _______________
THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AND BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN WERE ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE SECURITIES ACT ), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AND BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE AND ANY BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE ISSUER HAS NOT REGISTERED THIS SECURITY UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE AND ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1) IN ACCORDANCE WITH AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (2) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION.
Castle Brands (USA) Corp., a Delaware corporation (the Issuer), for value
received, hereby promises to pay to JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association,
its successors and assigns (the Trustee), for the benefit of registered owners
of beneficial interests in this Note under Amended and Restated Trust Indenture
dated as of ___ ___ , 2005 (the Indenture), the principal sum of
[_______________________] Dollars ($___________) on May 31, 2009 (the Maturity
Date), and to pay interest accrued (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of
twelve 30-day months) on the unpaid principal balance from the date of this Note
at the rate of 9.00 % per annum, semi-annually, on the 31st day of each May and
the 30th day November of each year, and on the Maturity Date, with the first
payment of interest being due on November 30, 2004. The Issuer further promises
to pay on demand interest on any overdue principal, including any overdue
prepayment of principal, and or overdue installment of interest, at a rate of
interest per annum equal to the Default Rate as defined in the Indenture;
provided that interest on this Note shall in no event exceed the maximum rate
permitted by applicable law, and this Note is expressly made subject to the
interest rate limitation provisions of Section 13.5 of the Indenture.
This Note is secured as set forth in the Indenture and in the Security Documents and is entitled to the benefits of the Parent Guaranty (as defined in the Indenture).
Trust Indenture Exhibit A, p. 1
This Note is transferable only by surrender thereof to a successor Trustee and Depository under the Indenture, duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed by the registered holder of this Note or its attorney duly authorized in writing.
Following any partial prepayment of this Note, this Note shall be made available to the Trustee for notation hereon of the amount of principal so prepaid. In case the entire principal amount on this Note is prepaid or paid, this Note shall be marked paid in full by the Trustee, cancelled and returned to the Issuer. This Note may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time without penalty.
In any case where the date of maturity of any interest or principal owed with respect to this Note or the date fixed for any prepayment (in whole or in part) of this Note will not be a Business Day, then payment of such interest, or principal need not be made on such date but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the date of maturity or the date fixed for such prepayment.
Under certain circumstances, as specified in the Indenture, the entire principal amount of this Note may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.
This Note and the Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the state of New York other than conflict of law rules thereof that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such state.
Dated ________________, 200__ ATTEST: CASTLE BRANDS (USA) CORP. By: ------------------------------------- ------------------------------------ Secretary Name: ---------------------------------- Title: --------------------------------- |
This is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture referred to herein and has been duly authenticated by the Trustee as witnessed below.
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee By: ------------------------------------ Date of authentication: Name: ------------- ---------------------------------- Title: --------------------------------- |
Trust Indenture Exhibit A, p. 2
EXHIBIT B
INSTRUCTION
REQUESTING REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER
Castle Brands, Inc.
85-47 Eliot Avenue
Rego Park, New York 11374
Attn: Mark Andrews, President
Gentlemen:
TRANSFER OF NOTES. The undersigned Transferor, being a beneficial owner of Castle Brands (USA) Corp. 9% Senior Secured Notes, Series 2004 due May 31, 2009 (the "Notes") issued in uncertificated form, hereby requests that registration of the beneficial ownership of $____________________ principal amount of such Notes be transferred, conveyed and assigned by book-entry from the undersigned to the following named transferee ("Transferee"):
1. Print Full Name of Transferee: Individual: ________________________________________ First, Middle, Last Entities: Partnership, ,Corporation, Trust, Custodial Account, Others: ________________________________________ Legal Name of Entity 2. Mailing Address for Payment and Notices: ________________________________________ ________________________________________ 3. Name of Primary Contact Person: ________________________________________ 4. Telephone Number: ________________________________________ 5. Facsimile Number: ________________________________________ 6. Tax Identification Number ________________________________________ |
Trust Indenture Exhibit B, p. 1
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE TRANSFEREE. To induce the Company and the Registrar to accept this transfer, the Transferee represents and warrants as follows:
The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that no transfer of the Notes or any interest therein will become effective until the Registrar has, on behalf of the Company, entered the name of the Transferee in the Owner Registry.
The undersigned has the financial ability to bear the economic risk of an investment in the Notes, has adequate means for providing for his current needs and possible contingencies and has no need for the liquidity in this investment.
The Notes are being acquired by the Transferee for the Transferee's own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to resale or distribution.
The Transferee understands that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), the securities laws of any state thereof or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction, nor is such registration contemplated. The Transferee understands and agrees further that the Notes must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and these laws or an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and these laws covering the sale of Notes is available.
If the Transferee is not a natural person, (i) the Transferee has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Transfer Request and (ii) the person signing this Transfer Request on behalf of the Transferee has been duly authorized to execute and deliver this Transfer Request.
The undersigned acknowledges that the Company's principal business is in beverage alcohol and the Company is obligated to make certain disclosures to regulatory authorities regarding its management, ownership and financing. In the event such a disclosure is to be made, the undersigned consents to disclosure of such data on the Transferee Questionnaire as is required by the authorities. The undersigned further acknowledges that the laws of certain U.S. states may preclude the holder of an interest in a US wholesaler or retailer of beverage alcohol from also owning the Notes and/or an interest in the Company and agrees to conform to any legal requirements that may be applicable.
INDEMNITY. To the extent permitted under applicable law, the undersigned agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Registrar and the Trustee, and their respective officers and directors, employees and agents and each other person, if any, who controls any of them, against any loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever (including, but not limited to, any and all expenses whatsoever reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation commenced or threatened or any claim whatsoever) arising out of or based upon any false information, representation or warranty delivered or made by the undersigned herein or in any other document furnished by the undersigned to any of the foregoing in connection with this transaction.
Trust Indenture Exhibit B, p. 2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Instruction on the _____ day of _________________, 200__.
INDIVIDUAL TRANSFEROR: INDIVIDUAL TRANSFEREE: ------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- (Print Name) (Print Name) ------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- (Signature) (Signature) PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, TRUST, PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER TRANSFEROR CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER TRANSFEREE ------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- (Print Name of Entity) (Print Name of Entity) By: By: --------------------------------- ------------------------------------ (Signature) (Signature) ------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- (Print Name and Title) (Print Name and Title) Approved by CASTLE BRANDS (USA) Receipt acknowledged by CASTLE BRANDS, CORP. INC., as Registrar ------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- Date: Date: ------------------------------- ---------------------------------- |
Trust Indenture
Exhibit B, p. 3
Exhibit 10.42
CASTLE BRANDS (USA) CORP.
No. 053109-001
9 % SENIOR SECURED NOTE, SERIES 2004, DUE MAY 31, 2009
NON-NEGOTIABLE
$4,660,000 August 15, 2005
THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AND BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN WERE ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE SECURITIES ACT ), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AND BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE AND ANY BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE ISSUER HAS NOT REGISTERED THIS SECURITY UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE AND ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1) IN ACCORDANCE WITH AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (2) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION.
Castle Brands (USA) Corp., a Delaware corporation (the Issuer), for value received, hereby promises to pay to JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, its successors and assigns (the Trustee), for the benefit of registered owners of beneficial interests in this Note under Amended and Restated Trust Indenture dated as of August 15, 2005 (the Indenture), the principal sum of Four Million Six Hundred Sixty Thousand Dollars ($4,660,000.00) on May 31, 2009 (the Maturity Date), and to pay interest accrued (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months) on the unpaid principal balance from the date of this Note at the rate of 9.00 % per annum, semi-annually, on the 31st day of each May and the 30th day November of each year, and on the Maturity Date, with the first payment of interest being due on November 30, 2004. The Issuer further promises to pay on demand interest on any overdue principal, including any overdue prepayment of principal, and or overdue installment of interest, at a rate of interest per annum equal to the Default Rate as defined in the Indenture; provided that interest on this Note shall in no event exceed the maximum rate permitted by applicable law, and this Note is expressly made subject to the interest rate limitation provisions of Section 13.5 of the Indenture.
This Note is secured as set forth in the Indenture and in the Security Documents and is entitled to the benefits of the Parent Guaranty (as defined in the Indenture).
This Note is transferable only by surrender thereof to a successor Trustee and Depository under the Indenture, duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed by the registered holder of this Note or its attorney duly authorized in writing.
Following any partial prepayment of this Note, this Note shall be made available to the Trustee for notation hereon of the amount of principal so prepaid. In case the entire principal amount on this Note is prepaid or paid, this Note shall be marked paid in full by the Trustee, cancelled and returned to the Issuer. This Note may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time without penalty.
In any case where the date of maturity of any interest or principal owed with respect to this Note or the date fixed for any prepayment (in whole or in part) of this Note will not be a Business Day, then payment of such interest, or principal need not be made on such date but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the date of maturity or the date fixed for such prepayment.
Under certain circumstances, as specified in the Indenture, the entire principal amount of this Note may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.
This Note and the Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the state of New York other than conflict of law rules thereof that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such state.
Dated as of August 15, 2005 ATTEST: CASTLE BRANDS (USA) CORP. /s/ Amelia Gary By: /s/ Mark E. Andrews ------------------------------------- ------------------------------------ Secretary Name: Mark E. Andrews Title: Chairman & CEO |
This is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture referred to herein and has been duly authenticated by the Trustee as witnessed below.
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By: /s/ Carol Logan ------------------------------------ Date of authentication: 8/9/05 Name: Carol Logan Title: Vice President |
Exhibit 10.43
GENERAL SECURITY AGREEMENT
(CASTLE BRANDS [USA] CORP.)
This General Security Agreement ("Agreement") is made this 1st day of June, 2004, between CASTLE BRANDS (USA) CORP., ("Debtor"), a Delaware corporation, having an address at 85-47 ELIOT AVENUE, SUITE G, REGO PARK, NY 11374, and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, a New York banking organization, as Trustee, ("Trustee"), with a corporate trust office located at 700 Lavaca, 2nd Floor, Austin, Texas 78701.
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
SECTION 1.1. DEFINITIONS OF GENERAL APPLICABILITY. All words and terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings as set forth herein as follows and where not otherwise defined herein shall be deemed to have the meanings as accorded to them in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York ("UCC").
"Account Debtor" shall mean any Person who is or may become obligated under or on account of any Receivable.
"Agreement" shall mean this Security Agreement.
"Alcoholic Beverages" shall mean those certain alcoholic products imported by Debtor into the United States (as identified in Exhibit "A" hereto, as such exhibit may be amended from time to time).
"Collateral" shall mean all the following, wherever located and whether now existing or hereafter created or arising and whether now owned or hereafter acquired by CB-US or Grantor: (i) Accounts arising from the sale of the Alcoholic Beverages; (ii) Inventory of the Alcoholic Beverages, and shall include, without limitation; (a) all documents of title, policies or certificates of insurance, securities, chattel paper and other documents and instruments evidencing or pertaining to any thereof; all claims of CB-US or Grantor against third parties for loss of or damage to, or otherwise relating to, any of the Collateral; (b) all moneys, drafts, notes, items, leases, general or special deposits, balances, sums, proceeds and credits of CB-US or Grantor arising from the Collateral; (iii) the rights, duties and obligations of Grantor under the Services Agreement; (iv) all rights and remedies which CB-US or Grantor might exercise with respect to any of the Collateral; and (v) all accessions and additions to, replacement and substitutions for, and proceeds and products of, the Collateral.
"Inventory" shall have the meaning given to such term in the UCC.
"MHW" shall mean MHW, Ltd., a New York corporation.
"MHW Account" shall mean the depository account established by MHW, into which the proceeds of Collateral are to be deposited and disbursed to the Trustee, all pursuant to the MHW Collateral Agreement.
"MHW Collateral Agreement" shall mean that certain Collateral Agreement of even date herewith by and among MHW, Borrower and Trustee.
"MHW Interest" shall mean the legal or beneficial ownership interest that MHW has or may have from time to time in and to the Receivables and the Inventory in its capacity as Collateral Agent, as is more fully described in the MHW Collateral Agreement.
"MHW Security Agreement" shall mean that certain Security Agreement of even date herewith by and among MHW and Trustee.
"Obligations" shall mean and include all loans, advances, debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties owing by Debtor under the Trust Indenture of any kind or nature, present or future, whether or not evidenced by any note, guaranty or other instrument, whether arising under this Agreement, the other Secured Notes Documents or under any other agreement or by operation of law, whether or not for the payment of money, whether arising by reason of an extension of credit, loan, guaranty, indemnification or in any other manner, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now due or hereafter arising and however acquired, including, without limitation, all interest, charges, expenses, commitment, facility, collateral management or other fees, reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, and any other sum chargeable to Debtor under this Agreement, the other Secured Notes Documents the Trust Indenture.
"Person" shall mean an individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, or unincorporated association or organization, government or governmental agency or governmental subdivision,
"Property" shall mean any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.
"Receivables" shall mean and include all present and future Accounts, including, without limitation, contract rights, promissory notes, Chattel Paper, Electronic Chattel Paper, Instruments and Documents, all tax refunds and rights to receive tax refunds, bonds, certificates, rights to payment for the sale, lease or license of equipment and policies of insurance and insurance proceeds, investment securities, notes and instruments, deposit accounts, book accounts, credits and reserves and all forms of obligations whatsoever owing, together with all instruments, all documents of title representing any of the foregoing, and all rights in any merchandise or goods which any of the same may represent, all files and records with respect to any collateral or security given by Debtor to the Trustee, together with all right, title, security and guaranties with respect to each Receivable, including any right of stoppage in transit, whether now owned or hereafter created or acquired by Debtor or in which Debtor now has or hereafter acquires any interest.
"Secured Notes Documents" shall mean this Agreement, the MHW Security Agreement, the MHW Collateral Agreement and the Trust Indenture, together with promissory notes issued thereunder, and any and all other documents, instruments or agreements executed in connection therewith or herewith as the same may be modified, amended, restated or replaced from time to time.
"Services Agreement" shall mean the distribution services letter agreement restated as of December 1, 2003 between Debtor and MHW.
"Trust Indenture" shall mean the Trust Indenture dated the date hereof between the Debtor and the Trustee, as the same may be modified, amended, restated or replaced from time to time.
SECTION 1.2. MHW INTEREST. It is understood that all of Debtor's representations, warranties, covenants and agreements to perform hereunder are subject to the MHW Interest and that, in addition to the MHW Collateral Agreement, MHW is independently entering into the MHW Security Agreement with respect to the Receivables and Inventory which comprise the MHW Interest.
ARTICLE II
SECURITY INTEREST
SECTION 2.1. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST. To secure the prompt payment and performance of all of the Obligations to the Trustee, Debtor hereby grants to the Trustee a first priority lien and security interest in all of the Collateral of Debtor.
SECTION 2.2. PERFECTION. Debtor will execute and deliver to the Trustee and/or MHW such security agreements, assignments (including, without limitation, assignments of specific Receivables), and other papers as the Trustee may at any time or from time to time reasonably request that are required to perfect or protect the security interest granted hereby. Debtor shall also cooperate with the Trustee in obtaining appropriate waivers or subordinations of interests from such third parties in any Collateral. Debtor authorizes the Trustee to execute alone any financing statements or other documents or instruments that the Trustee may require to perfect, protect or establish any lien or security interest granted to the Trustee by Debtor and further authorizes the Trustee to sign Debtor's name on the same and/or to file or record the same without Debtor's signature thereon. Debtor will perform any and all steps that the Trustee may request to perfect the Trustee's security interest in Inventory, including, but without limitation, placing and maintaining signs, appointing custodians, executing and filing financing or continuation statements in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, maintaining stock records and transferring of Inventory to warehouses. If any Inventory is in the possession or control of any third party other than a purchaser in the ordinary course of business or a public warehouseman where the warehouse receipt is in the name of or held by the Debtor, Debtor shall notify such person of the Trustee's security interest therein and, instruct such person or persons to hold all such Inventory for the account and benefit of the Trustee and subject to the Trustee's instructions. Upon the written request of the Trustee, Debtor will deliver to the Trustee warehouse receipts covering any Inventory located in warehouses showing the Trustee as the beneficiary thereof and will also deliver to the warehouseman such agreements relating to the release of warehouse Inventory as the Trustee may request. Debtor hereby appoints the Trustee as its attorney in fact to execute and deliver notices of lien, financing statements, assignments, and any other documents, notices, and agreements necessary for the perfection of the Trustee's security interests in the Collateral. Debtor appoints such person or persons as the Trustee may designate as Debtor's attorney-in-fact to endorse the name of Debtor on any checks, notes, drafts
or other forms of payment or security that may come into the possession of the Trustee, to sign Debtor's name on invoices or bills of lading, drafts against customers, notice of assignment, verifications and schedules and, generally, to do all things necessary to carry out this Agreement. Such attorney-in-fact may, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined below), notify the Post Office authorities to change the address of delivery of mail to an address designated by the Trustee, and open and dispose of mail addressed to Debtor. The powers granted herein, being coupled with an interest, are irrevocable, and Debtor approves and ratifies all acts of the attorney-in-fact. Debtor agrees to pay the costs of the continuation of the Trustee's security interests and releases or assignments of the Trustee's interests.
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS
Debtor represents, warrants and covenants to the Trustee, and shall be deemed to continually do so, as long as this Agreement shall remain in force, that:
SECTION 3.1. INVENTORY.
(A) WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO INVENTORY. Debtor represents and warrants to the Trustee that (i) all representations made by Debtor to the Trustee and all documents and schedules given by Debtor to the Trustee, relating to the description, quantity, quality, condition and valuation of Inventory are true and correct, and (ii) Debtor has not received any Inventory on consignment or approval unless Debtor has notified the Trustee thereof in a Record, has marked such Inventory on consignment or approval or has segregated it from all other Inventory, and has appropriately marked its records to reflect that such Inventory is held on consignment or approval.
(B) THE TRUSTEE'S RIGHTS IN INVENTORY. The Trustee's security interests in the Inventory shall continue through sale and attach after importation of the Inventory into the U.S. and without further act to returned goods, documents of title, warehouse receipts, and to proceeds resulting from sale or disposition of Inventory. Until all Obligations of Debtor under the Trust Indenture have been satisfied, the Trustee's security interest in Inventory and in all proceeds thereof shall continue in full force and effect. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined below), the Trustee shall have, in its discretion and at any time, the right to take physical possession of the Inventory and to maintain it on Debtor's premises, in a public warehouse, or at such place as the Trustee may remove the Inventory or any part thereof. If the Trustee exercises its right to take possession of Inventory, Debtor will, upon demand, and at Debtor's own cost and expense assemble the Inventory and make it available to the Trustee at a place or places reasonably convenient to the Trustee.
(C) DEBTOR'S OBLIGATION WITH RESPECT TO INVENTORY. All Inventory is and shall be maintained at the locations shown on Schedule 3.1(c) hereof. No Inventory shall be removed therefrom, except for the purpose of sale or in the ordinary course of Debtor's business, and except for such sales, Debtor will not sell, encumber, grant a security interest in, dispose of or permit the sale, encumbrance, return or disposal of any Inventory without the Trustee's prior consent contained in an Authenticated Record (as defined in the UCC).
(D) MAINTENANCE OF INVENTORY RECORDS. Debtor shall maintain full, accurate and complete records respecting Inventory, including a perpetual inventory, and all other Collateral at all times. Debtor will pay all costs to be paid on taxes, assessments, governmental charges or private encumbrances levied, assessed, imposed or payable upon or with respect to the Inventory or other Collateral or any part thereof.
(E) INVENTORY REPORTING SYSTEM. Debtor shall maintain full, accurate and complete records respecting Inventory, including a perpetual inventory.
SECTION 3.2. RECEIVABLES.
(A) Debtor represents and warrants to the Trustee that each Receivable created by it (i) will cover a bona fide sale and delivery of merchandise usually dealt in by Debtor in the ordinary course of its business or will cover the rendition of services by Debtor to customers of a kind ordinarily rendered in the ordinary course of Debtor's business, (ii) will be for a liquidated amount from a customer competent to contract therefor, (iii) is not subject to renegotiation, (iv) is not subject to any prepayment or credit and will not be subject to any deduction, offset, counterclaim, lien or other condition other than in the ordinary course of Debtor's business, and (v) is generally enforceable in accordance with its terms. Debtor further represents and warrants that all services to be performed by Debtor in connection with each Receivable have been performed.
(B) CONFIRMATORY WRITTEN ASSIGNMENTS. Promptly after the creation of any Receivable, if the Trustee shall so request, Debtor shall execute and deliver confirmatory written assignments to the Trustee of Receivables, but the failure to execute or deliver any schedule or assignment shall not affect or limit any lien or other right of the Trustee in and to any Receivable.
(C) COMMUNICATION WITH ACCOUNT DEBTORS. Upon the Trustee's request, before or after the occurrence of an Event of Default, Debtor shall provide the Trustee with a list of the addresses of its Account Debtors.
SECTION 3.3. OWNERSHIP OF COLLATERAL. Subject only to the MHW Interest, Debtor is the owner of the Collateral with good, marketable and indefeasible title thereto, free and clear of all liabilities, mortgages, security interests, leases, liens, pledges, encumbrances, restrictions, charges, claims or imperfections of title whatsoever.
SECTION 3.4. MAINTENANCE OF COLLATERAL. Debtor shall continually take such steps as are necessary and prudent to protect the interest of the Trustee in the Collateral including, but not limited to, the following:
(a) Maintain books and records relating to the Collateral satisfactory to the Trustee and shall allow the Trustee or its representatives access to such records and the Collateral at all reasonable times for the purpose of examination, inspection, verification, copying, extracting and other reasonable purposes as the Trustee may require;
(b) Maintain the Collateral and the books and records relating to the Collateral at Debtor's address indicated above, at any address listed on Schedule 3.1(c) or at such other
address as the Trustee shall permit, in its sole discretion, upon the request to the Trustee contained in an Authenticated Record from Debtor;
(c) Execute and deliver to the Trustee such other and further documentation necessary to evidence, effectuate or perfect its security interest in the Collateral;
(d) Defend the Collateral against all claims and demands of third parties at any time claiming the same or any interest therein, except buyers of Inventory in the ordinary course of Debtor's business;
(e) Keep the Collateral free of all liens and encumbrances, except for the security interest of the Trustee, and Debtor will not, without prior consent of the Trustee contained in an Authenticated Record, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Collateral or any interest therein, in bulk or otherwise, except for the sale of Inventory in the ordinary course of business;
(f) Notify the Trustee in the event of material loss or damage to the Collateral or of any material adverse change in Debtor's business or the Collateral, or of any other occurrences which could materially and adversely affect the security of the Trustee;
(g) Pay all expenses incurred in the manufacture, delivery, storage or other handling of the Collateral and all taxes which are or may become a lien on the Collateral, promptly when due, and in any event reimburse the Trustee, on demand, for any expenses which the Trustee might incur following the occurrence of an Event of Default, in satisfying such expenses or taxes, which the Trustee, in its sole discretion, deems necessary in order to protect the Collateral;
(h) Maintain insurance on the Collateral from carriers acceptable to Trustee of such types, coverage, form and amount as is usually carried on similar goods by similar enterprises. In the event Debtor fails to maintain such insurance, the same may be maintained by the Trustee, at its option, and Debtor shall reimburse the Trustee for the cost thereof, on demand; and
(i) If requested by the Trustee: (i) mark its records evidencing the Collateral in a manner satisfactory to the Trustee so as to indicate the security interest of the Trustee hereunder; and (ii) fully cooperate with the Trustee in the exercising of its rights and methods for verification of the Collateral.
SECTION 3.5. AUTHORITY. Debtor is authorized to enter into and implement this Agreement and has taken all necessary actions, corporate or otherwise, in relation to such authorization.
ARTICLE IV
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
The occurrence of any Event of Default under, and the acceleration of the Secured Notes then outstanding as provided for in, the Trust Indenture shall constitute an "Event of Default" under this Agreement.
ARTICLE V
RIGHTS OF THE TRUSTEE
SECTION 5.1. GENERAL RIGHTS. The rights of the Trustee shall at all times be those of a secured party under the UCC. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Trustee shall have the additional rights set forth in this Agreement.
SECTION 5.2. THE TRUSTEE'S RIGHT TO PERFORM DEBTOR'S OBLIGATIONS. In the event that Debtor shall fail to purchase or maintain insurance, or to pay any tax, assessment, government charge or levy, except as the same may be otherwise permitted hereunder, or in the event that any lien, encumbrance or security interest prohibited hereby shall not be paid in full or discharged, or in the event that Debtor shall fail to perform or comply with any other covenant, promise or Obligation to the Trustee hereunder or under any other Loan Document, the Trustee may, but shall not be required to, perform, pay, satisfy, discharge or bond the same for the account of Debtor, and all monies so paid by the Trustee, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, shall be treated as part of the Obligations.
SECTION 5.3. COLLECTIONS; MODIFICATION OF TERMS. Without limiting any rights the Trustee may have pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee may demand, sue for, collect and give receipts for any money, Instruments or property payable or receivable on account of or in exchange for any of the Collateral, or make any compromises it deems necessary or proper, including without limitation, extending the time of payment, permitting payment in installments, or otherwise modifying the terms or rights relating to any of the Collateral, all of which may be effected without notice to or consent by Debtor and without otherwise discharging or affecting the Obligations, the Collateral or the security interest granted under this Agreement or any of the Secured Notes Documents.
SECTION 5.4. NOTIFICATION OF ACCOUNT DEBTORS. Without limiting any rights
of pursuant to this Agreement or under applicable law, after an Event of Default
has occurred, (i) Debtor, at the request of the Trustee, shall notify the
Account Debtors of the Trustee's security interest in Debtor's Receivables; and
(ii) the Trustee may notify the Account Debtors on any of the Receivables to
make payment directly to the Trustee, and the Trustee may endorse all items of
payment received by it that are payable to Debtor. Debtor authorizes such
parties to make such payments directly to the Trustee and to rely on notice from
the Trustee without further inquiry. The Trustee may demand and take all
necessary or desirable steps to collect such Collateral in either its or
Debtor's, name, with the right to enforce, compromise, settle, or discharge any
of the foregoing.
SECTION 5.5. INSURANCE. Without limiting any rights of the Trustee pursuant to this Agreement or under applicable law, after a Default or Event of Default has occurred, the Trustee may file proofs of loss and claim with respect to any of the Collateral with the appropriate insurer, and may endorse in its own and Debtor's name any checks or drafts constituting insurance proceeds. Any insurance proceeds received by the Trustee may be applied by it against Debtor's obligations under the Secured Notes Documents.
SECTION 5.6. WAIVER OF RIGHTS BY DEBTOR. Except as may be otherwise specifically provided herein, Debtor waives, to the extent permitted by law, any bonds, security or sureties required by any statute, rule or otherwise by law as an incident to any taking of possession by the Trustee of any Collateral. Debtor authorizes the Trustee, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, to enter upon any premises owned by or leased to Debtor where the Collateral is kept, without obligation to pay rent or for use and occupancy, through self help, without judicial process and without having first given notice to Debtor or obtained an order of any court, and peacefully retake possession thereof by securing at or removing same from such premises.
SECTION 5.7. THE TRUSTEE'S RIGHTS. Debtor agrees that the Trustee shall not have any obligation to preserve rights to any Collateral against prior parties or to marshall any Collateral of any kind for the benefit of any other creditor of Debtor or any other Person. After the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Trustee is hereby granted a license or other right to use, without charge, Debtor's labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks and advertising matter, or any property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and Debtor's rights under all licenses and any franchise, sales or distribution agreements shall inure to the Trustee's benefit for such purpose.
SECTION 5.8. RIGHTS ON DEFAULT. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, and after giving effect to any applicable grace period, in addition to and without limiting any rights the Trustee may have under any agreement, document or instrument evidencing or representing any obligation of Debtor to the Trustee or executed in connection with any such obligation, the Trustee is hereby authorized to declare any or all of the Obligations to be immediately due and payable, and the rights and remedies of the Trustee with respect to the Collateral shall be as set forth herein, in the UCC and as otherwise available under applicable law.
The Trustee may, without demand, advertising or notice, all of which Debtor hereby waives (except as the same may be required by law), sell, lease, license, dispose of, deliver and grant options to a third party to purchase, lease or otherwise dispose of any and all Collateral held by it or for its account at any time or times in one or more public or private sales or other dispositions, for cash, on credit or otherwise, as such prices and upon such terms as the Trustee, in its sole discretion, deems advisable. Without requiring notice to Debtor, all requirements of reasonable notice under this section shall be met if such notice is mailed, postage prepaid, to Debtor at its address set forth herein or such other address as Debtor may have provided to the Trustee, in a Record, at least ten (10) days before the time of such sale or disposition. The Trustee may, if it deems it reasonable, postpone or adjourn any sale of any Collateral from time to time by an announcement at the time and place of the sale to be so postponed or adjourned without being required to give a new notice of sale, provided, however, that the Trustee shall provide Debtor with written notice of the time and place of such postponed
or adjourned sale. The Trustee may be the purchaser at any such sale, and payment may be made, in whole or in part, in respect of such purchase price by the application of Obligations due from Debtor to the Trustee. Debtor shall be obligated for, and the proceeds of sale shall be applied first to, the costs of retaking, refurbishing, storing, guarding, insuring, preparing for sale, and selling the Collateral, including the fees and disbursements of attorneys, auctioneers, appraisers, consultants and accountants employed by the Trustee. Proceeds from the Sale or other disposition or Collateral shall be applied to the payment, in whatever order the Trustee may elect, of all Obligations of Debtor. The Trustee shall return any excess to Debtor and Debtor shall remain liable for any deficiency. Collateral securing purchase money security interests also secures non-purchase money security interests. To the extent Debtor uses an advance under the Secured Notes Documents to purchase Collateral, Debtor's repayment of such advance shall apply on a "first-in-first-out" basis so that the portion of the advance used to purchase a particular item of Collateral shall be paid in the chronological order the Debtor purchased the Collateral. Upon request of the Trustee, Debtor will assemble and make the Collateral available to the Trustee, at a reasonable place and time designated by the Trustee. Debtor's failure to take possession of any Collateral at any time and place reasonably specified by the Trustee in a Record to the Debtor shall constitute an abandonment of such Property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee shall not be required to take possession of the Collateral if and in the event the possession thereof would, in the reasonable judgment of the Trustee, require the Trustee to observe or comply with any federal or state law or regulation relating to the sale or distribution of alcoholic beverages.
The Trustee shall not be responsible to Debtor for loss or damage resulting from the Trustee's failure to enforce or collect any Collateral or any monies due or to become due under any liability of Debtor to the Trustee.
After an Event of Default, Debtor (i) will make no change in any Receivable and (ii) shall receive as the sole property of the Trustee and hold in trust for the Trustee all monies, checks, notes, drafts, and other property (collectively called "items of payment") representing the proceeds of any Collateral. After an Event of Default, the Trustee may but shall be under no obligation to: (a) notify all appropriate parties that the Collateral, or any part thereof, has been assigned to the Trustee; (b) collect any Receivables or General Intangibles in its or Debtor's name, and apply any such collections against such obligations of Debtor to the Trustee as the Trustee may select; (c) take control of any cash or non-cash proceeds of any item of the Collateral; (d) compromise, extend or renew any Receivables, General Intangible, or Document, or deal with the same as it may deem advisable; and (e) make exchanges, substitutions or surrender of items comprising the Collateral.
To the full extent not otherwise provided herein, in performing its duties and discharging its obligations under this Agreement, the Trustee shall be entitled to all of the rights, protections and immunities accorded to it as Trustee under the Indenture, including but not limited to the right of indemnification.
SECTION 5.9. EXPENSE OF COLLECTION AND SALE. Debtor agrees to pay all costs and expenses incurred by the Trustee in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement or any other document, or any other Secured Notes Documents executed in connection herewith, in determining the Trustee's rights under, and in enforcing and collecting
the indebtedness represented by the guaranty and in determining its rights under and enforcing the security interests created by this Agreement, including, without limitation, costs and expenses relating to taking, holding, insuring, preparing for sale, appraising, selling or otherwise realizing on the Collateral, and reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses in connection with any of the foregoing. All such reasonable costs and expenses shall be payable on demand, and shall bear interest, payable on demand, from the date of the Trustee's payment of such costs and expenses until payment in full is made by Debtor, at the highest rate of interest permitted by law.
SECTION 5.10. COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER LAWS. The Trustee may comply with any applicable law requirements in connection with a disposition of the Collateral, and compliance will not be considered adversely to effect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral.
SECTION 5.11. SALES ON CREDIT. If the Trustee sells any of the Collateral on credit, Debtor will be credited only with payments actually made by the purchaser, received by Secured Party and applied to the Indebtedness. If the purchaser fails to pay for the Collateral, Secured Party may resell the Collateral, and Debtor shall be credited with the proceeds of the sale.
ARTICLE VI
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 6.1. WAIVERS. Debtor expressly waives notice of nonpayment, demand, presentment, protest or notice of protest in relation to the Secured Notes Documents or the Collateral. No delay or omission of the Trustee in exercising or enforcing any of its rights, powers, privileges, options or remedies under this Agreement shall constitute a waiver thereof, and no waiver by the Trustee of any default by Debtor shall operate as a waiver of any other default.
SECTION 6.2. REMEDIES NOT EXCLUSIVE. All rights and remedies of the Trustee under this Agreement shall be cumulative and not alternative or exclusive, irrespective of any other collateral guaranty, right or remedy and may be exercised by the Trustee at such time or times and in such order as the Trustee, in its sole discretion, may determine, and are for the sole benefit of the Trustee. The exercise or failure to exercise such rights and remedies shall not result in liability to Debtor or others except in the event of willful misconduct or bad faith by the Trustee, and in no event shall the Trustee be liable for more than it actually receives as a result of the exercise or failure to exercise such rights and remedies.
SECTION 6.3. SUCCESSORS AND SURVIVAL. This Agreement is entered into for the benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and assigns. It shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of said parties, their successors and assigns, and shall remain in force and effect until terminated as to future transactions by a Record Authenticated by the parties. All representations, warranties and covenants shall survive the execution hereof
SECTION 6.4. NOTICES. Wherever this Agreement provides for notice to any party (except as expressly provided to the contrary), it shall be given by messenger, facsimile, certified U.S. Mail with return receipt requested, or nationally recognized overnight courier with receipt
requested, effective when received by the party to whom addressed, and shall be addressed as follows, or to such other address as the party affected may hereafter designate:
If to the Trustee: JP Morgan Chase Bank
700 Lavaca 2nd Floor Austin, Texas 78701 Attn: Cary Gilliam Tel: (512) 479-2575 Fax: (512) 479-2553 With a copy: Charles H. Waters, Jr. 600 Travis Street Suite 1150 Houston, Texas 77002-3009 Tel.: (713) 216-8507 Fax: (973) 577-5216 If to debtor: Castle Brands (USA) Corp. 85-47 Eliot Avenue Suite G Rego Park, New York 11374 Attn: Mark Andrews, President Tel: (718) 533-7717 Fax: (718) 553-7610 With a copy to: Jackson Walker L.L.P. 1401 McKinney, Suite 1900 Houston, Texas 77010 Attn: Douglas A. Paisley II Tel: (713) 752-4316 Fax: (713) 752-4221 |
SECTION 6.5. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENTS; TRUSTEE'S CONSENT. This
Agreement (including the Exhibits and Schedules thereto) and the other Secured
Notes Documents supersede, with respect to their subject matter, all prior and
contemporaneous agreements, understandings, inducements or conditions between
the respective parties, whether express or implied, oral or written. No
amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any of the Secured
Notes Documents, nor consent to any departure by Debtor therefrom, shall in any
event be effective unless the same shall be in a Record Authenticated by the
Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific
instance and for the specific purpose for which given.
SECTION 6.6. CROSS DEFAULT; CROSS COLLATERAL. Debtor hereby agrees that (a) all other agreements between Debtor and the Trustee are hereby amended so that a default under this Agreement is a default under all such other agreements and a default under any of such other agreements is a default under this Agreement, and (b) the Collateral under this Agreement secures the Obligations now or hereafter outstanding under all other agreements between Debtor
and the Trustee and the Collateral pledged under any other agreement with the Trustee secures the Obligations under this Agreement.
SECTION 6.7. EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement.
SECTION 6.8. SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS. Any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Secured Notes Documents that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or the other Secured Notes Documents or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.
SECTION 6.9. TABLE OF CONTENTS; HEADINGS. The table of contents and headings preceding the text of this Agreement are inserted solely for convenience of reference and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement or affect its meaning, construction or effect.
SECTION 6.10. EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES. All of the Exhibits and Schedules to this Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof
SECTION 6.11. CONFLICTS OF LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York; provided, however, that if any of the Collateral shall be located in any jurisdiction other than New York, the laws of such jurisdiction shall govern the method, manner and procedure for foreclosure of the Trustees' lien upon such Collateral and the enforcement of the Trustee's other remedies in respect of such Collateral to the extent that the laws of such jurisdiction are different from or inconsistent with the laws of New York.
SECTION 6.12. TERM. This Agreement shall commence on the date first set forth above and continue through May 31, 2007 and, thereafter, automatically shall continue on a month to month basis. Provided, however, that any termination of this Agreement shall be on not less than four (4) months' prior written notice from Trustee.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the day and year first above written.
CASTLE BRANDS (USA) CORP.
By: /s/ Mark Andrews ------------------------------------ MARK ANDREWS President |
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, AS TRUSTEE
By: /s/ Cary W. Gilliam ----------------------------------- Name: Cary W. Gilliam Title: Vice President |
SCHEDULE 3.1 (C)
INVENTORY LOCATIONS
(ALL ARE THIRD PARTY LOCATIONS)
WESTERN CARRIERS Contact 2220 91st Street Lisa Sims North Bergen, NJ 07047 X 7247 201.869.3300 WESTERN WINE SERVICES 875 Hanna Drive American Canyon, CA 94589 800.999.8463 WASHINGTON STATE LIQUOR BOARD Dist. Ctr./Valley Ctr. Corp. Park 2302B Street NW, Bldg. 4, #104 Auburn, WA 98002-1743 360.664.1669 VERMONT DEPT OF LIQUOR CONTROL Green Mountain Drive, Drawer 20 Montpelier, VT 05620-4501 802.828.2345 VIRGINIA DEPT OF ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE CONTROL 2901 Hermitage Road Richmond, VA 23220 804.213.4400 OHIO DEPT OF LIQUOR Ship To: Bill To: Universal Marketing/Handl-It Ohio Dept of Taxation 20001 Euclid Avenue Excise Tax Division Euclid, OH 44117 P.O. Box 530 Columbus, OH 43266 Universal Marketing / Lewis & Michael 2940 Highland Avenue Cincinnati, OH 45212 Universal Marketing / North Coast Logistics 6606 Tussing Road Reynoldsburg, OH 43068 NEW HAMPSHIRE STATE LIQUOR COMMISSION Bill To: Ship To: P.O. Box 503 Law Warehouse |
Concord, NH 03301 27 Airport Road 803.271.2167 Nashua, NH 03063 MICHIGAN LIQUOR CONTROL COMMISSION Bill To: Ship To: 7150 Harris Drive Encore Services Inc P.O. Box 30005 9900 Volte Lansing, MI 48909-7505 Detroit, MI 48227 517.322.1345 OREGON LIQUOR CONTROL COMMISSION Bill To: Ship To: P.O. Box 22297 9079 SE McLoughlin Blvd Milwauki, OR 97269 Milwauki, OR 97222 503.872.5091 NORTH CAROLINA ABC BOARD Bill To: Various Locations Ship To: Cumberland Co J A Jones Management Gastonia ABC 3324 Gamer Road Forsyth Municipal ABC Raleigh, NC 27611 High Point ABC Sylva ABC Town of Bryson City ABC ALABAMA ABC BOARD 2715 Gunter park Drive West Montgomery, AL 26109 IDAHO LIQUOR DISPENSARY Bill To: Ship To: P.O. Box 179001 7185 Bethel Boise, ID 83717-9001 Boise, ID 83704 208.334.2524 MONTANA LIQUOR DIVISION Bill To: Ship To: P.O. Box 1712 2517 Airport Road Helena, MT 59624 Helena, MT 59624 406.444.0700 |
EXHIBIT A
Alcoholic Beverages
Castle Brands (USA) Corp. Alcoholic Beverages
Knappogue Castle Whiskey
Celtic Crossing Liqueur
Born Vodka
Sea Wynde Rum
British Royal Navy Imperial Rum
Brady's Irish Cream
Clontarf Irish Whiskey and related Clontarf brands
Schedule 3.3(a)
Exhibit 10.44
FIRST AMENDMENT TO GENERAL SECURITY AGREEMENT
(CASTLE BRANDS [USA] CORP.)
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO GENERAL SECURITY AGREEMENT (this "AMENDMENT"), dated effective as of August 15, 2005, between CASTLE BRANDS [USA] CORP., a New York corporation, having an office at 570 Lexington Avenue, 29th Floor, New York, NY 10022 (together with its successors and/or assigns, "DEBTOR") and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, a New York corporation,, having an address at 700 Lavaca, 2nd Floor, Austin, TX 78701 (together with its successors and assigns, "TRUSTEE").
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, Debtor and the Trustee, joined by the Collateral Agent, have
heretofore entered into a Trust Indenture dated as June 1, 2004 (the "ORIGINAL
INDENTURE") authorizing the issuance of up to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000)
of the Issuer's 8% Senior Secured Notes, Series 2004, due May 31, 2007 (the
"ORIGINAL NOTES");
WHEREAS, Debtor has heretofore issued Four Million Six Hundred Sixty Thousand Dollars ($4,660,000) of Original Notes;
WHEREAS, Debtor desires to amend the terms of the Original Notes (i) to extend the maturity date from May 31, 2007 to May 31, 2009, and (ii) to increase the interest rate payable on the Original Notes from eight percent (8%) to nine percent (9%) (hereinafter referred to as the "AMENDED NOTES");
WHEREAS, Debtor desires to amend the terms of the Original Indenture
(i) to authorize a maximum of Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) of Amended Notes
to be issued thereunder (inclusive of the $4,660,000 of outstanding Original
Notes being amended hereby) and (ii) to amend and restate the Original Indenture
to conform to the terms of the Amended Notes;
WHEREAS, Debtor's obligations under the Original Notes are secured by, among other things, a General Security Agreement executed by Debtor and dated as of June 1, 2004 (as may be further amended, supplemented, modified, restated, renewed or extended from time to time, the "SECURITY AGREEMENT"), covering certain Alcoholic Beverages, Receivables, Inventory and other assets of Debtor, as more particularly described and as such terms are defined therein;
WHEREAS, Debtor and Trustee desire to make certain modifications to the Security Agreement in connection with the issuance of the Amended Notes; and
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby covenant, agree, represent and warrant that the Security Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
1. AMENDMENT: The definition of "OBLIGATIONS" of the Security Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
"Obligations" shall mean and include all loans, advances, debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties owing by Debtor under the Trust Indenture, as amended, of any kind or nature, present or future, whether or not evidenced by any note, guaranty or other instrument, whether arising under this Agreement the other Secured Notes Documents, the Amended Notes, or under any agreement or by operation of law, whether or not for the payment of money, whether arising by reason of an extension of credit loan, guaranty, indemnification or in any other manner, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now due or hereafter arising and however acquired, including, without limitation, all interest, charges, expenses, commitment, facility, collateral management or other fees, reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, and any other sum chargeable to Debtor under this Security Agreement, the other Secured Notes Documents or the Trust Indenture, as amended.
2. NO OTHER AMENDMENTS. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms, without any waiver, amendment or modification of any provision thereof.
3. COUNTERPARTS. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, will be deemed an original and all of which taken together, will be deemed to be one and the same instrument.
4. DEFINITIONS. All references herein or in the Secured Notes Documents to the Security Agreement shall be deemed to include the Security Agreement, as modified by this Amendment. Terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.
5. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The terms and provisions of this Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, heirs, and assigns.
6. APPLICABLE LAW. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives, all as of the day and year first above written.
DEBTOR:
CASTLE BRANDS [USA] CORP., a
Delaware corporation
By: /s/ Mark E. Andrews ------------------------------------ Name: Mark E. Andrews Title: Chairman & CEO |
TRUSTEE:
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK., a New York
corporation
By: /s/ Carol Logan ------------------------------------ Name: Carol Logan Title: Vice President |
Exhibit 10.45
GUARANTY OF PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE
THIS GUARANTY OF PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE dated as of June 1, 2004 (the "Guaranty"), from CASTLE BRANDS INC, a Delaware corporation (the "Guarantor"), to JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, a New York banking organization, as Trustee, with a corporate trust office located at 700 Lavaca, 2nd Floor, Austin, Texas 78701 (the "Trustee").
RECITALS:
WHEREAS, Castle Brands (USA) Corp. ("CB-US") executed and delivered a Trust Indenture (the "Trust Indenture") with the Trustee for the purpose of issuing 8% Senior Secured Notes, 2004 Series (the "Secured Notes"), and other documents, instruments and agreements in connection with the Secured Notes (as the same have been and may be modified, amended, restated or replaced from time to time, collectively, the "Senior Notes Documents"); and
WHEREAS, the Guarantor is willing to enter into this Guaranty in order to induce CB-US to issue the Secured Notes under the Trust Indenture and the Guarantor has approved the form and substance of the Secured Notes Documents.
NOW, THEREFORE, in order to induce CB-US to issue the Secured Notes and to execute the Trust Indenture and in consideration of the premises and of other good and valuable consideration, the Guarantor intends to guarantee absolutely and unconditionally for the benefit of the holders of the Secured Notes under the Trust Indenture the punctual payment of the Obligations and such further payment and performance as may be set forth in Article 2 hereof
ARTICLE I
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE GUARANTOR
The Guarantor hereby represents and warrants to Trustee (if the Guarantor is more than one party, said representations and warranties are made only with respect to the particular party) that:
SECTION 1.1. CAPACITY OF THE GUARANTOR. Guarantor:
(A) Has the capacity to enter into this Guaranty.
(B) Has its address at the address set forth at the head of this Guaranty.
SECTION 1.2. NO VIOLATION OF RESTRICTIONS. Neither the execution and delivery of this Guaranty, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby nor the fulfillment of or compliance with the provisions of this Guaranty will conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of Guarantor's organizational documents or any material agreement, judgment or order to which the Guarantor is a party or by which the Guarantor is bound, or will constitute a default under any of the foregoing, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien of any nature whatsoever.
SECTION 1.3. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW. The Guarantor is not in violation of any law, ordinance, governmental rule, regulation, order or judgment to which the Guarantor may be subject which is likely to materially affect the financial condition of the Guarantor.
SECTION 1.4. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. The financial statements submitted by the Guarantor to the Trustee fairly represent the financial condition as of the date of each statement and there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition of the Guarantor since the date of the respective statements submitted to the Trustee.
SECTION 1.5. TAX RETURNS. Guarantor has paid all taxes that Guarantor is responsible for and has filed all requisite federal and state tax returns, including all estimated tax returns and shall continue to do so while this Guaranty remains in effect.
SECTION 1.6. SOLVENCY OF GUARANTOR AND CB-US. The Guarantor is solvent and has made an appropriate financial investigation of CB-US and has determined that CB-US is able to pay its indebtedness as such indebtedness matures and has capital sufficient to carry on its business at the time of execution of this Guaranty.
ARTICLE II
COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS
SECTION 2.1. GUARANTY OF PAYMENT. The Guarantor irrevocably, absolutely and unconditionally guarantees to the Trustee:
(A) The punctual payment of the Obligations. The term "Obligations" shall mean and include all loans, advances, debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties owing by CB-US under the Trust Indenture of any kind or nature, present or future, whether or not evidenced by any note, guaranty or other instrument, whether arising under the Senior Notes Documents or under any other agreement or by operation of law, whether or not for the payment of money, whether arising by reason of an extension of credit, opening, guaranteeing or confirming of a letter of credit, loan, guaranty, indemnification or in any other manner, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now due or hereafter arising and however acquired, including, without limitation, all interest, charges, expenses, commitment, facility, collateral management or other fees, reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, and any other sum chargeable to CB-US under the Secured Notes Documents or any other agreement with the Trustee.
(B) The full and prompt performance of any and all obligations of CB-US to the Trustee under the Senior Notes Documents.
SECTION 2.2. OBLIGATIONS UNCONDITIONAL. This Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect until the Obligations and all sums due hereunder are paid in full, irrespective of any interruptions in the business relationships of CB-US and the Guarantor with the Trustee. The Guarantor's obligation hereunder shall not be affected, modified or impaired by any state of facts or the happening from time to time of any event, including, without limitation, any of the following, whether or not with notice to or the consent of the Guarantor:
(A) The invalidity, irregularity, illegality or unenforceability of, or any defect in any Senior Notes Documents or any collateral security for the Loans (the "Collateral").
(B) Any present or future law or order of any government (de jure or de facto) or of any agency thereof purporting to reduce, amend or otherwise affect any Senior Notes Documents or any other obligation of CB-US or any other obligor or to any other terms of payment.
(C) The waiver, compromise, settlement, release or termination of any or all of the obligations, covenants or agreements of CB-US under any Senior Notes Documents or any waiver, compromise, settlement, or release of any of the obligations, covenants or agreements of the Guarantor under this Guaranty (that do not result in the termination of this Guaranty), or of any other party who has given collateral as security for the payment under the Secured Notes Documents or any part thereof.
(D) The failure to give notice to the Guarantor of the occurrence of an event of default under any Senior Notes Documents.
(E) The loss, release, sale, exchange, surrender or other change in any Collateral.
(F) The extension of the time for payment of any principal of or interest on the Obligations or of the time for performance of any other obligations, covenants or agreements under or arising out of any Senior Notes Documents or the extension or the renewal of any thereof
(G) The modification or amendment (whether material or otherwise)
of any obligation, covenant or agreement set forth in any Senior Notes
Documents.
(H) The performance of, or the omission to perform, any of the actions referred to in any Senior Notes Documents.
(I) Any failure, omission or delay on the part of the Trustee to enforce, assert or exercise any right, power or remedy conferred on the Trustee in any Senior Notes Documents.
(J) The voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets, marshaling of assets and liabilities, receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization, arrangement, composition with creditors or readjustment of, or other similar proceedings affecting the Guarantor or CB-US or either of their assets, or any allegation or contest of the validity of any Senior Notes Documents.
(K) The default or failure of the Guarantor to fully perform any obligations set forth in this Guaranty.
(L) Any event or action that would, in the absence of this paragraph, result in the release or discharge of the Guarantor from the performance or observance of any
obligation, covenant or agreement contained in this Guaranty (other than payment in full of the Obligations or a written release provided by Trustee to the Guarantor).
(M) Any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or a guarantor.
SECTION 2.3. WAIVER BY GUARANTOR. The Guarantor hereby waives:
(A) Notice of acceptance of this Guaranty.
(B) Diligence, presentment and demand for payment of the Obligations.
(C) Protest and notice of protest, dishonor or default to the Guarantor or to any other party with respect to the Loans.
(D) Any and all notices to which the Guarantor might otherwise be entitled.
(E) Any demand for payment under this Guaranty.
(F) Any and all defenses to payment including, without limitations any defenses and counterclaims of the Guarantor or CB-US based upon fraud, negligence or the failure of any condition precedent or claims of offset or defenses involving the invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of all or any part of the liabilities herein guaranteed or any defense otherwise available to the Guarantor or CB-US.
(G) Until such time as the Obligations are paid in full and the Trustee has received all other sums due under the terms of the Senior Notes Documents, any and all rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnity, exoneration, contribution or any other claim which the Guarantor may now or hereafter have against CB-US or any other person directly or contingently liable for the Obligations guaranteed hereunder, or against or with respect to any of CB-US's property (including, without limitation, property collateralizing the Obligations), arising from the existence or performance of this Guaranty and whether or not such claim, right or remedy arises in equity, under contract, by statute, under common law or otherwise.
SECTION 2.4. NATURE OF GUARANTY. This Guaranty is a guaranty of payment and not of collection and the Guarantor hereby waives the right to require that any action be brought first against CB-US or any other guarantor, or to require that resort be made to the Collateral or any security or to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of the Trustee in favor of CB-US or of the Guarantor.
SECTION 2.5. CONTINUATION OF GUARANTY. The Guarantor further agrees that the obligations hereunder shall continue to be effective or reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment or any part thereof of the Secured Notes is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of CB-US, the Guarantor or otherwise.
SECTION 2.6. SUBORDINATION OF DEBT. The Guarantor hereby subordinates any and all indebtedness of CB-US now or hereafter owed to the Guarantor (which shall not be deemed to include salary or business expense reimbursements paid in the ordinary course) to all indebtedness of CB-US to holders of the Secured Notes and/or the Trustee and agrees with the Trustee that, from and after the date whereon the Trustee notifies Guarantor that an Event of Default under the Trust Indenture has occurred and is continuing, Guarantor shall not demand or accept any payment from CB-US of any such indebtedness, shall not claim any offset or other reduction of Guarantor's obligations hereunder because of any such indebtedness and shall not take any action to obtain any interest in any of the Collateral described in and encumbered by the Senior Notes Documents; provided, however, that, if the Trustee so requests, such indebtedness shall be collected, enforced and received by Guarantor as trustee for the Trustee and paid over to the Trustee on account of the Obligations, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of Guarantor under the other provisions of this Guaranty except to the extent the Obligations shall have been reduced by such payment.
SECTION 2.7. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Guarantor agrees to deliver to the Trustee: (a) within one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of each fiscal year of Guarantor, a copy of the annual financial statements of Guarantor, on a consolidated and consolidating basis, prepared by an independent certified public accountant, selected by Guarantor and reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, consisting of a balance sheet, statements of operations and retained earnings and accompanying footnotes and statements of cash flow; (b) within thirty (30) days after the filing of Federal and State tax returns, such returns and any notes and schedules relating thereto; and (c) promptly upon request by the Trustee, such other documentation and information relating to Guarantor's financial condition as reasonably requested by the Trustee. Within ten (10) days after Guarantor becomes aware of an Event of Default under any Senior Notes Documents, Guarantor will furnish Trustee with financial statements and any additional information applicable to Guarantor's financial condition dated no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Event of Default.
ARTICLE III
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
SECTION 3.1. EVENTS OF DEFAULT DEFINED. An "Event of Default" shall exist if any of the following events occurs:
(A) The Guarantor fails to perform or observe any covenant contained herein.
(B) Any warranty, representation or other statement by or on behalf of the Guarantor contained in this Guaranty is false or misleading in any material respect when made.
(C) The Guarantor purports to terminate this Guaranty.
(D) A receiver, liquidator or trustee of the Guarantor or any of his or its property is appointed by court order, or any party named as a Guarantor is adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent or any of his or its property is sequestered by court order and such order remains in
effect for more than sixty (60) days, or a petition is filed against the Guarantor under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law of any jurisdiction, whether now or hereafter in effect, and is not dismissed within ninety (90) days of such filing.
(E) The Guarantor files a petition in voluntary bankruptcy or seeks relief under any provision of any reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law of any jurisdiction, whether now or hereafter in effect, or consents to the filing of any petition against it under any such law.
(F) The Guarantor makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or admits in writing inability to pay debts generally as they become due, or consents to the appointment of a receiver, trustee or liquidator of all or any part of his or its property. (G) The occurrence of an Event of Default under the Trust Indenture.
SECTION 3.2. REMEDIES ON DEFAULT. If an Event of Default exists, the Trustee may proceed to enforce the provisions hereof and to exercise any other rights, powers and remedies available to the Trustee.
SECTION 3.3. WAIVER AND NOTICE.
(A) No remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee is intended to be exclusive of any other available remedy or remedies, but each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given under this Guaranty now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute.
(B) No delay or omission to exercise any right or power accruing upon the occurrence of any Event of Default shall impair any such right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver thereof, but any such right or power may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient.
(C) In order to entitle the Trustee to exercise any remedy reserved to it in this Guaranty, it shall not be necessary to give any notice, other than such notice as may be expressly required in this Guaranty.
(D) No waiver, amendment, release or modification of this Guaranty shall be established by conduct, custom or course of dealing.
ARTICLE IV
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 4.1. GOVERNING LAW. This Guaranty shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.
SECTION 4.2. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Guaranty is entered into for the benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and assigns. It shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the said parties, their successors and assigns.
SECTION 4.3. NOTICES. Wherever this Guaranty provides for notice to any party (except as expressly provided to the contrary), it shall be given by messenger, facsimile, certified U.S. mail with return receipt requested, or nationally recognized overnight courier with receipt requested, effective when received by the party to whom addressed, and shall be addressed as follows, or to such other address as the party affected may hereafter designate:
If to the Trustee: JP Morgan Chase Bank 700 Lavaca 2nd Floor Austin, Texas 78701 Attn: Cary Gilliam Tel: (512) 479-2575 Fax: (512) 479-2553 With a copy to: Charles H. Waters, Jr. 600 Travis Street Suite 1150 Houston, Texas 77002-3009 Tel.: (713) 216-8507 Fax: (973) 577-5216 If to Guarantor: Castle Brands Inc. 85-47 Eliot Avenue Rego Park, New York 11374 Attn: Mark Andrews Tel: (718) 533-7717 Fax: (718) 533-7610 |
SECTION 4.4. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Guaranty supersedes, with respect to the subject matter hereof, all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, inducements or conditions between the respective parties, whether express or implied, oral or written. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Guaranty, nor consent to any departure by Guarantor from the terms hereof shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in a written consent signed by Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.
SECTION 4.5. PARTIAL INVALIDITY. Any provision of this Guaranty that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Guaranty affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction
SECTION 4.6. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. AS PART OF THE CONSIDERATION FOR NEW VALUE RECEIVED, AND REGARDLESS OF ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE DOMICILE OR PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS OF
GUARANTOR OR TRUSTEE, GUARANTOR HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT ANY FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN MANHATTAN OR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT IN NEW YORK STATE SHALL HAVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN GUARANTOR AND TRUSTEE PERTAINING TO THIS GUARANTY OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS GUARANTY; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, TRUSTEE MAY, AT ITS OPTION, COMMENCE ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING IN ANY OTHER APPROPRIATE FORUM OR JURISDICTION TO OBTAIN POSSESSION OF OR FORECLOSE UPON ANY COLLATERAL, TO OBTAIN EQUITABLE RELIEF OR TO ENFORCE ANY JUDGMENT OR ORDER OBTAINED BY TRUSTEE AGAINST GUARANTOR OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY COLLATERAL, IF ANY, TO ENFORCE ANY OTHER RIGHT OR REMEDY UNDER THIS GUARANTY OR TO OBTAIN ANY OTHER RELIEF DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY TRUSTEE. GUARANTOR EXPRESSLY SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND GUARANTOR HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION WHICH HE MAY HAVE BASED UPON LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION, OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS AND HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT. GUARANTOR REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT HE HAS REVIEWED THIS CONSENT TO JURISDICTION PROVISION WITH HIS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND HAS MADE THIS WAIVER KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY.
SECTION 4.7. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. GUARANTOR WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF ANY ACTION, SUIT, PROCEEDING, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER LITIGATION TO WHICH TRUSTEE AND GUARANTOR ARE PARTIES IN RESPECT OF ANY MATTER ARISING UNDER THIS GUARANTY OR ANY OTHER MATTER INVOLVING GUARANTOR AND TRUSTEE, WHETHER OR NOT OTHER PERSONS ARE ALSO PARTIES THERETO. GUARANTOR ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE FOREGOING WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO TRUSTEE'S ACCEPTANCE OF THIS GUARANTY AND MAKING LOANS TO CB-US AND THAT TRUSTEE IS RELYING ON THE FOREGOING WAIVER IN ITS FUTURE DEALINGS WITH GUARANTOR. GUARANTOR REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT GUARANTOR REVIEWED THIS JURY WAIVER PROVISION WITH HIS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND HAS MADE THIS WAIVER KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has executed this Guaranty as of the day and year first above written.
CASTLE BRANDS INC.
By: /s/ Mark Andrews ------------------------------------ MARK ANDREWS President |
STATE OF NEW YORK ) : ss.: COUNTY OF HARRIS ) |
On the 1st day of June in the year 2004 before me, the undersigned, a notary public in and for said State, personally appeared Mark Andrews, and he executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained as President of Castle Brands Inc., a Delaware corporation, on behalf of said corporation.
/s/ Jackie Turk ---------------------------------------- Notary Public in and for the State of Texas |
Exhibit 10.46
FIRST AMENDMENT TO GUARANTY OF PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO GUARANTY OF PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE (this "AMENDMENT"), dated effective as of August 15, 2005, between CASTLE BRANDS, INC., a Delaware corporation, with its principal place of business located at 570 Lexington Avenue, 29th Floor, New York, NY 10022 ("GUARANTOR") and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, a New York corporation,, having an address at 700 Lavaca, 2nd Floor, Austin, TX 78701 (together with its successors and assigns, "TRUSTEE").
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, Castle Brands [USA] Corp. ("CB-US") and the Trustee, joined by the Collateral Agent, have heretofore entered into a Trust Indenture dated as June 1, 2004 (the "ORIGINAL INDENTURE") authorizing the issuance of up to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) of the Issuer's 8% Senior Secured Notes, Series 2004, due May 31, 2007 (the "ORIGINAL NOTES");
WHEREAS, CB-US has heretofore issued Four Million Six Hundred Sixty Thousand Dollars ($4,660,000) of Original Notes;
WHEREAS, CB-US desires to amend the terms of the Original Notes (i) to extend the maturity date from May 31, 2007 to May 31, 2009, and (ii) to increase the interest rate payable on the Original Notes from eight percent (8%) to nine percent (9%) (hereinafter referred to as the "AMENDED NOTES");
WHEREAS, CB-US desires to amend the terms of the Original Indenture
(i) to authorize a maximum of Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) of Amended Notes
to be issued thereunder (inclusive of the $4,660,000 of outstanding Original
Notes being amended hereby) and (ii) to amend and restate the Original Indenture
to conform to the terms of the Amended Notes;
WHEREAS, CB-US's obligations under the Original Notes are secured by, among other things, a Guaranty of Payment and Performance executed by Guarantor and CB-US and dated as of June 1, 2004 (as may be further amended, supplemented, modified, restated, renewed or extended from time to time, the "GUARANTY") in favor of Trustee;
WHEREAS, Guarantor and Trustee desire to make certain modifications to the Guaranty in connection with the issuance of the Amended Notes; and
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby covenant, agree, represent and warrant that the Guaranty is hereby amended as follows:
1. AMENDMENT: The definition of "OBLIGATIONS" contained in Section 2.1(A) of the Guaranty is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
"Obligations" shall mean and include all loans, advances, debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties owing by CB-US under the Trust Indenture, as amended, or any Affiliate of Trustee of any kind or nature, present or future, whether or not evidenced by any note, guaranty or other instrument, whether arising under the Secured Notes Documents, the Amended Notes, or under any agreement or by operation of law, whether or not for the payment of money, whether arising by reason of an extension of credit, loan, guaranty, indemnification or in any other manner, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now due or hereafter arising and however acquired, including, without limitation, all interest, charges, expenses, commitment, facility, collateral management or other fees, reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, and any other sum chargeable to CB-US under the Secured Notes Documents or the Trust Indenture, as amended, or any other agreement with the Trustee.
2. NO OTHER AMENDMENTS. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms, without any waiver, amendment or modification of any provision thereof.
3. COUNTERPARTS. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, will be deemed an original and all of which taken together, will be deemed to be one and the same instrument.
4. DEFINITIONS. All references herein or in the Secured Notes Documents to the Guaranty shall be deemed to include the Guaranty, as modified by this Amendment. Terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Guaranty.
5. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The terms and provisions of this Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, heirs, and assigns.
6. APPLICABLE LAW. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives, all as of the day and year first above written.
GUARANTOR:
CASTLE BRANDS INC., a Delaware
corporation
By: /s/ Mark E. Andrews ------------------------------------ Name: Mark E. Andrews Title: Chairman & CEO |
TRUSTEE:
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK., a New York
corporation
By: /s/ Carol Logan -------------------------------- Name: Carol Logan Title: Vice President |
Exhibit 10.47
COLLATERAL AGREEMENT
(MHW, LTD.)
THIS AGREEMENT made as of the 1st day of June, 2004 by and among MHW, LTD., a New York corporation ("Collateral Agent") with its principal place of business located at 272 Plandome Road, Manhasset, New York 11030, CASTLE BRANDS (USA) CORP., a Delaware corporation ("CB-US"), with its principal place of business located at 85-47 Eliot Avenue, Suite G, Rego Park, NY 11374 and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, a New York banking organization, as Trustee, ("Trustee"), with a corporate trust office located at 700 Lavaca, 2nd Floor, Austin, Texas 78701.
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, Collateral Agent is an importer, marketer and distributor of distilled spirits, wines and malt beverages throughout the United States of America and holds such regulatory licenses as are necessary in each of the States in or into which it conducts business; and
WHEREAS, CB-US possesses the exclusive rights to import and market certain beverage alcohol products in the United States (as identified in Exhibit "A" hereto as such exhibit may be amended from time to time, hereinafter the "Alcoholic Beverages") and utilizes the services of Collateral Agent to distribute the Alcoholic Beverages in the United States of America; and
WHEREAS, CB-US and Collateral Agent have entered into a "Distribution Services Agreement" restated as of December 1, 2003, by letter agreement of even date herewith ("Services Agreement"), a true copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit "B", and
WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Services Agreement, Collateral Agent sells the Alcoholic Beverages beneficially owned by CB-US to CB-US's customers;
WHEREAS, Collateral Agent takes or may take title to the Inventory of Alcoholic Beverages, exercises custody and control over the accounts arising from the sale thereof and collects the proceeds thereof (the "Accounts"); and
WHEREAS, CB-US seeks to enter into a Trust Indenture (the "Trust Indenture") of even date herewith with Trustee for the purpose of issuing certain 8% Senior Secured Notes, Series 2004 (the "Secured Notes") of CB-US thereunder, pursuant to which CB-US's inventory and accounts receivable shall be pledged to Trustee as collateral for CB-US's indebtedness and other obligations; and
WHEREAS, it is in the best interest of Collateral Agent that CB-US cause the issuance of the Secured Notes under the Trust Indenture in order that CB-US may continue and expand its business, in general, and specifically with Collateral Agent; and
WHEREAS, as a condition to the issuance of the Secured Notes, the Trust Indenture contemplates that Trustee shall have a first priority and sole security interest in the Alcoholic Beverages, Accounts and other assets of CB-US in the possession or under the control of Collateral Agent; and
WHEREAS, in order to provide Trustee with the required security interest, Collateral Agent has agreed to consent to the assignment of the Services Agreement with CB-US and, to and for the benefit of Trustee and the owners from time to time of the Secured Notes, to enter into this Agreement; and
NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the one dollar and other valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is hereby agreed as follows:
I. DEFINITIONS:
"Accounts" for the purposes of this Agreement, shall mean all items described in the UCC definition thereof and all of the following, whether or not so described (in all cases whether now existing or hereafter created), solely to the extent to which they arise from the sale of the Alcoholic Beverages by Collateral Agent: all obligations of any kind at any time due or owing to CB-US or Collateral Agent and all rights of CB-US or Collateral Agent to receive payment or any other consideration (whether classified under the UCC or the law of any other state as accounts, Accounts, contract rights, chattel paper, General Intangibles, or otherwise) including without limitation invoices, contract rights, Accounts, general intangibles, choses-in-action, notes, drafts, acceptances, instruments and all other debts, obligations and liabilities in whatever form owing to CB-US or Collateral Agent from any person, firm, corporation, governmental authority or other entity, together with all security for any thereof, and all of CB-US's or Collateral Agent's rights to goods sold (whether delivered, undelivered, in transit or returns), represented by any thereof, together with all proceeds and products of any of the foregoing.
"Agreement" shall mean this Agreement together with any and all amendments, modifications, and supplements hereto as same are executed among the parties from time to time.
"Alcoholic Beverages" shall have the same meaning as set forth in the preamble of this Agreement, together with all packing materials, labels and the like related thereto and paid tax stamps affixed thereto.
"Business Day" or "Business Days" shall mean any day except Saturdays, Sundays or legal holidays for banks in the State of New York on which commercial banks located in the State of New York are open and conducting business.
"CB-US Security Agreement" shall mean that certain General Security Agreement of even date herewith by and among CB-US and Trustee.
"Collateral" shall mean all the following, wherever located and whether now existing or hereafter created or arising and whether now owned or hereafter acquired by CB-US or Collateral Agent: (i) Accounts arising from the sale of the Alcoholic Beverages; (ii) Inventory of the Alcoholic Beverages, and shall include, without limitation: (a) all documents of title, policies or certificates of insurance, securities, chattel paper and other documents and instruments evidencing or pertaining to any thereof; all claims of CB-US or Collateral Agent against third parties for loss of or damage to, or otherwise relating to, any of the Collateral; (b) any moneys, drafts, notes, items, leases, general or special deposits, balances, sums, proceeds and credits of CB-US or Collateral Agent arising from the Collateral; (iii) all rights and remedies which CB US
or Collateral Agent might exercise with respect to any of the Collateral; and
(iv) all accessions and additions to, replacements and substitutions for, and
proceeds and products of, the Collateral.
"MHW Security Agreement" shall mean that certain Security Agreement of Even date herewith by and among Collateral Agent and Trustee.
"Obligations" shall mean and include the Secured Notes, together with all loans, advances, debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties owing by CB-US to Trustee or any Affiliate of Trustee of any kind or nature, present or future, whether or not evidenced by any note, guaranty or other instrument, arising under any agreement or by operation of law, whether or not for the payment of money, whether arising by reason of an extension of credit, loan, guaranty, indemnification or in any other manner, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now due or hereafter arising and however acquired, including, without limitation, all interest, charges, expenses, commitment, facility, collateral management or other fees, reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, consulting fees and expenses and any other sum chargeable to CB-US under this Agreement, the other Secured Notes Document, or the Trust Indenture.
"Secured Notes Documents" shall mean this Agreement, the MHW Security Agreement, the CB-US Security Agreement and the Trust Indenture, together with promissory notes issued thereunder, and any and all other documents, instruments or agreements executed in connection therewith or herewith as the same may be modified, amended, restated or replaced from time to time.
"Services Agreement" shall have the same meaning as set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
"UCC" shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York, and, as to issues of perfection and exercise of remedies only, the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the jurisdiction (i) wherein any of the Collateral is located or (ii) governing the Collateral.
II. INTEREST OF COLLATERAL AGENT IN COLLATERAL:
It is hereby understood, agreed, and acknowledged that:
(a) Collateral Agent and CB-US have entered into the Services Agreement;
(b) pursuant to the Services Agreement Collateral Agent shall sell Alcoholic Beverages beneficially owned by CB-US to customers of and at the request of CB-US;
(c) Collateral Agent's interest in the Inventory of Alcoholic Beverages, the Accounts, the proceeds thereof or other assets of CB-US coming into Collateral Agent's possession shall be for the benefit of itself; CB-US and Trustee;
(d) to the extent Collateral is in the possession, custody, dominion or control of Collateral Agent, all such Collateral shall at all times beneficially be, and equitably be deemed to
be, property of CB-US which is held by Collateral Agent, in its capacity as agent for, and in trust for the benefit of, CB-US and Trustee;
(e) Collateral Agent shall hold no rights in the Collateral and no interest therein which may be pledged, transferred, conveyed, encumbered or otherwise delivered to third parties without the express, prior, written consent of both CB-US and Trustee, except as may be provided herein or required by law;
(f) Collateral Agent hereby waives any right of setoff, claim, lien, encumbrance or security interest it may have or hereafter claim to have with respect to any Collateral or proceeds thereof coming into its possession, and further, waives any claim it may now or hereafter have to seek reimbursement from the proceeds of the Accounts or Collateral, except the right to the "Collateral Agent Profits Security" as provided in Article VI.
III. SECURITY INTEREST OF TRUSTEE:
(a) CB-US and Collateral Agent hereby acknowledge that this Agreement constitutes written notification, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged by Collateral Agent, that CB-US has granted to Trustee a first priority security interest in the Collateral and that for the limited purpose of perfecting the Trustee's security interest in the Collateral in accordance with the provisions of the UCC, Collateral Agent shall serve as the agent of CB-US and Trustee in the possession, custody, dominion and control over the Collateral.
(b) In furtherance of the agreements set forth in subsection III(a), Collateral Agent hereby agrees:
(i) to promptly make all necessary entries or notations in its books and records to reflect the interest of CB-US and Trustee in the Collateral;
(ii) to include a specific reference to CB-US's trade name, "Castle Brands," on each invoice arising from the sale of the Alcoholic Beverages;
(iii) that Trustee's interest, liens, security interests and rights in the Collateral shall at all times be prior to and superior to any rights, claims and interests which Collateral Agent may have in or with respect to the Collateral;
(iv) to execute and deliver such other instruments and agreements, including, but without limitation, a security agreement with respect to the Accounts and Alcoholic Beverages, as Trustee shall deem reasonably necessary to effectuate the intent and purpose of this Agreement;
(v) that Collateral Agent will file a form UCC-1 financing statement with respect to Collateral Agent and describing the Accounts and the Alcoholic Beverages as collateral; and
(vi) in the event Collateral Agent determines to file a petition or proceeding under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any other analogous state or federal statute for the relief of debtors or has filed against it any such petition or proceeding, to forthwith, and without
the necessity of demand, turn over all proceeds of the Accounts and the Alcoholic Beverages to Trustee in the form received.
IV. RETENTION OF COLLATERAL:
With respect to Collateral delivered to or under the custody and control of Collateral Agent, Collateral Agent agrees that it shall take no action with respect to such Collateral, except as provided in the Services Agreement, and shall deliver all proceeds from the sale of the Alcoholic Beverages or other Collateral to the Designated Account (as defined below) and further agrees that, except as provided herein or in the Services Agreement, it shall not, without the written consent of Trustee, sell, dispose of, liquidate or otherwise release the Collateral, but shall hold same in trust for the benefit of Trustee.
V. PROVISION OF REPORTS:
(a) At the expense of CB-US, Collateral Agent shall provide Trustee with such reports and with such access to Collateral Agent's books and records and permit Trustee to copy and inspect such reports and books and records, all as Trustee deems necessary or desirable to enable Trustee to monitor the Collateral. Collateral Agent shall give Trustee access to the premises where the Collateral is located and Trustee may enter thereon and examine and inspect the Collateral and may examine, inspect and copy all books and records with respect thereto at any time during Collateral Agent's normal business hours. Collateral Agent shall maintain full, accurate and complete records respecting all Collateral at all times.
(b) At the expense of CB-US, Collateral Agent shall simultaneously send to Trustee copies of all notices, reports, statements or other information given or rendered to CB-US pursuant to the Services Agreement and shall notify Trustee, in writing, not less than thirty (30) Business Days prior to any termination, amendment, modification or change to the Services Agreement.
VI. DESIGNATED ACCOUNT
(a) Collateral Agent hereby agrees to establish and maintain a special bank account (the "Designated Account") at Citibank, Inc. (the "Depository Bank") and to provide Trustee with all information necessary to identify such account. The Designated Account shall be in the name of Collateral Agent and shall refer to Collateral Agent's federal tax identification number. Collateral Agent shall utilize its best efforts to cause the Designated Account to bear a title suggesting the "in-trust" nature of the funds on deposit in such account. All original remittances for payment of sales of Alcoholic Beverages or Accounts or other proceeds of Collateral received by Collateral Agent shall be deposited into the Designated Account. All such amounts shall be deposited into the Designated Account, in kind, within one Business Day of receipt by Collateral Agent.
(b) Collateral Agent shall have sole dominion and control over the Designated Account; provided, however, that with the consent of CB-US (which is hereby granted), Collateral Agent shall give the Depository Bank an irrevocable direction (receipt of which shall be acknowledged in writing by the Depository Bank) to sweep from the Designated Account on a daily basis all sums on deposit therein in excess of $27,000.00 (the balance being the
"Collateral Agent Profits Security"); and direct that all swept sums be sent via wire transfer to the following account of CB-US: JPMorgan Chase Bank, ABA No. 113000609, Account 00113354238, Account Name: Castle Brands (USA) Corp.
(c) Upon the occurrence and continuance of any Event of Default under the Trust Indenture and upon the written instruction of Trustee, Collateral Agent shall give the Depository Bank an irrevocable direction (receipt of which shall be acknowledged in writing by the Depository Bank) to direct that all sums (in excess of the Collateral Agent Profits Security) to be swept under subsection VI(b) above, be instead sent by wire transfer to an account for the benefit of the Trustee, as instructed by Trustee.
(d) Except as permitted in the following sentence, Collateral Agent shall not change any direction given to the Depository Bank with respect to the sweep of the Designated Account required under subsections VI(b) and (c) without the prior written consent of Trustee and CB-US, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Provided also, however, the amount of the Collateral Agent Profits Security maintained in the Designated Account may increase to an amount which (i) is consistent with the terms of the Services Agreement, (ii) is documented to the reasonable satisfaction of Trustee, and (ii) does not exceed the sum of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) at any time without the mutual written agreement of all parties to this Agreement.
(e) In the event that any remittance or portion of a remittance which does not arise out of the sale of the Alcoholic Beverages, or other service performed for the benefit of CB-US under the Service Agreement, is deposited to the Designated Account and wired to CB-US or Trustee, Collateral Agent shall notify the recipient of such deposit and the recipient shall promptly remit all funds which are not related to CB-US to Collateral Agent via wire transfer to such account as Collateral Agent shall direct.
(f) All costs and expenses of the Designated Account shall be borne by CB-US and CB-US agrees to indemnify and hold Collateral Agent and Trustee harmless from and against any charges, setoff for returned checks or otherwise and other reimbursements due to the Depository Bank, which the Depository Bank may charge against the Designated Account or seek reimbursement for from Collateral Agent or Trustee.
VII. TRUSTEE AND CB-US AGREEMENTS:
(a) Trustee and CB-US acknowledge that Collateral Agent has made no representations or claims regarding CB-US to induce Trustee to enter into the Trust Indenture with CB-US, and Collateral Agent has no responsibility or liability to Trustee for the Obligations of CB-US.
(b) Trustee and CB-US acknowledge that Collateral Agent's duties with respect to uncollected Accounts are limited to the provisions of the Services Agreement and the Collateral Agreement has no obligation to pay the foreign or domestic suppliers for the Alcoholic Beverages sold for the benefit of the Trustee and/or CB-US.
(c) In the event that Trustee accelerates the Obligations and makes demand for payment, Trustee will promptly provide Collateral Agent with written notice.
(d) Trustee shall reimburse Collateral Agent out of the Trust Estate (as defined in the Trust Indenture) for all warehouse charges, taxes and Customs duties applicable to the Alcoholic Beverages that have not been reimbursed by CB-US and (i) have been paid by Collateral Agent or (ii) are or become determined under law or contract to be an obligation of Collateral Agent.
To the fullest extent not otherwise provided herein, in performing its duties and discharging its obligations under this Agreement, the Trustee shall be entitled to all of the rights, protections and immunities accorded to it as Trustee under the Trust Indenture, including but not limited to the right of indemnification from parties other than the Collateral Agent.
VIII. NOTICES:
All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals and other communications required or permitted hereunder must be in writing and will be effective upon receipt if delivered personally, or if sent by facsimile transmission with confirmation of delivery, or by nationally recognized overnight courier service, to Collateral Agent's, CB-US's and Trustee's addresses as set forth below or to such other address as any party may give to the others, in writing, for such purpose.
Collateral Agent: MHW, Ltd. 272 Plandome Road, Suite 100 Manhasset, New York 11030 Attn: John F. Beaudette, President Telephone: (516) 869-9170 Facsimile: (516) 869-9171 CB-US: Castle Brands (USA) Corp. 85-47 Eliot Avenue Suite G Rego Park, New York 11374 Attn: Mark Andrews, President Telephone: (718) 533-7717 Facsimile: (718) 533-7610 with a copy to: Jackson Walker L.L.P. 1400 McKinney, Suite 1901 Houston, Texas 77010 Attn: Douglas A. Paisley II Telephone: (713) 752-4316 Facsimile: (713) 752-4221 Trustee: JPMorgan Chase Bank 700 Lavaca, 2nd Floor Austin, Texas 78701 Attn: Cary Gilliam Telephone: (512) 479-2575 Facsimile: (512) 479-2553 |
with a copy to: Charles H. Waters, Jr. 600 Travis Street Suite 1150 Houston, Texas 77002-3009 Telephone: (713) 216-8507 Facsimile: (713) 577-5216 |
IX. CHANGES IN WRITING:
No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement nor consent to any departure by any party therefrom will be effective unless made in a writing signed by the parties hereto, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given.
X. ENTIRE AGREEMENT:
This Agreement, including any Exhibits, the Services Agreement and the Security Agreement (the "MHW Security Agreement") of even date herewith from the Collateral Agent in favor of the Trustee constitute the entire agreements and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. In the event of any conflicts between this Agreement and the Services Agreement and/or the MHW Security Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.
XI. Counterparts:
This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterpart copies and by the parties hereto on separate counterparts, but all such copies shall constitute one and the same instrument.
XII. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS:
This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
XIII. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION:
This Agreement has been delivered to and accepted by the Trustee and will be deemed to be made in the State of New York. THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE INTERPRETED AND THE RIGHTS AND LIABILITIES OF THE PARTIES HERETO DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, EXCLUDING ITS CONFLICT OF LAWS RULES. Each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any state or federal court located within Manhattan, New York.
XIV. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL:
EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR CLAIM OF ANY NATURE RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY DOCUMENTS EXECUTED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION
CONTEMPLATED IN ANY OF SUCH DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE FOREGOING WAIVER IS KNOWING AND VOLUNTARY.
XV. TERM:
This Agreement shall commence on the date first set forth above and continue through May 31, 2007 and, thereafter, automatically shall continue on a month to month basis. Provided, however, that any termination of this Agreement shall be on not less than four (4) months' prior written notice from either Trustee or Collateral Agent.
XVI. SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS:
Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.
XVII. TABLE OF CONTENTS; HEADINGS:
The headings preceding the text of this Agreement are inserted solely for convenience of reference and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement or affect its meaning, construction or effect.
XVIII. EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES:
All of the Exhibits to this Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement on day and year first written above.
MHW, LTD.
By: /s/ John Beaudette ------------------------------------ JOHN BEAUDETTE President |
CASTLE BRANDS (USA) CORP.
By: /s/ Mark Andrews ------------------------------------ MARK ANDREWS President |
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, TRUSTEE
By: /s/ Cary W. Gilliam ------------------------------------ Name: Cary W. Gilliam Title: Vice President |
EXHIBIT "A"
THE "ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES"
Knappogue Castle Whiskey
Celtic Crossing Liquor
Boru Vodka
Sea Wynde Rum
British Royal Navy Imperial Rum
Brady's Irish Cream
Clontarf Irish Whiskey and related Clontarf brands
EXHIBIT A
EXHIBIT "B"
TRUE COPY OF SERVICES AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT B
Exhibit 10.48
FIRST AMENDMENT TO COLLATERAL AGREEMENT
(MHW, LTD.)
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO COLLATERAL AGREEMENT (this "AMENDMENT"), dated effective as of August 15, 2005, between MHW, LTD, a New York corporation, having an office at 272 Plandome Road, Manhasset, New York 11030 (together with its successors and/or assigns, "COLLATERAL AGENT"), CASTLE BRANDS (USA) CORP., a Delaware corporation, with its principal place of business located at 570 Lexington Avenue, 29th Floor, New York, NY 10022 ("CB-US") and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, a New York corporation,, having an address at 700 Lavaca, 2nd Floor, Austin, TX 78701 (together with its successors and assigns, "TRUSTEE").
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, CB-US and the Trustee, joined by the Collateral Agent, have
heretofore entered into a Trust Indenture dated as June 1, 2004 (the "ORIGINAL
INDENTURE") authorizing the issuance of up to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000)
of the Issuer's 8% Senior Secured Notes, Series 2004, due May 31, 2007 (the
"ORIGINAL NOTES");
WHEREAS, CB-US has heretofore issued Four Million Six Hundred Sixty Thousand Dollars ($4,660,000) of Original Notes;
WHEREAS, CB-US desires to amend the terms of the Original Notes (i) to extend the maturity date from May 31, 2007 to May 31, 2009, and (ii) to increase the interest rate payable on the Original Notes from eight percent (8%) to nine percent (9%) (hereinafter referred to as the "AMENDED NOTES");
WHEREAS, CB-US desires to amend the terms of the Original Indenture
(i) to authorize a maximum of Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) of Amended Notes
to be issued thereunder (inclusive of the $4,660,000 of outstanding Original
Notes being amended hereby) and (ii) to amend and restate the Original Indenture
to conform to the terms of the Amended Notes;
WHEREAS, CB-US's obligations under the Original Notes are secured by, among other things, a Collateral Agreement executed by Collateral Agent and CB-US and dated as of June 1, 2004 (as may be further amended, supplemented, modified, restated, renewed or extended from time to time, the "COLLATERAL AGREEMENT"), covering certain Alcoholic Beverages, Accounts and other assets of CB-US in the possession or under the control of Collateral Agent, as more particularly described and as such terms are defined therein;
WHEREAS, Collateral Agent, CB-US and Trustee desire to make certain modifications to the Collateral Agreement in connection with the issuance of the Amended Notes; and
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby covenant, agree, represent and warrant that the Collateral Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
1. AMENDMENT: The definition of "OBLIGATIONS" of the Collateral Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
"Obligations" shall mean and include the Amended Notes, together with all loans, advances, debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties owing by CB-US to Trustee or any Affiliate of Trustee of any kind or nature, present or future, whether or not evidenced by any note, guaranty or other instrument, whether arising under this Agreement the other Secured Notes Documents, the Amended Notes, or under any agreement or by operation of law, whether or not for the payment of money, whether arising by reason of an extension of credit loan, guaranty, indemnification or in any other manner, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now due or hereafter arising and however acquired, including, without limitation, all interest, charges, expenses, commitment, facility, collateral management or other fees, reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, and any other sum chargeable to CB-US under this Agreement, the other Secured Notes Documents or the Trust Indenture, as amended.
2. NO OTHER AMENDMENTS. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Collateral Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms, without any waiver, amendment or modification of any provision thereof.
3. COUNTERPARTS. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, will be deemed an original and all of which taken together, will be deemed to be one and the same instrument.
4. DEFINITIONS. All references herein or in the Secured Notes Documents to the Collateral Agreement shall be deemed to include the Collateral Agreement, as modified by this Amendment. Terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Collateral Agreement.
5. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The terms and provisions of this Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, heirs, and assigns.
6. APPLICABLE LAW. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives, all as of the day and year first above written.
COLLATERAL AGENT:
MHW, LTD., a New York corporation
By: /s/ John F. Beaudette ------------------------------------ Name: John F. Beaudette Title: President |
CB-US:
CASTLE BRANDS (USA) CORP., a
Delaware corporation
By: /s/ Mark E. Andrews ------------------------------------ Name: Mark E. Andrews Title: Chairman & CEO |
TRUSTEE:
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK., a New York
corporation
By: /s/ Carol Logan ------------------------------------ Name: Carol Logan Title: Vice President |
Exhibit 10.49
16 December 2004 PRIVATE AND CONFIDENTIAL College Green Business Centre ------------------------ P.O. Box 145 The Directors 33 College Green Castle Brands Spirits Company Limited Dublin 2 1st Floor Victoria House Telephone: 01 7025400 Haddington Rd Facsimile: 01 7025235 Dublin 4 www.ulsterbank.com |
Dear Sirs,
Further to our recent discussions, I am pleased to advise the following facilities have been approved for your Company. The agreement is between Ulster Bank Ireland Limited ("UBIL") and Ulster Bank Ltd ("UB"), (together, the "bank") and the Borrower specified below whereby the Bank agrees to make available to the Borrower the following facility/ies on the terms and subject to the conditions herein contained:
BORROWER: CASTLE BRANDS SPIRITS CO LTD. LENDER -------- ----------------------------- ------ FACILITY A: OVERDRAFT UBIL FACILITY B: LOAN UBIL FACILITY C: C & E GUARANTEE UBIL FACILITY D: FORWARD CURRENCY DEALING RISK FACILITY UBIL BORROWER: THE ROARING WATER BAY SPIRITS COMPANY (GB) LTD -------- ---------------------------------------------- FACILITY E: OVERDRAFT UBL FACILITY F: LOAN UBL FACILITY G: C & E GUARANTEE UBL |
CASTLE BRANDS SPIRITS CO LTD
FACILITY A OVERDRAFT ---------- --------- AMOUNT: EUR E400,000 (Four Hundred Thousand Euro) NATURE & PURPOSE: Working capital. INTEREST: Interest is payable on all Bank accounts at regular intervals to be decided upon by the Bank. The present charging period is quarterly in August, November, February and May at a rate subject to variation at the discretion of the |
Bank. The present rate applicable for this facility is the Bank's AA2 rate less .5%, currently 7.25% per annum variable. REPAYMENT: This Facility is repayable on demand. However, in the absence of demand this facility is available until the review date 14th December 2005. Renewal of overdraft status will be conditional upon the current account showing regular fluctuations to credit during the period of sanction subject to a minimum of 30 days in any 12-month period. An account which operates in debit at or near the sanctioned limit for the greater part of the year and then turns to credit for a short period does not comply with Bank's concept of overdraft. Accounts which exceed an agreed overdraft facility without prior arrangement with the Bank incur surcharge interest of 0.75% per month (minimum E1 per month on the excess). |
FACILITY B LOAN ---------- ---- AMOUNT: EUR E190,000 (One Hundred and Ninety Thousand Euro). NATURE & PURPOSE: Continuation of existing Loan account at reduced level, repayable on demand INTEREST: Interest is payable on all Bank accounts at regular intervals to be decided upon by the Bank. The present charging period is quarterly in August, November, February and May at a rate subject to variation at the discretion of the Bank. The present rate applicable to this facility is the Bank's Prime 5 rate, minus 0.125% equating to a rate of 4.835% per annum variable as at today's date. The under mentioned repayment includes an allowance for interest and in the event of a large upward movement in the interest rate the Bank, at its discretion will alter the repayments or alternatively make any adjustment necessary at the end of the term. REPAYMENT: In the absence of demand and assuming full drawdown, repayments will continue at E6,377 per month for five years from original draw down in September 2002. You have the option of repaying the outstanding balance at any time during the term of the loan. Also, this facility is subject to formal review in line with the annual review of your overdraft facility. |
FACILITY C CUSTOMS & EXCISE GUARANTEE --------- AMOUNT: While the nominal amount of the Guarantee is for E35,000 it is understood that the Banks risk is double this amount i.e., E70,000. ---- NATURE & PURPOSE: Continuation of existing Guarantee facility in respect of the deferment of duties, taxes, levies and charges or any amounts due the Revenue Commissioners. REVIEW/EXPIRY: This facility may be withdrawn on the demand being made by the Bank subject to 7 days written notice being given by the Bank to The Revenue Commissioners. FEE: A fee of 1% per annum on the nominal amount of the Guarantee is applicable. This charge will continue to be debited to your account in four quarterly tranches of E87.5 with the next payment falling due 28.02.05. CLAIMS ON THE BANK: In the event of any claim being made by The Revenue Commissioners on the Bank in respect of this Guarantee, Ulster Bank Ireland Ltd shall debit your account the full amount of such a claim in accordance with the counter indemnity held. There will be no obligation on the Bank to verify the validity of such a claim. |
FACILITY D FORWARD CURRENCY DEALING RISK FACILITY ---------- AMOUNT: The equivalent of E25,000 (Twenty five thousand Euro) on the basis that the Bank assesses the risk on Forward Currency Dealing contracts for administration purposes at 10% of the maximum permitted level of outstanding contracts. On this basis your company will be in a position to undertake Forward Currency Dealing Contracts subject to an aggregate value of such contracts at any given time not exceeding the equivalent of E250,000 AVAILABILITY: This facility is available at the discretion of the Bank and is subject to annual review as outlined at General Condition No. 1 overleaf. LOSSES: Any losses incurred by the Bank under Forward Currency Dealing Contracts undertaken on your behalf will be charged to the company's working account. |
FACILITY E OVERDRAFT ON CURRENT ACCOUNT ---------- AMOUNT: Stg L20,000 (Twenty thousand pounds sterling) NATURE/PURPOSE: Overdraft on current account to meet working capital requirements. INTEREST: Interest accrues on the daily cleared debit balance at the Bank's base rate + 2.25% per annum and is calculated on a 365-day basis. Interest is compoundable and is payable at the Bank's normal interest rests now quarterly in February, May, August and November at a rate subject to variation at the discretion of the Bank. In the event of any change in rate, the Bank may notify the Borrower of the change by way of narrative in a statement relating to the account. REPAYMENTS: The facility, including any implied overdraft facility, is at the pleasure of the Bank and the Bank may at any time demand repayment or reduce or restrict the overdraft facility as it sees fit without prior notice. It is a condition of agreement that the balance of the account fluctuates regularly to credit, in the normal course of trading and that such credit periods total a minimum of 30 days in aggregate in any one-year period. SUBCHARGES: Overdrafts must operate within the authorised limit. Unauthorised borrowings or excesses on agreed facilities, which occur or continue without formal arrangements carry an interest surcharge on the amount of the excess and for the duration thereof. This excess will be charged in addition to normal interest charges. The current interest surcharge rate on such excesses is 1% per month (12% per annum) for the period of such excesses, subject to a minimum charge of L1 per month. |
FACILITY F LOAN ---------- ---- AMOUNT: EUR E11,900 (Eleven thousand nine hundred pounds sterling) |
NATURE & PURPOSE: Continuation of existing Loan account at reduced level, repayable on demand INTEREST: Interest is payable on all Bank accounts at regular intervals to be decided upon by the Bank. The present charging period is quarterly in August, November, February and May at a rate subject to variation at the discretion of the Bank. The present rate applicable to this facility is the Bank's Base rate, plus 2.25% equating to a rate of 7.15% per annum variable as at today's date. The under mentioned repayment includes an allowance for interest and in the event of a large upward movement in the interest rate the Bank, at its discretion will alter the repayments or alternatively make any adjustment necessary at the end of the term. REPAYMENT: In the absence of demand and assuming full drawdown, repayments will continue at L607.74 per month. You have the option of repaying the outstanding balance at any time during the term of the loan. Also, this facility is subject to formal review in line with the annual review of your overdraft facility. |
FACILITY G CUSTOMS & EXCISE GUARANTEE ---------- AMOUNT: While the nominal amount of the Guarantee is for L45,000 it is understood that the Bank's risk is double this amount i.e., L90,000. NATURE & PURPOSE: Continuation of existing Guarantee facility in respect of the deferment of duties, taxes, levies and charges or any amounts due to HM Customs & Excise. REVIEW/EXPIRY: This facility may be withdrawn on the demand being made by the Bank subject to 7 days written notice being given by the Bank to HM Customs & Excise. FEE: A fee of 1% per annum on the nominal amount of the Guarantee is applicable. This charge will continue to be debited to your account in four quarterly tranches of L112.50 with the next payment falling due 28.02.05. CLAIMS ON THE BANK: In the event of any claim being made by HM Customs & Excise on the Bank in respect of this Guarantee, Ulster Bank Ireland Ltd shall debit your account the full amount of such a claim in accordance with the counter indemnity held. There will be no obligation on the Bank to verify the validity of such a claim. |
SECURITY
It is understood that the following securities will be held for all the Company's liabilities to the Bank whether present or future, direct or contingent.
HELD AT PRESENT
1. All Monies Debenture dated the 4th February 2000 giving a first Floating Charge over the assets of the Company including all intellectual property rights i.e., the brand name, patents etc. A Letter of Waiver over the trade debtors dated the 31st October 2000 was issued to Ulster Bank Commercial Services Ltd in respect of facilities maintained with them.
2. Deed of Postponement dated the 19th September 1999 over shareholders loans in the amount of IEPL 200,000 (E253,947.61)**.
3. Joint Several Letter of Guarantee in the amount of IEP L125,000 (E158,717.25) signed by David Phelan and Patrick Rigney (Company Directors)**.
4. All Monies general counter indemnity dated the 29th January 2001 together with supporting resolution from the Roaring Water Bay Spirits Company Ltd.
**AMENDMENT TO SECURITY
It is agreed that security lots 2 and 3 above will be released on completion of the following replacement security:
2. A Composite inter company guarantee to be completed by the company's ultimate parent company Castle Brands Inc., Castle Brands Spirits Co Ltd and Roaring Water Bay Spirits Co (GB) Ltd in the sum of E860,000
3. A letter of Lien to be completed by Castle Brands Spirits Co Ltd in respect of a separate account containing E300,000, which sum to be held for the direct and contingent liabilities of Castle Brands Spirits Co Ltd.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
In signing this facility letter the directors undertake on behalf of the company that it will not charge its Irish intellectual property rights (e.g., brands such as "Boru Vodka, Clontarf Whiskey, Old Head Gin, O'Shea's Irish Cream Liqueur, etc. or patents), to any other entity without the Bank's prior consent.
FEES & CHARGES
ARRANGEMENT FEE
An arrangement fee of E1,000 will be applied to your account on acceptance of this facility letter.
TRANSMISSION FEES
Bank Charges will apply in accordance with the Bank's standard scale as published from time to time.
GENERAL CONDITIONS,
1. Financial - Audited Accounts for this company and Castle Brands Inc are to be made available to the Bank within three months of the Company's financial year-end together with confirmation from your auditors that the Company's taxation affairs are up to date.
2. Management Accounts are to be provided quarterly within one-month of the quarter end.
3. All fees incurred in the taking of the security referred to above will be payable by the borrower.
4. In the event of the Bank being made aware that there has been a material adverse change in the financial position of the company so as to prejudice repayment capacity, the Bank reserves the right to cancel these facilities and in such events all amounts due plus interest would be payable immediately.
5. In the event that any or all of these facilities shall become due and payable to the Bank, whether following formal demand by the Bank or otherwise, interest shall accrue and be payable on such liabilities on a compound basis until fully discharged,
I am pleased to have the opportunity to arrange these facilities for you and hope that the terms and conditions I have outlined are acceptable to the Company. If so, please confirm this by signing and returning the enclosed copy of this letter at your earliest convenience. I would like to take this opportunity to with the company continued success in the development of your business.
Yours faithfully,
/s/ Brian Hunt BRIAN HUNT SENIOR MANAGER |
ACCEPTANCE
WE CONFIRM ACCEPTANCE OF THE FACILITIES OUTLINED IN YOUR LETTER DATED THE 16TH DECEMBER 2004 UNDER THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS STATED THEREIN.
/s/ Mark Andrews 2/7/05 ------------------------------ ------ Director Date /s/ Matthew F. MacFarlane, CFO 2/7/05 ------------------------------ ------ Director Date |
Exhibit 10.50 4th April 2005 Ulster Bank PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL College Green Business Centre ---------------------- P.O. Box 145 The Directors 33 College Green Castle Brands Spirits Company Limited Dublin 2 1st Floor Victoria House Haddington Rd Telephone: 01 7025400 Dublin 4 Facsimile: 01 7025235 WWW.ULSTERBANK.COM |
Dear Sirs,
Further to our recent discussions, I am pleased to advise the following facilities have been approved for your Company. The agreement is between Ulster Bank Ireland Limited ("UBIL") and Ulster Bank Ltd ("UB"), (together the "bank") and the Borrower specified below whereby the Bank agrees to make available to the Borrower the following facility/ies on the terms and subject to the conditions herein contained:
BORROWER: THE ROARING WATER BAY SPIRITS COMPANY (GB) LTD -------- ---------------------------------------------- FACILITY E: OVERDRAFT UBL FACILITY F: LOAN UBL FACILITY G: C&E GUARANTEE UBL FACILITY E OVERDRAFT ON CURRENT ACCOUNT ---------- AMOUNT: Stg(pound)70,000 (Seventy thousand pounds sterLing) NATURE/PURPOSE: Overdraft on current account to meet working capital requirements. REVIEW DATE: 14th December 2005 INTEREST: Interest accrues on the daily cleared debit balance at the Bank's base rate + 2.25% per annum and is calculated on a 365-day basis. Interest is compoundable and is payable at the Bank's normal interest rests now quarterly in February, May, August and November at a rate subject to variation at the discretion of the Bank. In the event of any change in rate, the Bank may notify the Borrower of the change by way of narrative in a statement relating to the account. |
REPAYMENTS: The facility, including any implied overdraft facility, is at the pleasure of the Bank and the Bank may at any time demand repayment or reduce or restrict the overdraft facility as it sees fit without prior notice. It is a condition of agreement that the balance of the account fluctuates regularly to credit, in the normal course of trading and that such credit periods total a minimum of 30 days in aggregate in any one-year period. SURCHARGES: Overdrafts must operate within the authorized limit. Unauthorized borrowings or excesses on agreed facilities, which occur or continue without formal arrangements carry an interest surcharge on the amount of the excess and for the duration thereof. This excess will be charged in addition to normal interest charges. The current interest surcharge rate on such excesses is 1% per month (12% per annum) for the period of such excesses, subject to a minimum charge of(pound)1 per month. FACILITY F LOAN ---------- ---- AMOUNT: EUR(pound)11,900 (Eleven thousand nine hundred pounds sterling). NATURE & PURPOSE: Continuation of existing Loan account at reduced level, repayment on demand REVIEW DATE: 14th December 2005 INTEREST: Interest is payable on all Bank accounts at regular intervals to be decided upon by the Bank. The present charging period is quarterly in August, November, February and May at a rate subject to variation at the discretion of the Bank. The present rate applicable to this facility is the Bank's rate, plus 2.25% equating to a rate of 7.15% per annum variable as at today's date. The under mentioned repayment includes an allowance for interest and in the event of a large upward movement in the interest rate the Bank, at its discretion will alter the repayments or alternatively make any adjustment necessary at the end of the term. REPAYMENT: In the absence of demand and assuming full drawdown, repayments will continue at(pound)607.74 per month. You have the option of repaying the outstanding balance at any time during the term of the loan. Also, this facility is subject to formal review in line with the annual review of your overdraft facility. 2 |
FACILITY G CUSTOMS & EXCHANGE GUARANTEE ---------- ---------------------------- AMOUNT: While the nominal amount of the Guarantee is for(pound)45,000 it is understood that the Bank's risk is double this amount i.e.(pound)90,000. NATURE & PURPOSE: Continuation of existing Guarantee facility in respect of the deferment of duties, taxes, levies and charges or any amounts due to HM Customs & Excise REVIEW/EXPIRY: This facility may be withdrawn on the demand being made by the Bank subject to 7 days' written notice given by the Bank to HM Customs & Excise. Alternatively the facility will be reviewed by 14th December 2005. FEE: A fee of 1% per annum on the nominal amount of the Guarantee is applicable. This charge will continue to be debited to your account in four quarterly tranches of(pound)112.50 with the next payment falling due 28.02.05. |
1. Financial - Audited Accounts for this company and Castle Brands Inc. are to be made available to the Bank within three months of the Company's financial year-end together with confirmation from your auditors that the Company's taxation affairs are up to date.
2. Management Accounts are to be provided quarterly within one-month of the quarter end.
3. All fees incurred in the taking of the security referred to above will be payable by the borrower.
4. In the event of the Bank being made aware that there has been a material adverse change in the financial position of the company so as to prejudice repayment capacity, the Bank reserves the right to cancel these facilities and in such events all amounts due plus interest would be payable immediately.
5. In the event that any or all of these facilities shall become due and payable to the Bank, whether following formal demand by the Bank or otherwise, interest shall accrue and be payable on such liabilities on a compound basis until fully discharged.
I am pleased to have the opportunity to arrange these facilities for you and hope that the terms and conditions I have outlined are acceptable to the Company. If so, PLEASE CONFIRM THIS BY SIGNING AND RETURNING THE ENCLOSED COPY OF THIS LETTER AT YOUR EARLIEST CONVENIENCE. I would like to take this opportunity to wish the company continued success in the development of your business.
Yours faithfully
/s/ Brian Hunt Brian Hunt Senior Manager |
ACCEPTANCE
We confirm acceptance of the facilities outlined in your letter dated the 4th
April 2005 under the terms and conditions stated therein.
/S/ DAVID PHELAN 7/4/05 ---------------------------- ------------ Director Date /s/ MARK MURPHY 7/4/05 ---------------------------- ------------ Director Date Financial Controller |
Exhibit 10.51
CASTLE BRANDS INC.
BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CONSULTING CONTRACT
CASTLE BRANDS INC.
This Contract is made effective April 1, 2005 by and between CASTLE BRANDS INC. having its office at 570 Lexington Avenue, 29th Floor, New York, NY 10022 (hereinafter referred to as "CBI") and BPW LLC having its place of business at c/o MHW Ltd., 272 Plandome Road, Suite 100, Manhasset, NY 11030 (hereinafter referred to as the "Consultant").
ARTICLE 1. TERM
1.01 The Performance under this Contract shall commence on April 1, 2005 and continue up to and including September 30, 2005.
ARTICLE 2. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SCOPE OF WORK
2.01 The work to be performed under this Contract is set out in Addendum A of the Contract.
2.02 The Contract Documents consist of: (a) this Contract document and (b) Statement of Work (Addendum A).
2.03 In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Contract and any other of the Contract documents, the provisions of this Contract shall govern, unless otherwise agreed by CBI in writing.
2.04 As this Contract is modified or changed during its term, the Contract Documents shall include all modifications or changes to said documents agreed upon between the parties and issued after the execution of the Contact. Any such modification or change shall supersede the original Contract Documents, where modified or changed.
ARTICLE 3. CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION
3.01 CBI:
CBI designates Mark Andrews Project Manager ("PM") for this Contract. He shall monitor administration and completion of the Contract according to its terms and conditions as described below:
(i) The PM will be CBI's authorized representative during the Contract and shall be responsible for the coordination of activities between CBI and the Consultant under this Contract.
(ii) The PM will receive all communications of whatever nature which the Consultant is obligated to submit to CBI under the Contract, including but not limited to changes to the Contract involving the quality level, Statement of Work, price, rates, delivery and/ or completion dates / schedules.
(iii) The PM's responsibilities include but are not limited to receiving and approving the Consultant's invoices for payment, and accepting the work and/or deliverables on behalf of CBI.
3.02 CONSULTANT:
John Beaudette is designated the Consultant's Representative ("CR"). He shall be responsible for the coordination of all contract activities between CBI and the Consultant under this Contract.
(i) Consultant agrees to provide the services required hereunder in accordance with the requirements set forth in the Contract Documents. Consultant undertakes to perform the services hereunder in accordance with the highest standards of professional and ethical competence and integrity in Consultant's industry. The Services will be rendered by the Consultant in 1) an efficient, safe, courteous, and businesslike manner and 2) in accordance with any specific instructions issued from time to time by the PM.
(ii) Consultant shall provide the services of qualified personnel through all stages of this Contract. Consultant represents and warrants that he is in compliance with all the Applicable laws of the United States and any other jurisdiction in which the services shall be performed.
(iii) Consultant shall perform the Services as an Independent Contractor under the general guidance of the PM.
ARTICLE 4. CONFIDENTIALITY
4.01 Consultant shall keep all work and services carried out hereunder for CBI entirely confidential, and not use, publish, or make known, without CBI's written approval, any information, developed by the Consultant or by CBI, to any persons other than personnel of the parties to the Contract. However, the forgoing obligations shall not apply to any information that was in Consultant's possession prior to commencement of work under this Contract, or which is or shall become available to the general public in a printed publication, but not by the Consultant, and provided further that this obligation shall in no way limit Consultant's internal use of such work. Any public representation regarding CBI shall be made by CBI and any requests for information made to the Consultant by the news media, or others, shall be referred to CBI. Additionally, the Consultant shall not reference CBI nor the work performed for
CBI without prior written approval. Information Consultant considers as proprietary or confidential and which it has indicated/marked as proprietary or confidential will be treated by CBI in the same manner as CBI treats its own proprietary or confidential information.
4.02 Consultant further agrees to include the contents of this Article in all subcontracts and consulting agreements entered into by Consultant for the performance of work under this Contract.
ARTICLE 5. ASSIGNMENT
5.01 Neither this Contract nor any duty or right under it shall be delegated, subcontracted or assigned by Consultant, except for the subsidiaries of the Consultant; without the prior written consent of CBI, except that claims for monies due or to become due under this Contract may be assigned to CBI, trust company, or other financial institution, including any Federal lending agency as provided below, by Consultant without such consent.
ARTICLE 6. CBI NAME / LOGO
6.01 Consultant may not use CBI's name and/or logo in any manner other than as identified below without first obtaining written permission from the PM.
6.02 Consultant further agrees to include the contents of this Article in all subcontracts and consulting agreements entered into by Consultant for the performance of work under this Contract.
6.03 Consultant may use CBI's name only, with no use of CBI's logo or discussion of the work performed by the Consultant for CBI, among its references, in its customer lists or resumes without prior approval of CBI.
ARTICLE 7. TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE
7.01 Either party may terminate the Contract, by thirty (30) days written notice sent to Consultant, in whole or in part, at any time for its convenience. Notice of such termination shall state that termination is for CBI's convenience, the extent to which performance of services under the Contract is terminated, and the termination date. Unless otherwise instructed by CBI, Consultant shall stop work immediately on receipt of notice.
7.02 For services that have been performed by Consultant in accordance with the Contract terms, prior to the effective date of termination, CBI shall pay Consultant at the Contract prices and in accordance with the Contract.
ARTICLE 8. TERMINATION FOR DEFAULT
8.01 If Consultant fails to deliver any or all goods, services, equipment, materials or work ("Contract Work") within the time period(s) specified in the Contract or any work order issued thereunder, and/or if the Contract Work does not conform, in all respects, to the requirements listed in Addendum A, CBI will give Consultant written notice describing the reasons for default and an opportunity to cure.
8.02 If the Consultant does not cure the default to the satisfaction of CBI within the period specified, CBI may terminate the Contract for default by written notice, specifying the reason for the default, the portion(s) of the Contract defaulted and the effective date of default.
ARTICLE 9. SEVERABILITY
9.01 If any term or provision of this Contract shall to any extent be invalid and unenforceable, the remainder of the Contract shall be valid and shall be enforced to the extent permitted by law.
ARTICLE 10. COMPENSATION
10.01 Consultant shall receive a monthly retainer of $3,500 and shall invoice same to CBI at the end of the month for which services have been rendered. Invoices shall be submitted to the PM.
10.02 CBI shall make payment to the Consultant within fifteen (15) days of invoice submission to the PM.
10.03 Consultant shall receive a bonus upon the finalization of those agency brand agreements for which it represented CBI, either by providing the initial introduction of the agency brand principal(s) to Castle Brands' management and/or assisting CBI in the negotiation of the final agency brand agreement. This bonus shall be based upon the approximate annual case sales of the agency brand at the time CBI becomes the agent. The payment will be $1 per 9 liter case of volume, less any retainer amounts previously paid. The bonus shall be payable to the Consultant in four equal quarterly installments commencing with the execution of the underlying agency brand agreement.
10.04 Consultant shall also be entitled to a commission based upon actual future sales of the agency brand. The guideline for this commission will be the higher of 5% of net margins generated by the brand (gross margin less all costs incurred by CBI relative to the brand) or 2.5% of gross margin and will be payable on actual cases sold during the initial term of the agency agreement. The actual formula for this commission may
vary from this guideline on a brand-by-brand basis, since the volumes and margins of agency brands will vary based upon specific product characteristics.
10.05 Commissions earned by the Consultant will be in addition to the aforementioned bonus and retainer payments.
ARTICLE 11. COPYRIGHT
11.01 The deliverable report(s) and other creative work of Consultant called for by this Contract, including all written, graphic, audio, visual and any other materials, contributions, applicable work product and production elements contained therein, whether on paper, disk tape, digital file or any other media, (the "Deliverable Work") is being specially commissioned as work made for hire in accordance with the copyright laws of the United States. CBI is the proprietor of the Deliverable Work from the time of its creation and owns all right, title and interest therein throughout the world including, without limitation, the copyright and all related rights.
11.02 To the extent that it is determined that the Deliverable Work does not qualify as a work made for hire within the meaning of the copyright laws of the United States, then Consultant hereby irrevocably transfers and assigns to CBI all of its right, title and interest, throughout the world and in perpetuity, in and to the Deliverable Work, including without limitation all of its right, title and interest in copyright and related rights free of any claim by Consultant or any other person or entity.
ARTICLE 12. NOTICES
12.01 A written notice shall be deemed to have been given if 1) sent by registered or certified mail or 2) transmitted by any other means if and when receipt is acknowledged by the person identified below:
12.02 CBI:
Castle Brands Inc.
570 Lexington Avenue, 29th Floor
New York, NY 10022
Attn: Mark Andrews
12.03 CONSULTANT:
Mr. John Beaudette
BPW LLC
c/o MHW Ltd.
272 Plandome Road, Suite 100
Manhasset, NY 11030
ARTICLE 13. SIGNATURE REQUIRED
13.01 This Contract shall not become binding unless and until signed by CBI's Authorized Representative and the Consultant's Authorized Representative.
ARTICLE 14. ENTIRE CONTRACT
14.01 This Contract, including the Contract Documents attached hereto and referenced herein, constitutes the entire, integrated understanding and agreement between the parties and supercedes any oral or prior written agreements with respect to the subject matter of this Contract.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have caused this Contract to be executed.
CASTLE BRANDS INC.
/s/ Mark Andrews ---------------------------------------- Name: Mark Andrews Title: Chairman and CEO |
BPW LLC
/s/ John Beaudette ---------------------------------------- Name: John Beaudette Title: President |
ADDENDUM A
STATEMENT OF WORK
Consultant shall represent Castle Brands Inc. as its "advocate" in connection with developing a successful agency brand business. Specifically, Consultant shall assist CBI's management in identifying and recruiting appropriate agency brand candidates. In this connection, Consultant shall facilitate introductions of agency brand principals to CBI management based upon Consultant's extensive contacts in the wine and spirits industry. Consultant shall also assist CBI's management by making agency brand presentations to prospective candidates, assisting CBI during agency brand negotiations, and by providing tactical and strategic advice regarding how agency brands might be managed and promoted by
CBI to maximum advantage of both.
Exhibit 16.1
GRODSKY CAPORRINO & KAUFMAN, PC
CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
Members AICPA and NYSSCPA
ANTHONY CAPORRINO, CPA GREG DeCASTROS, CPA
WILLIAM J. KAUFMAN, CPA ANTHONY GRACI, CPA
September 20, 2005
Securities and Exchange Commission
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20549
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have read the statements contained in "Changes in and disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure" of the Form S-1 of Castle Brands Inc. to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or around September 23, 2005 and are in agreement with the statements contained therein.
Very truly yours,
/s/ Greg DeCastros, CPA ---------------------------------------- Greg DeCastros, CPA Grodsky Caporrino & Kaufman, PC |
.
.
.
Exhibit 21.1
CASTLE BRANDS INC. SUBSIDIARIES
STATE/COUNTRY OF NAME INCORPORATION JURISDICTION(S) ------------------------------------- ---------------- -------------------------------------------- Castle Brands (USA) Corp. Delaware, USA New York Texas (d/b/a "Delaware Great Spirits Corp.") Gosling-Castle Partners Inc. Delaware, USA Castle Brands Spirits Group Limited Ireland Castle Brands Spirits Company Limited Ireland The Boru Vodka Company Limited Ireland The Clontarf Irish Whiskey Company Ireland Limited Castle Brands Whiskey Company Limited Ireland Castle Brands Spirits Marketing and Ireland Sales Company Limited Castle Brands Spirits Company (GB) United Kingdom Limited The Roaring Water Bay Spirits Company Northern Ireland (NI) Limited |
EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the inclusion of our report dated September 9, 2005 on our audits of the consolidated financial statements of Castle Brands Inc. in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 and related Prospectus of Castle Brands Inc. and Subsidiaries for the registration of shares of its common stock.
In addition, we consent to our report dated September 21, 2005, on our examination of Castle Brands Spirits Company Limited's and The Roaring Water Bay Spirits Company (GB) Limited's schedules reconciling their historical financial statements to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ Eisner LLP Eisner LLP New York, New York September 28, 2005 |
Exhibit 23.2
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Castle Brands Spirits Company Limited, Dublin, Ireland.
We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement of our report dated June 3, 2004, relating to the financial statements of The Castle Brands Spirits Company Limited (formerly known as The Roaring Water Bay Spirits Company Limited), which is contained in that Prospectus.
We also consent to the reference to us under the caption "Experts" in the Prospectus.
/s/ BDO Simpson Xavier ---------------------- BDO Simpson Xavier Dublin, Ireland September 29, 2005 |
Exhibit 23.3
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Roaring Water Bay Spirits Company (GB) Limited, London, England.
We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement of our report dated June 3, 2004, relating to the financial statements of The Roaring Water Bay Spirits Company (GB) Limited, which is contained in that Prospectus.
We also consent to the reference to us under the caption "Experts" in the Prospectus.
/s/ BDO Simpson Xavier ---------------------- BDO Simpson Xavier Dublin, Ireland September 29, 2005 |